NEWTON COl:}NTYUBRARY

7116FLOYD STREET, N.E.
COVINGTON, GA 30014
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
By
WALTER RUSSELL
Third Edition
UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND PHILOSOPHY
FORMERLY THE WALTER RUSSELL FOUNDATION
SWANNANOA, WAYNESBORO, VIRGINIA 22980
NEWTON COUNTY LIBRARY
1174 MONTICELLO STREET
COVINGTON. GA 3020Q
Copyright 1947 by Walter Russell
ISBN 1-87-960510-4
Printed in U. S. A.
To the one God, the universal One
this book is humbly dedicated
- ~ . " . " ~
, .• ' ~ ~ . " ~ , . ",
' ; , . ' " . ~
" " '1" '
Copyright 1971, 1994 by The University of Science and Philosophy
PREFACE
TO 1971 EDITION
The original volume of THE SECRET
OF LIGHT was published in 1947. This
current publication includes some modi-
fications and amplifications that Doctor
Russell made with regard to this particular
volume prior to his refolding in 1963.
Since THE SECRET OF LIGHT was
released by Walter Russell, our year's
Home Study Course in Universal Law, Nat-
ural Science and Living Philosophy-and
all of the other books listed herein-have
been written and released, for the world is
now fully ready and in great need of the
' new and basic knowledge contained in all
of these writings.
LAO RUSSELL
VI
CONCERNI NG THE DIVINE ILIAD
THE DIVINE ILIAD is the basis of this book.
THE DIVINE ILIAD is an inspired message from
the Creator to give man the needed compre-
hension of his relation to his universe, to man,
and to God, for the coming cycle.
Man progresses in cycles of approximately
twenty-five hundred years. At the beginning of
each cycle of his growing awareness of the
Light within him, God sends messages through
prepared 'messengers to further his
comprehension of the Light. Comprehension of
these cosmic messages gradually exalts
mankind into higher beings, and thus each
cycle is one more step for man toward full
awareness of the Light, and of his Oneness
with God.
THE DIVINE ILIAD cannot be fully published
for many years. As much of it as can now be
published will appear in these pages. Further
portions of it will be released as the world is
ready to receive them.
WALTER RUSSELL
vii
PREFACE
TO 1994 ED I T ION
This 1994 edition of Walter Russell's classic
masterpiece has been edited to correct mis-
spellings and grammatical errors, and add sev-
eral editor 's notes. The preservation of the
essence of Dr. Russell's thoughts and teachings
has been foremost in our minds.
Scientific investigation of Walter Russell 's
ideas gives the reward of deeper understanding
into the nature of the Universe, and will serve
as an inspiration and light into the next cen-
turies. Technological application of his princi-
ples holds the promise of a non-polluting sus- .
tainable energy future that is presently so des-
perately needed.
It is with great hope and expectation for
humanity's greater comprehension and use of
The Secret Of Light that we offer this updated
edition.
viii
THE WAVE
IN THE WAVE LIES THE
SECRET OF CREAnON
x
f
AUTHOR'S FOREWORD
Jesus said, "GOD IS LIGHT," and no man of that
day knew what He meant. The day is now here when
all men must know what Jesus meant when He said
"GOD IS LIGHT."
For within the secret of Light is vast knowledge yet
unrevealed to man. Light is all there is; it is all we
have to deal with, but we do not yet know what it is.
The purpose of this message is to tell what it is.
Today's civilization has advanced far in knowing
HOW to deal with matter but we do not know WHAT
matter is nor the WHY of it. Nor do we know what
energy, .electricity, magnetism, gravitation and radia-
tion are. Nor do we know the purpose of the inert
gases and WHAT they are. Nor do we know the struc-
ture of the elemental atoms nor the gyroscopic prin-
ciple which determines that structure. Nor are we
aware of the fact that this is a two-way continuous
universe of balance in all effects of motion and not a
one-way discontinuous universe. Nor have we even
yet heard of or suspected the most important of all
principles in physics, THE VOIDANCE PRINCIPLE
and the mirrors and lenses of space which are the
cause of illusion in all moving things.
xi
r
i
I:
i
AUTHOR'S FOREWORD
Nor do we even consider the entire material electric
universe to be the illusion which it is; there being no
reality to it whatsoever.
Nor have we the slightest inkling of the cause of
curvature of space, nor the voidance of that curvature
in planes of zero curvature at wave field boundaries.
No one now knows how it is that crystals get their
various shapes. It will amaze the world to know that
those shapes of crystals are determined in space by the
shapes of the wave fields which bound the various ele-
mental structures.
Nor have we the slightest conception of what con-
stitutes the life principle, nor the principle of growth,
nor the simultaneous unfoldment-refoldment principle
which repeats all patterns in Nature sequentially and
records and voids them as they are repeated. Nor are
we aware of that recording principle by means of
which the Creator carries forth the sum totals of every
sequential cycle in His unfolding and refolding uni-
verse unto the very end of its manifestations upon one
planet and its beginning on anew one.
Nor are we dynamically aware of the souls and
seeds of things. These roots of universal repetition are
now but metaphysical abstractions to religion and
physical guesswork to science.
Within the secret of Light is the answer to all of
these heretofore unanswered questions, and many
xii
AUTHOR'S FOREWORD
more, which the ages have not yet solved. This revela-
tion of the nature of Light will be the inheritance of
man in this coming New Age of greater comprehen-
sion. Its unfoldment will prove the existence of God
by methods and standards acceptable to science and
religion alike. It will lay a spiritual foundation under
the present material one of science.
The two greatest elements in civilization, religion
and science, will thus find unity in marriage of the
two. Likewise human relationships will become more '
balanced because of greater knowledge of universal
law which lies behind all of the processes which light
uses to interweave the patterned forms of this electric
wave universe.
There is no department of life which will not be
vitally affected by this new knowledge of the nature of
Light, from the university to the laboratory, from gov-
ernment to industry, and from nation to nation.
I therefore give it to you with all of its clarity as I
myself have become aware of it from behind the
scenes of this cosmic cinema of light illusion which is
our universe.
WALTER RUSSELL
xiii
xv
PART I
THE UNIVERSE OF KNOWING
PAGE
OMNISCIENCE
I THE ETERNAL QUESTION 1
II •.. CREATOR AND CREATION 12
III SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS 22
IV COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS 27
V CREATIVE EXPRESSION 31
VI KNOWLEDGE 34
VII KNOWLEDGE VERSUS THINKING 38
VIII ••• THINKING VERSUS SENSING .42
IX SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS 50
X FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN 56
XI ••. ELECTRICAL AWARENESS 61
XII ..• INSTINCT 65
XIII UNCONSCIOUSNESS-SLEEP-AND PAIN ••••.••. 71
XIV MOTION SIMULATING REST 75
XV THE ILLUSION OF CHANGE 78
XVI • • •THE SENSES DECEIVE 83
XVII MAN'S NEW CYCLE 89
CHAPTER
OTHER BOOKS BY WALTER RUSSELL
The Message of The Divine Iliad-Vol. I
The Message of The Divine Iliad-Vol. II
A New Concept of the Universe
The Self Multiplication Principle
The Secret of Working Knowingly With God
The Electric Nature of the Universe
The Sculptor Searches for Mark Twain's Immortality
The Fifth Kingdom Man
The Dawn of a New Day in Human Relations
The Immortality of Man
The Book of Early Whisperings
Your Day and Night
BOOKS BY LAO RUSSELL
God Will Work With You But Not For You .
Love-A Scientific & Living Philosophy of Love and Sex
Why You Cannot Die!-Reincarnation Explained
For catalog on additional books and teachings by
Walter and Lao Russell, please write or phone:
The University of Science and Philosophy
Swannanoa, P.O. Box 520, Waynesboro Virginia 22980
(703) 942-5161
(800) 882-LOVE (5683) Book Orders
W ALTER RUSSELL CO.AUTHOR WITH LAO RUSSELL
Home Study Course in Universal Law, Natural Science
and Living Philosophy
Scientific Answer to Human Relations
Atomic Suicide?
The World Crisis--Its Explanation and Solution
A Vision Fulfilled!
The One-World Purpose-A Plan to Dissolve War
by a Power More Mighty Than War
I'
CHAPTER
PART II
OMNIPOTENCE
THE UNIVERSE OF POWER
PAGE
L .. MAN'S Two SUPREME ILLUSIONS 93
II •.. GENESIS ...........•• •. •..• • •.•• ••• ••. •.••..•.•. 98
IIL.. THE LAW OF BALANCE 106
IV THE SOURCE OF POWER 113
V THIS SEXED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE 118
VL•• S EX-CONDITIONED OPPOSITES 123
VII THE SEX R EPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE 13 2
VIII .. • ELECTRICITY DEFINED 139
IX THE Two ELECTRIC DESIRES 144
X ••. THE U NFOLDING- REFOLDING PRINCIPLE .•. 148
XL.. THE ILLUSION OF ATTRACTION AND
REPULSION OF MATTER 153
XII LIGHT. •• • • • ••••••.•• • • •••• •.•••••• ••• • .. .• •... 160
XIII C yCLES •............•• ••.......•..•• •.••...... 173
XIV WEIGHT 181
XV THE SOURCE OF SOLAR ENERGY 187
XVI THE LIFE PRINCIPLE 196
xvi
PART III
OMNIPRESENCE
THE UNIVERSE OF BEING
POSTULATES AND DIAGRAMS
---- -
- ,;. : .-=-.-=: ' ' . ; . ~ ...s: ~ - .; :.
~ - - - - - -- . _ - -
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
The Universe of Knowing

"I am the Light; ] alone AM.
"What] am thou art. Thou art the Light.
Thou art One with Me.
"Man may know me by desiring to know
Me.
"To know Me is to be Me. Through My
Light alone can man know Me.
"Man is Light when he knoweth that he is
Light.
"Man is Me when he knoweth that he is Me.
"All men will come to Me in due time, but
theirs is the agony ofawaiting. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
Part I
-31
'to ," ... -: :\
A&,,- "OWER I ..
••_.N',
ONE • . •
. . J ..
\ . ... .... - .. IIC ,.,
OMNISCIENCE

n IICTUftNS1lI_
ONE
F'l
I i
r i
! \
i
.1
j'
Chapter I
THE ETERNAL QUESTION
"Who am I?"
"What am I?"
"Why am I?"
"Whither am I bound?"
"What is my relation to the universe, to man, and to
God?"
"What is Truth? How am I to know Truth?"
"Whence cometh my power? What is the Source of
my power?"
"How am I to find Balance? In my dealings with my
fellow men; how am I to know that balance in our inter-
change which will enrich both him and me?"
"Countless are the religious teachings, and many are
the commandments to goodness, but goodness is still
veiled from my eyes like a thick mist which hides Thy
Light which I vainly seek."
"I stumble in its darkness. Unbalanced I fall."
"0 thou unseen One, tear from my eyes the blinding
veil which hides the path to Thy Light, that I may find
my way to Thee,"
That is the. cry of the ages.
1
i:
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
That is the unanswered question which is arising from
the heart of this awakening generation.
.Civilization progresses in cycles. New comprehension
periodically transforms mankind into higher beings. A
new cycle of three thousand years duration is now in its
birth throes.
God's omniscience, omnipotence and omnipresence
are centered in the consciousness of every man; but few
there are who know of the Oneness of their Self-Soul
with the Universal Self-Soul. Man requires many mil-
lennia to begin to be aware of that. Each cycle of Jttan
brings him nearer to his awareness of his Oneness with
the Light of his Self-Source.
Man lives in a bewildering complex world of
EFFECf of which he knows not the CAUSE. Because
of its seemingly infinite multiplicity and complexity, he
fails to vision the simple underlying principle of Bal-
ance in all things. He, therefore, complexes Truth until
its many angles, sides and facets have lost balance with
each other and with him.
Truth is simple. Balance is simple. Rhythmic balanced
interchange between all pairs of opposite expressions in
Natural phenomena, and in human relations, is the con-
summate art of God's universe of Light. It is also the
Law. In this one fundamental Universal Law lies the
balanced continuity of all creative expression in God's
electric wave universe of two conditioned lights in
2
THE ETERNAL QUESTION
seeming motion which record God's One Whole Idea of
Creation into countless seemingly separate parts of that
Whole Idea.
THE VOICE WITHIN
,
The great unanswered question of man has a simple
answer. The Silent Voice within every man is ceaseless-
ly whispering it to his awakening consciousness. Every
desire written upon the heart of man is carried to the
Source, and its answer will come, but few there are who
ask comprehensively and fewer still who hear.
Many are the ages of preparation for worthiness to
hear it, for man's consciousness is insulated from his
Source by the sensations of his electrically conditioned
body which he wrongly thinks of as being his Mind and
his personal Self.
What he calls his objective human mind isbut the
seat of electric sensations of his body. What he mistakes
for thinking is but an electric awareness of things sensed
and recorded within the cells of his brain for repetitive
usage through what is termed "memories." Memories
have no more relation to knowledge of Universal Mind
which is in man than Victrola records are related to the
source of their recordings.
What he thinks of as his living body is but an electri-
cally motivated machine which simulates life through
3
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
motion extended to it from its centering Self-Soul which
alone lives and wills the body to move.
What he calls his subjective mind is his conscious-
ness, his spiritual storehouse of all-knowledge, all-
power, and all-presence. That consciousness is his Self,
his ETERNAL Self through which his omniscience,
omnipresence and omnipotence are expressed as he
slowly becomes aware of their presence within him.
The electrically oscillating nerve-wires which operate
his bodily mechanism act almost entirely through auto-
matic reflexes and instinctive control, and to a very little
extent through mental decisions. Each cell and organ of
his body has an electrical awareness of its purpose and
each fulfills that purpose without any mental action
whatsoever upon the part of the Intelligence which
occupies that body. The heartbeat, for example, is purely
automatic. The white corpuscles of the blood rush to
repair an injury to the body as automatically as a bell
rings when a button is pushed.
In this body and its electric recording brain, man thinks
that he thinks and lives, loves and dies. He thinks himself
conscious while awake and unconscious when sleeping;
unaware that in all Nature there is no such condition as
unconsciousness when sensation ceases in sleep.
Man does not say that his tooth is unconscious when it
is put to sleep by short-circuiting the electric current in
the nerve-wire which gives sensed electrical awareness
4
THE ETERNAL QUESTION
to his tooth. He knows that his tooth cannot be con-
scious, but he does not know that his body cannot be
conscious.
Nor does he yet know that consciousness never sleeps,
never changes, for consciousness in man is his immortal-
ity. It is the Light which he is unknowingly seeking but
assumes that the sensation of his brain is his thinking.
Man is still new. He is barely out of the dark of his
jungle. For the million or more years of his unfolding he
has relied upon sensation for his actions and the evi-
dence of his senses for his knowing. He has been aware
of the spirit in him only a very few thousands of years.
In this beginning of his new awareness he is confused,
knowing not which is Mind in him, which is conscious-
ness in him and which is sensation.
He has not yet learned that bodies are but Self-created
mechanisms which manifest their centering Self, and
that Self manifests God as One with it. Likewise he has
not yet learned that bodies neither live nor die, but
repeat themselves continuously and forever as all idea of
Mind likewise repeats itself.
The wheel, for example, is a mechanism consisting of
a hub, spokes and a rim. A little part of the wheel touch-
es the ground, feels it, then leaves it, to disappear from
reach of the sensations which connect rim, spokes and
ground.
But then it reappears.
5
·,
I~
I '
I ' ,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
When that happens to man we say, "He was born,
lived and died." When it happens to the apple, the
flame" or the tree, we say, "The apple was eaten, the
flame has gone out and the tree has decayed." We say
that because only a small part of the cycle of any idea
comes within the range of our senses. The larger part of
the cycle is beyond our range of perception, just as the
larger part of the wheel is beyond the sensed perception
of the ground.
We do not yet know that the invisible part of the
cycles of all idea is as continuous as the wheel is contin-
uous. The cycle of the apple is light reaching from the
sun and earth to that positive half of the apple cycle
which we hold in our hand. The negative half of the
cycle is light returning to sun and earth for repetition as
another manifestation of the eternal idea of the apple.
The same is true of the flame, the tree or any other part
of the One Whole Idea of Creation.
The flame "goes out" to our sensing. But it still IS.
Likewise the tree, the forest, mountain, planet and nebu-
la of the far heavens appear, disappear and as surely
reappear.
Likewise man appears to disappear and reappear again
and again in countless cycles to express eternal life of
the spirit in eternal repetitions of that part of the man
cycle which the body of man can sense.
Man never dies. He is as continuous as eternity is con-
6
THE ETERNAL QUESTION
tinuous. Jesus rightly said that man shall not see death,
for there is no death to see or to know.
Likewise the body of man does not live, and having
never lived it cannot die. The spirit alone lives. The
body but manifests the spirit. That which we think of as
life in the spirit of man manifests itself by willing the
body to act. Actions thus made by the body under the
command of its centering Soul have no motivative
power or intelligence in themselves; they are but
machines motivated by an omniscient and omnipotent
intelligence extended to them.
These things we do not yet know, for man is in his
infancy. He is but beginning to know the Light.
BE YE FOREVER TRANSFORMED
Man is forever seeking the Light to guide him on that
long tortuous road which leads from his body's jungle to
the mountain top of his awakening soul.
Man is forever finding that Light, and is being forever
transformed as he finds it.
And as he finds it he gradually finds the Self of him
which IS the Light.
And as he becomes more and more transformed by the
God-Light of the awakening Self within him, he leaves
the jungle farther below him in the dark.
There are those who seek the Light who are discour-
7
, I
r
I ,
· 1
, ,
,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
aged because they seemingly cannot find it, wholly
unaware that they have forever been finding it. Unknow-
ing ones expect to find it all at once in some blinding
flash of all-power, all-knowledge and all-presence.
It does not come that way until one is nearing his
mountain top. Man cannot bear much of the Light at a
time while his body is still new and too near its jungle.
All who are well out of the jungle have already found
enough of the Light to illume their way out of its dark
depths.
He who is far out of the jungle and still seeks the
Light in the High-heavens is forever finding it, and is
forever being transformed as he finds it.
One cannot for one moment remove his seeking eyes
from his High-heaven, for ever so slight a glimpse
below into the dark brings him back to the fears of the
dark, which tempt him to plunge back into them.
Look ye, therefore, forever upward into the High-
heavens of inspiration, where glory awaits the fearless,
all-knowing seekers of Beauty in the purity of the uni-
versal Light.
To him' whose eyes are in the High-heavens, the Light
will forever come, and he will be forever transformed as
he finds it.
The dark road from his jungle to his mountain top of
glory becomes ever more illumined during the ascent
from body to spirit.
8
THE ETERNAL QUESTION
It is a hard, but glorious road to climb. All must make
the climb.
THE ASCENT OF MAN FROM THE DARK TO
THE LIGHT is the forever repetitive play of man on the
planets of suns.
When all mankind has found the Light, the play will
be finished. Likewise this planet will be finished as an
abode for man. It will then be rolled off into its ever
expanding orbit while Venus is gradually being rolled
into place to become the stage for the next repetition of
THE ASCENT OF MAN in this solar system.
We actors of the play must, therefore, be content with
the lines of the play revealed to each of us in Light. We
must, likewise, be ever joyous at our continuous trans-
formation, as each one of us learns our part, line by line,
the better to fulfill it worthily.
All parts of the play are experiences which become
the action of the play. All man's experiences are part of
his unfolding. Each experience is a part of his journey
from the dark to the Light. All experiences are steps in
that journey to his mountain top of glory. All experi-
ences, therefore, are good experiences.
There is naught but GOOD. There is no evil.
There is naught but LIFE. There is no death.
9
nrr r , I
I
1 I
: I
· I
· ;
· .
t
I
I
,!
,I
, [
: r
f
, I·
"I am the One Whole, the ALL.
"Glorify thou Me, the One Whom I am, for
I amALL, and no other is.
"I, the sexless One, am Unity.
"What I am thou art, for thou art Me; thou
art the Whole.
"Glorify thou thy Self, for in so doing thou
art glorifying Me.
"I, the One Whole, am knowing Mind. I
exist to think. All thinking is Light ofMy know-
ing but My thinking is not Me.
"I am Creator, creating with My thinking.
"Out of My Light of knowing are My two
lights of thinking born as sexed pairs of oppo-
sites for repetition as sexed pairs ofopposites.
10
"To think is to create. I create with Light.
Nothing is which is not Light.
"I think idea. Light registereth My idea in
the two sexed lights of My thinking, and form
is born in the image ofMy thinking.
"Form hath no existence, nor have My
imaginings. These exist not, for they are not
Me. I alone existeth; I, the ALL.
"I create my imaged body with the in-
breathing ofMy pulsing universe ofMe.
"My universe is My image; but My image is
not Me.
"All things are My image, but they are not
Me, e'en though I am in them and they in Me."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
11
(
!
\
t
!
l
I
I
Chapter II
CREATOR AND CREATION
God, the Creator, is all there IS; all that EXISTS.
God's creating universe of matter in motion appears to
exist. To our senses it sequentially disappears, to reap-
pear. It has no reality. It but simulates reality through the
illusion of two-way projected lights in motion.
God, the Creator, is the One Being, the One Person,
the One Mind, the One Thinker, the One Self, the One
Life, the One Soul, the One Power, the One Reality.
God's Creation is the imaged patterned form of God's
imagining, built in His image. It is the body of God, the
record of His thinking, created by Him for expressing
the One-ness of Life, Love, Mind, Soul and Power
which is in Him alone.
THE ONE LIGHT
God is Light. God is Universal Mind. Mind is Light.
Mind knows.
Mind thinks what it knows. Mind thinks in two opposed
lights simultaneously projected from their centering white
Light Source and sequentiallyrepeated in cycles.
12
CREATOR AND CREATION
God's thinking and imagining are qualities of God's
knowing. God's knowing Mind is timeless and still. So
also are God's thinking and imagining timeless and still.
So, likewise, man's thinking and imagining are as time-
less and still as is his knowing.
Stillness never can be motion, or become motion, but
it can appear to be. Motion merely seems, but stillness
always is. The universal equilibrium can never be other
than its own balance but it can seem to be. The illusion
which is motion springs from stillness and returns to
stillness. This is a universe of rest. There is naught but
rest in the universe.
Mind knows its One Idea of Creation as One Whole.
Mind thinks its One Whole idea into seeming parts.
Hence the illusion of motion which we call Creation,
and the illusion of substance which we call matter.
Matter, motion, time, change, dimension and sub-
stance have no existence. The Light of knowing Mind
alone exists.
There is but One Mind and One Thinker.
The One Light of knowing Mind is Self of God. It is
the Universal Self which centers all omnipresent self-
creating bodies of God-Selves. This self creating uni-
verse is the Mind imagined body of God, and record of
God's thinking.
We can KNOW God. We cannot KNOW His body but
we can SEE it. Likewise we can KNOW man. We can-
13
Ii
t
i
I
,.
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
not KNOW the body of man but we can SEE it. What
God is man is. God and man are ONE.
OUR SEEMING DUALITY
We seemingly live in two universes; the still cosmic
Mind universe of KNOWING and the moving thought-
of-Mind rhythmic wave universe of SENSING.
We cannot sense the cosmic universe of God's know-
ing nor can we know the thought-wave universe of
God's thinking.
The cosmic Mind universe of the One Light of all-
knowing is all that is.
The vibrating thought-wave universe of sensing mere-
ly seems.
THE COSMIC GOD LIGHT
The one still Light of God is the cosmic Light which
watches over all creating things at countless points
locatable by man, but invisible to man.
Man's senses have misled him into believing in a
force called magnetism which attracts compass needles
and lifts tons of steel. These phenomena of motion are
due to electricity and not to magnetism. The cosmic
Light is absolutely still. It neither attracts nor repels.
We now need to comprehend the nature and purpose
of the "magnetic poles" of suns, planets and all other
moving extensions of the One Light. Likewise, we need .
14
CREATOR AND CREATION
to know the nature and purpose of the two electric work-
ers which interweave this light mirage of seeming
motion and dissolve it sequentially for rebuilding. This
will give a foundation of knowledge to man which will
enable him to see behind the illusions which deceive his
senses.
The time has come in the history of man's journey
from his material jungle to his spiritual mountain top
when it is imperative that he must live more and more in
the cosmic Light universe of knowing, and less in the
electric wave universe of sensing.
Man must know that his power lies in the stillness of
his centering Self and not in the motion by means of
which he manifests that stillness. He must know that his
Self is God in him. Also he must know gradually the
dawning awareness of the cosmic Light of God in him,
for with it comes an awareness of his purposefulness in
manifesting the Light and the power to manifest it.
Man must now know the universe of God for what it
is instead of what his senses have made him believe it to
be.
Also, he must know that this forever creating universe
which seems so real to him is but a cosmic cinema, con-
ceived by the Master Playwright. It is but an electrically
projected, spectrum-colored light and sound-wave
motion picture play of CAUSE AND EFFECT thrown
on the black screen of imaged space and time.
15
Tr u"
"
rr
,
I
!
~
t
I
I
t
I,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
The CAUSE is real. The EFFECT is but a simulation
of the reality.
The Self of man is cause. His self-creating body is
effect.
God's universe of magnetic Light is static.
God's perpetually creating electric wave universe of
two moving lights is dynamic. It forever moves. The
two moving lights are projected through each other from
the static One to create the illusion of the idea they but
manifest. The illusion which manifests the idea of Cre-
ation through seeming motion is not the idea which it
seemingly manifests.
Creation is the product of Mind-knowing expressed in
form by Mind-Thinking.
The product of Mind is not the idea which it simu-
lates. No idea of Mind is ever created. It is but simulated
by form and motion. Idea is eternal and belongs to
God's still universe of knowing.
Form of idea in matter is transient but is eternally
repeated as transient form of idea.
THE POSITIVE PRINCIPLE
The foundation of the spiritual universe is stillness;
the balanced stillness of the One magnetic Light of God.
Balanced stillness is the Positive Principle of stability
and unity. In it there are no negations.
16
CREATOR AND CREATION
THE NEGATIVE PRINCIPLE
The foundation of the physical universe is motion; the
ever-changing motion arising out of pairs of unbalanced
conditions which must forever move to seek the bal-
anced stillness of unity from which they sprang as mul-
tiple pairs of units.
Unbalanced motion is the Negative Principle of insta-
bility, multiplicity and separateness which is this physi-
cal universe of electric octave waves of opposed lights.
In the Negative Principle there is no positive. It is
composed entirely of pairs of negations which are for-
ever void!ng each other, cancelling each other's action
and reaction, thus negating each other by never allow-
ing either one to exceed its fixed zero of universal still-
ness.
QUALITY BEGETS QUANTITIES
The still magnetic Light universe of God's knowing is
an invisible, unchanging, unconditioned and unmeasur-
able quality from which visible, changing, conditioned
and measurable quantities spring to simulate those qual-
ities through two-way wave m o t i ~ : m .
There is no one word in any language to express that
quality so we must use many words, all having the same
meaning but different connotations.
17
f '
"
I
t
I
I
I
I
r
t
I
~
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
These words are mind, consciousness, love, life, truth,
desire, knowledge, power, balance and law.
The God-quality of the One Light is seemingly trans-
formed into quantities by being divided into pairs of
oppositely-conditioned light pressures of this electric
universe. These divided pairs are then multiplied into
countless octave wave units of light pressures and set in
opposite directioned motion to create the illusion of
sequence, change, dimension, condition and time 'in a
universe where none of these effects of motion exist.
The calm sea, for example, is an unchanging, unmea-
surable quality of oneness, of sameness and stillness.
Upon its calm surface there is no change, nothing to
count or to measure.
The moment that quantities of waves spring from that
quality of calm, those quantities can be measured. Like-
wise, they are forever changing. Nor are there two
points in them which are similarly conditioned.
This creating electric universe is composed of moving
light waves which sprang from a calm sea of the One
still Light.
It is a universe of moving pairs of quantities which
simulate the quality of stillness from which those quan-
tities spring. The quantities of divided and conditioned
pairs of opposite lights which thus simulate the One are
not the One they simulate.
18
CREATOR AND CREATION
The Creator is One Mind indivisible. Creation is One
Whole Idea of Mind divided into countless simulated
ideas of mind, through motion. The simulation of Idea
thus expressed is not the idea that it expresses.
Parts of the One Whole Idea are only seeming. There
are no two separate or separable things in the universe.
There is but One Whole Simulation of the One Whole
Idea.
"Everything that is is of everything else that is.
All things are indissolubly united. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
Every happening anywhere happens everywhere. The
milkweed fluff floating lazily in the summer sky affects
the balance of the whole universe of suns and galaxies.
Every part of the universe moves in interdependent uni-
son as the wheels of a watch move in unison. The watch
wheels are geared together mechanically. The rhythmic
wave universe is geared together electrically.
The entire universe is one and must be kept in balance
as one. Changes of condition in anyone part are simul-
taneously reflected in every other part, and are sequen-
tially repeated in it.
19
"Say thou these things in words of man's
knowing, for, verily I say; I am within all
things, without all things, and involved in all
things, for I am everywhere.
"All things are omnipresent ,for all things
extend from Mind of Me, and I am
omnipresent.
"All omnipresent things are omniscient, for
I am within them, and I am omniscient. When
man's consciousness telleth him of My pres-
ence within and without him he will then know
all things, for I know all things, and I am he.
"All thinking things manifesteth all power
when consciousness within them recognizeth
their omnipotence. Until then, things are
naught but things, manifesting me not, being
but blank slates upon which to write My
mighty thoughtsfor blind eyes.
20
"For I am omnipotent. I give all power to
him who asketh but no one may ask ofMe who
is not aware ofMe. See thou to it that man well
knoweth that, and manifest thou thyself that
principle ofpower in thine own works.
"For I say to all the imaged forms of My
imagining, that power lieth in them to manifest
the balanced Light which centereth them, by
making the One Light appear as two unbal-
anced lights which interchange sequentially
but equally.
"And again I say that all things which man
senseth are but waves of dual light which
record My electric thinking in the imagined
forms ofMy imagining.
"And also I say that the imagined forms of
My imagining have no Being, for I alone have
Being. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
21
r
Chapter III
SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
God is consciousness. Consciousness is static. Con-
sciousness is the KNOWING of mind. Knowing is stat-
ic.
Consciousness is the spiritual awareness of Being, of
all-knowing, all-power and all-presence.
Thinking is electric.
God's thinking is expressed by two-way moving wave
extensions from consciousness, like a lever swinging
upon a fixed fulcrum, or like waves extending from the
calm sea. Thought expression is dynamic. Thinking
belongs to the electrically sensed and conditioned
vibrating universe of motion. Thinking is the motionless
principle in light which creates the illusion of motion.
The Self of man belongs to the static, invisible, con-
scious, unconditioned universe of KNOWING. We
express knowing in the dynamic, visible, electrically
conditioned universe of sensation.
Sensation is the electrical awareness of motion simu-
lating the spiritual QUALITIES of the One Idea by cre-
ating imaged QUANTITIES of separate forms which
seem to have substance.
22
SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
Consciousness is real. Sensation simulates reality
through motion of interchanging lights, but the mirage
of a city is not the city it reflects.
Confusion and misunderstanding as to whether we are
thinking consciously from knowledge or sensing electri-
cally from memory records stored in our brains have led
us to the necessity of distinguishing between the two by
the common usage of such terms as "the human mind"
and "mortal mind." We know full well, while using
them, that there is but the One Mind of the One Living
God of Love.
The universal Mind centers every particle and mass in
this universe: animal, vegetable or mineral, electron,
atom or sun.
Man is the only unit in Creation who has conscious
awareness of the Spirit within him and electrical aware-
ness of dually conditioned light acting upon his senses.
All other units of Creation have electrical awareness only.
Man alone can be freed from body to think with God,
to talk with God and be inspired by His centering Light.
All other units of Creation are limited in their actions to
automatic reflexes from sensed memories built up
through ages of sensing and recording such sensing as
instinct.
Likewise the same confusion leads us to the adoption of
such terms as "subconscious mind," and "superconscious
mind."
23
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
There is but One Mind functioning universally within
all creating things, and that One Mind is not stratified
nor divided into the more or less. There are no differing
conditions of the One Mind, nor are there different kinds
of minds.
IMAGINATION
God is the imaginer of His One Idea.
All imagining is God's imagining.
All creating forms in this thought universe of God's
imagining are built in the image of His imagining, creat-
ing "in His image."
All forms in this creating universe of imagined forms
are but electric recordings of God's imaginings. They
have no existence. Records of Idea are not the idea they
record.
They have no substance. They are but black and white
lights of sun-centered wave fields of space assembled in
vibrating systems to simulate substance in an objective
universe which is not, but seems to be.
God's imagining never began and will never end.
It was not "created" at some remote past time by some
vast cosmic event, as commonly believed. Nor is it con-
demned to a "heat-death" by expansion into nothing-
ness.
24
SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
This is a creating universe, not a created one.
God did not begin to imagine at some fixed time, for
time does not exist. This light-wave universe which
records God's knowing by His thinking and imagining is
as eternal as God's thinking is eternal.
INSPIRATION
Inspiration is the language of Light which man uses to
talk with God.
Inspiration is that deep awareness of the conscious-
ness of Being which differentiates the genius or mystic
from the being of average intelligence.
Inspiration in man is accompanied by an intense men-
tal ecstasy which is characteristic of all who become
intensely conscious of their closeness to God.
Inspired geniuses forget their bodies while deeply
conscious of their existence as wholly Mind. Their bod-
ies, thus forgotten, act almost automatically in obedi-
ence to instinct and cell memory reflexes.
Inspired geniuses translate God's knowing into words
of man for the soul of man. They uplift all mankind by
reinspiring all who listen to their ecstatic words and
rhythms.
He who attunes his heart to the messages of genius
purifies himself. No impurity can there be in his heart
for verily he then is in communion with the Holy One.
25
( ,
,'/
/
"Man alone of all My creating things hath
begun to hear My whisperings. Since his
beginning My still small Voice hath whispered
within him that I am he and he Me; but even
now barbaric man on thy small new world
heareth dully, and maketh idols which he trea-
sures before Me, for he is still new. He is still
but in the ferment ofhis early brewing.
"For I say, that all things which floweth
from Life of Me have Life of Me flowing
through them, e'en to the least of these; but, I
say, that e'en though My Light of immortal
Life floweth through those mortal symbols of
My thinking, It toucheth them not in Its pass-
ing.
"When they shall know the Light of Me in
them, then they shall be Me and I them."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
26
Chapter IV
COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS
Beyond the genius is the mystic.
The mystic is one who has attained cosmic conscious-
ness by a complete severance of the seats of conscious-
ness and sensation. He is then almost totally unaware of
his body and is totally aware of the Light of God center-
idg him. Omniscience comes to him in that timeless
blinding flash of light which is characteristic of a com-
plete severance. This experience was described in the
illumination of St. Paul. Every timeless flash of intense
inspiration which comes to any man is a partial illumi-
nation, for inspiration is the manner in which new
knowledge comes to man from the cosmos.
Of all mystics, Jesus was the outstanding example of
all time. He was the only One in all history to have
known complete cosmic-conscious unity with God.
The Bible refers to cosmic-conscious experience as
"the illumination" or "being in the Light" or "in the
Spirit."
In all history less than forty cases of partial cosmic
consciousness are known, and probably not more than
three of these anywhere nearly approached the complete
27
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
state of illumination experienced by the Nazarene.
Cosmic consciousness is the ultimate goal of all
mankind. All will know it before the long journey of
man is finished, but there are many in this new age just
dawning who are ready for it in part, if not fully.
Many desire it fully, but it is best that it come bit by
bit for the complete severance is very dangerous. The
ecstasy of this supreme experience is so great that one
does not wish to come back. The power of severance of
soul from body is within easy accomplishment, but to
step back into the body is very difficult.
The way to gradually attain cosmic consciousness is
to intensify one's conscious awareness by much alone-
ness and companionship with God while manifesting
Him in every moment and in every task of life.
Moment-by-moment companionship with God brings
with it so great a realization of Oneness with Him that
the transformation into that full realization of unity is
apt to take place at any time.
The deterrent to cosmic consciousness is the feeling
that God is far away instead of being within, and that we
can reach that far away God only through sources out-
side of ourselves.
28
"He who would interpret the rhythm of Me
in art must walk his path in ecstasy, undiverted
by deviations, that he may see Me only and
hear naught but Me.
"Say thou to man these words:
"I am the source of inspiration. To him who
seeketh inspiration through Me, I say: Learn
thou to walk my path strongly in the Light, for
in the dark thou canst not find thy way to Me.
The path to Me is Light, and by it thou canst
well see thy way to Me.
"I am the soul of art. To him whose soul
would touch My Soul, and feel the heartbeat of
its mighty rhythm, I say: In so far as thou
knowest thyself as Light, shalt thou know Me
as Light.
29
/
/'
I
/
/
/
/
I
"I am Beauty. In Beauty must man be born
anew. Through Beauty must knowing man
become ecstatic Man.
"To him who would add ecstasy to his
knowing I say: Seek Me in Truth; for only in
the rhythm of Truth shalt thou find ecstasy.
"Verily I say, the creations of Ecstatic Man
are My creations, for they are balanced things,
and I am balance.
"To him who wouldeth create unbalance I
say: Un-truth exists not in My house. I alone
hold balance; and the eyes of those who see
through Me are immune from all but balance.
"For I am Balance. And I am Energy, and I
am Rest. I am the Light of Love and Truth.
Upon that foundation have I laid the corner-
stone ofMy universe. "
-From THE DMNE ILIAD
30
Chapter V
CREATIVE EXPRESSION
Inspired man alone can create enduring things. To cre-
ate we must first conceive.
To conceive we must stop thinking and KNOW. All
sensing must cease. There is no power in thinking.
Thinking but expresses the power which lies in know-
ing. We must project our Selves into the still Light of
knowing to commune with God. We must become one
with God to conceive idea in order to produce the form
of that idea. A concept must precede its manifestation in
form.
The culture of the entire race is given to it by the few
inspired ones who know God in them. They alone know
immortality.
The art of a civilization long outlives the civilization.
The pyramids of Egypt still speak of the creation of a
race which is long gone froni the face of the earth. The
sculptural and architectural beauty of Greece still tell us
of a type of creative genius which has never been
excelled. The great in the arts are few. "Art alone
endures. All else passes."
Great art can be created only by working moment by
31
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
moment with God as co-creator. When man and God
thus work together they commune one with the other as
One Person. The language of their communion is the
language of Light which man calls "inspiration."
When man works alone, his works are as the winds
which blow. When man works with God as co-creator,
his works are forever enduring.
Every great genius manifests this law: that he is One
with the God-Mind, that God in him is the source of
every thought and that he is inspired by that omni-
science and omnipotence within him which make his
work enduring.
32
"All knowledge existeth. All knowledge
cometh to man in its season. Cosmic messen-
gers periodically give to man such knowledge
of My cosmos as man is able to comprehend,
but that which he can bear is like unto a thim-
bleful out of the mighty ocean, for man is but
beginning to comprehend.
"When man knoweth Light then he will
know no limitations, but man must know the
Light for himself and none there can be who
can make words of it, for Light knoweth Light
and there need be no words. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
33
..".., -
Chapter VI
KNOWLEDGE
Knowledge is cosmic. It belongs to the still Light of
the positive principle. It never can become a property of
the two negations which constitute this mirage universe -
of matter in motion.
To "know all things" means to have all knowledge of
the Whole One Idea of the cosmos as CAUSE. It does
not mean knowledge of created things which are effect -
of cause. The whole Cosmic Idea is simple. It can be
known by anyone of average intelligence. Its bewilder-
ing complexities lie in effect of cause.
Man cannot know transient effect. He can KNOW
cause only. He can but comprehend effect. Man cannot
know a sunset sky, for example, but he can comprehend
it if he knows its cause. Knowledge is, therefore, limited
to cause.
All knowledge exists. All mankind can have it for the
asking. It is within man, awaiting his awareness of its
all-presence.
Knowledge cannot be acquired by the brain from
without; it must be "recollected" from within the con-
sciousness of Self. Gradually dawning conscious aware-
34
KNOWLEDGE
ness is but gradual recollection of the all-knowing which
has always been within man.
Man cannot acquire knowledge from books or
schools. He can but acquire information that way, but
information is not knowledge until it is recognized by
the spiritual consciousness of man, just as food is not
nourishment for the body until it becomes a part of the
blood stream. Information gained by motion of the sens-
es must be returned to the stillness of the Source before
it becomes knowledge.
For the same reason man cannot acquire knowledge
from the so-called "facts of matter," for there are no
facts of -matter in a universe of transient matter in
motion. All matter in motion is but a series of illusions
which deceive man into drawing wrong conclusions.
It is impossible for man to draw right conclusions
from his observation of matter in motion until he has
acquired the ability to translate dynamic effect back to
cause. This he can do only through decentration to the
One Light of his conscious awareness of the Source of
all knowledge. Until he knows the WHY of effect and
its deceptions, he has no knowledge whatsoever upon
which he can rely. He has naught but unreliable infor-
mation.
Information concerning the body, for example, does
not give knowledge concerning cause of body, or of the
body's relationship to the universe. Information of birth
35
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
and death of the body, on the assumption that the body
is Self, never can lead to knowledge that body is not
Self, or that Self is immortal. -
Nor can information concerning the material body
alone, its chemistry and its functionings, heal the body.
Bodies manifest life, but life is cosmic. Life is not in the
body. Life is spirit, and spirit is still. Life is not chem-
istry or germ of matter. To heal the body so that it can '
manifest life of the spirit Self of the body, one must give
the unbalanced body the balance of the spirit. Knowl-
edge of the Light can alone do this. All the information
in the world will not heal a body unassisted by the Light
in him who heals and in him who is being healed.
36
"I am LIGHT, but the Light which is Me is
not the sensed light of the sensed universe of
My creation.
"I, the Creator, think. I think in two lights
extended from the One Light of Me, yet those
two lights are not Me, nor is My thinking Me.
"Verily I say, I give of Me and I take 'away;
for I am the Imaginer who builds image forms
to tear apart to build anew.
"I am thinking Mind, forever thinking the
changing image ofMy unchanging self.
"My image changes ever with the changing
of the two lights of My thinking, though I, My
Self, change not.
"All things change, and their changing still
images Me, yet they are not Me."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
37
"
Chapter VII
KNOWLEDGE VERSUS THINKING
Man's knowledge is his power. His thinking is the
expression of that power. The expression of power is .not
power; therefore thinking is not power.
As man gradually becomes aware of his omniscience,
his thinking intensifies in voltage in proportion to the
increase in awareness of his omniscience.
Thinking is an electric wave extension from the cen- .
tering fulcrum of knowledge which seemingly divides
knowledge into ideas and sets those ideas in motion to
create forms of ideas as product of knowledge.
Man's knowledge is like a deep well of still water. His
thinking is like a two-way pump which divides the
QUALITY of that stillness into QUANTITIES of parts
and sets them flowing.
That is what the objective universe is, quantities of
many seemingly separate forms of idea, all of which are
but parts of the One Whole Idea.
Each seemingly separate part is a dynamic extension
of the One Static Unity, but separateness only seems, for
all are indissolubly bound together in light as one part.
Knowledge is the foundation of man's concepts.
Thinking transfers concepts into product. The quality
38
KNOWLEDGE VERSUS THINKING
of man's product depends upon the degree of awareness
of his knowledge and not upon the quality, quantity or
intensity of his thinking.
Water cannot be drawn from an empty well, nor can
clear water be drawn from a muddied well. Likewise
good product cannot come from intensive thinking
unless knowledge backs that thinking.
No idea of Mind can ever become matter, Idea of
product can never become product. Moreover, no
expression of anything in Nature is the idea which it
expresses.
The product of idea is not the idea it simulates. Idea is
cosmic and cannot be produced in matter. Idea must be
conceived in the Mind before it can be simulated as
product. Conceptions belong solely to the magnetic
God-Light and never become matter.
A lever, for example, moving upon its fulcrum,
expresses the idea of power by motion, but the idea of
power is in the still fulcrum source of power. It is not in
the moving lever. The lever would be both powerless
and motionless if it did not have the stillness of the ful-
crum from which to extend the simulation of power.
A watch expresses the idea of time, but the watch is
not time. Likewise it expresses the idea of mechanical
principles, but the watch is not the idea which is
expressed by those mechanical principles.
The printed poem is not the idea expressed in the
39
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
poem. That printed poem has no meaning to anyone
whose intelligence is insufficient to reflect the idea from
the composer's mind to his own. No idea of mind ever
becomes matter.
Likewise neither the musical composition on the
printed page, nor the art of music which issues as
sounds from musical instruments is the inspired idea of
the musician. Inspiration can never be produced. It can '
but be reflected from one inspired mind to another rec-
ognizing one. Idea and inspiration may be echoed from
spirit to spirit but they can never become product of
matter in motion.
40
"Man's sense-seeing with his eyes binds
him to the illusion of My dual thinking, for I
but build illusion with My dual thinkingfor his
sense-seeing.
"Sense-seeing binds man to forms and
things, while Mind-knowing opens doors of
glory to the opposed threads of Light with
which I weave all idea of Mind into forms of
many moving things.
"Mind-seeing decentrates unto the farthest
reaches of My universe of Me, and sees all
forms as One.
"With his seeing eyes man sees Light as
matter energized, but senses not that the ener- '
gy of matter is the Light of My divided think-
ing. With man's unseeing eyes of spirit he
knows the Light of Me, the Source, and knows
that he is bound in Me as One, and I in him. '
"Behold in Me thy God of Love, the One,
inseparable. "
-From THE DMNE ILIAD
41
..1'
1
Chapter VIII
THINKING VERSUS SENSING
Man is still primate with very few exceptions. He has
not yet learned to think powerfully from knowledge. He
is just beginning to think as an extension of knowledge.
We sense electrically and mistake that electrical sens-
ing of observed effects for thinking. Sensing is not
thinking. Sensation is but an electrical awareness of
wave motion by other waves.
We mistake the electrical records of the information
which our brains have recorded as sensation, for think-
ing and for knowledge.
Information thus acquired by the senses is not knowl-
edge, however. A man may have vast information and
skill but have very little knowledge.
The greatest scientists of today, for example, are well
informed. They know how to do wonderful things but
do they know the WHY of what they do?
Information from observed effects, and skills in
putting those effects together for useful purposes, have
multiplied vastly since man first observed natural phe-
nomena. His sense of observation told him how to make
a boat; then a sail for the boat. He then discovered the
42
THINKING VERSUS SENSING
wheel and ftre. Electric awareness of effects of motion,
plus memory, plus the power to reason objectively, gave
him the ability to do this. Very little of it has been due to
either thinking or knowledge.
We thus confuse sensing for thinking and knowing
when, factually, we have been but functioning through
sensed electrical awareness acquired from information.
The "information" thus conveyed is electrical, not
mental. The telegraph message which goes over any
wire is not the thought conveyed by that message. Even
the typed telegram is not the thought conveyed by it. Its
symbols inform the thinker of the thought conveyed by
it, but it is not the thought.
Thus it is that our vast mechanistic, electrically moti-
vated universe is inter-sensitized for the purpose of
informing every nerve ganglion in every cell of every
organic and inorganic part of it of the condition of every
other part of it.
OUR SUPPOSEDLY FIVE SENSES
In speaking of an electrical awareness which we call
sensation, we think of our senses as five in number.
These are the senses of seeing, hearing, tasting, smelling
and feeling.
All of these five senses are but the one sense of feel-
ing. We do not have five senses. Seeing is a sensation of
feeling light waves through our eyes. Hearing is a sensa-
43
I'
\
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
tion of feeling light waves through our ears. Tasting and
smelling are sensations of feeling light waves reacting
upon mouth and nostrils.
All variation in sense of feeling is due to a difference
of electric conditioning in pulsing wave matter. If puls-
ing wave matter is but an electric wave record of
thought, sensation likewise is but an electric wave
record of thought. Neither of them have reality. Neither
of them are the thought they record.
It also follows that if matter, motion and substance are
electric records of thought, then sensation has no reali-
ty-for sensation is but an electrical awareness of wave
motion by other waves.
It likewise follows that if matter, motion and sub- '
stance are electric wave recordings of thought, then
electricity which records thought, and thought itself, are
nonexistent.
There is but one thing in this universe-LIGHT-the
still Light of all Knowing. The One Light which is God.
God alone lives. His thinking and imagining is Know-
ing; the Knowing universe is all that is; Knowing Mind
is still. There is no activity whatsoever in the universe of
either spirit or matter.
EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDGE
Man's present civilization is erected upon the founda-
tion of empirical knowledge obtained through his sens -
44
THINKING VERSUS SENSING
es. What is empirical knowledge? The definition in the
dictionary is: "conclusions founded upon experiment
and observation alone."
In other words, the so-called "knowledge" upon which
man relies is founded upon the evidence of his senses,
or more simply, upon the nonexistent waves of motion
of a nonexistent substance.
That fact is the answer as to why mankind has, as yet,
practically no knowledge. During his amoeba and jungle
days, he lived a purely sensed .existence. His body cells
were controlled entirely by instinctive flux threads of
light extended to him directly from the Creator.
MAN IS STILL NEW
Out of millions of such years, he has had but a few
thousand years since the dawn of consciousness awak-
ened in him the slightest suspicion of his spiritual inher-
itance.
The advance of man since the first messengers of God
appeared on earth to kindle an awakening spark in him,
has been based upon information gained by his senses
and stored in his electric brain as memory records of
sensed observations. These observations he has r ~ a ·
soned into sensed conclusions by an electrically sensi-
tized brain.
All of such conclusions which are based upon the evi-
dence of senses have within them the elements of decep-
45
""' ''1
·Ii
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
tion which characterize all effects of motion in this three
dimensional universe of illusion.
Man is aware of some of these illusions, such as those
of perspective. He is aware of the fact that railroad
tracks do not meet upon the horizon, but he is not aware
of the fact that all effects of motion are not what they
seem to be. He is thus misled into forming conclusions
which have no relation to Nature whatsoever. One can
have no knowledge of effect, for all knowledge lies in
cause. Our new fundamental laws and principles must
be based upon knowledge of cause.
LAWS BASED UPON ILLUSION
Newton, for example, confessedly did not know what
gravitation was, yet wrote laws concerning it based
upon his observation as to what gravitation did to an
apple. Also, he concluded that the moon would fall upon
the earth if it were not for its motion. He even proved
this mathematically, not being aware of the fact that
those same mathematical formulae would apply to every
satellite, planet and star in the heavens, as well as to
every electron in every atom, none of which are falling
into their primaries.
1
Observers in natural phenomena are still calculating
the age of the universe and weight of the earth. The uni-
verse is ageless. It had no beginning. Likewise the earth
46
THINKING VERSUS SENSING
has no weight in respect to anything else inthe universe.
Every orb in the heavens is in perfect balance with every
other orb.
MESSENGERS OF THE LIGHT
What little knowledge man has acquired during these
last few thousand years has been given to him by the
very few geniuses, prophets, mystics and other messen-
gers of the Light who have come to reinspire mankind
with their inspired knowledge.
From these rare few, the beginnings of our culture
have sprung. Without them there would be no under-
standing of beauty in the world. Without beauty man
would still be barbarian. Through beauty alone will he
gradually become consciously aware of his oneness with
the Light.
When man knows the Light he will know all things.
Today that Light is so dim in all mankind that no one
has as yet fathomed the secret of Light, or of gravitation,
radiation, electricity, growth, life, reincarnation or the '
wave.
The day has now dawned when he will know these
things. This is man's inheritance for this New Age.
47
"Behold in Me the One Light from which a
seeming two lights appear as pairs of rhythmi-
cally interchanging opposites. These are My
light messengers. They are My workers which
build My imaged forms and give them back to
Me devoid ofform.
"They are the pulsing heartbeat of My
body, the Makers of forever borning cycles of
My imagining in forms of things.
"The two are equal halves of one. They
never can become one. They forever inter-
change to simulate a balanced unity which
they never find for they never can be aught but
two.
"From Me one light extendeth to give form
to My imaginings, and give them pulsebeat to
simulate eternal Life in them which IS in Me.
The other light dissolveth that form and giveth
it back to Me unquickened for resurrection in
My rest to repeat My imaginings.
48
"Say thou, therefore, that life is eternal in
man through eternities of resurrections of him
in Me. And say thou, also, that his resurrection
is his own, for he is ONE with Me.
"Thus is My imagined dual light universe
born, dissolved and reborn; concentrated,
decentrated and reconcentrated; integrated,
disintegrated ant! reintegrated forever and for-
ever in My imagined universe of imagined time
and space.
"And, behold, each of My pairs of opposite
expressions of Me are reborn through Me as
the other one. Again I say, there is naught but
rebirth in Me. There is no death.
"Go thou and tell to man that both life and
death are but mirrors of each other which
becometh each other in their forever interpass-
ing through each other to their still fulcrum in
My knowing, from which both sprang into
seeming being to record the imaged forms of
My thinking. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
49
t
]1
!:I
Chapter IX
SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS
The electric inter-sensitizing of the two pulsing light
extensions of the One still Light is for the purpose of
recording thought-patterns in matter.
Mind knows but one Idea as a whole. Thought is Idea
taken apart and patterned as separate idea. Thought is
patterned idea electrically expressed and electrically
recorded in matter by its two pulsing, interchanging
lights.
This universe of matter in motion is but the electric
record of thought. The process of recording is to take
the One undivided Universal Idea apart and express it as
many seemingly divided parts. This gives form and niul-
tiplicity into many seeming parts and things of a uni-
verseof but one thing.
Electricity is the servant of the God-Mind. Electricity
expresses the desire in the God-Mind for creative
expression by seemingly dividing the One still light into
transient waves of spectrum divided positive-negative
colors of light.
This entire universe of seeming substantiality consists
solely of transient light waves in seeming motion.
50
SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS
Motion itself is illusion.
SEEMING SEPARATENESS
All patterned thought creations of God or man are the
interweavings of the spectrum colors of the two electric
opposites of light-waves into the patterned designs of
those thoughts.
Creation might be likened to the tapestry weaver who
KNOWS the one idea as a whole, then THINKS it into
parts, then RECORDS those parts by interweaving their
spectrum colors into the many forms which, together,
manifest the whole idea.
To exemplify our meaning, consider anyone part of
the whole idea 'of Creation-iron, for example. Iron is a
separate part of the whole.
We think of iron as a hard, cold metal with certain
properties which make it possible for us to
it into many products. When iron is in its frozen condi-
tion we do not think of it as light, but we can photo- ,
graph by it if we heat .it to incandescence.
Not only is it then light but all of the properties which
make it available to us as iron have then gone out of it.
It is as though the divine tapestry weaver had unwoven
all the threads of the idea of iron and sorted them into
their spectrum colors, thread by thread.
The physicist can tell you what element those threads
51
!I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
of light would be if frozen. Upon looking at them, he
would say, "That is iron." But it would not be the form
of iron as we know it-it would be the formless idea of
iron as the sun knows it.
THERE IS NO SEPARATENESS
In the incandescent sun is all idea that earth knows.
The idea of the apple of earth is in the sun, likewise the
wood of the tree and the violet in the meadow. Likewise
the cool earth is there, with its rivers and mountains.
All idea is one idea in the light of the sun. The light of
the sun is never divided into its many seeming separate
ideas until it is electrically extended from the sun and
those extensions electrically echoed back to it.
The sun is a crucible which melts all ideas into one,
then sets them out into space to cool and separate into
many units of that one.
Likewise Idea of Mind never becomes the many ideas
of Creation until electricity divides that One idea into
many separate parts.
The One Light cannot be divided, but extensions of
the One Light can appear to divide it. The spots of sun-
light upon the cathedral floor are many, but they are all
extensions of the one light of their source in the sun.
Likewise all mankind is an extension of the One Idea of
man for man is but One in the Light of his Source.
52
SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS
Likewise all moving extensions of the One still Light,
as manifested in the white light of suns arid the black
light of their surrounding space, are but extensions of
one Source.
ALL IDEA IS STILL
The cinema exemplifies this meaning. Upon the
screen are many patterned ideas in noisy, violent
motion. We know, however, that all of the motion of
separate ideas, and all of the sounds emanating from
those patterned, moving forms, would instantly cease if
the still source of light from which these images and
sounds are projected were turned off.
We know that the cause of all this transient division
into positive and negative effect is in the one still light
from which it is projected. We know that the sounds we
hear emanate from that stillness, yet we seem to be
totally unaware of the fact that all of our pulsing uni-
verse is but an extension of One still Light of Universal
Mind, projected through positive and negative light
upon the universal screen of space.
It is difficult to conceive earth and all of its phenome-
na of motion, sound, people, animals, and plant life, as a
motion picture projection from our sun. Yet all of the
separate ideas of earth are in that one incandescent light
of the sun. All are but one thing, Light.
53
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Tum off the sun and all of its patterned ideas on earth
would instantly cease. The still idea which is extended .
into motion is not in the motion but in the stillness from
which it is extended.
54
"For I say that man who senses but clay of
earth in him is bound to earth as clayed image
ofhis earth.
"Clayed images of My imagining who
knoweth not Me in them are but dwellers of
earth's dark. To sensed man the doors of My
Kingdom are self-barred by darkness until the
Light ofMe in him is known by him as Me.
"Until then he is but moving clay, manifest-
ing not Me in him while sensing naught but
moving clay of him; knowing not the glory of
My Light in him.
"Wherefore, I say to thee, exalt thou thyself
beyond thy sensing. Know Me as fulcrum of
thy thinking. Be Me as deep well of thy know-
ing. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
55
r
Chapter X
FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN
Electric awareness of observed effects of matter in
motion is registered in the brain.
It is commonly believed that the brain thinks and
knows.
The brain does not think, nor does it know. It is but a
. storehouse of recorded sensations. The brain "remem-
bers" these records for man's usage as he needs them,
and for fulfilling the requirements of his body.
The brain is a complex state of motion expressed by
waves of light pulsing in cycles.
States of motion cannot KNOW anything, nor can
they THINK anything. .
The brain is part of a machine, a human machine.
Machines can express thoughts which are electrically
projected through them, but machines are incapable of
thinking the thoughts thus projected.
Likewise machines can express knowledge but they
cannot have knowledge.
Likewise machines can do marvelous things when pat-
terned and controlled by knowledge, but they cannot
KNOW what they do.
56
- - - - - - - ~ - - _ . _ - -
FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN
The centering conscious Mind of man's Soul-will
alone thinks by projecting desire for creative expression
through the brain machine.
Desire in Mind is electrically expressed. Electricity is
the motivative force which projects the One Light of
Mind two ways to create cycles of light waves for the
purpose of expressing thought cycles.
Desire is not in the brain. It is in the centering con-
scious self. Desire is the cause ofall motion.
THE BRAIN RECORDS SENSATIONS
The brain is but the electric recording mechanism of
conscious Mind thinking. It is also man's storage ware-
house of electric records of memories and thoughts
since his beginning.
It is the servant of Universal Intelligence. It operates
all mechanisms of the body. It acts as the central switch-
board for all its instinctive voluntary and involuntary
actions.
The brain is the seat of sensation. Its purpose in this
respect is to keep the body electrically informed of the
condition of the body, through electrical messages.
Such messages are not mental. They are purely electri-
cal. They produce sensation. The brain senses and
records every message. It sends counteracting messages
to other parts of the body.
57
/
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
The body is a vast and complex mechanism. The brain
is an electrical recorder, distributor, broadcaster and
receiver for all operational parts of that multi-celled
machine, but its actions have no relation to intelligence.
The brain records sensations of experiences and obser-
vations which the senses convey to it. Such sensations
are mistaken for thinking and knowing. Sensation aris-
ing from electrical motion is purely automatic.
The mistake in assuming that the brain thinks and
knows is due to the fact that man believes himself to be
thinking when he is only sensing. Man also believes that
he is acquiring knowledge through sensed observation
of sensed EFFECT, when he is but recording electrical
sensations which inform him as to the nature of things
observed by his senses.
The body is a patterned machine designed to do many
things. Electric motivation through nerve wires deter-
mines each movement.
When such sensations act in unison with his conscious
awareness of the Light which centers him as PERSON,
he is then thinking as well as sensing.
The centering consciousness of man, the PERSON,
transforms information received by the senses into
knowledge to the extent of which he is capable of recog-
nizing CAUSE in spirit, back of the EFFECT which his
senses record.
Until that transformation takes place, man is without
58
FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN
knowledge no matter to what extent his senses may have
informed him, for information is not knowledge.
A man may be a veritable encyclopedia of informa-
tion. He may have earned many college degrees for
being well informed and yet be without sufficient
knowledge to create anything.
For instance, we cannot sense the idea of a harp while
it is still, but we can know the idea of the harp. We can
know its various possibilities of expression, even though
its strings are not vibrating. Likewise we can imagine
countless complexities of rhythms which lie unex-
pressed within those still strings.
Conversely, we cannot know the vibrations which
come from those strings when we set them in motion.
We can but sense those vibrations through our own
sensed electrical awareness.
59
"The Source of all things is within all
things, centering them as Rest, from which
their motion springeth. It is also without all
things, controlling'their balance with all other
things.
"Man's universe is still composed of many
things, many separate things, and separable.
"Yea, not one thing is there in My imaged
universe which is apart from Me, nor of itself
alone.
"Yea, I guide My borning things from very
seed by sensed threads of light extensions of
My thinking until they themselves can guide
themselves. Not e'en the least of these which
are not bound to Me in Light.
"Images ofMy imaginings whichgrowfrom
Earth, and those which freely move, all of
these things grow and move through extended
light of My dynamic thinking until they them-
selves can think withMe."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
60
ChapterXI
ELECTRICAL AWARENESS
This material universe of many seemingly separate
parts is electric.
The whole universe of countless parts is wired togeth-
er by an electric f l ~ x of "nerves" which inform each part
of the universe of the ever changing condition of every
other part.
There is no "sensation" between balanced parts or
balanced conditions of matter. By "sensation" we mean
the feel of the electric current which conveys the mes-
sage. The electric current is impossible in an equilibri-
um condition, hence we can feel no sensation whatso-
ever when our bodies, or parts of them, are in a bal-
anced condition.
Electrical awareness is necessary to an electrically
mechanized universe. An electrically controlled
machine in one's factory has exactly the same electric
awareness that a man has. Its wired nervous system con-
veys electric messages to its parts for the dual purpose
of motivating them as well as for adjusting all parts to
each other in continuity.
Electric machines do what electric awareness
61
I ,
I
I
/
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
demands of them through sensation. So does man, tree,
the solar system and every nebula of the heavens.
Man's body cells are electrically aware of their mech-
anistic purposes and respond to electric messages sent to
them. They have electrical cell memory of their individ-
ual and group purposes. They act automatically when
sensed reflexes are electrically motivated.
Bodily functions, such as our heartbeat, digestion,
chemical gland transformation, breathing and walking,
are automatically operated by cell memory reflexes.
Cell memory and instinct cause birds to migrate, spi-
ders to spin webs and certain vegetable growths to close
in on flies and fish.
Instinctive actions and cell memory reflex actions are
not mental. They are purely mechanical and automatic.
ELECTRIC AWARENESS IS UNIVERSAL
This principle of electric awareness, through sensa-
tion, is not limited to animal life alone. It is equally
characteristic of the mineral and vegetable kingdoms. It
extends to the veriest electronic particle and to the
mightiest galaxy.
Not only is each particle in each mass electrically
aware of its purpose, but each particle in the entire uni-
verse reacts in response to electrical messages sent to it
from every other particle in the universe. This physical
62
ELECTRICAL AWARENESS
universe is controlled solely by electrical sensation
which is measured and balanced by the still magnetic
Light, centering all things.
"For behold, saith the Universal One, I am
within all things centering them; and I am
without all things controllingthem. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
All of the electric universe of motion is thus so per-
fectly conditioned by the two electric workers which
build the universe and tear it apart sequentially for
rebuilding, that all moving things in it sense all other
moving things in it.
Likewise, all differently conditioned things in the uni-
verse readjust their conditioning to every change of con-
dition of every other thing in the universe.
There is a constant separating process in Nature which
forever expresses the universal desire for change and
multiplicity, and there is likewise a constant levelling
process which forever expresses the universal desire for
oneness.
63
"
"I, with man, am creating man in My uni-
versal image.
"What I am, man is.
"I think idea; and the form of My idea
appears in the pattern ofMy thinking.
"I think man; and man appears in the pat-
tern ofMy thinking.
"Man thinks man; and man appears in the
image ofman's thinking.
"Man:SO thinking is My thinking.
"All thinking things are thinking My think-
ing.
"All creating things are formed in the '
image of My thought imaginings to manifest
My thought imaginings.
"The universe is My image, creature of My
imaginings. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
64
Chapter XII
INSTINCT
Organic matter generates purely from the desire of
mind to manifest idea in matter. That cosmic desire to
create form produces the desired form. Desire is the
motivating force of all Creation.
Man begins to express the idea of man as a single cell.
The whole idea of man is in that single cell . It then
unfolds in orderly time and space according to cosmic
law. Likewise the whole idea of all Creation is in that
single cell. All idea is omnipresent. There are no parts of
the Whole.
Each step in the unfolding of the man-idea follows the
continuing desire for unfolding. Cell memory of purpose
is given to each cell as it unfolds. Pattern of idea follows
in sequence as desire in God Mind and desire in the
growing idea work together to express the idea in form.
Every action of unfolding man is a part of the unfold-
ing of the man-idea as it exists as a whole in God's
Mind. Any desire of man is, therefore, a two-way exten-
sion of the Light of that idea from God to man. Whatev-
er God desires to express in man He will express, for He
is man's Creator.
65
r""
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Whatever man desires, the God in him will create.
Man must, however, co-create with God according to
God's universal law. If man breaks that law, the law will
break him to an equal extent.
LIFE IS A SEQUENCE OF EXPERIENCES
All of the expressions of desire in the unfolding of any
idea are a part of the idea. They are experiences in deci-
sions. All experiences are parts of the unfolding of any
idea.
Whatever those decisions are, however, they are
recorded upon the individual man as his own interpreta-
tion of the man-idea. Likewise they are recorded in the
whole of the race of man as the sum total of all desires
and experiences of the whole man-idea.
As the idea of anything is one, so also the parts of that
idea are one.
INSTINCTIVE INTERCOMMUNICATION
If it were not for instinct, animal life could not survive
or develop.
Instinct causes mechanical actions to take place in all
bodies to meet the necessities of existence. Instinct pro-
tects animal life from enemies. It tells the proper food to
eat, how to build nests, how to take care of its young,
66
INSTI NCT
how to return home when taken great distances, as the
carrier pigeon does , and countless other wonderful
things that animals do.
A salmon, spawned in a certain river, instinctively
leaves that river and makes its way to the sea until matu-
rity. At the proper time for its mating and spawning, it
then returns, over thousands of trackless miles, to the
very river in which it was born.
It is instinct which tells birds to fly south before win-
ter. Instinct tells them the direction of south. Instinct
tells them it is warmer in that direction. Instinct likewise
governs the migration of seals, the building of the
beaver's dam and the weaving of the spider's web.
Instinct might be defined as a cell-memory record of
all actions of a body, and of all of the sensations caused
by those actions.
THE BEGINNINGS OF INSTINCT
Without instinct in all animal and vegetable life, their
evolution would not be possible. All creations of the
Creator are the result of electric wave recordings of the
Creator 's thought. They are parts of the whole Idea
taken apart and put together bit by bit. They are the
result of Universal Law, of Cause and Effect.
None of the creations of the Creator have in them at
their beginning the power to think. It takes millions of
67
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
years for complex organisms to recognize the spirit
within them sufficiently to think at all. During these
long ages, they are guided almost entirely by their
instinctive reflexes. Man alone has begun to think, rea-
son, imagine, create and invent , and then only during the
last few thousand years.
INSTINCT IS GOD-CONTROL
Instinct is, therefore, God-control over the actions of
His creations. The.involuntary actions of the body, such
as the heartbeat, or the action of white corpuscles, do . I·
not know their purpose in the healing process of the
body, but God centers and controls every atom of His
Creation and each must fulfill its purpose.
INSTINCT BUILDING BY GOD AND MAN
A good example of the manner in which God and man
work together for creative expression is the familiar
knitting woman. Knitting is part of the man-idea which
requires a skill. The woman who desires to knit must
desire to acquire that skill. Desire must precede all
expression of that desire.
Slowly she takes one stitch at a time. All of her power
of concentration is needed to take those first stitches.
Each stitch taken, however, has within it the desire for
68
INSTINCT
taking the next stitch.
Very slowly she interlaces yarns into the pattern
required. The cells of her fmgers gradually acquire cell
memories of their purpose. These cells coordinate with .
other cells of the body in the development of the whole
skill.
Gradually she learns to knit instinctively. Her mind is
freed from concentration and she may think of other
things and converse freely. Her body cells alone will
work from the memory of purpose given to them.
Instinctive skills are thus imparted to bodies of man
by the co-creative efforts of God and man. The pianist
teaches his fingers to work instinctively in order to free
his mind to think music. God is working with him.
Without this moment-to-moment cooperation with God,
he could do nothing.
God, Creator of all things, knows all things and has all
power.
Man and God are One. Man may know all things and
have all power to the extent in which he desires to know
all things and have all power. Awareness of the Light in
man will give him all knowledge and power. Man may
not be apart from God at any time. Nor can any part of
Creation be apart from God at any time.
69
"All things come and go from My divided
thinking.
"All things go from very heart of Me into
My imaged universe; and when they disappear
from there I also take them back to very heart
ofMe.
"Know thou that all creating things are res-
urrected things, again manifesting life of Me
through My divided thinking.
"Man divides his thinking in manifesting
Me.
"The body of man sleeps, that it may awak-
en in Me, to manifest Me.
"The body of man dies, that it may be res-
urrected in Me, to manifest Me.
"The body of man disappears, that it may
reappear to manifest Me.
"Man who sleeps or dies or disappears is
but man's image, for Self of man sleeps not,
nor dies, nor disappears; for Self of man is
Me.
"Again I say that I am One, and man is One
in Me when he knows that I am he. "
-From THE DMNE ILIAD
70
Chapter XIII
UNCONSCIOUSNESS, SLEEP AND PAIN
There is much confusion regarding the supposedly
possible condition known as "being unconscious. "
When we sleep, or are anesthetized, we say we are
"unconscious."
We cannot be unconscious. We have always been con-
scious without the slightest awareness of it.
Our confusion in this respect lies in mistaking sensa-
tion and thinking for consciousness.
When we stop thinking, whether asleep or awake, we
do not stop KNOWING, nor do we cease being con-
sciously aware of our Being. We but cease to set our
knowledge in motion to express idea through the pulsa-
tions of thinking.
Conscious Mind does not sleep. Sleep is merely the
negative half of the wave cycle of electrical awareness
of sensation. Wakefulness is the positive half.
All nature sleeps when the sunlight lessens the ability
of all things to manifest life. Sleep is the death half of
the life-death cycle.
One may say, "I am unaware of this or that," but one
cannot say "I am unconscious" when one is always con-
scious.
71
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Conscious awareness is KNOWING. Unawareness
means that one does not yet know. Knowledge is within
him which he can know when he desires to know.
Sleep and wakefulness are positive-negative wave
parts of a wave cycle, just as birth and death are oppo-
site ends of a life cycle.
Sleep is but an anesthetic. Sleep can be induced chem-
ically, either to the whole body or any part of it by
desensitizing its cells. When the body or parts of it are
thus "put to sleep," they have not been rendered "uncon-
scious"; their voltage has merely been lowered.
The dentist does not refer to a local anesthetic as hav-
ing produced unconsciousness; he refers to it as a desen-
sitizing condition, but when the surgeon desensitizes the
body, it is then supposed to be "unconscious." We
assume that the brain has stopped thinking. The brain
does not think, therefore it cannot stop doing that which
it never does. We assume that bodies cease to be con-
scious, but consciousness is never in bodies.
A local anesthetic stops pain. Pain is a too intense
electric current. The voltage is too great for the nerve
wires to stand the strain. They bum out, and the over-
charge of burning out causes the pain.
When the nerves of the body FEEL an electric current
running through them, the body is aware that something
is happening to throw it out of balance. When the body
is in balance, it has no sensation. When the body is
72
UNCONSCIOUSNESS, SLEEP AND PAIN
unbalanced, sensation informs it when and where, other-
wise it could not function.
Wakefulness and sleep are merely the charging and
discharging of the uncountable electric batteries of the
body. If these batteries were kept constantly charged,
there would be no such alternating conditions as sleep
and wakefulness.
This planet is carrying us on our uphill journey to our
pinnacle. The sun is the generator which charges its bat-
teries. The sun is that generator, but the earth is turning
toward and away from its generator continually.
As the sun's charging light disappears from one edge
of the planet's rim at evening, everything goes to sleep.
Conversely, all things awaken at the dawn. The batteries
of all things on earth are being forever charged daily and
discharged nightly.
73
·1 I .
"I center the moving shaft of My universe,
yet I move not, although its power to move
springethfromMe.
"I center growing systems, and changing
cells ofgrowing systems, yet I change not, e'en
though their changing patterns spring from
me.
"I center living things which manifest My
life, but they live not. I alone live.
"Growing things are moving things in
mans sensing, though they move not in mans
knowing.
"Moving things are changing things in
man s sensing, yet they change not in man's
knowing.
"E'en though fast moving things of mans
sensing move fast, they simulate the rest, while
moving, from which they sprang into seeming
motion."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
74
ChapterXIV
MOTION SIMULATING REST
This electric universe of motion forever moves to find
rest, but never finds it. Matter in violent motion simu-
lates rest and balance through violent motion. The more
violent the motion the greater is the illusion of rest and
balance. Motion can cease but it can never become rest.
THIS MAKE-BELIEVE UNIVERSE
.The entire dynamic wave universe of electric matter is
not what it seems to be. Everything which seems at rest
depends upon violent motion to make believe it is at
rest.
A wire wheel could appear to be a steel disk if spun
fast enough. The faster it is spun, the more at rest it
would seem.
This planet, seemingly at rest, is in violent motion
around its centering point of rest from which it is electri-
cally extended. Seemingly motionless clouds, floating
above the earth, are rotating with it at the tremendous
speed of one thousand miles an hour at the equator, or
four times faster than a plane.
75
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
All the planets are revolving swiftly around their cen-
tral sun which seemingly stands still in the heavens of
space, but in fact is moving with incredible speed.
Likewise, all the stars of night, simulating rest , are
moving at terrific speeds to adjust their mutual unbal-
ances in this dual universe of divided pressure.
The pencil in one's hand, the desk upon which one is
writing, the room full of motionless things, seeming to
be at rest, are but simulating rest through violent motion
of their many parts. Tremendous vibrations may be in
that glass paperweight.
Not one thing could manifest the rest it simulates if it
were not for the incredible speeds of those atoms which .
so incessantly rotate and revolve to make that seeming
restfulness possible.
EVEN STILL THINGS ARE NOT STILL
All seemingly still matter is manifesting make-believe
rest by make-believe motion.
Motion itself is an illusion. The motion one senses in
one's brain has no more reality than the motion which
one senses in a motion picture.
The seeming motion of the cinema is c a ~ s e d by
sequences of changing patterned forms projected on the
screen which give the impression of motion because of
the rapid change of pattern in the negatives. That self-
same illusion applies to the material universe.
76
"Without change My play of Creation could
not be played, nor its actors be. Behold, there-
fore, the changing universe of My imagining,
the seeming universe ofMy thinking.
"And again I say that there is no change in
Me, the changeless One, so, also, is there no
change in My thought universe of pairs of
opposed things which forever interchange to
simulate My universe of change.
"E'en the seeming changing of My thought
universe is not change save for senses of
sensed things which are bound to pairs of
parts of wholes.
"Each pair wendeth its way through the
interchanging pressures of its electric journey.
Each appeareth, then disappeareth, to reap-
pear.
"E'en though senses of sensed things sense
changing in all things, they change not to con-
scious knowing.
"Whyfor be thou slave to sensing? Rise
above thy sensing. Be Me in thy knowing."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
77
Chapter XV
THE ILLUSION OF CHANGE
Change is an illusion of the senses due to motion.
There is no change whatsoever in the conscious uni-
verse of knowing. There is only an illusion of change set
up by the two interchanging lights of thinking to divide
the One Whole Idea into many separate ideas and record
them in moving matter. '
The senses are the audience for these thought pulsa-
tions. The senses are a part of this illusion. Senses are
electric. They belong to the thought universe of motion
and do not respond to stillness. As motion itself is non-
existent, so also are senses non-existent.
The senses are but the imagined records of imagined
motion, matter and change. As such they are limited to
pin-hole peeks into the vastness which extends beyond
their sensing. The senses have no knowledge of what
they sense. They merely record motion.
The senses respond to motion in only one direction.
They sense the forward flow of time but not its back-
ward flow. If they could register both directions, they
would become aware of the stillness of this zero uni-
verse of seeming motion.
78
THE ILLUSION OF CHANGE
The Universal One planned it this way, otherwise
there could be no sequential manifestation of thought
which constitutes the creating universe.
When our knowing exceeds our sensing, we will no
longer be deceived by the illusions of our senses.
A man seeing a technicolor motion picture for the
first time and without knowledge of such electric
effects would think he were looking through a window
at real happenings, unaware that it was but an illusion
"created" by projecting positive light through patterned
negatives. That is all that creation is; two lights project-
ed through each other to simulate motion, form and
change.
Our senses are like passengers on a fast-moving train.
They sense parts of the landscape as they rush forward,
while, to their senses, the landscape rushes backwards.
The senses interpret these effects as matter in fast
motion which is forever fast changing. A man, seeing
the same train from a mountain, would sense that same
fast motion and fast change as changeless and still.
As man unfolds from sensed man to spiritual man he
gradually becomes aware of the two-way motion of all
effect; that two ways being the visible effect which
responds to his senses and the invisible effect which he
knows but does not sense.
Gradually the time arrives in his unfolding when his
full awareness of Cause voids all reliance upon sensation.
79
,.,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
He then rises above his sensing. He then knows the
universe of motion for what it is instead of for what it
seems to be.
80
"See thou no more with outer eyes alone for
thou hast knowing eyes to void the illusions of
thy sensing.
"Throughout long aeons man hath walked
his earth with eyes of outer seeing, giving
belief to that earth of his body's sensing.
Throughout his new aeons he must walk the
earth ofinner seeing and know Me in it as but
visioning it in Light ofMe and Light ofhim.
"For I think earth, and earth appeareth,
disappeareth and reappeareth in balanced
rhythms of My thinking. Wherefore, I say,
man's earth and man are but My imagining, to
come and go with My imagining. It is not Me,
nor is it him; nor is it e'en what it seems to be
to him.
"Nor shall man longer place earth before
Me, gaining aught ofearth and naught ofMe.
81
"For I am a patient God. I patiently await
awakening man.
"Awakening man is he who knoweth the
Light of Me in him. Man may choose his own
aeons for his awakening, but know Me he
must. Until that day man's agony of unknowing
shall be man's alone. His knowing must be his
own desiring.
"Knowing man is ecstatic cosmic man. He
who beginneth to know Me in him---?,ea, e'en
him who suspecteth Me in him hasteneth his
unfolding to cosmic man ofall-knowing. "
-From THE DMNE ILIAD
82
Chapter XVI
THE SENSES DECEIVE
Imagine a perfectly motionless wheel and a fly walk-
ing around its rim, moving ever forward over changing
ground, and the wheel seemingly moving backward,
during a continuity of time in which the fly sensed a
constant change in the changeless wheel.
Every time the fly got back to the same point, it would
compute the past time consumed on the journey and the
forward time necessary for the next circuit.
The wheel being still, motion, change and time are
created by the fly itself as it takes the whole idea of the
wheel apart by journeying around it and examining it bit
by bit.
The fly sensed motion by changing its position on the
wheel. It sensed change by finding a seeming difference
of condition at each forward movement. It sensed time
by creating the sequences necessary in taking the one
idea of the wheel apart and dividing it into many sepa-
rate ideas.
This simple analogy is a good symbol of Creation.
This planet, like the fly on the wheel, moves forever
around its motionless orbit. The orbit is as rigid and still
as the wheel upon which the fly is moving.
83
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
As the planet moves upon the wheel of its orbit, it
senses constant motion and change. It senses changes of
days into nights, of spring merging into summer, autumn
into winter. All of these seeming changes are in the
motion of the planet and not in the wheel of its orbit.
Each change is entirely due to the motion of the planet
and not to the changeless orbit. The planet itself regis-
ters change on its changeless wheel. Change therefore
lies in motion alone. The senses are motion, therefore
the senses sense only that which they themselves are.
INADEQUACY OF THE SENSES
Man overrates his senses. He places too much depen-
dence upon them without justification, for they are not
recording all of the phenomena of his surroundings. He
likewise trusts them too much without justification, for
they are constantly deceiving him.
While his senses are recording the stillness and rest of
Nature on a lazy afternoon, they are failing to record the
violent motion of everything in his entire environment,
from the blade of grass to the clouds in the heavens
above him.
Those seemingly motionless clouds are moving at the
speed of a thousand miles an hour at the equator without
the slightest evidence of that swift motion being record-
ed upon his senses. The earth also is moving many miles
84
THE SENSES DEC EIVE '
per second in two directions; one of rotation upon its
axis and the other of revolution around its orbit. His
senses register stillness. They are electrically unaware of
that motion.
This deception is as it should be, just as the same
deception in a cinema is as it should be. God's universe
is but an electric recording of His knowing, manifested
by His thinking. To thus record the idea of His knowing
in the two lights of His thinking, a three dimensional
universe is necessary. If the senses could detect and
record all motion, instead of but a part of it, the illusion
would disappear. The senses would see behind the illu-
sion and find that all motion voids itself. Division of the
whole into parts causes the illusion. If the film were
removed from the projector of the motion picture, the
illusion of motion and change would be voided.
That is what Creation is, the One Light of knowing
divided into the patterned parts of thinking. Sensing is
but an electric tension set up by the seeming division of
one into many which "strain" to fulfill their desire for-
oneness.
When a unity of condition is consummated, sensation
between those parts ceases because the tension ceases.
The senses, being but tension of desire for unity
between divided parts, have no existence.
The senses are electric flux threads of light connecting
every particle in the universe with every other particle.
85
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
They are the intercommunicating nerves of the one uni-
versal body.
When strain of desire for balance, rest or unity ceases,
sensation ceases.
In this electric universe, sensation is the strain of
resistance to the separation which exists between all
separated masses. All matter is one. Separated particles
desire to find that oneness.
It is part of God's plan that the senses are limited
entirely to the recording of a very small fraction of
effect. The senses can never sense the Whole but the
conscious Mind can KNOW the Whole.
86
"These words I now say for newly compre-
hending man ofhis new cycle.
"Love ye one another all men; for ye are
one in Me.
"Whatsoe'er ye do to one in Me ye do to
all; for all are one in Me.
"Love thy ·brother as thy self Serve thy
brother before thy self. Lift high thy brother,
lift him to high pinnacles, for thy brother is thy
self.
"For ofa verity, I say, love ofself, or nation
of selves, turneth neighbor against neighbor,
and nation against nation. Self love breeds
hate and soweth its seed in all the winds to
blow where'er it will. Wherefore say I, love of
neighbor for neighbor, and nation for nation,
uniteth all men as one.
87
I.
i
"Serve first thy brother. Hurt first thy self
rather than thy neighbor. Gain naught from
him unbalanced by thy giving. Protect thou the
weak with thy strength, for if thou use thy
strength against him his weakness will prevail
against thee, and thy strength will avail thee
naught.
"He who giveth love prospereth mightily;
but he who taketh aught gaineth naught.
"Whyfor lose all to gain the world, gaining
naught?
"He who hath not laid up a treasure in
heaven to equal treasure gained of earth has
sought the dark.
"For him the Light is far. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
88
Chapter XVII
MAN'S NEW CYCLE
This coming age will mark an epochal advancement in
man's evolution toward his goal of omniscience and
omnipotence.
Man becomes a higher being with greater power as he
acquires knowledge. In knowledge alone lies power.
Only through knowledge can man become co-creator
with God.
Knowledge can be obtained by man only through
awareness of the Spirit within him. Lack of that aware-
ness is the tragedy of today's civilization.
During the last century of the greatest scientific
progress in the history of man, great nations of the
world have killed, robbed, and enslaved other men to
build their own empires.
Even today man kills by the millions, condoning his
killing as necessary for his self-preservation. He is now
but reaping the seed of his sowing. He who lives by the
sword shall die by the sword.
No man can hurt another man without condemning
himself to greater hurt.
Fear dominates the world of today. While fear is in the
89
"I "'
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
world love cannot also be. Love can never dominate the
world until man ceases to live a primarily sensed exis-
tence and knows the Light of the spirit within him.
This new age brings man one step nearer to the uni-
verse of greater knowing through greater comprehension
of man's relation to man, and to God.
Each past cycle in the growth of man toward higher
levels has been illumined by the few inspired messen-
gers of the Light who have known God in themselves.
New inspired messengers who know God in them-
selves will likewise give the Light to this new cycle.
And these few messengers of the Light must multiply
into legions, for the need of a spiritual awakening is
great.
Man's whole reason for being is to gradually pass
through his millions of years of physical sensing into his .
ultimate goal of spiritual knowing. Man has now
reached a transition point in his unfolding where he
must have that knowing. He can acquire that knowing
only through greater awareness of the Light of the uni-
versal Self which centers him as One with God.
90
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Part II
tHE CRERING u_se
A_ARS I'ROI'11MI
ONE
*--
OMNIPOTENCE
The Universe ofPower
91
"Without thinking My One Idea could not
become many one ideas for My stage setting.
"Without motion My cosmic play could not
be played, nor could its actors be.
"Without change my undivided One Idea
could not unfold.
"Without time My drama of My creating
universe could have no sequences.
"Without motion, time, change and
sequences the unfolding of My Mind imagin-
ings could have no measured space for its
stage settings, no screen for its light projec-
tions.
"Therefore see them as I imagine them; but
know that they are but unfolding patterns of
My knowing through My thinking.
"Know thou, therefore, that ,time is naught,
nor are there moving things which change; nor
is there life, nor death, nor cold, nor heat, nor
good, nor bad in My universe ofMe. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
92
Chapter I
MAN'S TWO SUPREME ILLUSIONS
The secret of Light is fathomable to man only by first
solving his two supreme illusions. The greater of these
is the illusion of the universe itself. Man has never
known his universe for what it really is, but only for
what his senses have made him believe it to be. His
senses have deceived him mightily.
The other is the illusion of man himself. With the
exception of the Nazarene, man has never as yet known
man. Nor has he known his relation to the universe, nor
to his still more unfathomable God.
The little that man knows of himself and his universe
is what the eyes and ears of his body have told him they
have seen and heard about himself and his universe. .
But man has eyes and ears of the spirit which see and
hear what man 's sensed eyes and ears can never see or
hear, for man is still too new in his unfolding. He is still
but in the ferment of his beginnings.
Man senses motion, change, sequence, multiplicity,
93
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
time, activity, life, death, good and evil. Of these things
he is most certain. His senses have made him most cer-
tain of their substantial reality. In face of the fact that he
has lived with his familiar universe all his life, it is not
easy for him to accept the statement that it has no exis-
tence whatsoever, that it is all illusion, all of it, nothing
being left upon which to even base that illusion.
He can accept the illusion of the railroad tracks meet-
ing upon the horizon, but the railroad tracks are real,
even though their seeming meeting is not. They, at least,
still remain as a basis for their own illusion.
A mirage of a city is comprehensible to man also as an
illusion. He knows it does not exist but he also knows of
the reality of the city which thus repeats itself, ghostlike,
in the mirrors and lenses of light waves of the heavens
above the city. To tell him that the city, as well as its
own mirage, has no existence is to lay too heavy a tax
upon his credulity and patience.
Yet that is what the secret of Light reveals, and that is
what we must tell, simply and convincingly, to layman,
churchman and scientist alike, and in the language stan-
dards and methods which each requires for his convic-
tion.
So come, therefore, and know God, His universe, and
man with eyes other than our sensed ones. The eyes of the
spirit are knowing eyes. God's universe of knowing is all
that is. The universe of seeming motion does not exist.
94
---------------------------- -
MAN'S TWO SUPREME ILLUSIONS
"Why/or be thou slave to sensing. Be
Me in thy knowing."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
95
"The heavens and the earths of My curved
universe are father-mother of My universe,
each of each and each to the other one. Nei-
ther one can be save the other also be.
"Nor can one leave the other, saying, 'Sit
thou here while I journey to the far reaches. '
"Nor can there be aught upon the earth
without the fathering skies, nor in the skies
without the motherhood of earth; neither man,
nor bird, nor reptile, nor fish, nor beast of wild
jungle; neither tree, nor flower, nor shrilly
singing insect; neither tempest, wild tornado,
nor gentle breeze of calm ocean; nor cloud,
nor mist, nor dewdrop for flower petal; not
one of these things can be born of earth alone
unfathered by the heavens, nor can heaven
alone born them without the motherhood of
earth.
96
----- - - ---- - - - - -
.. "Again I say: I, the Light, am One. But my
thinking.is two, for thought is two in every cre-
ating thing, two halves ofOne which never can
be one. Always must they be two to go opposed
ways from Me and back again to Me for
reboming from the other one after finding rest
in Me."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
97
Chapter II
GENESIS
In the beginning God, the Father.
The Father is Light, the still Light of the Spirit Whom
no man can see.
The dwelling place of the Father is the kingdom of
Heaven; and it is without form and void.
In the Light is the seed of Creation; and the Light is
Father of the seed. In the Light is Being, and in the seed
is desire for Being. And desire in the seed is soul in the
seed.
The Father in Heaven knows His Idea. He knows it as
One, the undivided One.
In the Father Light is the seed of all-knowing. In Him
is two-fold desire to unfold and refold His seed of all-
knowing into imaged forms of His imagining, by divid-
ing wholeness into parts, stillness into motion, unchang-
ing into changing, unconditioned into conditioned, void
into form, infinity into measure, eternity into time and
immortality into mortality.
98
GENESIS
II
The spirit of God moved to fulfill His two desires and
said: "Let there be Light; and let darkness shine out of
Light and Light out of darkness." And it was so.
The One Light of the Father in His Kingdom of Heav-
en divided the void. And behold, two father-mother
lights of nightless suns shone out of the darkness of the
void and day appeared in undivided oneness of everlast-
ing day. .
And the Father centered His suns as seed of His desire
that forms should appear from formless Light to fulfill
His desire for division of the One into many divided
ones formed in the image of His imagining.
And mighty polar breathings of desire within the
nightless suns begat earths to course suns' far heavens
to divide the day and give night to day to mate the day.
And lo! night was born on earths from nightless day and
day was born from night.
And God saw that it was good that each of the two,
begat from One, was born of each other, to disappear
into the One, to reappear as the other. .
Thus the One Light of God's knowing extended to the
two of His thinking, pulsed as the three of all creating
things, the One centering the two, the two extended
from the One; the Spirit; the Father-Mother polarity of
Light; the Trinity centering the shaft of Creations' seem-
ing, fulcrum of its heartbeat, all ONE.
99
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
III
The manner of the extension of God's knowing to His
thinking was in this wise:
The Father of the kingdom extended His arms of still
Light unto His heaven and said to one: "Sit thou here
and look thou inward. Be thou seed of My knowing for
repeating My thinking. Refold thou the forms of My
imagining within thy stillness and give them back to Me
for resurrection in the imaged forms of My imagining.
"Father thou My thinking; and let thy name be North,
for North, in Light , means inward breathing from the
heavens toward oneness in the seed. Guide thou the
enfolding forms of My imagining from seed of thee to
centering seed of Me."
And to the other Light the centering Spirit said: "Sit
thou here and look thou outward. Be thou womb of My
knowing for borning My thinking. Unfold thou My seed
from the stillness of seed and give earth forms of them
to heavens to manifest Me.
"Mother thou My thinking; and let thy name be South,
for South in Light means outward breathing from the
seed into their heavens. Interweave thou thy threads of
light of earths and suns with threads of light from heav-
ens into patterns of My thinking extended from My
knowing to manifest My knowing."
100
GENESIS
IV
To North and South the Father said: "Behold in Thee
and Me the firmament of my desiring to mirror the Light
of My knowing into father-mother forms of My imagin-
ing."
And earths appeared below and heavens above the fir-
mament, each being each, each mirrored from the other .
to become the other.
And lo! all imaginings in seed of earths unfolded into
the heavens for heaven's refolding into patterned seed of
earths for earth's reborning; and behold, God's imagin-
ings pulsed with life of His imaginings within His
omnipresent kingdom.
In this wise God divided the waters from the waters:
those which were under the firmament from those which
were above the firmament, and each was of each, and
each of the other.
And God saw that it was good. All things were thus
divided, as two halves of one which never could be one,
but must forever born the other from each. other to mani-
fest the Knowing of the One as the two opposed desires.
of His thinking.
V
And all-knowing was in the Light. And God sowed
seed-suns of all-knowing Light .unto far reaches of His
101
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
firmament for borning into patterned images of His
imagining.
"And the earth brought forth grass, and herb yielding
seed after his kind, and the tree yielding fruit , whose
seed was in itself, after his kind: and God saw that it
was good." (GENESIS 1:12)
"And God said, Let the waters bring forth abundantly
the moving creature that hath life, and fowl that may fly
above the earth in the open firmament of heaven.
"And God created great whales, and every living crea-
ture that moveth, which the waters brought forth abun-
dantly, after their kind, and every winged fowl after his
kind: and God saw that it was good."
"And God blessed them, saying, Be fruitful, and mul-
tiply, and fill the waters in the seas; and let fowl multi-
ply in the earth." (GENESIS 1:20,22)
"And God said, Let the earth bring forth the living
creature after his kind, cattle, and creeping thing, and
beast of the earth after his kind: and it was so.
"And God made the beast of the earth after his kind
,
and cattle after their kind, and every thing that creepeth
upon the earth after his kind: and God saw that it was
good." (GENESIS 1:24 and 25)
102
GENESIS
VI
And it was that God had whispered to man for long
ages while man was new, but man heard not God's
whispering.
And God said, "Let us give man knowing and make
him in our image after our likeness; and let him have
'dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of
the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and
over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.'"
(GENESIS 1:26)
And 10, man knew God in him and emerged from the
dark of his jungle into dawn of the Light in him and
turned his eyes upward toward the Mount of his ascen-
sion from sensing to knowing. And man desired his
ascension to the Light.
And God saw that it was good and dwelt within man
to give him the Light of all-knowing, as awakening mati
desired the Light of all-knowing.
103
"Great art is simple. My universe is great
art, for it is simple.
"Great art is balanced. My universe is con-
summate art, for it is balanced simplicity.
"My universe is one in which many things
have majestic measure; and again another
many have measure too fine for sensing.
"Yet I have not one law for majestic things,
and another law for things which are beyond
the sensing.
"I have but one law for all My opposed
pairs of creating things; and that law needs
but one word to spell it out, so hear Me when I
104
say that the one word ofMy one law is
BALANCE
"And if man needs two words to aid him in
his knowing of the workings of that law, those
two words are
BALANCED INTERCHANGE
"If man still needs more words to aid his
knowing of My one law, give to him another
one, and let those three words be
RHYTHMIC BALANCED INTERCHANGE"
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
105
Chapter III
THE LAW OF BALANCE
The underlying law of Creation is RHYTHMIC
BALANCED INTERCHANGE in all transactions in
Nature. It is the one principle upon which the continu-
ity of the universe depends. Likewise, it is the one
principle upon which the continuity of man's transac-
tions, his health and happiness depend. It is the mani-
festation of God's two opposing desires in all process-
es of creation.
BALANCE is the principle of unity, of oneness. In it
is the stability which lies in CAUSE. Balance is the
foundation of the universe.
BALANCED INTERCHANGE simulates oneness by
interchange between pairs of opposites. It is the princi-
ple of equal giving between all moving pairs of unbal-
anced opposites which constitute this dual electric uni-
verse. In it is the instability of EFFECT. Instability is
forever seeking to find stability. It can never find it, but
it can simulate it by balancing its instability through .
equality of interchange.
RHYTHMIC BALANCED INTERCHANGE is the
principle of continuity of EFFECT Balanced inter-
106
THE LAW OF BALANCE
change between opposites repeats simulation of stabili-
ty, and rhythmic balanced interchange continues that
repetition.
OBEDIENCE TO THE ONE LAW IS ABSOLUTE
Rhythmic balanced interchange is the inviolate law
which must be obeyed. Nature persistently violates it
and Nature instantly pays the price of its violations in its
storms, tornadoes, crashing avalanche and tragedy of
field, forest and jungle.
Man persistently violates it and instantly pays the
price of his violation in his crashing business failures,
enmities, unhappiness and illness.
All the storms of earth cannot affect the balance of the
earth, for balance in the universe cannot be upset. The
earth continues in its fixed; balanced orbit with so much
precision that its position can be determined at any time
to the split second.
If the earth disobeyed this law by the slightest vari-
ance, its oceans would sweep its continents clear of all
living and growing things.
MAN MUST PAY FOR DISOBEDIENCE
Man's disobedience to the law cannot affect the bal-
ance of man in his whole journey, for every unbalanced
107
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
action of his must eventually be balanced. Man is on his
way to his cosmic goal of Oneness with his Creator and
he can in no way deviate from that fixed orbit which
will eventually take him to his destination of glory in the
high heavens. By disobeying the law he is but hurting
himself while on his journey, but he must make the jour-
ney and must balance every unbalanced action while on
the way.
It is as though a man on a great ocean liner disobeyed
the laws of the ship. In spite of his disobedience the ship
is taking him to his destination and he must go with it.
Likewise, he has hurt himself by lessening the,happiness
of his journey.
The whole principle of Creation lies in equal giving.
The Oneness of the Light is divided into an equal and
opposite two, and all interchange between the two must
be equal in their giving.
God's division of the Light into a seeming two is man-
ifested in Nature by electric waves of two opposing
lights springing from the still sea of God's magnetic
Light, just as waves of water spring from the still ocean.
The outstanding characteristic of waves is that they
forever interchange. Troughs become crests and crests
become troughs. Gravity pressure above and below their
axis is equal. So long as equality of interchange contin-
ues rhythmically, waves repeat their interchange. When
the sloping sand at the beach prevents this equality of
108
THE LAW OF BALANCE
rhythmic balanced interchange, the waves accumulate
unbalance until they crash on the shore.
Every transaction in human relations either continues
or discontinues in accord with obedience or disobedi-
ence to this one law. A man who sells and gives less
value for what is given to him lays the foundation for
his own wreckage. He finds it ever harder to sell and
loses many purchasers by gaining their ill will. He who
gives equally for what is given to him multiplies his pur-
chasers and prospers by gaining their good will.
The pulse beat, the swinging pendulum, the inbreath-
ing and outbreathing of living things all exemplify
God's one law of rhythmic balanced interchange. Any
deviation from that law in the heart-beat of a man would
endanger his continuance, but when there is a rhythmic
balanced interchange between the two compression and
expansion opposites, man's life continues to function at
maximum.
Man has free right to choose his own actions, but he
must balance those actions with equal and opposite reac-
tions until he learns that God's one law must be obeyed.
This God holds inviolate.
The whole purpose of life is to learn how to manifest
God in Truth and the Law. The lesson is a hard one but
man, himself, makes it hard by his unknowing of the
law. As man gradually knows his purpose and the law
by knowing God in him, life becomes more and more
109
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
beautiful, and man more powerful in his manifestation
of power.
Man's power lies in giving. He must learn to give as
Nature gives. Each half of a cycle eternally gives to the
other half for re-giving. Nature forever unfolds into
many for the purpose of refolding into one. Each indi-
vidual must manifest this universal law.
The desire of some so-called "apron string" parents to
run their children's lives for them, often claiming that
they have sacrificed their very own lives for them, are
taking from their children-not giving. They are taking
away the initiative children need to complete their own
cycles: they must live their own lives for themselves.
Man must know the principle of Creation: giving
between each interchanging opposite half of each cycle
for the purpose of repeating its giving. This is universal
law and each individual must manifest this law.
Man will forever war with man until he learns to give
his all with the full expectation of equal receiving, and
never taking that which is not given as an earned reward
for his giving.
110
------- - - - - - --- - - ._--
"All things are One, but made to appear as
two extensions of the centeredOne. .
"Know thou that the two extensions of My
recorded thinking are divided by the One
which centers the two, the One balancing the
two, the One controllingthe two.
"I, the One, am not divided into two, as
pairs of opposites of Me. I divide the two
extensions of My thinking but I am not My
thinking, nor am I two.
"When man thinketh man alone, denying
Me, then is man's image man's, not Mine and
man's, for the pattern of My balanced, rhyth-
mic images within man may not be seen in
him; nor may the glory ofMy Light be seen in
him or known by him.
111
"When man thinketh Me, through knowing
Me, then is he patterned by My image and I
am he.
"When man thinketh Me in him, then is
man's balance absolute.
"When man so thinketh, then hath he all
power that I, thy Father-Mother-Thinker of
Creationhath."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
112
Chapter IV
. THE SOURCE OF POWER
God, the Creator, is POWER. There is no other power:
All energy lies within the stillness of the One Magnetic
Light of God.
God is Mind, the Intelligence of the universe. In
God's Mind is One Idea, which God knows as One
Whole Idea.
In God's Mind is desire to give creative expression to
that One Idea by thinking it into parts. Desire in the
Light of Mind is the power quality of Mind. Desire is
the soul of Mind; the will of Mind.
God expresses the desire of Mind to manifest His Idea
by creating this electric wave universe.
This electric universe is the sole product of God's
Mind.
All product of God or man is the result of desire of
Mind to create product.
The power to create product is in Mind. It is not in
the product. Product has no power in itself to produce
itself.
This assumption that product has power within itself
to produce itself is another of man's illusions which
113
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
have deceived the senses of man during these early days
of his unfolding. It is as though the architect gave to his
cathedral the power of creating itself.
The cathedral is an expression of desire of the archi-
tect t o give form to the idea of his knowing. The power
to create the idea is in the knowing. The idea of the
cathedral already exists. The eyes of the spirit can see its
spiritual image as clearly as the eyes of the body can
sense it in stone as product of his knowing.
The expression of power to create the idea as prod-
uct-lies in the electric action of thinking idea at rest in
the Light of Mind into the two lights of waves of motion
which simulate that idea.
As servant of Mind, electricity gives moving form to
the idea by performing the work necessary to produce it.
The power to thus produce does not lie in electricity nor
in motion. It lies in desire of Mind only. Without that
desire Creation could not be. Without desire of Mind in
man his power to create could not be.
Mind is Light at rest. Desire of Mind is expressed
through waves of light in motion. The expression of
power in waves is not power. All of the power of the
ocean is in its stillness, whether expressed or not. Like-
wise all of the power of Light is in the stillness of its
knowing whether expressed by light waves or not.
All expressions of energy spring from rest, seek a
point of rest and return to a condition of rest. The power
114
THE SOURCE OF POWER
of a moving lever is not in the lever nor in its motion. It
is in the stillness of its fulcrum from which it borrows
its ability to manifest the power of its fulcrum.
God is the fulcrum of man, and of the universe. Nei-
ther man nor any moving thing in the universe, has
power within himself to do anything, All power
expressed by man must be extended directly from the
Father in heaven to His father-mother lights of earths
and heavens which manifest Him.
The mechanical principle by means of which power is
expressed by the Creator is in the light waves of two-
way motion which record His two-way thinking. Waves
are two-way cycles which are divided equally to express
the two desires of Mind to create form images of Mind
imagining and to destroy those forms sequentially for
reforming.
Waves of motion spring from the stillness of the uni-
versal equilibrium. They are the universal heartbeat
which manifests eternal life and power in God's stillness
by eternal repetitions of simulated life and power as
expressed in waves of motion.
Waves of motion express the power of desire for
unbalance and motion which is in Light at rest, and they
also express the opposite desire for balance and rest
which is in motion.
Desire in the One Light of Mind is positive. Its
. expression in the two lights of opposed motion is nega-
115
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
tive. Every expression of power in Nature is negated by
its opposite expression.
The senses are limited to the perception of but one of
these negations at a time, and then only in small frac-
tions of whole cycles. If the senses could record the
whole of each cycle both ways, they would record still-
ness, not motion, for every action would be voided by
its oppositely flowing reaction.
116
"For I have ordained that the father-moth-
er of My imaged stage, its players and its
motions become an equal two extension-
retraction ofMy Light.
"An equal two must be an equal two, for
desire of each to outbalance each would
upset My spatial stage and all the father-
mother offspring ofMy stage.
"Therefore, I have set a measure in My high
heavens to balance each with each, that each
might have its all, but not one whit more; nor
lose aught, nor gain one whit more.
"Wherefore I, the ONE, watch o'er all My
creating pairs of father-mothered things with
My two measuring eyes tobalance that which
fathers My universe with that which mothers it.
"And as My sexed electric universe is two,
so also must its watchful measuring eyes be
two, centered by another One from which the
two extend and seem to move as that mirage
expression ofMy thinking seems to move. "
-From THE DMNE IuAD
117
.~
['
:11
~
'J'
1
Chapter V
THIS SEXED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
The still magnetic Light of the Father of all Creation
is One. The One Light is the positive principle. It is
CAUSE.
The moving electric father-mother lights of all Cre-
ation are two. The two are opposites of each other. The
twonegate each other. They are the intercommunicating
nerves of the universal body, like those of man's body
throughwhich he senses things. They have not existence
save an awareness of each other. They are but mirage
extensions of Mind imagining which senses that which
they but manifest.
Each electric opposite conditions the other with sex
unbalance. Each sexed condition gives unbalance to the
other to separate each from each to increase the power
of each to oppose each. Each then gives of itself to the
other to void the unbalanced condition of each other. In
order to effect balance in each, each must become the
other. The charging one must discharge and the dis-
charged one must charge. Voidance of unbalance can
" only come that way. Likewise repetition can come only
that way.
118
THIS SEXED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
The electric universe is the negative principle. It is
EFFECT. The two moving lights of the electric universe
are two equal halves which express themselves in oppo-
site directions. Their sole purpose is to oppose.
Opposites which violently oppose and void each other
can never become one, nor can they attract each other.
SEX DEFINED
Sex is the division of a balanced equilibrium condition
into two equally unbalanced conditions which negate
each other periodically for the purpose of repeating the
two unbalanced conditions.
Sex is the creative principle. It is the dual desire force
in Mind for expressing its One Idea. Without a division
of the one unconditioned Light into two seemingly con-
ditioned lights, Creation could not be.
Sex is not a thing, it is a condition of a thing.
An electrically balanced condition of anything is sex-
less whether it be a man, woman, electric battery, or the
atmosphere.
A sexed condition is an unbalanced condition. An
electric battery which is fully charged is dually unbal -
anced by the opposite electric pressures of compression
and expansion. These two opposite unbalanced condi-
tions violently desire to return to the oneness of balance
from which they were divided into two. A short circuit
119
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
between the two poles of the battery will give it that bal-
ance. We then say it is dead, for it will no longer per-
form work by expressing its desire for balance.
An unbalanced atmosphere will violently seek a bal-
anced condition, depending upon the intensity of the
unbalanced condition. When calm follows the storm, it
means that desire for balance has gone out of it, for
when balance has been attained by rest, motion is no
longer possible.
The sexed condition of unbalance in man is exactly
the same in all phenomena in Nature. An unbalanced
sex condition in man demands balancing in the same
way, and its violence depends upon its electrical mea-
sure of unbalance. When that desire is satisfied and bal-
ance is restored, man is as sexless as the dead storage
battery and for the same reason.
Man is recharged into a sexed condition by his heart-
beat, by the food he eats and by his inbreathing-out-
breathing. These are the generators which recharge the
"dead storage batteries" of all the universe into sexed
conditioned "live batteries."
A sexed condition and an electric condition are identi-
cal. Electricity conditions all sexless matter into its
sexed condition, by dividing a pressureless condition
into two opposite pressures which desire release from
their opposition. All of the work of the universe is per-
formed as a result of that desire in unbalanced matter to
120
THIS SEXED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
seek rest in a balanced condition.
This is a sexed electric universe in every effect of
motion, whether,it be in the heart of a giant sun or in the
petal of a meadow violet.
Every action of motion in the universe is a result of
sex desire for motion from a state of rest, or for rest
from a state of motion.
These two sex desires of electric action and reaction
are the result of the two desires of the Father to manifest
His One Light through the extended father-mother lights
which interweave His idea of Creation into the multiple
forms of that idea and void them periodically for the
purpose of repeating them.
The desire for two-way motion in equal action and
reaction is reflected in the dual electric desire to give for
I
regiving, and to unfold for refolding.
121
"Each thing in My universe is paired as
opposite expressions of that thing. Neither
expression is that which it expresseth; there-
fore, both life and death of things which seem
to live and die, are neither life nor death.
"For all things in My universe interchange
with their opposites and with all other things.
"Each opposite becometh the other sequen-
tially, for, I say, in Me is Balance. I balance all
opposites of pairs of things with equal oppo-
sites ofpairs ofthings. "
-From THE DMNEILIAD
122
Chapter VI
SEX-CONDITIONED OPPOSITES
The entirety of this balanced universe is thus divided
into unbalanced pairs of father-mother sex-conditioned
sex mates for the purpose of seemingly dividing univer-
sal Oneness into a universe of many ones.
No matter what names we use to designate one pair
of sex mates from another, whether gravity and radia-
tivity, male and female, positive and negative, charge
and discharge, centripetal and centrifugal, generative
and radiative, integrative and disintegrative, plus and
minus, heat and cold, life and death, buyer and seller,
producer and consumer, import and export, emptying
and filling, inward and outward, north and south, heav-
en and earth, growth and decay-all of them are simi-
larly conditioned by the two opposite electrical condi-
tioners.
In other words, they are all being either compressed or
expanded if we use pressure terms; or charged and dis-
charged if we use electrical terms. Both are the same.
Likewise, all that are being compressed or charged by
positive electricity are simultaneously being expanded
and discharged by negative electricity to a lesser extent.
123
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Likewise, all that are being expanded by negative elec-
tricity are simultaneously being compressed and charged
by positive electricity to a lesser extent. This is a two-
way universe in all effects of motion, and both opposite
effects are expressed in both mates simultaneously as
well as sequentially.
THIS TWO-WAY UNIVERSE
Electricity is forever winding light up into hot
spheres, surrounded by cold cube wave-fields of space,
and likewise sequentially unwinding them for rewind-
ing. While winding them into compressed light masses,
they are simultaneously unwinding to a lesser extent.
Conversely, while unwinding they are simultaneously
rewinding to a lesser extent.
Every opposite of a pair charges in excess of its dis-
charge for one half of its cycle. It then discharges in
excess of its charging. Life and death are good exam-
ples. Life charges a body in excess of its discharge for
one half of its cycle and death discharges it in excess for
the other half.
Likewise the sun charges the earth during half of its
twenty-four hour cycle in excess of its charge on the
night side of the planet. The night side sequentially
becomes the day side. The discharge of night then
reverses to a preponderance of charge.
124
SEX-CONDITIONED OPPOSITE
The father-mother principle is fundamental in every
expression and both are simultaneously manifested in
every expression, each being preponderant sequentially
during half of each cycle.
The father principle multiplies light into density and
high potential. The mother principle divides it into
vapors and gases of lower potential. Light is thus multi-
plied and divided into suns and planets surrounded by
"space."
The "matter" of earth is the same as the matter of
heavens with but one difference; VOLUME. And there-
in lies the secret of the universal pulse beat. Space is a
division of solidity into tenuity. It is also a multiplica-
tion of volume at the expense of potential. Interchange
between these two unbalanced opposites is the basis of
all motion in this rhythmic universe.
Sex mates are two equal halves of one. They never
can be one. They can never unite for they are the oppo-
sites of motion. Opposites of motion can cease to be and
by thus ceasing to be they can give birth to the other
opposite, but they never can be other than opposite.
OPPOSITES BORN EACH OTHER
Compression can never expand but expansion is born
from compression. Conversely, expansion can never
compress, but compression is born from expansion.
125 __u ---,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
They can interchange with their opposites with every
pulse beat, and they do. Each opposite is born from the
other. Each pulse beat brings each opposite nearer to
voidance of each and complete interchange into the
other, It becomes the other sequentially at the halfway
point in its cycle, but it is still an opposite. Opposites
oppose. They never perform any other office than to
oppose.
Opposition alone produces the idea of separateness in
a universe of one inseparable thing.
The opposite of water is water vapor. Water is a com-
pressed condition. It is of the father-light. Water vapor is
the expanded condition of water. It is of the mother-
light. They are two halves of one which never can be
one.
The mother-light unfolds from the father-light. The
father-light refolds the water vapor into water. Each has
been born from the other. Each IS the other but they can
never unite to become one.
All idea of Mind is thus divided into sex pairs of
opposite mates. Matter is divided into solids and gases.
The gases are the solids outwardly bound toward the
heavens. Solids are those same gases inwardly bound
toward gravity.
Heat and cold are opposites. Inwardly bound light rays
generate heat from cold by compressing cold. Outward-
ly bound light rays degenerate heat into cold by expand-
126
SEX-CONDITIONED OPPOSITE
ing heat. It is said that cold is less heat. One might as
well say that east is less west. East and west are two
opposites just as cold and heat are opposites.
OPPOSITE SEX CONDITIONS BORN EACH OTHER
Matter and space likewise are sex mates . Each has
become what each is by opposing the other to attain the
appearance of separateness. Then each interchanges
with each by breathing into and out of each other until
space disintegrates matter and becomes what the other
was. Space disintegrates suns and earths by the way of
equators and generates them by the way of poles. Heat
generated by cold by the way of poles is radiated by the
way of equators. Suns thus turn inside-out. Cold bores
black holes right through their poles and great suns
become rings, like those in Lyra and other ring nebulae
which are plentiful in the heavens.
All matter is generated by the degeneration of its
opposite. Likewise all generated matter is sequentially
degenerated by the generation of its opposite.
Compression in matter is balanced by an equal evacu-
ation in space. Every unbalanced condition in Nature
must be balanced by an equal opposite. All borrowings
from the bank of Nature are debited with an amount
equal to the credit extended just as money borrowed
from man's bank is debited and credited.
127 - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ . . " " . . . " " "
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
DESIRE FOR REST FOLLOWS DESIRE FOR MOTION
The two are always two and never can become one,
although the desire for oneness is with each during the
entirety of its cycle. It is this desire for oneness which
causes them to interchange. When credits and debits are
balanced by interchange with each other, they cease to
be. They do not become one.
When electrical opposites thus cancel each other out
by interchange of their plus and minus conditions, they
do not neutralize each other, as commonly believed-
they cease to be.
MOTION CANNOT BE NEUTRALIZED
There is no exception to this process of Nature. All
idea is recorded electrically in equal pairs of opposite
expressions. Each of the pair cancels the other out in
cyclic periodicities. Each then becomes what the other
was.
Generation of any idea exceeds radiation during the
first half of its cycle. Radiation then exceeds generation
for the second half of the cycle. Both of these simula-
tions of the idea, as expressed by motion, disappear. The
idea still exists, however. The idea is at rest in its seed
from which it can again appear in form of idea.
128
SEX -CONDITIONED OPPOSITE
The two points of rest which are the fundamentals of
every cycle are: the point of beginning at the wave axis,
and the point of interchange between positive and nega-
tive opposites at the wave amplitude.
At these two rest points, motion has utterly ceased. It
has not been neutralized into a condition of rest.
129
"The One Light of Me desires to be two.
Two sensed warring divisions of the One
spring forth from My unsensed Oneness into
an imaged space. Two voiding lights of My
One White Light spring from their Rest in unity
to find rests of their own, but find not two but
one, for two rests there cannot be in My uni-
verse ofOne.
"For I say that each light seeks rest in each
where wave ofMy pulsed thinking meets wave,
and at that mutual point of rest each voids
each in the One from which another two spring
into their mirrored infinities.
130
"Hear thou Me when I say that all things
which flow from Me are sex-conditioned pairs
of two, even to the cosmic dust of space which
formeth new worlds, yea, and even to the heart
of blazing fires ofhottest suns.
"Naught is there in My divided universe
which is not sex-conditioned, sex-interchang-
ing and sex-balancing. Thus these moving
pairs seek balance in voidance forever to
repeat the thought-patterns of My thinking in
the sex-balancing voidance of their 'condition-
ing. '"
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
131
Chapter VII
THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE
All creating things are paired as unbalanced equal and
opposite sex mates.
Reproduction of two unbalanced mates cannot be
repeated until balance has first been restored. The calm
surface of the ocean may be broken up into waves, but
those waves cannot be repeated until the calm surface of
the ocean has been restored to the equilibrium of its rest
position, even though that rest position is not main-
tained.
Reproduction begins at the rest point where the previ-
ous wave cycle ends. Reproduction of unbalance must
find a fulcrum from which the wave lever may leap into
wave expression for repetition of pattern. That is what
Creation is, merely the repetition of pattern with added
pattern forever.
This is a universe of waves within waves and waves
without waves ; pulsing waves of dual light, extending
forever outward to the ends of mirrored space and
reflecting back again to microscopic centers of rest from
which they may again spring from rest to seek rest
through dual motion, but never finding it.
132
THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE
This is a sex divided, opposed, two-way electric uni-
verse which creates and voids through unbalanced pairs
but repeats (reproduces) through voided ones.
SEXES DO NOT UNITE
Reproduction of dynamic sexed pairs does not come
through the union of dynamic sexed pairs, but from the
voidance of sex condition, and with it, the power of
dynamic sex expression reproduction.
Reproduction is not the unity of two opposite halves
of one patterned thing; it is the voiding of the power of
dynamic expression which all unbalanced opposites
express.
Reproduction is the cessation of those two unbalanced
conditions which restores a balance from which similar-
ly patterned negative forms reverse their expressions
and become positive forms.
SEX OPPOSITES REPRODUCE THROUGH SEX VOIDANCE
In this manner all patterned forms repeat their patterns
sequentially.
All pairs of unbalanced opposites come from God, the
One, and return balanced as one, to God.
All unbalanced pairs of separately conditioned things
must first find voidance of unbalance and voidance of
opposition. They must then become their own opposites
133
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
to again acquire an unbalance necessary for another
voidance and consequent repetition. All twos must
become voided in the One in order to again become two.
Reproduction of unbalanced opposites, by unbalanced
opposites, is impossible. Opposition must first be voided.
The dynamic must emerge from rest and it must be void-
ed in rest in order that it may again become dynamic.
THE DESIRE FOR BALANCE
All things seek balance. Two opposed, unbalanced
halves of one are forever seeking to balance their oppo-
sition. Two children on a seesaw are balanced when they
are on a level with their centering f u ~ c r u m . When they
are on two different levels they are then unbalanced with
their centering fulcrum. They are then dynamic. The ful-
crum no longer centers them although they are balanced
in themselves. In such a position they are obliged to
move. Repetition of their motion is impossible while
they are in balance with their fulcrum, but is imperative
when the fulcrum no longer centers them.
A sexless condition is imperative before a sexed con-
dition can be repeated. Just as all motion starts from rest
and returns to rest, so does a sexed electric condition
arise from a sexless one.
The two sexes, therefore, cannot be united to cause
reproduction. They must first be voided.
134
THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE
Unbalanced condition and change cannot unite to
reproduce unbalanced condition and change. The unbal-
anced condition and change must be voided in order to
repeat unbalance and change.
SEX OPPOSITES DO NOT NEUTRALIZE-THEY VOID
The sexes like the two opposites of motion cannot
"neutralize" each other by so-called "union."
The dynamic cannot be "neutralized."
Likewise, it cannot become static. But it can be void-
ed. The static condition does not then take its place, for
the static condition is eternal. It was there before the
dynamic condition arose.
The dynamic condition of sound, for example, arises
from the static condition of silence, but sound does not
become silence. Sound is voided; silence is eternal.
The dynamic conditions of sodium and chlorine do
not unite to become the static condition of sodium chlo-
ride, nor are they neutralized. They must be voided
before they can be repeated.
SEX DETERMINED BY DIRECTION OF PRESSURES
Opposites are not things; they are conditions of things.
Just as heat and cold, or east and west, or inward and
outward, or compression and expansion cannot unite to
become one, so also, the opposite sexes cannot unite for
they are but inward-outward pressures.
135
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Sex opposition is a difference in the pressure condi-
tion of things. The male condition is one of compres-
sion, the female is one of expansion. The sexes are thus
differently conditioned by the two directions of electric
pressures, in accord with the two opposite desires ,of the
Creator. The difference of conditioning makes basically
similar substances appear to be different things and dif-
ferent substances.
All things are sex divided. When, therefore, any two
opposed and unbalanced sex halves of one conditioned
thing balance their opposed conditioning through
motion, they appear to become another thing or sub-
stance.
This appearance is a deception of the senses for they
do not become another thing. They become voided and
another thing from which both are extended, appears in
their place. In chemistry we call these pairs stable com-
pounds such as the salts.
Water, for another example, is a voidance of oxygen
and hydrogen, for there is no oxygen or hydrogen in
water. Nor do oxygen and hydrogen become water.
Water is the result of the voidance of two unbalanced
and opposed conditions caused by equalizing opposed
pressures at static equators.
Consider the static condition of the calm ocean. A
storm transforms that surface into a dynamic condi-
tion.
136
THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE
Waves which spring from the static ocean surface
toward crests and troughs do not unite to reproduce
another wave; they withdraw into the ocean surface.
They disappear entirely and then reappear from it in
reverse to repeat the next wave.
Absolute voidance of one condition must take place
before repetition can follow.
Voided motion is recorded in the stillness from which
it was unfolded in order that it can be repeated from that
record.
Records of motion are seeds for repetition of motion.
In the seed is desire for manifesting imaged forms of
idea. All forms are wave forms, All wave forms unfold
from seed records of those wave forms.
137
"I am dual thinking Mind, thinking two in
action and reaction.
"I am dynamic thinking Mind, pulsing with
My dynamic thinking.
"With one pulsebeat of My dual thinking I
build My multiple one image and bind them all
as One in Me. I then cancel them with the
other voiding pulse. Each then is naught, but
both are seed for another two.
"Thus I produce, void and reproduce; gen-
erate, radiate and regenerate in cycles without
end.
"For behold, My imaged universe is mir-
"Thus I produce, void and reproduce; gen-
erate, radiate and regenerate in cycles without
end.
"For behold, My imaged universe is mir-
rored to infinity; it is repeated to the endless
end; yet there are but multiples of three in all
My universe. And again I say to thee, two of
those very three are naught but My imagin-
ings, for My Trinity is but One.
"The two are in Me, and they are ofMe, but
they are not Me, nor amI them. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
Chapter VIII
ELECTRICITY DEFINED
Electricity is the strain or tension set up by the two
opposing desires of universal Mind thinking: the desire
for balanced action and the desire for rest.
This electric universe is a complexity of strains caused
by the interaction of these two opposing, interchanging
electric desires.
All matter is electric. All matter is conditioned into
greater or lesser strains according to the intensity of
desire which is the cause of all electric strain to which it
electric desires.
All matter is electric. All matter is conditioned into
greater or lesser strains according to the intensity of
desire which is the cause of all electric strain to which it
is subjected.
The farther removed from rest, the greater the strain or
tension. That which we call high electric potential is
merely great strain to maintain a condition which is far
from the condition of rest.
The familiar return ball with which a child plays is a
good example of electric strain. When the ball is thrown
from the hand, the elastic gradually tightens to increase
the tension of resistance to strain generated in the elas-
tic. The strain continues to intensify until the ball comes
to rest. When the ball returns, the strain gradually
lessens until the ball again comes to rest in the child's
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
hand. When that happens, the strain and tension have
been voided. Tension has not BECOME rest; it has
ceased to be.
This whole electric universe is a complex maze of
similar tensions. Every particle of matter in the universe
is separated from its condition of oneness, just as the
return ball is separated from the hand, and each is con-
nected with the other one by an electric thread of light
which measures the tension of that separateness.
It is as though all of the universe of separated particles
were playing return ball with each other. When a condi-
tion of oneness has been attained in matter, the electric
tension ceases to be. Sodium chloride will illustrate this
meaning. When sodium and chlorine desire separateness
from their oneness of condition in sodium chloride, an
.MC.hcm«f&Jt t}}c ... eJrlcltll
tension ceases to be. Sodium chloride will illustrate this
meaning. When sodium and chlorine desire separateness
from their oneness of condition in sodium chloride, an
electric strain is set up between that separated trinity.
When the desire for separateness has gone out of sodi-
um and chlorine, the electric tensions which bound them
to the rest condition from which they sprang are voided.
Likewise sodium and chlorine are utterly voided.
The reason for this is because all matter is a series of
electric tensions. When the tensions cease, the condi-
tions set up by them cease. It is as though two children
on a seesaw withdrew into their fulcrum.
Sex tensions and strains intensify the farther they are
removed from rest. When unbalanced sex tensions void
their unbalance through interchange between the oppo-
ELECTRICITY DEFINED
site electric desires which caused those tensions, electri-
cal force ceases to be. Likewise sex desire ceases to be.
Electrical tensions exist only between unbalanced
electrical matter in motion which is separated from other
electrical matter in motion. Wherever there is a condi-
tion of rest, electricity ceases to be. Electricity is, there-
fore, a dual force which seemingly unbalances a condi-
tion of rest by dividing it into two opposite conditions
and sets them in seeming motion. Interchange between
the two opposites of motion voids the unbalanced condi-
tion at the end of each cycle of electric expression.
As rest cannot be unbalanced save by illusion, elec-
tricity which causes that illusion has no existence.
.I. l.""Ln ""'UllUV'" v\,,; U1JualalJ\... uy JI1U:SIUU, tat;;l,;-
tricity which causes that illusion has no existence.
"Behold in Me the One, inseparable.
"Two things there are not in My universe.
There is but Me.
"Everything that is is of every other thing
that is. Nothing is of itself alone. All things are
indissolubly united.
"This is a universe of seeming; an imaged
universe of thinking; an action universe of
desiring. That which Mind desireth will appear
"This is a universe of seeming; an imaged
universe of thinking; an action universe of
desiring. That which Mind desireth will appear
in the image of that desire.
"Seek ye, therefore, what ye will in Me and ye
shall find it. Desire what ye will and behold it
standeth before Thee. Throughout the aeons it
hath been thine without thy knowing, e'en
though thou hast but just asked for it.
"Sit ye not and ask, acting not, for thy desire
will not come thy way to thee unaided by thy
strong arms.
"Behold, I am within all things centering
them; and I am without all things controlling
them, but I am not those things which I center
in them and control in space surrounding
them.
"I am the center of My universe of Me .
Everywhere I am is the center of all things,
"I am the center of My universe of Me.
Everywhere I am is the center of all things,
and I am everywhere. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
Chapter IX
THE TWO ELECTRIC DESIRES
Electricity is the servant of Mind. It does all of the
work of creating this light-wave universe in unfolding-
refolding sequences which Mind desires. The universal
Mind has two desires-the desire for creative expres-
sion through the action of concentrative thinking and
the desire for rest from action through decentrative
thinking.
One desire is for separation from Oneness into unbal-
anced multiplicity and the other is for voidance of multi-
ni'e'<resir'e for rest 'trom action through decentrative
thinking.
One desire is for separation from Oneness into unbal-
anced multiplicity and the other is for voidance of multi-
plicity into balanced Oneness. One desire is for action
and the other for rest.
These two desires of Mind constitute the give for
regiving principle by means of which all things in
Nature grow or unfold by appearing from the void of
rest in the kingdom of heaven from which all creating
things appear, disappear and reappear in sequential
cycles.
The electric expression of the two desires is reflected
in the pulse beat of the universe. One pulsation com-
presses, the other expands. The compressive pulsation
gives form to idea by seeking rest at wave amplitudes
THE TWO ELECTRIC DESIRES
through centripetal action. The destructive pulsation
voids form to seek rest at wave axes through centrifugal
reaction.
These two opposite desires are characteristic of all
effects of motion. All animal, vegetable and mineral life
seeks action and rest alternately.
All effects of motion manifest that principle. A ball
thrown in the air seeks rest from its action and returns
from its unbalanced condition to seek rest through reac-
tion.
After a day of work man rests from action so that he
may repeat his day of action.
Because of these two opposite desires of univer sal
Mind-thinking, all creating things appear on earths from
the void of their heaven, disappear from their earths into
may repeatllisaayoIaclloii: --------1! _ - . .
Because of these two opposite desires of univer sal
Mind-thinking, all creating things appear on earths from
the void of their heaven, disappear from their earths into
their void in the heavens and reappear from that void to
repeat their desires.
This explains the mystery of "matter appearing from
space to be alternately swallowed by space. "
I
i
l
II
I~
Ii
,I
I
II
I'
I
1\
I,
i
"Again I say, I am the Soul of My universe
of creating things.
"Within My Being is desire for manifesting
My Being. Desire in Me is Soul in Me.
"That which is Soul in Me desireth to mani-
fest in form through Light. Light extendeth
from Soul in Me and returneth to Soul in Me,
the extension and returning being two seeming
lights ofMe.
jrom:.:}OUt tn me ana returnetn to sout In Me,
the extension and returning being two seeming
lights ofMe.
"Again I say, I am the seed of My unfold-
ing-refolding universe. Within My Light all
formless seed of planned idea are enfolded in
My Being at rest in Me.
"Again I say, all things extendeth from Me
and returneth to Me. From Me all things are
born from seed of thought in Me, and born
again, with each pulsation ofMy thinking.
"There is naught but birth in My imagining.
There is no death in Me, for endings and
beginnings are one in Me. Naught but life rea-
cheth out from Me, and naught but life meets
returning life for rebirth in Me.
"Wherefore I say, Ye must be born again
and again unto that infinity of mirrored reach-
ings which is My imagining. Thus is My One
Idea continued endlessly in imaged forms of
My thinking. Thus is My One Idea reborn as
many ones in the multiplying mirrors of My
f,igs'nfmt?l'TS iYitrtttugctlmg. i nus is my une
Idea continued endlessly in imaged forms of
My thinking. Thus is My One Idea reborn as
many ones in the multiplying mirrors of My
Light, forever without end.
"Again I say, the mirrored multiples of My
thought images are but reflections ofMy imag-
inings. They are not Me. "
-From THE DMNE ILIAD
Chapter X
THE UNFOLDING-REFOLDING PRINCIPLE
The two opposite electric expressions of desire of
Mind unfold all idea of Mind from its pattern in the seed
into imaged forms to simulate the idea of Mind and
refold it back into its recorded pattern in the seed, for
again unfolding.
Each one unbalances the other in order that each may
seek balance in the other to disappear and reappear as
the other.
Positive electricity is the father-light, which gravitates
Each one 'unbalances the other in order that each may
seek balance in the other to disappear and reappear as
the other.
Positive electricity is the father-light, which gravitates
toward a point of rest which centers all creating things.
Negative electricity is the mother-light which radiates
toward planes of the One Light at rest which bound all
wave fields of motion.
Positive electricity winds the light of motion into
dense solids around points of still magnetic Light. It
compresses motion into incandescent spheres surround-
ed by the vacuity of negative electricity.
Negative electricity unwinds the light of motion from
dense solidity to tenuous vacuity by expanding it into
cubic wave fields of space.
Positive electricity pulls inward spirally from within
THE UNFOLDING- REFOL DI NG PRINCIPLE
against the opposing resistance of negative electricity
which thrusts outward spirally from within.'
This two-way radial universe of seeming motion is the
product of these two opposed electric conditioners of
matter which pass through each other in opposite direc-
tions. Each interchanges with the other in sequential
pulsations as they pass through each other from points
of gravity to wave field boundaries and back again in
endless cycles. Each becomes the other at halfway rest
points of their cycles.
Large scale examples of this process can be seen in
any of the spiral nebulae, notably Nebula 74 Piscium.
Two fiery spiral arms of radiating mother-light reach out
from the equator of its central sun to born its countless
other suns and earths by unfolding them from its center-
any of the spiral nebulae, not[i'biy-N"'ebflla' 74 P i s c w m ~
Two fiery spiral arms of radiating mother-light reach out
from the equator of its central sun to born its countless
other suns and earths by unfolding them from its center-
ing seed. (Figs. 35 and 37, pg. 242)
Two black arms of gravitating father-light pull spirally
inward from the heavens toward the poles of the center-
ing giant sun to generate the sun in incandescent one-
ness of all form.' The father-light of gravity refolds all
unfolding forms from Creation's seed in formless light
of suns and gives them growing bodies.
Gravitation is the male principle of Creation. Gravity
refolds toward the seed.
Radiation is the female principle of Creation. Radia-
tion unfolds from the seed.
The generating light of gravitation and the degenera-
i
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
tive light of radiation are projected through each other
from rest to rest in pulsing sequences to manifest idea
by borning father-mother forms of idea through their
voiding interchange. This principle of rhythmic bal-
anced interchange between father-mother lights ofgrav-
itation and radiation is fundamental in all creating
things.
It is the principle of two-way equal giving which man-
ifests the quality of Love in the Light of the One.
"Translate thou the Light of My thinking
into man swords for his guidance.
"I am Balance. In Me all My imaginings
are balanced in their seeming unbalance.
"I add; but that which I add to one pulsa-
tion of My thinking I subtract from the other
one.
"I divide; but that which I divide I multiply.
one.
"I divide; but that which I divide I multiply.
"My pairs of opposites are equal; but again
I say that they are opposites, and opposites
oppose in my universe ofMe.
"Opposites void opposites, while likes retain
their friendly orbits side by side. All the suns
of heaven give light of each to each, while the
dark voids the light and the light, likewise, the
dark.
'I
i'
I,
,
"My two lights move in opposed ways to
avoid the other path, but find these paths to
be lanes leading into and out of vortices cen-
tered by but one rest pole where the two poles
are naught, having never even met as two.
"Pairs of opposites are drawn into each
other's vortices where they void each other,
passionately. Each is then naught, a zero simu-
lating that Zero of their Source from which
they sprang-but they are also seed for anoth-
er seeming two which emerge from the One-
men naugnt, a zero stmu-
lating that Zero of their Source from which
they sprang-but they are also seed for anoth-
er seeming two which emerge from the One-
ness of their Source. "
-From THE DIVINEILlAD
Chapter XI
THE ILLUSION OF ATTRACTION AND
REPULSION OF MATTER
One of the great illusions of the senses is that matter
attracts and repels matter. It is also believed that oppo-
sitely.charged electrical particles attract each other and
like charges repel.
There is much evidence of the senses to justify such a
conclusion, but it is of the same illusive nature as the
evidence which deceives the senses that railroad tracks
!1)J_Q!1 the horizon.
There is much evidence of the senses to justify such a
conclusion, but it is of the same illusive nature as the
evidence which deceives the senses that railroad tracks
seem to meet upon the horizon.
We see the tides rise toward the moon on one side of
the earth and away from it on the other. We conclude
that the moon attracts the earth and thus pulls the ocean
toward it, but that does not account for the fact that the
tides also rise on the opposite side of the earth away
from the moon. What is actually happening is that all
conditioned matter is constantly seeking to balance its
condition with all other matter.
The moon and the earth center their own respective
wave fields surrounded by space. All wave fields are
bound by planes of zero curvature, and a zero pressure
condition, which insulate each field in the universe from
I
I
'"
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
every other field . The very shapes of wave fields of
earth and moon are forever changing to adjust their bal-
ance as the moon revolves around the earth. As a result,
the mutual equators of both fields must lengthen, disc-
like, on a plane which intersects the center of gravity of
each body. Naturally the tides rise toward, and away,
from the moon. If the earth were all liquid instead of
solid, it, likewise, would lengthen appreciably at its
equators, disc-like, and flatten at its poles to meet the
interchange of balance between the fields of the moon
and sun, as Jupiter and the outer planets are so notice-
ably doing. It would also throw off rings as Saturn and
all the stars of heaven are doing, and for the same rea-
son.
" ~ ' J U""'5' ... VYVU1U Q180'ltJ'O'lW' Ull llUg:s as oaiurn ano
all the stars of heaven are doing, and for the same rea-
son.
POLARITY
We see the positive pole of a compass needle pointing
toward the negative pole of a magnet and the negative
pole of the magnet pointing toward the positive pole.
This evidence is one of the bases of our conclusion.
That is what our eyes see. What actually is happening is
that they are voiding each other s unbalanced condition
to seek balance through each other.
Opposite poles get as far away from each other as they
can, until their opposition is voided by balance in their
fulcrum and they cease to be.
THE ILLUSION OF ATTRACTION AND REPULSION OF MATTER
When the positive pole of a magnet is brought into
contact with the negative pole of another magnet, that
effect which we think of as attraction is one of voidance.
It isa cessation of opposition or power to manifest any-
thing. Polarity utterly ceases at that point and each
opposite extends to each opposite end, each getting
away from the other and through the other, spirally, as
far as it can.
If opposite poles attracted each other, they would be
together in the middle of a magnet instead of at its ends.
MATTER IS POWERLESS TO ATTRACT
Matter neither attracts nor repels other matter. Unbal-
anced conditions in matter seek balanced ones. All mat-
ter is motion constantly seeking rest.
Matter neither attracts nor repels other matter. Unbal-
anced conditions in matter seek balanced ones. All mat-
ter is motion constantly seeking rest.
This it can find only by balancing its condition with
matter similarly conditioned by voiding the tensions of
its sexed condition. That alone is the cause of motion
and the reason for its continuance or discontinuance.
ALL MATTER IN MOTION SEEKS REST
This is a universe 'of ONE THING. All matter which
is electrically separated from that oneness seeks it. This
is a fundamental principle and underlying desire of all
Creation. It is as true of humans and their emotions as it
is of matter.
I
II
I!
I
j,
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
We again repeat that electricity is a division of the
One Light into two extensions of that Light projected
through each other, each becoming the other alternately.
The One Light is a pressureless and sexless condition.
The two lights which are extended from the one are
opposed pressures and opposed sexed conditions.
Thus there are but two conditions of matter-s-either
expanding from stillness or contracting toward stillness.
Each condition arises from the other; The instant it
becomes its own opposite it gets as far away from that
opposite as is necessary to find balance in a like condi-
tion. It seeks its like condition to find rest in a balanced
condition and not because the matter of it is attracted by
the matter it seeks. A log floating down stream is seek-
ing a balanced condition and is not being attracted by
the dam_QLQJ .. w um.• '''03' ll! a Ual<lUU;U
condition and not because the matter of it is attracted by
the matter it seeks. A log floating down stream is seek-
ing a balanced condition and is not being attracted by
the dam or by other logs.
These opposites represent the compression-extension
father-mother principle which integrates light into solids
and disintegrates it into vapors and gases.
ALL MOVING MASSES ARE UNBALANCED
To say that these opposites attract each other is equiv-
alent to saying that north attracts south, that inward
attracts outward, that wetness attracts dryness , or that
darkness attracts incandescence.
Water, for example, is a compressed condition.
THE ILLUSION OF ATTRACTION AND REPULSION OF MATTER
When water vaporizes it expands into its own opposite
condition. It then seeks rest in clouds of like condition.
When it thus finds rest in a balanced condition, its
motion ceases and its opposition also ceases.
ILLUSIVE EVIDENCE
Another effect of motion which has misled the senses
into believing that opposites attract is that hot air is said
to rise toward cold and cold air to descend toward heat.
That is not what is happening, for like seeks like. Cool-
ing air is expanding and rising toward cold, and heating
air is contracting and falling toward heat.
Negative oxygen bubbles gather at the positive pole of
a charging electric battery and positive hydrogen bub-
hlg
n
exphA'afng-antirfsiiiii "toward'cold; ana'neatiiig
air is contracting and falling toward heat.
Negative oxygen bubbles gather at the positive pole of
a charging electric battery and positive hydrogen bub-
bles gather at the negative pole. What is actually hap-
pening is that the positive pole is taking the positive
condition out of the water, leaving the negative oxygen
as residue. The negative pole is, likewise, taking the
negative condition out of the water, leaving the positive
hydrogen as residue. Again like seeks like.
The outstanding demonstration of the principle of like
conditions seeking like is in the elements of matter. If
opposites attracted opposites according to present con-
cepts, it would be impossible to gather together one
ounce of the same elements. All elements seek their
kind. In any chemical decomposition of compounded
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
mixtures, each element seeks and finds similarly condi-
tioned elements.
Nature's gyroscopic principle does this automatically.
Every element has its own gyroscopic relation to the
axis and amplitude of its wave. Each seeks that relation
of pressure and moves until it finds itself in the orbit of
its own gyroscopic plane of pressure.
"Behold in Me the Light of all knowing. In
Light is all Idea of knowing.
"In divided Light of Me the thinking of My
knowing is recorded in moving imaged forms
of My imagining which reflect each divided
one into its opposed one to manifest My know-
ing. Each mirrors light ofeach to the other one
to manifest My knowing through their mirror-
ings.
"Know thou that moving things move not.
Their moving is but seeming.
"Know thou also that moving things alone
... p . n . < ~ p . mrwino th ino... anrl lcnrvu: tJ,pm nnt fnr
"Know thou that moving things move not.
Their moving is but seeming.
"Know thou also that moving things alone
sense moving things and know them not, for
moving things have naught in them but their
seeming moving.
"Moving light of My thinking's mirrorings
is My universe of image building in lights of
My imaginings. These have no Being, for they
are not Me. I alone have Being."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
i
l
[I
I
II I
I:
, I
I
I,
".
I
!l :
~ I
I,
Chapter XII
LIGHT
Light cannot be seen; it can only be known. Light is
still. The sense of sight cannot respond to stillness. That
which the eyes "feel" and believe to be Light is but
wave motion simulating the idea of Light. Like all
things else in this electric wave universe the idea of
Light cannot be produced. Electric waves simulate idea
only. They do not become idea.
When man sees the light of the sun he believes that he
is actually seeing light when the nerves of his eyes are
Light cannot be produced. Electric waves simulate idea
only. They do not become idea.
When man sees the light of the sun he believes that he
is actually seeing light when the nerves of his eyes are
but "feeling" the intense, rapid, shortwave vibrations of
the kind of wave motion which he senses as incandes-
cence. The intensely vibrant electric current mirrored
into the senses of the eyes fairly bums them. They can-
not stand that high rate of vibration. The eyes would be
destroyed by such a vibration, but light would not be the
cause of that destruction. Fast motion, simulating light,
would be the cause. It would be like sending a high volt-
age electric current over a wire so fine that the current
would bum it out.
Man likewise cannot see darkness. The nerves of his
eyes which sense motion slow down to a rate of vibra-
LIGHT
tion which he can no longer "feel."
Man is so accustomed to the idea that he actually sees
light in various intensities illuminating various sub-
stances to greater or lesser degree that it is difficult for
him to realize that his own senses are but acting as mir-
rors to reflect various intensities of wave motion. But
that is all that is happening.
Every electrically conditioned thing in Nature reflects
the vibrations of every other thing, to fulfill its desire to
synchronize its vibrations with every other thing. All
matter is the motion of light. All motion is expressed in
waves. All light waves are mirrors which reflect each
other's condition unto the farthermost star.
This is an electrically conditioned wave universe. All
wave conditions are forever seeking oneness. For this
waves. An light waves are mirrors which reflect each
other's condition unto the farthermost star.
This is an electrically conditioned wave universe. All
wave conditions are forever seeking oneness. For this
reason all sensation responds to all other sensation.
IS LIGHT A WAV E OR CORPUSCLE?
Much controversy has arisen as to whether light is
corpuscular, as Newton claimed it to be, or a wave.
There is much evidence in favor of both theories. It is
both. Light is expressed by motion. All motion is wave
motion. All waves are expressed by fields of equal and
opposite pressures of two-way motion. The entire vol-
ume within wave fields is filled with the two opposite
expressions of motion-the positive expression which
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
compresses light into solids, and the negative expression
which expands it into space surrounding solids.
All space within wave fields is curved. Curvature ends
at planes of zero curvature which bound all wave fields.
These boundary planes of omnipresent magnetic Light
act as mirrors to reflect all curvature into all other wave
fields in the universe, and as fulcrums from which
motion in one wave field is universally repeated.
ALL MATTER IS WAVE MOTION
Together these constitute what we call matter and
space. It has been difficult to conceive light as being
purely corpuscular, for light is presumed to fill all space.
Space is not empty. It is full of wave motion. Corpuscles
no/' 'c(Jt1stftUte'wfi"af
1
we-cairmatter-and
space. It has been difficult to conceive light as being
purely corpuscular, for light is presumed to fill all space.
Space is not empty. It is full of wave motion. Corpuscles
of matter are one half of wave cycles of light. Space is
the other half.
There need be no mystery as to whether light is cor-
puscular or wave, for waves of motion which simulate
the light and darkness of space are all there is.
The light and motion of solid matter, and of gaseous
matter of space, differs only in volume and condition.
Water of earth is compressed into small volume while
water of the heavens is expanded thousands of time in
volume. Each condition is the opposite half of the cycle
of water.
Water vapor is water turned inside-out. It again
LIGHT
becomes water by turning outside-in, Expansion-
contraction sequences result from this process.
AL L MATTER IS SIMULATED LIGHT
Water of the heavens still is water, and it still is light
waves. No change whatsoever has taken place between
the waters of earth and those of the heavens except a
change of its condition from positive to negative pre-
ponderance. This change is due solely to a change of its
direction in respect to its center of gravity,
All dense cold matter, such as iron, stone, wood, and
all growing or decaying things, are light. We do not
think of them as light but all are waves of motion, and
all waves of motion are light.
An'oense'cold matter, 'such asiron, stone, wood, and
all growing or decaying things, are light. We do not
think of them as light but all are waves of motion, and
all waves of motion are light.
Light is all there is in the spiritual universe of know-
ing, and simulation of that Light in opposite extensions
is all there is in the electric wave universe of sensing.
The simulation of Light in matter is not Light. There is
no Light in matter.
Perhaps the confusion which attends this idea would
be lessened if we classify everything concerning the
spiritual universe, such as life, intelligence, truth, power,
knowledge and balance as being the ONE LIGHT of
KNOWING, and everything concerning matter and
motion as being the TWO SIMULATED LIGHTS of
thinking.
I .: ;
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Thinking expresses knowing in matter but matter does
not think, nor does it know.
Thinking also expresses life, truth, idea, power and
balance by recording the ideas of those qualities in the
two lights of matter in motion, but matter does not live,
nor is it truth, balance or idea, even though it simulates
those spiritual qualities.
Man's confusion concerning this differentiation lies in
his long assumption of the reality of matter. His assump-
tion that his body is his Self, that his knowledge is in his
brain, and that he lives and dies because his body inte-
grates and disintegrates, has been so fundamental a part
of his thinking that it is difficult for him to reverse his
thinking to the fact that matter is but motion and has no
reality beyond simulating reality.
lifflt luiidameftfal
of his thinking that it is difficult for him to reverse his
thinking to the fact that matter is but motion and has no
reality beyond simulating reality.
The light which we think we see is but motion. We do
not see light. We feel the wave vibrations set up by the
motion which simulates light, but the motion of electric
waves which simulate light is not that which it simu-
lates.
CONFUSION CONCERNING LIGHT CORPUSCLES
There is much confusion concerning the many kinds
of particles of matter such as electrons, protons, pho-
tons, neutrons and others. These many particles are sup-
posedly different because of the belief that some are
LIGHT
negatively charged, some are positively charged and
some are so equally charged that one supposedly neu-
tralizes the other.
There is no such condition in nature as negative
charge, nor are there negatively charged particles.
Charge and discharge are opposite conditions, as filling
and emptying, or compressing and expanding are oppo-
site conditions.
Compressing bodies are charging into higher potential
conditions. Conversely, expanding bodies are discharg-
ing into lower potential conditions. To describe an elec-
tron as a negatively charged body is equivalent to saying
that it is an expanding-contracting body.
Contracting and expanding bodies move in opposite
directions. Contracting bodies ,move radially inward
equlV§lertna
that it is an expanding-contracting body.
Contracting and expanding bodies move in opposite
directions. Contracting bodies ,move radially inward
toward mass centers, and expanding bodies move radial-
ly outward toward space which surrounds masses. In
this two-way universe, light which is inwardly directed
toward gravity charges mass and discharges space.
When directed toward space it charges space and dis-
charges mass. All direction of force in Nature is spiral.
The charging condition is positive. It multiplies speed
of motion into density of substance. The principle of
multiplication of motion because of decrease of volume
is the cause of the acceleration of gravity. The discharg-
ing condition is negative. It divides speed of motion into
tenuity of substance. The principle of the division of
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
motion because of expansion of volume, is the cause of
the deceleration of radiation.
One can better comprehend this principle by knowing
that what we call substance is purely motion. Motion
simulates substance by its variation of pressures, its
speed and its gyroscopic relation to its wave axis.
Particles are variously conditioned as to pressure but
there are no different kinds of particles. All are light
waves wound up into particles which are doubly
charged. Their position at anyone point in their wave
causes them to have the electric condition appropriate
for that point.
Light particles are forever moving in their octave
waves. All are either heading toward their cathode or
their anode, which means toward vacuity or gravity.
The,y.aflf-311.P.10vinl7 either inward nT nntu'''Tri "n;T"11"
Light particles are forever moving in their octave
waves. All are either heading toward their cathode or
their anode , which means toward vacuity or gravity.
They are all moving either inward or outward, spirally.
ALL LIGHT PARTICLES ARE ALIKE
All light particles are either expressing the mother-light
principle or the father-light principle. For example, if a
particle is on the amplitude of the wave, it would be a true
sphere, and as a true sphere it would be neither positive
nor negative. It might then appropriately be called a neu-
tron. A particle which is spirally heading inward toward
the apex of a vortex in the process of becoming a sphere
might appropriately be called a proton, because of its
LIGHT
expressing the father-light principle.
Again, if it is moving spirally outward, it could appro-
priately be called an electron because it would then be
discharging in excess of its charge or expanding in
excess of its contraction.
Light rays, for example, leaving the sun, are discharg-
ing the sun. They are also discharging themselves
because they are expanding into greater volume. They
are also lowering their own potential by multiplying
their volume. They reverse their polarity when radially
converging upon the earth. They are then charging the
earth and themselves by contracting into smaller volume
and are simultaneously multiplying their own potential
by thus contracting.
eartn ano tnemserves smaller VOlume
and are simultaneously multiplying their own potential
by thus contracting.
SEMI-CYCLIC ALTERATION
In an electric current there is a constant interchange
between anode and cathode or positive and negative
poles. A light particle expands as it leaves the anode in
an outward radial direction and contracts as it radially
approaches the anode.' This light particle has been the
same light particle at all times in all parts of its journey.
Its variation of charge and discharge, its direction of
motion and the condition of wave pressure in which it
finds itself at any time are the sole reasons for its chang-
ing from one condition to another. The light particles are
I I
.
I
I !
I I
I
I

THE SECRET OF LIGHT
all the same light particles, all being different only in
pressure condition.
This is also true of the elements of matter. Whether
they be iron, carbon, silicon, bismuth or radium, all are
composed of the same kind of light particles.
They all seem to have different qualities and attribut-
es, but those qualities and attributes are likewise given
to them purely by the positions they occupy in their
waves.
ALL THINGS SIMULATE LIGHT
A particle of light which belongs to an atomic system
of sodium has in it all of the entire range of the ele-
ments, besides all of every other creating thing in the
universe. It acts to C;lrTV out thp. nl1rnn<:pfl1Inp"" ,,4' tho
A particle of light which belongs to an atomic system
of sodium has in it all of the entire range of the ele-
ments, besides all of every other creating thing in the
universe. It acts. to carry out the purposefulness of the
idea of sodium simply because it is in the pressure con-
dition of sodium, and is a part of the unfolding pattern
of the seed of inert gas of the octave from which it has
unfolded.
If that same particle unfolded from the seed of the
oak, it would be part of the wood fiber of its trunk, or
leaf, or of the chlorophyll which colored its leaves, but it
would be the same kind of particle while fulfilling the
purpose of cellulose as while fulfilling the purpose of
sodium.
All matter in this universe is but differently condi-
LIGHT
tioned motion simulating light, and all differences in
condition are pressure differences.
LIGHT DOES NOT TRAVEL
The speed with which light presumably travels is
186,400 miles per second. The distance between stars is
so great that the speed of light is computed as light
years, for the distance computed by lesser units of time
would yield figures so great that they would be mean-
ingless.
Light only seems to travel. It is but one more of the
countless illusions caused by wave motion. Waves of the
ocean seem to traverse the ocean but they only appear to
do so, for waves are pistons in the universal engines,
ItO DDVfll.,,\Yi!.'{f'J2.\5
t
llIl, ".ofJl
countless illusions caused by wave motion. Waves of the
ocean seem to traverse the ocean but they only appear to
do so, for waves are pistons in the universal engines,
and pistons operate up and down. Wave pistons of light,
or of the ocean, operate radially and spirally inward and
outward, toward and away from gravity.
Waves of light do not travel. They reproduce each
other from wave field to wave field of space. The planes
of zero curvature which bound all wave fields act as
mirrors to reflect light from one field into another. This
sets up an appearance of light as travelling, which is
pure illusion.
The sunlight we feel upon our bodies is not actual
light from the sun. What actually is happening is that the
sun is reproducing its own condition on the earth by
I
I I] I
I
II
II i
I I
i
I
\
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
extending the reproductions out through cold space into
ever enlarging wave fields until those reproductions
begin to converge again toward our center of gravity
into ever smaller wave fields. The heat we feel and the
light we see are dependent entirely upon the ability of
the wave fields to reproduce the light and heat, and that
ability is conditioned upon the amount of moisture in
the atmosphere.
If there were no moisture in the atmosphere, our bod-
ies would carbonize from the heat thus reproduced. One
cannot consistently think of that heat as direct rays of
the sun, for that same sunlight was intensely cold dur-
ing its reproduced journey through the immensely
expanded wave fields of space between the sun and
earth.
The light and heat which appear to C o l J ! . ~ fr9JU.Jh.e §!.'!r
ing its reproduced journey through the immensely
expanded wave fields of space between the sun and
earth.
The light and heat which appear to come from the star
or sun have never left the star or sun.
That which man sees as light and feels as heat are the
reproduced counterparts of the light and heat which are
its cause.
The rate of vibration in a wave field depends upon its
volume . Vibration in a wave field means the pulse of
interchange between its compressed core and the space
surrounding that core. A slow vibration in a large wave
field would cool one's body, or even freeze it, while fast
pulsing interchange in extremely small wave fields
could bum one's body.
1"7{\
LIGHT
A lens which multiplies light and heat toward a focal
point which sets paper on fire merely compresses larger
wave fields into smaller ones. The rate of vibration
increases for the same reason that the planets nearest the
sun move much faster in their small orbits than those
which are far away from the sun. Kepler 's law covering
the speeds of planets will apply to rates of vibration in
wave fields as appropriately as with the movements in
the solar system.
I
:1
Chapter XIII
CYCLES
All energy is expressed in wave cycles.
A cycle is a two-way electric journey from a compres-
sion point of rest where gravity ceases and radiation
begins, to an expansion point of rest at wave field
boundaries where radiation ceases and gravity begins. It
is the universal heartbeat of this pulsing universe of
two-way motion.
The life-death cycle of man is one wave in an electric
current. Growth and decay, or the incoming-outgoing
ISthe universal heartbeat of this pulsing universe of
two-way motion.
The life-death cycle of man is one wave in an electric
current. Growth and decay, or the incoming-outgoing
breath, are two halves of cycles.
Matter is expressed in two-way cycles because mat-
ter is but a record of God's knowing, expressed by the
two opposed desires of His two-way self-voiding
thinking.
All Nature is an expression of the two desires of the
Creator, the desire for separation from the oneness of
rest in Him into a multiplicity of imaged forms of His
imagining, and for a voidance of that multiplicity by a
return to rest in His oneness.
A cycle is like winding and unwinding a clock spring
except that matter is wound up into visible spheres and
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
"For I am Rest. In Me alone is Balance.
"He who would find power must know that
he extends from Me, that I am he.
"For I amRest. In Me alone is Balance.
"He who wn"lA finA ... ~ ...~ _ _ • • . _" L ~ -
"He who would find rest must return to Me
be Me, be fulcrum ofhis own power. " '
."Behold in Me the fulcrum of My changing
universe which manifests change, though I
change not, nor move.
. "The imaged universe of My dual thinking
IS a two-way interchanging between unbal-
anced lever ends of light which extend from
Me, their fulcrum ofpower in Rest, and return
toMe.
,;
;1 I
I
I
I
! j l
I
: I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
unwound into invisible cubes. The unwinding of a clock
spring is a reverse process from that of its winding.
Nature is continuous. It never reverses, like the piston in
an engine, or two children on a seesaw.
Nature turns its waves inside-out and outside-in in a
continuous spiral flow of direction. Solid matter gradu-
ally interchanges with space in its breathing cycles until
gravitation has attained its maximum. Radiation then
exceeds the power of gravitation and matter begins to
expand instead of to contract.
Radiation is light outwardly bound from the seed.
Gravitation is light inwardly bound toward the seed.
Outwardly bound light manifests the unfolding of
patterned light from the seed. It is the mother of Cre-
ation. Inwardly bound light manifests the refolding of
patterned light its see'!. .. ..ro'
Outwardly bound light manifests the unfolding of
patterned light from the seed. It is the mother of Cre-
ation. Inwardly bound light manifests the refolding of
patterned light into its seed. It is the father of Cre-
ation.
The mother of Creation gives patterned bodies to idea
by unfolding idea unto the heavens. That is the first half
of every cycle. The father refolds all unfolding idea
back toward its seed, otherwise the unfolding form
could not become visible as matter. That is the second
half of every cycle. All growing things manifest this
unfolding and refolding process in every pulsation of
interchange between the father-mother lights of Cre-
ation.
The outward-inward breath of all things is the con-
1 "'7 A
CYCLES
stant interchanging cyclic process by means of which
one opposite gradually becomes the other until each
becomes the other in totality by completing the inter-
change.
Each outward-inward breath is a cycle. Each half-
cycle is cancelled by its other half until both are can-
celled. Neither then manifests. Both disappear into their
equilibrium to reappear as the other.
Life and death gradually interchange to cancel each
other for the purpose of repeating the cycle of life and
death.
Death is born in the same cradle with life, but life is
strong while death is weak. From the very first breath of
the newborn babe, death voids life by each outward
breath and life voids death by each inward breath. At
.g1JohhW aUr .m"\Js
strong while death is weak. From the very first breath of
the newborn babe, death voids life by each outward
breath and life voids death by each inward breath. At
maturity, death has become balanced with life and death
then becomes stronger until both disappear to reappear
with life as the stronger and death the weaker opposite.
THIS EXPANDING UNIVERSE
It is said that the universe is expanding to a heat death,
that all heat is gradually going out of the universe, leav-
ing it utterly cold and empty.
It is believed that radiation is a "downhill flow of
energy" which is not compensated for by an equal
"uphill flow." Radiation is known as radiant energy.
! I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Radiation is but the outbreathing of this universal
body which breathes in its entirety exactly as man and
all things else in Nature breathe. Radiation is the unfold-
ing mother-light.
The inbreathing of Nature is gravitation. Gravitation is
the father-light which refolds that which unfolds.
For every drop of water that "radiant energy" dis-
charges from the earth, "gravitation energy" charges it
with falling waters. One of these opposites is the down-
hill flow of expressed energy and the other is its equal
uphill flow.
Every creating thing in this universe has a father
and a mother, not only animal and vegetable life but
every corpuscle of matter in the universe. Likewise
every creating thing is both father and mother. The
mother borns fat!Ier and (aJ.. herJlorn.&..t.M
and a mother, not only animal and vegetable life but
every corpuscle of matter in the universe. Likewise
every creating thing is both father and mother. The
mother borns the father and the father borns the
mother. The proton borns the electron and the elec-
tron the proton. Each was the other and each sequen-
tially becomes the other through the pulsing breath of
wave interchange.
DECEPTIVE EVIDENCE
One of the illusions which deceived man into believ-
ing that God's universal body was dying was the discov-
ery that all nebulae are rushing away from each other
with incredible velocities. This fact would lead to the
1 rt«:
CYCLES
utter dissolution of the universe in time. The so-called
"red shift" in the spectrum proved this to be fact.
The fact is true. They do rush away from each other,
but the conclusion drawn from that observed fact is not
justified by the processes of natural law. The reason for
the universal expansion which is now taking place is
that the universe as a whole breathes inward and out-
ward just as all things in nature do.
Large-scale breathing cycles of the whole universal
body consume untold aeons for the completion of one
cycle while man consumes but a few seconds to com-
plete his cycle. Man of aeons to come will witness the
effect of nebulae rushing toward each other at the same
speeds for the same number of aeons.
In all Nature there is no effect of motion which is not
pi\!re''Utsleyb'e-:
effect of nebulae rushing toward each other at the same
speeds for the same number of aeons.
In all Nature there is no effect of motion which is not
balanced by an opposite effect. The universe is sexed
throughout. One sex cannot exist without the other.
"Radiant energy" is impossible without generative ener-
gy to born it.
The desire of the Creator for separateness must be bal-
anced with His desire for oneness. The expansion stroke
of the universal piston must have a balancing compres-
sion stroke in order that the universal body may mani-
fest the life of its Creator.
The whole universe slowly expands toward the death
half of its breathing cycle, and then contracts toward the
life half of it.
;.
"
Ii:
,
il: '
j.
"
I, 1
~ ,i
I :1'
'I :
I ; I'
·1
. {
I·,;
I I iI
'II , ,
, 'I' I
I
I I
1\ I
I .
/,
I! I
I ,
, II I
r •
I !
: Ii !
I' I
, I
\
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
~ v e r y separate mass in the universe is in its own part
of Its cycle, either inbreathing toward the high point of
its maturity or outbreathing toward its resurrection. Each
one, whether generating or degenerating, is being gener-
ated i ~ t o extended life by the inbreathing of the whole,
of which each is an indissoluble part.
17R
"In My imaged universe all things are two,
centered by Me, for all things extend from the
dual, two-way moving pendulum of My think-
ing, and My thinking is two. I, the One Light,
center the two lights which register My think-
ing, but I am not those two lights, nor am I My
thinking.
"Behold in Me the Trinity, the One extended
unto the two, the One Creator centering the
extended two.
"L e-, llJ.u in lYle- tru: .b u.uy, uti: Ll'1lt:: ext eruleu.
unto the two, the One Creator centering the
extended two.
"In My imaged universe all effect is also
two: all thermal measures and the weights of
things; the two of matter, and of time, and
direction; the two of color, and of the ele-
ments; the two of the wave ofMy thinking, and
its expressions. The very One Light of Me is
extended in the two lights ofMy imagining.
I
"Naught is there in all My universe which
is not part and counterpart pairs of things,
equal and opposite counterpart pairs of creat-
ing and repeating things, each seeking to
unbalance each, and each forever seeking bal-
ance in each.
"For behold, I am Light, but the universe of
My imagining is dual light; light divided and
multiplied by common root directly and
inversely applied to all things which forever
move two ways between the two extended
lights ot their centering O,neJO- eXVT.£",'\S My.
multiplied by common root directly and
inversely applied to all things which forever
move two ways between the two extended
lights of their centering One to express My
knowing by My thinking. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
ChapterXN
WEIGHT
Weight is a measure of unbalance. It indicates the
intensity of desire of any mass which is out of balance
to find balance.
Every mass in the universe has its proper potential
position. Every mass will find that position if not pre-
vented from doing so by the bindings of other masses.
Weight should be measured dually as temperature is.
It should have an above and a below zero to measure the
intensity of desire in masses to rise from the earth as
vented from doing so by the bindings of other masses.
Weight should be measured dually as temperature is.
It should have an above and a below zero to measure the
intensity of desire in masses to rise from the earth as
well as to fall toward it.
WEIGHT IS MATTER OUT OF PLACE
All matter is a record of its potential at the place of its
birth in its wave. Masses of matter, like buoys floating
in the ocean to mark courses for ships, are floating in
space to register the electric potential of the position of
their birth.
Whenever matter is in the place of its birth, it belongs
there. It is, therefore, in balance. It floats in its balanced
field. In that position it is weightless in respect to any-
I I
It .
I I
I I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
thing else in the universe. Whenever it is taken from its
field center, or becomes an eccentric part of another
field, it is out of balance with the two forces acting upon
it. It then has weight, and the measure of that weight is
the measure of its unbalance with its out-of-place envi-
ronment.
Weight of matter and measure of electric potential are
one and the same thing.
WEIGHT IS UNBALANCE
A body which floats has no measurable weight. It is in
balance with its environment. Likewise, a dead battery
has no measurable electric potential. The ammeter nee-
dle points to zero. Its two unbalanced conditions of
charge a-':ld discharge fltlY'rll
balance with its environment. Likewise, a dead battery
has no measurable electric potential. The ammeter nee-
dle points to zero. Its two unbalanced conditions of
charge and discharge have become voided by each other.
The measure called "weight" and the measure called
"electric potential" are the expression of force which the
two electric opposites of charge and discharge exert
against each other at any point in the universe.
The potential of all orbits of matter in space in which
matter floats is equal to the potential of the mass which
floats in it.
The plane of our earth's equatorial region coincides
with an equipotential plane of pressure which is equally
balanced in respect to that part of the earth which floats
above that plane, and that part which floats below it. In
WEIGHT
this plane the earth has no weight whatsoever in respect
to anything in the entire universe, for it is in a balanced
position in respect to the entire universe and keeps mov-
ing into a new position only because of the movement of
all other masses in the universe.
OUR BALANCED EARTH IS WEIGHTLESS
The earth could have weight only if removed to other
pressures farther extended from the plane of the lens-
like wheel of which our sun is the hub. If it could be
pushed toward the sun by some giant hand, it would
seek balance in its own orbit when released, exactly as a
man would rise when plunged beneath his own balance
level in water. Every freely moving mass in the universe
floats in its own equally divided wave field exactly as a
t][ffi(tide OTOn wnen releasee, exacuy as a
man would rise when plunged beneath his own balance
level in water. Every freely moving mass in the universe
floats in its own equally divided wave field exactly as a
man floats in water.
The moon is not falling upon the earth, as generally
supposed, for it is in balance with its environment and
cannot fall. Its contracted mass is equal to the expanded
mass it displaces in its wave field.
For the same reason a cloud floats in the sky. If one
could put scales under it, one would find it had no
weight unless lifted above or thrust below its equipoten-
tial level. If it condensed into heavier vapor, it would
fall to seek a new static equator where it would again
float. If it condensed to rain, it would fall into the sea to
find balance in a like condition.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Weight is not a fixed property of matter. It is as vari-
able as matter is variable.
A man weighs less as he climbs a mountain, weighs
more as he descends into a mine, and weighs nothing
when he floats in water.
Unless, and until, matter is extended from a plane of
equal pressure, there can be no weight, nor can there be
electric potential.
WEIGHT CURVES GRAVITY
The equilibrium of sea level is a good example. If that
static equator has no dynamic wave extensions, there
can be no electric pressures exerted to express in weight,
nor could there be weight of waves when waves are not
extended.from it. .§e,il
static equator has no dynamic wave extensions, there
can be no electric pressures exerted to express in weight,
nor could there be weight of waves when waves are not
extended from it. Waves above sea level have a positive
weight when they fall toward gravity. Waves below sea
level have negative weight when they rise toward space
to find balance at sea level.
Weight is, therefore, but a dimension of unbalance.
Unbalance alone can be weighed, for there can be no
weight to balance.
WEIGHT DEFINED
The following definitions of weight are in keeping
with Natural Law.
WEIGHT
Weight is the sum of the differences between the two
pressures which act upon every mass.
Weight is the measure of the differences in electric
potential between any mass and the volume it occupies.
Weight is the measure of unbalance between any mass
and its displaced environment.
Weight is the measure of the force which a body exerts
in seeking its true potential.
Weight is the sum of the difference between the inward
pull of gravitation and the outward thrust of radiation.
2
Weight is the measure of intensity of the desire within
all matter to express motion or seek rest from motion.
"For again I say, each of the two lights
which giveth form to My knowing, throughMy
thinking, giveth its all to the other one to
become the other one, sequentially.
"Light giveth to darkness to again become
light, as life giveth to death to again become
life. Likewise darkness of heaven giveth dark-
ness unto suns to again become dark, as suns
giveth light unto heavens to again become
suns.
"ThlJ.<i:1AJ;<i:P nll tlUnflS' . r J _ o n ~ l ......,,:,..,-tli> .., ...1."
giveth light unto heavens to again become
suns.
"Thuswise all things of earth giveth unto
heavens to again become earth-things by the
giving of heavens. Thus do all My creating
things simulate the oneness of My knowing by
interchanging their all for Oneness in Me.
That interchanging records My knowing in
pulsations of My thinking but My thinking is
not Me. My knowing is alone Me."
-From THE DMNE ILIAD
Chapter XV
THE SOURCE OF SOLAR ENERGY
One of the greatest mysteries of science is the source
of the sun's renewing energy.
At the present rate of solar radiation, the sun should
have burned out long ago.
What keeps its fires burning? What is it that generates
heat in the sun to keep it from cooling?
One theory is that its contraction generates it, for con-
traction supposedly heats.
But that is not the answer, for contraction does not
heat in the sun to keep it fromcooling?
One theory is that its contraction generates it, for con-
traction supposedly heats.
But that is not the answer, for contraction does not
heat nor generate. Contraction is possible only as a
result of generation, not as its cause.
Generation must precede contraction. It does not fol-
low it.
Heat follows as a result of contraction. Heat radiates.
Radiation is the opposite of generation, and opposites
act in opposite ways.
Radiation expands and the resultant expansion cools;
while generation contracts and the resultant contraction
heats.
Here again is the father-mother principle manifesting
its law of equal, opposite and sequential interchange.
I
I
,- .
I ,
-,i 'l
I I
I I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
The cold of expanded space generates the sun S heat
by compressing large volume into smaller volume.
The high pressure of incandescence-is born from the
low pressure of vacuous blackness, in accordance with
the law of rhythmic balanced interchange between all
pairs of father-mother opposites.
THE TEMPERATURE CYCLE
The temperature cycle resulting from balanced inter-
change between the cold of space and the heat of suns is
as follows: cold generates; generation contracts; con-
traction heats; heat radiates; radiation expands, and
expansion cools.
Thus ,our hot sun is being generated from cold space
via its poles and is radiated back again into space via its
traction- heats; heat radiates; radiation expands, and
expansion cools.
Thus ,our hot sun is being generated from cold space
via its poles and is radiated back again into space via its
equator in accord with the father-mother reciprocative
process of inside-out outside-in turning, and will contin-
ue to generate increasing heat in the sun until it becomes
a true sphere. This spherical perfection has not yet been
attained, for the sun has not yet reached the amplitude of
its wave where all forming matter becomes true spheres.
ONE OPPOSITE BOR NS THE OTHER
When the amplitude position is attained, its radiation
will then begin to exceed its generation. It will be in the
THE SOURCE OF SOLAR ENERGY
same condition as a man who has just passed his maturi-
ty high point when death and life interchange their pre-
ponderances.
From that point on, cold space will bore a black hole
through the sun from pole to pole and it will expand into
a giant ring centered by a smaller sun recondensed from
the remnant of its expanding self. Many such ring nebu-
lae are visible in the heavens, notably in the Lyra Ring
Nebula (M. 57). (Fig. 61 pg. 252).
THE STARS TELL THE WHOLE STORY
Excellent examples of the degeneration of a sun into
a ring or rings by the inside-out turning process of
negative electricity are The Owl Nebula, (M. 97) in
Tlrsae Maioris ~ n r l thp J)l1Tnh ]:lpll 'l\..Tphnln ; ~ " •• 1 ~ ~ ~ ••
Excellent examples of the degeneration of a sun into
a ring or rings by the inside-out turning process of
negative electricity are The Owl Nebula, (M. 97) in
Ursae Majoris and the Dumb Bell Nebula in Vulpecu-
lae. (Fig. 62 pg. 252).
One can likewise witness this inside-out turning
process in his kitchen range. Jets of burning gas are seen
as a blue and green flame around black holes which cen-
ter each jet. These gases are negatively preponderant,
which means that they are thrusting out from their cen-
ter in excess of pulling inward from it.'
~ I .,
I
• I
I
" I
, I
THERE IS NO DEATH
"He who seeketh life without the Light will
find death; but he who seeketh the Light will
find eternal life even when he walketh toward
death.
"He who knoweth not the Light shall die to
find it, but he who knoweth the Light shall
never die.
"In man s inhaling there is life, and death
trails his exhaling, yet must man breathe out to
live again and deeply in that he may die.
"Know thou then that I alone live. I do not
die, but out of Me cometh both seeming life
trails his exhaling, yet must man breathe out to
live again and deeply in that he may die.
"Know thou then that I alone live. I do not
die, but out of Me cometh both seeming life
and death.
"Life is but the inward flow ofMy thinking's
divided pulsing, and death is its outward flow.
"Know also that the divisions of My think-
ing are but equal halves of One; for I again
say that I am One; and that all things which
come from Me are One, divided to appear as
two.
"All things come and go from My divided
thinking.
"All coming things are living things, and
those which go are dead.
"Know thou that all creating things are res-
urrected from the dead, and dead things live
again through My divided thinking.
"Again I say that all things are bound as
One throughLight.
"I am forever creating My living body and
destroying it in seeming death that it may live
in Me to die and live again.
"The end of life in death is life's new begin-
nine. Both.life.Jllld.deJJJb.g.r.e&9n.e}n.}!ev....! ........
destroying it in seeming death that it may live
in Me to die and live again.
"The end of life in death is life's new begin-
ning. Both life and death are one in Me.
"All things are forever living and forever
dying; and while they live they die; and also
while they are in death they live.
"Such is My decree, My universal law, from
which there is no escape for man, or star, or
grain of sand; for all things flow from Me that
they may appear to man, and return to Me,
that they may disappear from his senses in the
cycle ofMy thinking.
"I am the repetitive God. All things which
r i!
,I I
II
I I
~
,
" ,
I
','
flow to Me and from Me flow again both ways
through Me forever in a cycle which ends not,
nor has begun.
"From My right hand life flows one way
and returneth to Me full spent as death, while
full death floweth the other way and returneth
to Me renewed as life. Around My cycle both
life and death wend their opposed ways, each
seeking each until the twain meet balanced at
maturity, where each gives half to each. But
when they pass that halfway point on their sep-
arate ways to Me, each then gives thought to
each, and then both know, as they return to
Me, that each are both, and botb are One in
when they pass that halfway point on their sep-
arate ways to Me, each then gives thought to
each, and then both know, as they return to
Me, that each are both, and both are One in
Me.
"Death is the seed of life.
"Death rebounds from death as life.
"From death life springeth from the soil ;
and from life death floweth even as the per-
fume leaves the rose.
"Death giveth of itself to life that life may
live; and likewise life giveth to death that
death may die.
"Life is regenerating death, and death is
life degenerating.
"Light leaves thy sun as death and comes to
thee as life; and when thy death leaves thee it
likewise becomes new life to whom or in what
its impact quickens with thy death.
"Two ways there are of breath, the inward-
charging breath of life and the outward-dis-
charging breath of death. All opposed pairs of
My divided thinking pass in opposite ways
along these two paths in their traversing ofMy
cycle.
"All things which 1 have divided into pairs
o(opposites have wJt[Jinthem.Ppth.life,lllJQ,
along these two paths in their traversing ofMy
cycle.
"All things which1 have divided into pairs
of opposites have within them both life and
death; but one of these is greater than the
other until they meet as equals halfway round
My life-death cycle. When once they meet, and
pass, they then exchange these qualities, the
greater growing lesser and the lesser growing
greater.
"Even though life is full when life is born,
death emanates from life itself as death, and
takes the opposite path toward death.
~ ..
I
"Likewise, does life emanate from death to
weaken it when death is strong, until life con-
quereth death to make death live as life.
"Verily I say, life cannot live without dying
as it lives. Nor can death conquer life and
gather aught to it but death.
"Life is My multiplying breath of compres-
sive action; and death is My dividing, opposed
breath which expands as life's reaction.
"Hear thou Me when I again say that life
and death are opposites which pass each other
on My cycle going opposite ways. Life
attracteth life to life by its compression and
death repeleth both death and life by its expan-
and death are opposites which pass each other
on My cycle going opposite ways. Life
attracteth life to life by its compression and
death repeleth both death and life by its expan-
sion.
"I am the interchanging point of life and
death. I balance life with death; and never in
their changing can either death or life outbal-
ance death or life.
"Write thou that death and life are one, as
the swinging pendulum is one, e'en though it
oscillates two ways in its incessant swinging.
"He who travels East in My curved uni-
verse arrives at West as surely as he who trav-
els West.
"Likewise life traileth the eastern road to
arrive at death, while death taketh the western
road where life awaiteth to quicken death as
life.
"So also does death traileth the road of life
to interchange with life, while life likewise
traileth the road of death to find itself through
death.
"Hear thou Me say there is no death in all
My imagined universe. In it is naught but Life,
for. _M UrdJJ... h«tLifJj aud.J..f'l'3'} j,<;,jPZ•.Mfj awlJg"H
death.
"Hear thou Me say there is no death in all
My imagined universe. In it is naught but Life,
for naught but Life and Love is in Me and My
knowing.
"Naught is there in My thinking which is
not My knowing; and naught but Life and Love
are in My thinking.
"Take thou man ~ death away from him in
this new day of man. Give him eternal Life in
Me by knowing Me in him. "
-FromTHE DIVINE ILIAD
1. .,
,I
Chapter XVI
THE LIFE PRINCIPLE
For centuries man has been searching for the life prin-
ciple in germs of matter. He might as well cast his nets
into the sea to search for oxygen.
There is no life in matter, nor is there death, for matter
is but motion, Motion begins and ends, to begin again,
but life is immortal. It has no beginning. It has no end- ,
ing. It cannot die.
Man has long believed his body to be his Self, the Per-
son, the Being. Man's body is but motion. It can have no
6ui life IS immortal. 'nhas nobeginning. It has no end- I
ing. It cannot die.
Man has long believed his body to be his Self, the Per-
son, the Being. Man's body is but motion. It can have no
Being. God dwells in man. The Person, the Being in
man, is.immortal. Life in him is God in him. The body
of man manifests God in him by manifesting life in life-
death-resurrection sequences, as all creating-decreating-
recreating things in Nature likewise do.
The body of man must be forever reborn unto the
endless end to manifest God in him. There is naught
but birth in this cyclic, pulsing universe. There is no
death.
The idea of man is a part of the One Whole Idea of
Creation. All Creation is but an expression of that One
Idea, part by part, each being a part of the Whole. God
THE LIFE PRINCIPLE
gives an eternal repetition of bodies to all parts of His
Idea to manifest that idea in wave cycles of the divided
light of His thinking. One half of each cycle unfolds the
idea into the form of that idea and gives it action for
producing that form. The other half of the cycle refolds
the idea to give it rest in the Light of its Source for the
purpose of repeating the manifestation in a repetition of
that body.
A return to rest in the Light is not death; it is a return
to Life for the purpose of rebirth to again manifest Life
in a renewed body.
We do not say that man is dead when he rests in sleep
to partially renew his body. We know that he will awak-
en with new parts of his body to replace those which
have served their purpose and disappeared.
\VePillJ'll3f§ay'wJr
to partially renew his body. We know that he will awak-
en with new parts of his body to replace those which
have served their purpose and disappeared.
When man's whole body wears out and needs replace-
ment, he likewise rests in a longer sleep. Man's body is '
but patterned waves of light in motion. Waves disappear
into the ocean's calm but they reappear.
The ocean is a part of the idea of Creation. Waves
express the idea of the power of the ocean but the power
and the idea are in the calm of the ocean whether
expressed by waves or not.
The turbulence of the ocean springs from its calm just
as the movement of the lever springs from its still ful-
crum. All motion is a two-way extension of stillness.
We do not think that the ocean is dead while it is at
, I
I
:1 i
I I
L
I
"
1
11
l' ;
I I.
I' ,
1 11
I '
,
II I
i
I I
II:
I
I
:
'I '
'1' 1
I ,
I
I I,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
rest in its calm, for we know that it will again manifest
its power by waves of motion when desire is strong
enough in it for manifesting it by motion.
Waves of light which give transient form to a man's
body are but his body. They are not the man, nor the
man-idea. The body of the man is an extension of other
waves of father-mother light in the sun, and the idea of
man exists in the still Light which centers the sun.
Man can never die for he is omnipresent Light and he
exists everywhere. Likewise man's body cannot die for
man's body manifests immortal man, and immortal man
always has a body in which to manifest.
This body which extends from the earth disappears
into the heavens and the earth, but that which disappears
to sensed man of earth has not ceased to be, for its pat-
.. still :mti will
This body which extends from the earth disappears
into the heavens and the earth, but that which disappears
to sensed man of earth has not ceased to be, for its pat-
tern has been recorded for repetition. It still IS and will
reappear.
The senses of man are not attuned to the rest of the
cycle of man's bodily journey from disappearance to
reappearance but man's knowing reaches out over the
entire cycle and man can know eternal repetitiveness of
his body when he knows God in him.
When water disappears beyond the senses as water
vapor and gases, we know they will reappear as water
when they have completed their cyclic journey. As man
knows the Light in him he will as surely know that he
will return for aeons to complete the purpose of mani-
THE LIFE PRINCIPLE
festing his Creator as one part of the Whole Idea. That
purpose cannot be completed in one life cycle, nor in ten
times ten million life cycles. Man has but begun to
express the man-idea on this planet. He still has a long
way to go, and the body he needs in which to manifest
will return to him as surely as the light of day reappears
from the darkness of night into which it has disappeared.
WHAT HAPPENS AFTER "DEATH"
The unanswered mystery of "where do we go when
we die" needs a comprehensive answer. Abstractions
and theories are not satisfying. Nature 's processes are
simple and are all alike. What happens to one thing
which disappears happens to all things. There are no
Anstracuons
and theories are not satisfying. Nature 's processes are
simple and are all alike. What happens to one thing
which disappears happens to all things. There are no
exceptions to this process of Nature.
All things in this solar system come from the sun and
return to it.
The "life germ" for which man is seeking is in the
sun. The idea of man is in the sun; likewise all idea of
all things is in the sun awaiting birth into form. The
pulsing light of polarity boms all idea into its form when
conditions are favorable for each idea to be mothered by
an extension of the sun.
Everything in Nature is a moving extension from a still
point of the One Light. The center of the sun in our solar
system is the point of still Light from which everything
I l!
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
in the entire solar system radiates spirally, and toward
which it gravitates spirally for its resurrection into
another cycle.
The sun is the seed of this solar system from which all
manifestations of idea in this entire system extend, and
to which they return.
Motion is for the sole purpose of manifesting idea. All
idea springs from a state of rest in its seed. As it unfolds
from its seed, it refolds into it. It therefore follows that
motion is a seeming two-way extension-retraction from
and to a point and has no existence save to senses which
sense but the extension, and not the voiding simultane-
ous retraction.
All the suns of all the heavens are centered by the still
points of omnipresent Light from which all idea extends
and. ..
ous retraction.
All the suns of all the heavens are centered by the still
points of omnipresent Light from which all idea extends
and returns. Suns are seeds of idea. From those seeds all
form emerges. To those seeds all form returns.
The earth has been extended from the sun for that very
purpose. Organic life is part of God's One Whole Idea.
Organic life cannot be expressed in form in the sun
although the idea of it is there. Everything which
appears on earth as form of idea is in the sun as concept
of that idea in the seed. The seed is the father-light
which extends its idea of man and other creating things
out into far space where its children, the planets, have
sufficiently cooled to manifest the man-idea in organic
form.
THE LIFE PRINCIPLE
Suns are crucibles which born their children, the
earths, and set them out to cool in order that God's idea
which is in the formless suns, can manifest form in the
sun's extensions.
SUNS ARE THE SEEDS OF CREATION
The Creator scatters His seeds of light throughout all
space to father and mother all borning imaged forms of
His imagining.
In the still center of suns is all idea for borning into
the images of God's imagining, but in the oneness of the
light of suns they are without form and void. All seeds
are without form and void even though the pattern of all
idea is in them.
The oneness of incandescent suns must be divided and

are without form and void even though the pattern of all
idea is in them.
The oneness of incandescent suns must be divided and
extended to cooling earths before the ideas of the miner-
al, vegetable and animal kingdoms can sequentially
unfold to prepare the way for man's unfolding from his
seed in the sun.
All expression of idea of earth is likewise in the sun
and must be extended to earth for manifestation. Moun-
tains and oceans are in the sun but also. all things else,
the crying sound of a newborn babe, the roar of an
avalanche or the street noises of a city. All of these are
light, and such expressions of the Light are possible
only through division and extension of the One Light
into the two which manifest the One.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Millions of years ago this planet became sufficiently
far from the sun for the water idea to be expressed as
pairs of opposites and organic life appeared upon the
earth in lowly forms. These forms gradually complexed
until the man-idea began to be expressed, not by a germ,
but by the polarization of light itself, as manifested in
the interchanging heartbeat of the father-mother light of
the universe.
The idea of all things is omnipresent in the One still
Light. The expression of all idea is extended to the two
lights of white suns and black space surrounding suns
which manifest the Creator's two desires.
Desire for expression is manifested by the electric
action-reaction sequences of interchange between the
two opposing white and black lights of suns and space.
"till "pp,.l of
Desire for expression is manifested by the electric
action-reaction sequences of interchange between the
two opposing white and black lights of suns and space.
It is this interchange which polarizes the still seed of
idea into unfolding form of that idea.
To polarize means to divide stillness into opposing
pulsing extensions. It is like extending a lever from a
fixed fulcrum and setting it in motion to express the idea
which is in the still fulcrum.
In this manner the womb of mother earth becomes
impregnated with the seed of the man-idea extended
from the sun, and the first cell of man unfolds from
mother earth into the heavens toward the refolding light
of the father.
This first pulsation of the mother-light which is born-
THE LIFE PRINCIPLE
ing God's idea into patterned form is the black light neg-
ative half of its pulsation cycle. The unfolding mother-
light which reaches out into the heavens is the black
light of expansion. Black light is the negative pattern of
the positive idea of light as expressed by incandescence.
In other words, black light is expanded, or unfolded,
white light. Conversely, white incandescent light is con-
tracted, or refolded black light.
This is Nature's method of giving formed bodies to
formless idea. The positive father-light refolds the
unfolding negative mother-light in cyclic wave pulsa-
tions which man calls "growth," but growth is but a
moving picture of sequential patterns of unfolding idea
projected upon the imagined three-dimensional screen
of time and space.
.£rlJrte'JIfs Ii
moving picture of sequential patterns of unfolding idea
projected upon the imagined three-dimensional screen
of time and space.
This is the Creator's method of electrically recording
His One Whole Idea in many electrically sensed multi-
patterned body forms of matter.
LIFE AND DEATH OF BODIES
To understand the meaning of life and death, we must
know more of Nature's processes, especially those con-
cerning our body, and the spirit within which motivates
the body and forever records our constantly changing
individuality. We must know the basis of our individual-
ity and the reason for its constant changing. In order to
understand "what happens after death," we must become
I
t ;
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
more fully aware of Nature's processes which give us
bodies and take them away to regive new bodies to ful-
fill Nature's law of repetition.
Man's electrically sensed body is not the immortal
man which his body manifests. His body is not the indi-
vidual to which he attributes his life and Being. His
body is composed of a few chemical elements borrowed
from earth and sun to fashion into an instrument for his
use.
When his body disappears, the individual which
inhabited that body is not dead. Every body emerges
from a formless state into a formed one in repeated
cycles of appearance, disappearance and reappearance.
All creating things are formless as idea at their
Source.. They then unfold into formed idea through
Q.«$Me" "TllL"
cycles of appearance, disappearance and reappearance.
All creating things are formless as idea at their
Source.. They then unfold into formed idea through
desire to unfold. This process of emergence from a
formless state and a return to that state has been going
on within man's body since its beginning.
All bodies of all creating things are forever turning
inside-out and outside-in during their entire cycles. Dur-
ing a small part of the cycle, bodies are within the range
of human sensing, but during the greater part of the
cycle they are beyond that range. At no time during the
entire cycle are creating things without bodies, or pat-
terned records of bodies, from which new bodies will
again spring true to their patterned records.
Each inbreathing-outbreathing cycle is unfolding the
THE LIFE PRINCIPLE
form of a new body from an already existent patterned
record. The constant refolding process which man calls
death is recorded as it refolds for repetition in his next
life cycle.
Nature records every action and desire of the body,
likewise every conscious desire and thought of the soul
in those cosmic elements which are called "the inert
gases"-helium, neon, krypton, argon and others. These
cosmic elements, which will not unite with the physical
elements, are the basis of God's recording system by
means of which every thought and action of every creat-
ing thing is stored in them as seed-extensions from sun
and earth centers for repetition until their purposes are
fulfilled.
Everything in Nature is purposeful and nothing in
MU
'
lffn1'M llUIll sun
and earth centers for repetition until their purposes are
fulfilled.
Everything in Nature is purposeful and nothing in
Nature fulfills its purpose in one life cycle.
Nature multiplies the time dimensions of her light
waves so that patterned records of forms which have
expanded beyond man's range of sensing can come
within that range, then divides those time dimensions
until they again disappear into the other half of their
cycle beyond man's range of sensing.
MAN'S INDIVIDUALITY
Man's greatest difficulty in comprehending "what
happens after he disappears in death" is due to lack of
JI
I
I,
I' ,
Ii
j , ;
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
comprehension of his immortality which never disap-
pears. His visible body would be useless if it were not
centered by his invisible, immortal Self, Soul, or Person.
Man is aware of himself as an individual, but his con-
cept of what constitutes his individuality is vague. His
individuality is what he unknowingly interprets his
immortal Self to be. His Self, or Soul, never changes,
never appears or disappears, but his individuality con-
stantly changes to forever fit the changing concept of
what he interprets his immortal Self to be. As every man
gradually comes to know the Light of his Self in him,
his individuality changes by the constant uplift toward
that increasing awareness of his centering omniscience.
As greater awareness of the Light of the Universal
Self comes to man, he gradually loses his individuality
llQ9 l&!fa.wnpt11.LT&MmU
that increasing awareness of his centering omniscience.
As greater awareness of the Light of the Universal
Self comes to man, he gradually loses his individuality
and becomes more that Universal Self. When mankind
has become fully aware of God in him, the play of man
on this planet is finished, his purpose fulfilled, and the
individual man ceases to be.
Man loses his expression of life in matter-s-to find
eternal life in the Light.
THERE IS NO DEATH.
"Know thou that divided lights which
record My knowing are lights of suns, and
darkness born of suns. All imaged forms ofMy
all-knowing are born from dark to light, and
mirrored back to dark for endless borning into
light.
"Within still centers of My suns is My all-
knowing. The still Light of My knowing lights
of My thinking interchange to manifest My
knowing in moving forms ofMy imagining.
knowing. 1he stiu Light oj My knowing lights
of My thinking interchange to manifest My
knowing in moving forms ofMy imagining.
"Wherefore I scatter seed of My all-know-
ing throughout My Kingdom as light of many
suns, and children of those many suns, to
father-mother My all-knowing in moving forms
ofMy imagining.
"And behold! each sun ofMy divided think-
ing fathers a whole universe of My imagining,
giving light to its unfolding dark, to forever
quicken dark by light.
"In this wise all quickened Idea ofMe with-
in heavens of earths and suns unfolds from
dark wombs of earths to light of suns, to refold
within tombs and wombs of earths for reborn-
ing unto heavens ofearths and suns.
"In this wise is My desire to give fulfilled by
equal taking ofMy giving for multiplied regiv-
ing.
"See thou that man well knoweth that 1, the
Father-Mother of My universe, center all his
"See thou that man well knoweth that 1, the
Father-Mother of My universe, center all his
givings and his regivings and measure them
with watchful eyes to balance them in Me.
"Say thou to him that his moving is My
moving, for without Me he can in no wise
move, e'en to manifest Me in his moving. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
THE COSMIC CLOCK
Part III
The Mystery of
Gravitation and Radiation
The Universe ofBeing
OMNIPRESENCE
. THE SECRET OF LIGHT
I'
~
I'
11
Ii
'"
,.'
-'
I
~
I'
I'
Ii
'"
~ ,
I
,
I
I
J,
i '
I ,
I II
I )
I I
I I I '
I
I I
"In My universe there is but one form from
which all forms appear. That one form is the
pulsing cube-sphere, two halves of the heart-
beat ofMy dual thinking.
"All forms pulse, therefore, all forms are
two, one form for the inbreathing pulse, which
generates, and one for the outbreathing, radi-
ating one. The cube is the sphere expanded by
the outward breath to black rest in cold space,
fwd, Wile- )?h'lnjJr thetfltheuiflmg-pfl1se, Wnlrn
generates, and one for the outbreathing, radi-
ating one. The cube is the sphere expanded by
the outward breath to black rest in cold space,
and the sphere is the cube compressed to the
incandescence of white-hot suns by the inward
breath.
"A ll spheres emerge from the pulsing,
breathing cubes of space and return to them to
find fulcrums of rest for re-emergence.
"Behold, I center one form where it seeks
rest in Me from the action of My thinking, and
I envelop that form with its other half where it
may again find rest in Me as another fulcrum
for expression ofMy thinking.
"These two sexed halves extend from Me
and return to Me, but they are not Me, nor are
they two halves of one, for they never can be
two halves of one. They are always two, and
never one. Nor can they unite, nor meet, for
their ways are opposed ways which never
me.1nV"o-nacV-es -oJOhe, }brthey "never can be
two halves of one. They are always two, and
never one. Nor can they unite, nor meet, for
their ways are opposed ways which never
meet, for each one voideth each in their seem-
ing meeting.
"Behold, I am within all things, centering
them; and I am without all things, controlling
them. But I am not those things which I center
and control."
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
.l I
"See thou that man knows that each divided
light of his conditioning, which extends from
Me to him, is balanced always, for I am Bal-
ance. And that is Truth and the Law, for I am
Truth and the Law.
"Say thou to him: each thing is everything
and each is everywhere.
"For I say that all things are the same
thing, for all things are universal. Each thing
reaches through every other thing to the far-
"For I say that all things are the same
thing, for all things are universal. Each thing
reaches through every other thing to the far-
thermost star. For this purpose have I set My
mirrors and My lenses of dual light to attain
an infinity in My imaged universe in which no
measure is.
"And I also say that man S infinity ends in
eyes of man where it began. All things in My
mirrored universe end where they began. Eter-
nity thus ends in NOl¥, and Now in Eternity.
"See thou that man well knows the illusions
which deceive his sense seeing. Point out to
him My mirrors and my lenses which curve My
universe of seeming into imaged spheres ofMy
thinking as seed for multiplying One into many
ones.
"Say thou to him: all things occupy the
same space, and each thing occupies all space.
All things extend from all things and are exten-
sions of all things. Likewise I say: all things
center all things and are involved in all things.
same space, and each thing occupies all space.
All things extend from all things and are exten-
sions of all things. Likewise I say: all things
center all things and are involved in all things.
"Say thou these things in words of man's
knowing. And say thou that I, the Light, center
him and all things else, for I am everywhere. "
-From THE DIVINE luAo
!
I
I: I
.Ij f
II I,
I "
I I,
I',
I .
: ' I' , ,
, i
I
I ,
, I'
I ,
"Again I say that all things extend to all
things, from all things, and through all things.
For, to thee I again say, all things are Light,
and Light separates not; nor has it bounds;
nor is it here and not there.
"Man may weave the pattern of his Self in
Light of Me, and of his image in divided lights
of Me, e'en as the sun sets up its bow of many
hues from divided light of Me, but man cannot
be apart from Me, as the spectrum cannot be
apart fromLight ofMe.
-J - -- - , -- - ". _ _ u _.1' u vvrr VJ "'"U'''Y
hues from divided light of Me, but man cannot
be apart from Me, as the spectrum cannot be
apart from Light ofMe.
"And as the rainbow is a light within the
light, inseparable, so is Man s Self within Me,
inseparable; and so is his image My image.
"Verily I say, every wave encompasseth
every other wave unto the One; and the many
are within the One, e'en down to the least of
waves ofMe.
"And I say further that every thing is
repeated within every other thing, unto the
One.
"And furthermore I say, that every element
which man thinketh of as of itself alone is
within every other element, e'en to the atoms
veriest unit.
"When man queries thee in this wise:
'Sayest thou that in this iron there is gold and
all things else?' thou may'st answer: 'Within
"When man queries thee in this wise:
'Sayest thou that in this iron there is gold and
all things else?' thou may'st answer: 'Within
the sphere, and encompassing it, is the cube,
and every other form that is; and within the
cube, and encompassing it, is the sphere, and
every other form that is. ' "
-From THE DMNE ILIAD
o
Fig. 3
The radial universe
Fig. 4
God 's projection mirrors
of action
Fig. 2
Symbol of power extended
from rest to rest
THIS RADIAL UNIVERSE
inings. The intensity of desire extended from
centering points of rest to extended points of
rest determines the dimension of desire. (Fig. 2) : .0
0-..·..· .. -.0: .-----..-0
..' .
a" ;
·
·
·
· o
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
The entire mechanical principal of Nature,
by means of which its light illusions of motion
are produced, is the consequent effect of such
radial extensions. Because of it, the seeming
multiplication and division of the universal
equilibrium into the opposed electrical pres-
sures of gravitation and radiation, which form
the foundation of this universe of change, are
made possible. (Fig. 3)
t;l{iifi1dhUm
sures of gravitation and radiation, which form
the foundation of this universe of change, are
made possible. (Fig. 3)
God's imaginings extend from rest to rest in
His three-dimensional radial universe of length,
breadth and thickness-to become the stage of
space for His imagined radial universe of mat-
ter, time, change and motion. (Fig. 4)
Points of rest, further extended to other points
of rest, form three reflecting planes of still mag-
netic Light which are at right angles to each V"--;-...
other. (Fig. 4) From the center of these three
mirror planes of zero curvature, God's givings
are radially projected to six opposed mirror
planes for reprojection as regivings, to unfold
IN POSTULATES AND DIAGRAMS
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
God is Light. God is Love.
God's creating universe is founded on Love. It
is creating with Light.
The principle of love is desire to give. God
gives love by extending His Light. God's love is
a mirror of Light which reflects His giving of
love by the regiving of love.
The law of love is rhythmic balanced inter-
change between all givings and regivings.
a mirror of Light which reflects His giving of
love by the regiving of love.
The law of love is rhythmic balanced inter-
change between all givings and regivings.
The symbol of love is the wave of dual light
which gives and regives equally and rhythmical-
ly. This is a dual electric wave universe of inter-
changing light. (Fig. 1)
God's Love is everywhere; His Light is every-
where. There is naught but good in God's omni-
scient universe. Evil is a product of man's think-
ing.
God extends His love, His power and His
knowing, radially, from zero points of
omnipresent stillness to other zero points in the
measure of His desire to give form to His imag-
.... .
Fig. 1
Symbol of love extended
from rest to motion
, I
i I
, I
, ;
I
". !
I I
I I
1 I
., .
• I '

-"·i-··
Fig. 5
Mirror planes of reaction
Fig. 6
The explosive action
··t·-
o
..+..
Fig. 7
Simultaneous reactions
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
and refold the forms of God's imaginings in the
curved electric universe of His desiring. (Fig. 5)
BIRTH OF WAVE FIELDS
The desire of God to give of His love is mani-
fested in projected action as an outward explo-
sion from a centering point of rest acting as a
fulcrum. The desire to regive is simultaneously
"radarred" back from every point of its progress
to refold the unfolding action. All action in
Nature is forever disappearing into a mirror of
its own image of equal potential. (Figs. 5 and 6)
Every projected action in Nature which is
!ilmrot@golhV,v'::rMilITni" '&9.t;J51f.'"
Nature is forever disappearing into a mirror of
its own image of equal potential. (Figs. 5 and 6)
Every projected action in Nature which is
simultaneously "radarred" back as a reprojected
reaction is sequentially repeated as a similar
echo from its wave field boundary planes of
zero curvature. (Fig. 7)
All actions in Nature are outward explo-
sions-slow actions of growing things, or fast
actions of released dynamite or atom bomb.
Conversely, all reactions are inward explosions.
Actions unfold formlessness into form. Reac-
tions refold form into formlessness. Actions are
the basis of radiation. Reactions are the basis of
gravitation. (Fig. 8)
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Every action anywhere is repeated every
where throughout the universe. As a conse-
quence, harmonic centers of the same measure
of desire extend their actions outward from their
centers toward other harmonic centers. Harmon-
ic explosions of equal measure thus fill all space
in God's omnipresent universe. (Fig. 9)
Outward explosions which meet each other
cannot be spheres, for all space must be filled.
Tennis balls crushed together become cubes by
gradually flattening where they meet at six
points on curved surfaces. Likewise, outer
explosions flatten into the six planes of cubes.
(Fig. 10)
Outward-inward explosions are resisted at
fhrin
explosions flatten into the six planes of cubes.
(Fig. 10)
Outward-inward explosions are resisted at
their maximum in the direction of the six points
where spheres meet. They are consequently
deflected to the eight points of least resistance
which become diagonals of cubes instead of
radii of spheres. (Fig. 11)
Eight directions of two-way expressed force
are thus generated which become the basis of
the octave wave. (Fig. 12)
Outward-inward explosions projected through
each other develop two opposed pressures. The
outward direction divides its potential by
expanding it radially. The inward direction mul-
Fig. 8
Sequential reaction
Fig. 9
All action is omnipresent
Fig. 10
Repeated explosions meet
Fig. 14
Th e Sphere
THIS MAGNETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
crystallize in true cube because of their unbal-
anced positions near, but not upon, the plane of
wave amplitude.
The cube and sphere are one, being two oppo-
site phases of the same thing. The cube is the
sphere extended to black coldness while the
sphere is the cube contracted to white incandes-
cence. Every true sphere in every light wave is
an incandescent sun, regardless of its dimen-
sion. Prolating spheres, such as our sun, are
becoming incandescent inward toward their centers,
while oblating spheres, such as our planets, are becom-
ing cold inward toward their centers.
The cube is born from the sphere to fulfill the desire
of the Creator to produce form by projecting light from
Wfiile "'o15faliilg- such-as()llf p'ranets; are becom-
ing cold inward toward their centers.
The cube is born from the sphere to fulfill the desire
of the Creator to produce form by projecting light from
incandescence toward the cold dark of the heavens.
Conversely, the sphere is born from the cube to fulfill
the other desire for oneness by reprojecting cold dark
from the heavens to light in the seed.
The creation of all forms of matter is an eternal inter-
change between the father-light of incandescent spheres
and the mother-light of cold cubes. All forms are born in
the direction of the coldness of space and are voided in
the direction of incandescence.
Every creating body is set out into space from its cru-
cible in the sun to cool into the form appropriate to its
extension from the sun. That is one half of the cyclic
tiplies it by compressing it radially. Thus, the
two opposite plus and minus equilibrium condi-
tions are produced which motivate this electric
universe of two-way motion, give to it its heart-
beat and produce all effects of illusion caused
by the interchange of the two conditions of mat-
ter.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
THE CUBE-SPHERE
Fig. 13
The cube
Fig. 11
Repeated explosions com-
press
Pairs of interchanging opposed conditions are
born from each other and become each other as
a consequence of that interchange, as all oppo-
sites in Nature are likewise born. The cube and
the sphere are the two opposites of form from
6\beP '"'am'er":i'S
a consequence of that interchange, as all oppo-
sites in Nature are likewise born. The cube and "
Fi g. 12 the sphere are the two opposites of form from
Th e eig ht two-way direc- which all forms of all things are born. They are
tions of f orce
the only forms ever created, being father-mother
of all forms. (Figs. 13,14)
The sphere and the cube both manifest the
cosmic principle of balance. Their position in
light waves is in the one balanced position in \
the wave where compression and expansion .
have ceased to oppose each other, which is at
wave amplitude (known as trough or crest). Car- ",'
,I
bon and sodium chloride are good examples of
true cube crystallization. Likewise their atomic units are
true spheres. Sodium-iodide or sodium-bromide do not.
Fig. 12
Th e eiaht two- wa y dir ec -
r ;;,
...:U. u.. u_..
5'
I "
1
j I
" I
, I
!I,
i:
.Ii I
I II ;
I '
; 11
, lit
, I ' ll :
" ! I I,.
I '
!
" '
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
metrically back or extended symmetrically toward the
center of the adjoining wave field.
Within each cube field is the curved universe of two-
way light illusion; and beyond, to the farthest reaches of
space, is a repetition of illusion from wave field to wave
field at the rate of 186,400 miles per second. That is the
speed in which every action-reaction anywhere repeats
itself everywhere. This illusion of motion gives rise to
the belief that light "travels."
Wave field boundary planes of zero curvature insulate
all effects of motion, which take place within it, from
every other wave field. Centering the wave field is the
incandescent sphere which mates it. The potential of the
entire field is divided equally between its centering
sphere of multiplied matter and the surrounding space of
e'viri
r6ffierwave
new. cemenng me wave new IS me
incandescent sphere which mates it. The potential of the
entire field is divided equally between its centering
sphere of multiplied matter and the surrounding space of
divided matter.
Each mate of each wave field in the universe is bal-
anced with its opposite mate, even to the weight of one
electron. The reason why the centering sphere is of high
potential and its surrounding space is of low potential is
due to a difference of volume. The centering sphere may
be a few thousand miles in diameter and its surrounding
space many millions of miles in diameter; yet they are
equal, potential for potential, but unequal volume for
volume.
Neither of these mates could sustain its separateness
of condition unless it constantly interchanged to give all
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
journey of every body from the sun and back to
it. The other half of the cycle is the return to the
sun to void the body of its form for the purpose
of acquiring a new body. Every cycle of motion
is a journey from heat to cold and back again.
All bodies are formed by freezing and voided'
by melting. The freezing and melting points of
all bodies are dependent upon their respective
densities and electric conditioning.
The sphere is the clay of earths, the light of
suns and the formlessness of seed. It is the
womb 'from which the clay of earth extends into ,.
the cube-bound heavens to expand into form,
and it is the tomb within which allform is void-
ed for regiving to the heavens as a new form.
:e1ittfi
the cube-bound heavens to expand into form,
and it is the tomb within which allform is void-
ed for regiving to the heavens as a new form.
Every form in Nature is either becoming a \
cube or a sphere, or is a section of either one.
Complex bodies are multiples of spheres of
matter surrounded by multiples of cubes of .-
space in multiples of wave fields. All crystal
shapes are sections of cubes. Their shapes are ...
determined by their positions in their wave 'i
field. (Fig. 15)
The cubes of space are wave fields which ,
bound all interchanging motion between the two I '
conditions within it. Motion cannot pass
through these planes but can be reflected sym-
Fig. 15
All crystals are cube
sections
I
I I
I
• I
I
I '
Fig. 16
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Radiation is the negative electric principle which
exerts its pressures centrifugally toward its wave field
boundary planes of magnetic Light. It is the mother
The Mystery of Gravitation and Radiation-
Gravitation is the positive electric principle which
exerts its pressures centripetally toward the maximum
incandescent points of compression in every wave field.
It is the father principle of Nature, the integrating princi-
ple of "uphill flow of energy" which forever balances its
"downhill flow."
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
of itself to the other alternately in repetitive cycles.
Spheres must give to cubes of space by breathing out to
discharge themselves and charge space. Space must then
regive to spheres by breathing out from itself to dis-
charge itself and recharge spheres.
Each short cycle of interchange is accumulated into a
longer life-death cycle in which solids entirely disappear
into space and space interchanges its potential to
become solids. This principle constitutes the forever
inside-out outside-in turnings of Nature by means of
which all forms sequentially appear, disappear and reap-
pear.
The inbreathing of spheres generates low potential
into high. The generative process of Nature is gravita- . :
tion. The outbreathing of spheres radiates high potential
The inbreathing of spheres generates low potential
into high. The generative process of Nature is gravita- . :
tion. The outbreathing of spheres radiates high potential
into low. The degenerative process of Nature is radia-
tion.
Multiplication and division of expressed energy into
the high and low potential of gravitation and radiation is ,.'
made possible by the plan of Nature which causes all I
actions of Nature to extend radially from omnipresent ;;
points of magnetic Light. ,.
Gravitation pulls spirally inward from within to wind '.'
light waves into solids to center space.' Radiation thrusts
spirally outward to unwind dense solids into space to '. '
surround solids. Each is an equal reaction of the other.
Each becomes the other sequentially.
J, j
I I' ,
, :
I'
I'
I .
II .
I,
I I I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
principle of Nature, the disintegrating principle of
"downhill flow of energy" which forever balances its
"uphill flow."
The Creator extends power of motion to but one half
of a cycle for each of the two opposite manifestations of
His desire. Gravity gives a material form to bodies to
manifest the idea of bodies. Radioactivity gives spiritual
formlessness to the heavens for regiving to earths as
formed bodies.
Gravity begins its half cycle as the inward explosive
reaction of an outward explosive action, thus fulfilling
the law that all opposite expressions are born from each :;
other and interchange to become the other. It ends its
half cycle at a point of rest at the still point of magnetic
light which centers every material body whether of
€ e'acli
other and interchange to become the other. It ends its
half cycle at a point of rest at the still point of magnetic
light which centers every material body whether of
microcosmic or macrocosmic dimension. Gravity then ,I
ceases when its motion ceases.
There is no "center of gravity" in Nature. The center-
ing Light of every mass is still magnetic Light. Likewise
the still axis of every vortex is still magnetic Light.
Radiativity then begins its half cycle from that point
of rest and ends it on wave field boundary planes of
magnetic Light where gravity began. Radiativity then
ceases when its motion ceases.
Both gravity and radiativity borrow their power to
find balance in rest at their journey's end from the points
of rest of their beginnings. They each repay their sepa-
THIS MAGNETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
rate borrowings to the other at every point of their
respective journeys. Each thus perpetually voids itself
by giving to the other. At each journey's end, each oppo-
. site cancels itself out by giving its all to the other. It is
then reborn as the other. Everywhere in Nature each
action is its own reaction.
"Death gives to life that life may live; and life gives to
death that death may die. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
Every action in Nature demonstrates this principle. A
ball thrown in the air must start from a point of rest,
motivated by energy borrowed from the "center of grav-
ity" of this earth which is its fulcrum. The point of rest
inI!\lelY'm,YIUr;'iJt Ru,d'f.tBP
ball thrown in the air must start from a point of rest,
motivated by energy borrowed from the "center of grav-
ity" of this earth which is its fulcrum. The point of rest
in the thrower's hand is an extension of the earth's still
center.
As the ball ascends, it decelerates as it pays its bor-
rowed energy to space, thus charging space with the
borrowings of earth and equally discharging earth.
When the borrowing is fully paid the ball comes to rest.
From that point it must again borrow the energy from
space which it borrowed from earth to pay for its return
to earth. Upon its accelerative journey to earth it passes
each point at the same speed it registered on the upward
half cycle, thus discharging space and equally charging
earth to balance all borrowings and payings.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Fi g. 18
Basis of Mot ion
Fig. 18
Basis of Motion
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
These two opposite conditions of credit and debit cor-
respond with the two opposite conditions of compres-
sion and expansion in Nature upon which motion is
dependent. When an equilibrium pressure is divided into
opposite conditions from the zero from which both are
extended, motion between the two becomes imperative.
They must interchange with each other to void their
unbalanced conditions. This is the principle of the elec-
tric current.
Fig. 18 represents a room of equal pressure.
Two tanks in it are connected with a tube and
petcock. By pumping all the air out of one tank
into the other, the two plus-minus conditions
have been established which make motion
imperative. Nature always boms each opposite
aU VUl VI. VU,", lallA
into the other, the two plus-minus conditions
have been established which make motion
imperative. Nature always boms each opposite
from the other in this manner.
By opening the petcock an outward explosion
will take place in the plus tank. An inward
explosion of equal potential will take place in
the evacuated tank. The plus tank will discharge
part of its compressed condition to charge the
minus one. The electric battery is the same in Fig . 19
Equal opposit e potential s
principle. (Fig. 19)
In Nature the discharged radiation which
explodes outward from the sun simultaneously
explodes inward as gravitation.
Fig. 17
X plus zero equ als zero
minus X
All actions in Nature are extension-retractions from
zero to zero, and back again to zero. All are balanced
simultaneously and sequentially. This is a zero universe
of plus and minus zero which never exceeds the zero of
the One Light from which it seemingly sprang as multi-
plicity.
. i
THE TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC CONDITIONS
This zero universe of equilibrium demands two
opposed conditions in order to simulate that which our
senses interpret for motion and change. These two need-
ed conditions are plus and minus equilibrium; positive
and negative electricity. (Fig. 17)
Plus zero means a credit of pressure borrowed from
j(Qm.1illUYID. m\uw
ed conditions are plus and minus equilibrium; positive
and negative electricity. (Fig. 17)
Plus zero means a credit of pressure borrowed from
the universal equilibrium to compress a large volume
into a small volume. Minus zero means an equal expan-
1111 .' sion to balance the borrowed compression.
.. jl ; A thousand dollars borrowed from a bank is a
\
" j • C\ d:::\ plus of credit which is balanced by an '
\!.tI WI \::.J equal debit of one thousand dollars. The central
zero represents the bank. The extended zeros
represent credit and debit. Both are equal but
opposite. A credit of one thousand dollars
equals zero. When the credit is paid in part or in
full the debit is proportionately voided simulta-
neously with the credit.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
CAUSE OF THE UNIVERSAL PULSE BEAT
Matter and space constitute the two conditions nec-
essary for interchange of motion diagrammed in Figs.
18 and 19 with one distinguishing difference. That
difference is that the two conditions represented by
the tanks of the compressed and expanded air and the
two cells of the electric battery are equal in volume,
while bodies of matter and their surrounding space
are unequal in volume.
The expanded condition of space is millions of times
greater in volume than the compressed condition of its
centering body.
This explains the seeming mystery of gravitation and
radiation which causes solid objects to fall toward the .
u u __ u_
centering body.
This explains the seeming mystery of gravitation and
radiation which causes solid objects to fall toward the .
earth and gases to rise toward space.
In the electric battery the interchange between the
two pressure conditions can void both in an explosive
flash by a short circuit if the wire connecting both cells
I
is heavy enough. If a small wire connects both cells the
interchange takes time to complete the voidance. Each
condition gives to the other in installments, for the
wire is not big enough to void both conditions instant-
ly. The consequent giving and regiving by the two
opposite pressures constitute the oscillations of the
electric current. Electric interchange by installments is
measured and recorded by waves, and the time element
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
of those recordings of interchange are wave frequen-
cies. They constitute the pulse beat of the electric cur-
rent. When an electric wire pulses with wave frequen-
cies of an electric current we say that it is a live wire.
When it stops pulsing because the current is discon-
nected we say that the wire is dead, for it no longer
pulses.
All Nature pulses in measured frequencies with the
heartbeat of the universal electric current, as evidenced
by universal breathing inward toward bodies and out-
ward toward space. When breathing is switched off in
man's body by the cessation of interchange between the
two opposite pressure conditions of matter, we say that
the man is dead. By solving the mystery of "installment
interchange" between bodies and space one can more
fully lmat. VJtia.tJk
two opposite pressure conditions of matter, we say that
the man is dead. By solving the mystery of "installment
interchange" between bodies and space one can more
fully comprehend the fact that neither pulse beat, breath-
ings nor wave frequencies of interchange have any rela-
tion whatsoever to life, for they relate only to the princi-
ple by means of which life or energy is manifested by
motion. A

The first step in solving this mystery lies in
the principle by means of which matter and C J)
space become unequal in volume.
Fig. 20 represents the electric battery with the
line AB dividing the two pressure conditions as Fig. 20
the equilibrium of both. This line represents a Balanced interchange
between equal conditions
static equator-a plane of rest from which both
Fig. 24
Equal interchange
Fig. 25 A & B
Interchange between un-
equal volumes
. +
..••.
.....:
'"
........ @ .......
........ '".
-( ...
...••.
.....:
'"
........ @ .......
..'"
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Fig. 23 illustrates this principle which forms
spheres and creates the illusion which makes
heavy objects seem to be attracted radially
toward the earth and tenuous matter thrust radi-
ally away from it. Line AB shows the curvature
of the static equator which causes the dynamic
equator to expand at its negative end and con-
tract at its positive end into the radii of a cone.
The outward thrust of radiative pressures
would curve the base of the cone thus produced
to correspond with the curvature of its static
equator, AB.
Fig. 24 represents a bar magnet which has
been divided into the two opposite pressure
conditions of this electric universe by coiling a
€qar.'ltJP, m around the har of steel. thus form-
Fig. 24 represents a bar magnet which has
been divided into the two opposite pressure
conditions of this electric universe by coiling a
charged wire around the bar of steel, thus form-
ing two opposed plus and minus electrical vor-
tices with intensities measured at poles.
Two nails of equal weight are suspended to
these poles. It is not magnetism, however,
which picks up these nails. It is the electric
vortices which pick them up, for the vortices
are still effective upon that steel bar even
though the electrically charged wire has been
removed.
It is the whirlpool motion of the electric vor-
tex which performs the work of lifting those
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
opposite conditions are extended at right angles
as a dynamic equator-line CD.
Fig. 21 represents static and dynamic equa-
tors (or magnetic and electric) at ninety degrees
from each other. As the two opposed condi-
tions which extend from these planes of rest
are equal, the lines of force which connect both
are as symmetrical to both diameters as though
reflected by mirrors placed at right angles to
each other. Such symmetry belongs to the cube
and sphere alone.
Fig. 22 represents the electric battery with
the negative cell much larger than the positive
cell. The static and dynamic equators will still .
be at right angles to each other but ' the static
IJvRtl
the negative cell much larger than the positive
cell. The static and dynamic equators will still .
be at right angles to each other but ' the static
equator will not be in the middle. It will be
much nearer the positive pole and will be
curved because lines of force which record the
measure of interchange between the two opP?-
site pressures can be symmetrical to the
dynamic equator only, and not to the static
equator.
Such symmetry belongs to the radial universe
of cone sections. All dynamic equators are
radial, and all lines of force of conic symmetry
are forever changing to record the forever
changing potential of dynamic equators.

B
Fig. 23
Curvature incr eases
Fig. 22
Interchange between un-
equal opposites
Fig. 21
Symmetry of the cube
AB Stat ic equator CD
Dynamic equator
iI ·
. I
" ,'I
I
I ,
, I
•!
I
I
"e.o .... .....
Cur vatur e increas es as
potenti al s di vide and
multiply
Fig. 28
Curvatur e in creases as
potenti als divide and
multipl y
. \


\ : "
, .
I
THI S MAGN ETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERS E
Gravity will end and radiation will begin at that center.
Nails will fall toward it from any direction, as heavy
objects do on earth, and compass needles will follow the
vortical directions of lines of force which extend toward
its poles.
The analogy between the unequal battery
cells and bar magnets is now sufficiently com-
plete to compare them with matter and space.
In Fig. 28 two bar magnets have been fanned
out into cones. The weight which the positive
end will pick up as a solid has to be finely
divided in order for the expanded volume of
the negative end to pick it up.
The essential difference between the two
opposed pressure conditions of the electric
"nrJrncr'i'UrfJre
the negative end to pick it up.
The essential difference between the two
opposed pressure conditions of the electric
battery and the two of matter and space is that
in the battery the opposed potentials are equal
because the volumes are equal.
In the universal battery of matter and space the two
opposed conditions are conspicuously unequal. The
resultant high and low potential contrast each other so
violently that solid matter "falling" toward the high
potential of the compressed condition must be divided
into vapors and gases before the same substance will
"fall" toward the low potential of the expanded condi-
tion. A solid bar of iron will fall radially toward the
earth because both are high potential compressed
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
nails and not the stillness of the poles of mag-
netic Light.
If the bar magnet is enlarged at one end it
becomes a cone. The division into the two
opposed conditions will still be equal, as in Fig.
25, but the volume will be so large in one as
compared with the other that the nail which the
positive end will still pick up cannot be lifted by
the negative end unless the nail is ground to a
fine powder. The negative end will then lift the
same weight in total but only by dividing the
nail over the whole volume.
Before this principle is applied to matter and
space, it is necessary to correct the general
impression that the earth is a magnet. By refer-
tim! !QJpllibaJ; in Fia 74 it l'.::m
Before this principle is applied to matter and
space, it is necessary to correct the general
impression that the earth is a magnet. By refer-
ring to the bar magnet pictured in Fig. 24 it can
be seen that its poles alone express gravity. The
earth, on the contrary, expresses gravity at its
center. (Fig. 26)
The earth is formed between magnetic gaps of
its wave as all bodies are formed (Fig. 27). If
two bar magnets are placed so that negative and
positive ends are near each other, that still point
which we call the center of gravity will evi-
dence itself between the two ends. If iron filings
are placed in this gap, conditions of gravity sim-
ilar to those of the earth will be found there.
A
A
,
A
Fig . 26
Fig. 27
Maller is formed between
oppos it e poles i n waves

:i
"
1 I
I I ,
I '
,
Fig. 30
South
Fig. 29
North
Fig. 29
North
.! T ).
"For behold, I am within all things, center-
ing them, and I am without all things, control-
ling them. "-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
"For behold, I am within all things, center-
ing them, and I am without all things, control-
!Jnx them. "-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
v - '"
The inward radial 'direction is North-the
compressive direction of gravity which multi-
plies potential by compressing light waves
radially into smaller volumes of greater fre-
quencies. The outward radial direction is
South-the expansive direction of radiation
which divides potential by expanding light
waves into larger volumes of lesser frequen-
cies. (Fig. 31)
The two directions of the static universe are
The universe is dual-the still magnetic universe of
reality and the dynamic electric, radial two-way universe
of illusion which extends from the static universe at an
angle of ninety degrees.
In the dynamic electric universe there are
two directions-inward and outward radially
from a still point of magnetic Light to still
planes of magnetic Light. All motion within
magnetic wave fields is controlled by the Cre-
ator. (Figs. 29,30)
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
THE TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC DIRECTIONS
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
solids. If divided sufficiently by vaporizing it, that
same bar of iron will fall radially toward the heav-
ens.
Gravity and radiativity are opposite pressure condi-
tions of the same thing. Both of those pressure condi-
tions are in every creating thing. Every creating thing
can expand to lower its potential, or can contract to
raise it. Like conditions seek like conditions to find
balance. Creating things changing their compressed
conditions to expanded conditions must move to find
balance in like conditions. That is the sole cause of
two-way motion.
Every potential has a balancing potential position
somewhere in the universe. Desire to find that position
is in every creating thing and any restraint exerted to
4'=_A ;." ... ,,;.......... nt"nt;.,l
Every potential has a balancing potential position
somewhere in the universe. Desire to find that position
is in every creating thing and any restraint exerted to
prevent it from moving to find its balancing potential
can be measured as weight.
The cause of the radial universe which constitutes
matter and space lies in the inequality of its two
site pressure conditions both as to volume and poten-
tial.
The cause of the universal pulse beat and the breath-
ing which motivates the manifestation of life in every
creating thing lies also in this inequality. All creating
things pulse and breathe just as organic "life" pulses and
breathes, but that is not life; it is but motion.
, '
. ,
:i
!
' .,1
' 11
I I I
Iii :.I
I ", I
I
..
Fi g. 33
Fig. 34
A
THI S MAGNETI C-ELECTRI C UNI VERSE
THI S CURVED EL ECTRIC UNIVERSE
Fig . 35
Li g ht co mes f ro m dar kness an d darkness fr om light
All suns are generated into incandescence by
two black rivers of evacuated light which flow
centripetally inward toward their still centers by
the way of their poles. Conversely, darkness of
space is radiated from two incandescent rivers
of white light which flow centrifugally from
suns' equators. (Fig. 35)
Incandescent suns of white hot light are born
from cold black darkness and cold dark space is
born from white hot suns.
TH E SECRET OF LI GHT
East and West. They are static because they are
spherical. They follow curved planes of
unchanging equipotential pressures, such as the
contour of the earth or sun or of the orbits of
planets or floating clouds. East and West do not
oppose each other. Each arrives at its own start-
ing point without change of potential. (Fig. 32)
North and South, on the contrary, diametrical-
ly oppose each other. They are constantly
changing. They seek opposite directions, each
passing through the other in opposite spiral
lanes; each interchanging with the other as it
passes; each voiding the other through that
interchange, and each becoming the other
because of it. (Fig. 33)
Laf.a§!-J.¥efi
t
tnfueY"'Js1.f
passes; each voiding the other through that
interchange, and each becoming the other
because of it. (Fig. 33)
East-West spherical planes form the axes of
light waves from which the dynamic universe
extends its gyroscopic wave, radially, at ampli-
tudes of ninety degrees and also its other gyro-
scopic octave tones at the varying degrees of pres-
sures where the elements of matter are formed.
East- West spherical planes are also the ful-
.
: crums of wave levers which curve gravity as
. they pump high potential into low to expand
solids into the gases of space, and low potential
into high to compress light waves into the solids
of earths. (Fig. 34)
+
Fig. 32
Fig. 31
The di vi si on an d mu lti-
plicati on pr i nc i ple
L
I j''' f \
I I I I \ .!
f I I I \ I
,I,/. t / -l:
-. ...
:i
,I
I I I
,
r " ,
I '
I I I
I ,;
! . i
i
Co ' . •
. .-, ' ...
. : . .
. . • Ii... . . • • ... ..,. •
• • • •••' . , • • • • ' •• It
Fig. 36 and 37
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Thus are the four arms of all spiral nebulae
formed as two pairs of opposites interchanging
with each other to become the other two; the
two black arms belong to gravity and the two
white ones to vacuity. (Figs. 36, 37, 38)
This electric universe is curved-motion is
spiral. Where motion ceases, curvature ceases.
Cleavages between wave field boundary planes
of crystals separate them into their individual
crystal forms. Motion cannot pass through
those planes, for there is naught but stillness
there. Motion is repeated in all wave fields by
reflected extension from wave field boundary
planes.
Curvature is imperative under such conditions

reflected extension from wave field boundary
planes.
Curvature is imperative under such conditions
for opposed pressures resist each other and each
must bend to the other to find passage for its
own expression of force. Motion and curvature
simultaneously begin and end when opposition
begins and ends. (Zero in Fig. 39)
Each wave field is like a separate projection
machine in which its own curved motion picture
universe is dually projected upon its self-mea-
sured zero screen of space. (A in Fig. 39). The
incandescent sphere of light which centers it
pictures the forms of desire in the measure of
desire for manifestation. (See also Fig. 38)
Fig. 38
Th e fo ur riv ers of li ght
Fi g, 39
O-Mi rr or pl anes of st i ll
li ght
A-Sc reen of space for
pr oj ect e d lights of motio n
:i
II '"
j 1
11
1
1 . 1
, II
, .
"
I
,
,
1
' . "·1
111
I ! I
! II
;!
I II
I
I ' .
:II
I
';
. I
, ·'1
I" i
I
; i
. ,
P .
I;
I'
I: ,
],
i
"
('j-
C--
if
· - (
Fig . 40
The si x wave fie l d
bound ar y pl anes
Fig. 41
Th e uni ver se of proj ected
mot io n
Fi g. 42
Li g h t rays a re par allel
whe n p a s s in g t hr o ug h
pl an es of ze ro curvat ure
THE SECRET OF LI GHT
This curved universe consist s of lenses and
mirrors of light which reflect , bend, curve,
concentrate and decentr ate light into it s
countless forms. Any action anywhere is
repeated everywhere by and through countless
mirror planes of wave fields and the lenses of
space. (Figs. 40,41)
Concentrated spheres, such as the earth and
sun, are surrounded by layers of light of equal
pressures. Clouds float around the earth in
them. The reason they float in curves parallel to
the earth is because of these spherical equipo-
tential planes of pressures which curve as the
earth curves.
Curved pressures of light act as lenses to mul- .
tiply <me!
tential planes of pressures which curve as the
earth curves.
Curved pressures of light act as lenses to mul- .
tiply and divide light radially. Light rays which
pass through curved planes concentrate toward a
point when projected through light lenses of
space in the convex direction and decentrate
when they pass through in the concave direc-
tion. (Figs. 42, 43)
Gravity and radiativity are accounted for by
this fact. Every object which falls toward the
earth falls radially toward its center because
of this fact. No two men who stand upright in
balance with gr avity stand parallel to each
other. Lines drawn through the feet and head
THI S MAGNETI C· ELECTRI C UNIV ERSE
of any two men standing in either hemisphere
would form a cone with its base in the heav-
ens and its apex at earth's center. Rain falling
vertically from a cloud falls conically. The
area of the base of the cone in the cloud is
greater than its conical measurement on the
earth (Figs. 44, 45). The electric potential of
rain increases as it falls because of the multi-
plication of pressures by the lenses of light
which surround the earth. For the same reason
a man weighs less as 'he ascends a mountain
and regains it when descending. Light lenses
subtract from his potential by multiplying its
volume while he ascends and multiplies it
while he descends by subtracting from its vol-
-_v-_a.. _ o · -"0-· - - - -- -
subtract from his potential by multiplying its
volume while he ascends and multiplies it
while he descends by subtracting from its vol-
ume.
Curvature of light wave axes , by contrac-
tion or expansion between planes of zero cur-
vature is the cause of all pressures; all pat-
tern ; all of the att ributes of matter, such as
density, tenuity, melting point, brittleness,
conductivity and countless other effects
which are voided when curvature ceases in
planes of rest in wave field boundaries, or in
points of rest around which motion rotates
spirally.
Fi g. 43
Light rays ar e ra dial
when pr oj ect ed t hro ugh
s pheri cal pl ane s
Fig. 44
No two ve rt ical lines are
.. .•
Fig. 44
No two ve rtical li nes are
parall el i n t his ra dial
universe
AA sta t ic equator
Fi g. 45
Rain fa lli ng ve rtically
for ms co nes
Fig. 54
Fig. 53
AA Atomic systems
forming
BB Wave shaft
Fig. 52
Atomic systems forming
t
_! _-- _t... _L ..J _11 _L_£4._ --- ..... __ 7'-'_7 ..... _ ... ... .... -
fie cone.
The one centering axis of both spirals is the
shaft upon which the dynamic universe rotates.
All motion rotates and revolves upon still cen-
tering shafts, and all shafts are two-way exten-
sions of points which lead to and through cen- /lit
ters of spheres.
The familiar wave line which records all
effects of motion controls those effects. One can
record that wave line but is not aware of the fact
that it is the power extended by the Creator in
the measure of desire for power.
The wave line is a record of the amount of
energy borrowed from its static equator to
express any mechanical process, such as the "(
vibration of a harp string, the pulsations of an
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Two-way sex-conditioned spirals are the con-
summate individuals of all Creation. They con-
dition all bodies with the condition of their bod-
ies. They unfold all idea from stillness of Mind-
knowing into moving form of Mind-imagining
and refold it into the stillness of Mind-knowing.
They are the electric workers which fulfill
desire of Mind by interweaving threads of light
into patterned forms and recording those pat-
terned forms in the still Light which centers
every spiral pair, as the axis of a cone centers
the cone.
The one centering axis of both spirals is the
shaft upon which the dynamic universe rotates.
All motion rotates and revolves upon still cen-
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
are born where centripetal and centrifugal spi-
rals meet. Matter registers the potential of the
position of its birth. For that reason it floats in
equipotential orbits appropriate to its position
in its wave field, together with all units of its
system. In the electric current, electronic sys-
tems are born where the familiar loops of force
occur around a charged wire (Fig. 50). Figs. 51,
52, and 53 diagram electric systems forming at
AA.
The spiral is an incompleted sphere just as
crystal forms are incompleted cubes. Spirals
and crystals have individuality which they lose
by voidance in the oneness of spheres and
cubes.
ymi.Y
i
OOil.lit,v jf\, o-.ixen..l}pmr,,\.fCL
and crystals have individuality which they lose
by voidance in the oneness of spheres and
cubes.
Individuality is given bodies for the purpose
of manifesting separateness and multiplicity.
Individuality, separateness and multiplicity are
then voided in oneness.
Individuality in every creating thing is a
moment to moment record of its unfoldment
and refoldment. It is the fruit of cosmic desire
for creative expression. It begins when the
cycle begins, ends with its ending, and repeats
itself in each cycle until the entire cycle of
any expressed idea is voided in its comple-
tion.

Ul'.'V"

f<l·g.\U
AA Birth of electronic
systems
Fig. 50
AA Birth of electronic
systems
Fig. 51
Spiral Mates . Units of
electric current
' "
i
:i
.'
, I
"
CLOCKWISE
Fi g. 59
Vari ous patt ern s of wave
shafts recordi ng bor-
rowed ene rgy
THI S MAGNETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
The opposed pair which rotate upon the same 0 f\:... 6 0
h f
'I kwi fi b h . d 0 V 0 'V
sat are antic oc ise, or ot are projecte • " A A 1'.... 0
through each other. (Fig. 60) ';? "VI V "\i
The characteristic unfolding-refolding,
inside-out outside-in principle of Nature causes .1\.1\ 1\
the integration of matter at poles and disinte- --vvvvvv VVV\I'
gration at equators. Matter integrates by the
contraction of one pair of spirals around the
shafts which wind it into spheres by the way of
their poles, and disintegrates it by the expan-
sion of the other pair which unwind it by way
of equators.
The pair of spirals which wind light waves
into spheres continue that winding until holes
are bored through spheres and rings are formed,
of equators.
The pair of spirals which wind light waves
into spheres continue that winding until holes
are bored through spheres and rings are formed,
aided by the centrifugal force exerted by the
expansion of the opposing spirals .
Rings are the "death" half of the cycles of
spheres. Rings recondense around points in
space and rewind as spheres . The majestic ring
nebula in Lyra (Fig. 61) is an outstanding exam-
ple of the disintegration process of Nature. The
ring exemplifies the "death" half of the cycle
and the newly formed sun at its center the "life"
half. A new body has been born out of the old
one as it expanded into the heavens . Fig . 60
Dir ect ions of sp i ral
The heavens abound with new bodies appear- moti on never reve rses
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
It
Fi g. 56
A
AB-Th e shaft of ea rt h
and moon
A
" ,
B
Fi g. 57
A- The measure of en -
ergy borrowed . B-Its
repe titio n
B
Fig. 55
AB-Th e sha ft of ea rt h
and moo n
Fi g. 58
A-is a cre dit. B-is an
equal debit
oeC__ ... :>-
:i
I I
I J ,
",
f I
11 'I
! 1 i
' .!
j
I ' ;
1
· 1
' II
1 !
I
I
. '
I'
I
,
,
I"
I
I " ,
, '
f . I
~ .
I '
I' :
}I
I
I, ,
I ,':
Fig. 61
Lyr a ring nebul a
Fig . 61
Lyra ring nebula
Fig. 62
Owl nebul a
THIS MAGNETIC- ELECTRIC UNI VERSE
ing from old ones which have disappeared into another
form. The Owl Nebula demonstrates this principle by
two rings and two stars reborn from them. (Fig. 62)
The rings of Saturn will become moons , just as its
other rings have become its several other moons. Our
own moon was born from a ring from earth as it
expands its bulk by absorbing its oceans, and accelerates
its rotation as all of the outer planets have done.
(Fig. 63)
Fig. 63
Jupiter is even now developing belts which will be
thrown off as rings, to become moons. These moons will
become comets and eventually plunge into the sun as all
things in this solar system likewise do.
Fig. 64 illustrates the unwinding process by means of
which moons free themselves from the bindings of their
mother shaft to again seek revolution around the shaft of
their beginning in the sun.
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Fig . 38
As poles fl all en equa tors lengthen
Disintegration of suns and planets by radiation is
accompanied by flattening at their poles. Spheres come
into being by prolating and go out by oblating. Ever
increasing speed of rotation around shafts is the cause of
this phenomenon. Inner planets rotate very slowly upon
their own shafts because they are so close to their moth-
er shaft in the sun, but they revolve very swiftly in their
orbits around the sun. (Fig. 65)
Mercury, our own moon, and Phobos, the inner moon
of Mars, are so close to their mother shaft that they are
obliged to revolve swiftly, with the same face always
toward their primary. The outer planets have so far bro-
ken away from the influence of their mother shaft in the
sun that their years have materially lengthened, their
days conspicuously shortened, and their faces are con-
nave so rar oro-
ken away from the influence of their mother shaft in the
sun that their years have materially lengthened, their
days conspicuously shortened, and their faces are con-
stantly changing in relation to the sun.
Cyclones, waterspouts and tornadoes develop on our
earth when spirals tighten around their shafts, for the
e
COSMIC CLOCK
Fi g. 64
THE UN-WINDING
:i
II I
I
,I ,
,',
Fig. 67
THE COSMIC PENDULUM
THI S MAGNETI C- ELECTRIC UNI VERSE
more they thus contract, the greater their speed. When
spirals are so wide at their bases that their angles to the
earth 's surface are negligible, there is calmness and
peace; but when they contract to thin pencils which
furiously speed around centering shafts of magnetic
ft.lo"O..UT. . ..
INC"'A'"
·4.......L
.......
DICIIl.......
Fi g. 66
THE TORNADO PRINCIPLE

eMh"';'.. w .. ..
OrJ'05ED ElECTRIC FORCES FAR EltTINDE.D
fROM NAG-NETIC $TILLNES.s
POWER AS 5PEED MUlTtPUa
BY CONTRACTION or ORBIT
POWER INC.REASES INTH£ DIRECTION Of
MAGNfTlt CENTERS ANO TOWN\O

;i
' I:
I I
: t
II I
I
,I,
,.
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
the spiral which leads to lower pressure, lower potential,
vacuity, radiativity and the black cold of space. Each of
these is half of a cycle.
The reason an octave cannot be counted from one to
eight, instead of from one to four, is because each of the
pressures-which bear the relations of one to four posi-
tive in the octave-is a credit pressure, which has its
equal opposite debit pressure in one to four negative.
The elements of matter, born on the spiral pairs of
opposites as tones, have the same relation as tones of
music have to the octave wave.
All wave motion is expressed in eight tones-four
pairs of opposites. The middle pair is seemingly one.
The octave is usually expressed as seven for this reason.
An octave is a series of orderly harmonic tones. Tones
are_:QllJJ!j qiV!QJi-Q _gf.1igl}.J.. _
pairs of opposites. The middle pair is seemingly one.
The octave is usually expressed as seven for this reason.
An octave is a series of orderly harmonic tones. Tones
are multiplied and divided pressures of light, spaced
rhythmically with mathematical precision upon each
octave wave of motion. The law which applies to one
effect of motion applies to all, whether sound wave,
electric current, color spectrum or octaves of 'elements
of matter.
No state of motion has permanence or even duration.
Everything is forever in a state of transition, changing
its position in its wave by either multiplying or dividing
its vibration frequencies to change its conditioning.
The basis of all octaves is the keynote of rest from
which the octave springs to express the idea which lies
NEGATIVE.
DEGENERATION
GENERATION
POSITIVE
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
Fig. 68
Two-way journey from zero-through zero-to zero
stillness at ninety degrees to the earth's surface, they
then do inestimable damage. (Fig. 66)
THE UNIVERSAL OCTAVE
V'Ig.O//
The octave wave formula which governs all motion,
and its birth position in the universal wave, is as follows
in Fig. 68:
The heartbeat of the universe, starting from zero of
rest, spirals from its minimum to its maximum and back
again to zero, in four pairs of opposite actions and reac-
tions. These four pairs of opposite electric interweavers
constitute the universal spiral octave wave by means of
which the dynamic universe of effect rises from the stat-
ic universe of cause. (Fig. 67)
The octave wave formula which governs all motion,
and its birth position in the universal wave, is as follows
in Fig. 68:
Zero to four means the centripetal direction toward the
apex of the spiral, which leads to higher potential, densi-
ty, gravity and the white heat of incandescence. Four to
zero means the centrifugal direction toward the base of
;,
:>
1
1'i:,
i"ll
,i,l
II.
;'
I' '
. I
I
,Iii :.
'II I
'III:
II:
I.
'i.
I' '
. I
1
.1'1I'
'I! ,
, I i
I
HI:
Ii
,I
I!
, I
I
+
Periodicity is a characteristic of all phenomena of nature
Fig. 69 .
One of the two completed Mendeleef tables of the elements which Walter Russell gave 10 the world of science
in 1926.
.. _, ..n: ••
I.a.
The ni ne oc taves of the eleme nts of maile r ma nifes t t he polari z at ion pri nciple for prod ucing
dy namic act ion by extendi ng two eq uators from a f ulcrum poi nt of rest. These two eq uators b,Y
gyroscopi c ac t ion, mult i pli ed cent ripet all y, i n fou r concent rati ve efforts t o an pl ane
90 deg rees from t he zer o pl ane of t he inert gases . The y t hen descend in fo ur dece nt rat tve , depol ari ZIng
stages to disa ppea r in the i r i nert gases and again reappear f rom t hem in en dless cycles t hroughout eter-
nity . Th us do all bod ies appea r and disappear-to again rea ppea r-forever.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
within the magnetic stillness of that keynote. The ful-
crum of the wave of musical octaves is its keynote from
which all tonal changes in the octave are mathematically
calculated in wave frequencies and volume. That
keynote is always in one 's consciousness whether the
note is being sounded or not. It is the balance of its
octave. All tones are out of balance with it at all times
and forever desire balance. No state of motion can evade
the keynote of rest from which it sprang, nor can it be
separated from it electrically in matter--or consciously
in Mind.
No matter what instrument produces octave tones , its
frequencies and other dimensions must be in the orderli-
ness demanded by the opening and closing spiral pairs
which control those tones by conditioning them. Like-
wise, lV:YJI.r, nt
frequencies and other dimensions must be in the orderli-
ness demanded by the opening and closing spiral pairs
which control those tones by conditioning them. Like-
wise, no matter what the instrument, whether larynx of
man, string of violin, carbon wave field or color spec-
trum, its sole motivating power for producing change of
dimension for the purpose of producing change of tone
is electric pressure directed by desire and borrowed
from the keynote of the octave's stillness. Furthermore,
all power thus borrowed for one expression in any
octave tone must be in balance with the opposite of that
tone within which those borrowings have been debited.
This outstanding fact of natural law must be borne in
mind in considering those principles as applied to the
mechanics of the universal wave which produces the
-
+
Fig. 71
The universal nine octave cycle
THE ELEMENTS OF MATTER
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
octave wave tones of the elements of matter with such
precision that any effect produced by any of them in
combination, or separately, will produce that same effect
always.
An invariable characteristic of Nature is to express
life-death cycles of any idea, in nine lesser interweaving
cycles enfolded in the one. When we think of man as an
Fig. 70 4
The other of the two charts given to the world by Walter Russell in 1926.
The Russell Periodic Table of the Elements
IU".A.Y OF
"1.1t OCTAVE
CYCLE
. _ ~
....... ..
._ ~
_.
- ~
- ~
_.
TOTAL.
Ii ,
, .
" '
I,
, "
J ,
1' ,:'1
Ij;
, .
I
~ _ _ L_ . _
Fi g , 72
Octave pr essure relat ion s
Fig, 72
Oct ave pressure relations
a.- a- ... a+ itllTHUC
oxycm ~ BERYLI\JM
IG'I1tOCZH _
~
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
create but one form: the cube-sphere. Carbon alone
crystallizes in true cube, with all of the qualities of the
true cube and sphere fully exemplified. All other ele-
ments which crystallize as cubes are octave extensions
of carbon. All such extensions occupy the four-zero-four
position of wave amplitude.
In carbon are all of the elements of its previous
stages, just as in man are all of the actions and reactions
of his previous stages. Hydrogen is a one octave
younger prototype of carbon. It forms on the wave
amplitude at four-zero-four just as carbon forms at
four-zero-four one octave ahead. In hydrogen is a
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
idea, we think of him as grown up to fullness of middle
age. Until then, we think of generating man as infant,
child and youth. Following his generating cycles come
the degenerative ones in which he gradually repays all
of his borrowings from his zero of rest and returns to
that zero to again borrow power to re-express the idea of
man. (Fig. 71)
This process of Nature, which expresses its cycles of
idea in nine lesser cycles, is conspicuously present in the
life-death cycles of the elements of matter. Carbon alone
expresses the idea of matter. All the nine octaves of the
elements are stages of unfoldment and refoldment of
carbon. The first four and a half octaves lead to the
maturity of carbon by the generative contraction of
gravity. It is the hardest of all of the other stages of its
elements are stages' of unfoldment' and refoldiiieni of
carbon. The first four and a half octaves lead to the
maturity of carbon by the generative contraction of
gravity. It is the hardest of all of the other stages of its
transition, having the highest melting point. The last
four and a half octaves lead from maturity through old
age to disappearance at the end of the nine octave cycle
by the radiative expansion'of vacuity. (Fig. 70)
Genero-activity begins at the birth of carbon in the
first octave with genero-active, inner explosive speed of
light which is 186,400 miles per second. It ends with an
equal radioactive, outer explosive speed. This speed is
the limit at which motion can reproduce itself in curved
wave fields before reaching zero where motion and cur-
vature cease.
Carbon fulfills the plan of the Creator in His desire to
u
'j" ,I
L
' f ~ i
IIi
]' 1
I,
I'
,
I'
!; .
i

I
.,
\1
I
,
l '
,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
whole octave of elemental tones. Several of these have
been recently discovered and wrongly named isotopes.
Isotopes are split tones such as those which a violinist
could produce between full tones.
An amazing thing happens at this point in the unfold-
ing of carbon's life record. Hydrogen's melting point is
259 degrees below zero centigrade and in one octave
the winding up process of nature acts like a whiplash at
its halfway position where genero-activity and radioac-
tivity meet as equals. This effect tightens the winding
of carbon into such a dense substance that the melting
point jumps to 3600 degrees above zero in that one
octave.
Nature immediately counterbalances this accelerative
action by dropping nitrogen, the next element beyond
polBfjuinps
octave.
Nature immediately counterbalances this accelerative
action by dropping nitrogen, the next element beyond
carbon, into a gas which melts at 210 degrees below
zero centigrade. It does not recover from the gaseous
condition during the rest of its octave.
The cosmic seed of the carbon octave is helium.
Silicon is one octave older than carbon. The melting
point of silicon drops to less than one half of its younger
stage: 1420 degrees.
The cosmic seed of the silicon octave is neon.
When carbon becomes still another octave older at the
four-zero-four position of cobalt in the sixth octave, it
divides its full tone into ten split isotope tones; five on
either side. (Fig. 70)
THIS MAGNETIC· ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Carbon at this stage has lost much of its vitality and
changes its character by thus dividing it into cobalt iso-
topes. Its melting point has dropped to 1480 degrees,
which is slightly higher than the silicon stage of carbon.
Because of sharing that position with ten others it has
lost much of its true cube-sphere quality of balance
which the four-zero-four position manifests.
The evidence of that is the metallic quality of cobalt
which would be impossible in the true cube-sphere posi-
tion of four-zero-four in the octave wave.
The four-zero-four position is one of balance between
the pairs of metallic opposites such as iron and nickel,
manganese and copper, chromium and zinc or sodium
and chlorine. When any of these pairs lose their metallic
quality, such as iron and oxygen in iron rust, or sodium
the' pairs 'of metallic opposites such as' iron and nickel,
manganese and copper, chromium and zinc or sodium
and chlorine. When any of these pairs lose their metallic
quality, such as iron and oxygen in iron rust, or sodium
and chlorine in sodium-chloride, they find both rest and
balance in the stony quality of the salts; they crystallize
in the cubic system if they are equal or near equal oppo-
site pairs. Sodium-chloride is a good example. One can
see its approximately true cubes in sodium-chloride
(ordinary table salt) or in the distorted cube crystals of
sodium-iodide.
The four-zero-four position in the octaves of the ele-
ments is the position of rest where any action must end
its half cycle and begin its other half. It comes to a point
of rest before returning to a point of rest, as all actions
and reactions in nature do.
,
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
At one octave of still further aging, carbon becomes
rhodium and again climbs to its amplitude position at
four-zero-four by five efforts and descends by five
more. Rhodium is more vital than cobalt, for its melting
point is 1950 degrees. (Fig. 70)
The cosmic seed of the rhodium octave is krypton.
Great vitality is often evidenced in Nature's creations
Fig. 73
Cycle of the elements from rest to rest
after they have fully matured. The radioactive death
principle is as vital in disintegrating the body as the gen-
ero-active principle is in integrating it. That vitality is
enhanced by the opposition of the genero-active resis-
tance set up against it. Such strong, vital metals as sil-
ver, nickel, copper, tantalum, tungsten, osmium, plat-
inum and gold belong to the aging half cycles of carbon.
Tantalum is a radioactive metal which becomes so
dense because of opposition between the two electric
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
conditioners that its melting point reaches 3400 degrees
centigrade, or within two hundred degrees of carbon.
Osmium follows with a melting point of 2700 degrees
and platinum at 1755 degrees. In this octave, the violent
drop from carbon's melting point to nitrogen's melting
point at minus 210 is balanced by this corresponding
genero-active reaction.
In the next octave of carbon 's aging, the radioactive
death principle becomes more evident in lutecium. After
reaching its three position in the positive half of its
octave, it arrives at its balance position of four-zero-four
only after making thirteen efforts, as evidenced by thir-
teen isotopes including unknowns .' These are balanced
by thirteen in the negative half cycle. Among these thir-
teen is the vital tungsten, a negative metal of great com-
oh1y'aitediiaking thirteen efforts: as evidenced by thir-
teen isotopes including unknowns.' These are balanced
by thirteen in the negative half cycle. Among these thir-
teen is the vital tungsten, a negative metal of great com-
mercial value. By bombarding this metal with a suffi-
ciently high current to cause it to disintegrate, it will dis-
charge its seed of inert cosmic gases just as an oak tree
will discharge its cosmic seed in acorns.
The cosmic seed of the lutecium octave is xenon.
The cosmic seed of carbon's last octave of disappear-
ance arises from the inert gas niton. " Octaves unfold
from their past recorded seed and they must have a seed
into which their present record can refold. That principle
is absolute in Nature.
Radium and actinium evidence the going-to-seed
process of all completed cycles of growing things in a
"
!
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
strong measure. One can see this process taking place in
radium without resorting to the electrocution process
referred to as applied to tungsten.
A small telescopic instrument, the spinthariscope,
contains a needle upon which a microscopic portion of
radium has been placed in front of a fluorescent
screen. By looking through its lenses in the dark, one
can see the shedding of the cosmic seed of the slowly
dying carbon in its radium stage as the rays of those
cosmic seeds bombard the screen. The effect is beauti-
ful, like looking into the heavens on a starry night
with all of its stars twinkling into appearance and dis-
appearance as fireflies twinkle in the meadow on a
dark night.
Carbon never comes within perception at tomium, but
withall of its stars twinkling into' app-earance aiiocfis:
appearance as fireflies twinkle in the meadow on a
dark night.
Carbon never comes within perception at tomium, but
its efforts to reach tomium are evidenced in the uranium
group of isotopes, of which there are fifteen before
tomium is reached. Out of this group several have been
found and made use of, especially those from which the
atom bomb has been produced. (Fig. 70)
Radioactivity has so nearly reached its maximum at
this point that the speed of the cosmic seed shed by
these isotopes has been measured at 180,000 miles per
second, which is approximately the speed of light near-
ing its ending point at tomion where the octave again
begins at alphanon.
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
THE INERT GASES
The octaves of the elements of matter "grow" from
seed, just as all things grow from seed. From the
moment the elements unfold from their seed, they are in
a constant state of transition, from the beginning of their
cycle to the end. Elements are not fixed created things.
They are pressure conditions of light waves. Those con-
ditions of light pressures are constantly changing from
infancy to old age in the elements of matter just as they
are in the animal kingdom. The inert gases are cosmic
elements which will not combine with any other ele-
ments. They constitute the recording system of this cre-
ating universe. They surround the zero from which
motion springs and to which it returns. They represent

ments. They constitute the recording system of this cre-
ating universe. They surround the zero from which
motion springs and to which it returns. They represent
minimum motion in the wave, just as amplitudes repre-
sent maximum motion. They are the seeds of the octaves
of matter, and each octave has a different seed just as
different trees have different seeds.
Elements are waves, and waves disappear and reap-
pear. God's recording system does not allow any creat-
ing thing to disappear without recording the actions and
reactions of its stages of appearance. All states of
motion are recorded in the inert gases. In the inert gases
are the souls of their bodily manifestations in the uni-:
verse of motion. In them is desire for expression and the
patterned form of that desire.
. ,I
I'
I
,1
I
l.
I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
The cosmic inert gases fill all space between the stars
of heaven. They insulate states of motion from each
other by their balancing zero. They bring all motion into
being through the will of the Creator, true to the pattern
of desire. They are the source of balancing cosmic rays
which interchange between zero and matter. They vital-
ize matter with the omnipotence of creative desire which .
lies within the zero of these cosmic rays.
There are nine cosmic gases; the first and the last
being one. Alphanon begins the cycle and ends it. There
is no beginning and no ending.
The list of cosmic gases follows: alphanon, betanon,
gammanon, *helium, *neon, *argon, *krypton, *zenon,
and "niton."
gammanon, *helium, *neon, *argon, *krypton, *zenon,
and "niton."
SPECTRUM ANALYSIS
The known octaves which lie within the range of per-
ception are five and one half. These begin with the third,
or hydrogen 'octave, and end with the uranium group
which are isotopes of actinium and tomium in the last
octave. '
* Indicates those known.
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
The invisible octaves of finely divided matter of space
are three and one half in number. These octaves are
beyond our range of perception, but they are not beyond
our knowing,"
Light is the universal language. Through spectrum
analysis of light waves man has been able to analyze
and recognize each element when in its incandescent
stage.
By means of the spectroscope, he has been enabled to
divide light rays through its prisms into the component
parts which make up the life history of each stage of its
two-way cycle.
Each element tells the story of its entire previous
"incarnations" in other octaves, since its beginning. Any
line in one octave is repeated in the next, but shifted in
no/' +J.." __MM._M _I: _ u t. - - --
Each element tells the story of its entire previous
"incarnations" in other octaves, since its beginning. Any
line in one octave is repeated in the next, but shifted in
position because of the changing pressures of each suc-
ceeding octave.
The spectrum of hydrogen is preponderantly red. A
bright red line indicates its present octave. Other red
lines tell its past history in lower octaves.
The simple history of hydrogen, as compared to the
complex spectrum of iron, is like the history of an
obscure youth as compared to that of Napoleon.
In the spectrum analysis of iron, the lines which belong
to iron and those which tell its recent and remote history
can be seen at a glance. These lines also indicate the rela-
tive ability of the iron atom to charge or discharge.
$ILI'1N -'. C
if . "j,- ~ i f f i ;l,',;n!w :··!1I':!".----;j-
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
The elements of matter are not different substances or
different things. They are different pressure conditions
of light waves. The light units of the elements are all
alike but are differently conditioned by the electric pres-
sures exerted upon them during the inward or outward
spiral journey from zero to zero.
The unanswered mystery of how the elements become
mathematically precise octave tones, just as musical
tones or color tones of the spectrum are mathematically
precise in vibration orderliness, lies in the wave field
gyroscopic principle.
Together the eight elements of an octave form two
halves of one whole cycle of tones which ascend from
zero to the four-zero-four position of amplitude and then
descend again to zero to begin anew.
Fig. 74
Relation of tones of the elements to tones of the spectrum
The elements of matter are not different substances or
different things. They are different pressure conditions
of light waves. The light units of the elements are all
alike hut are differentlv conditioned hv the electric nre,,-
ATOMIC STRUCTURE
REMOTE
HISTORY
6944.8
6678.1
6270.4
6232.8
6137.8
60?I2
6270.4
6232.8
6137.8
6027.2
6024.2
5983.1
5934.8
5662.7
RECENT
HISTORY
6916.8
6827.8
6335.4
6230.9
6157.9
6!Q?;J
6335.4
6230.9
6157.9
6102.3
6003.2
5930.2
5701.7
5686.6
BELONGING
TO IRON
7181.8
6495.1
6380.9
5905.8
5862.5
5 ~ 5 ~ V ~
6380.9
5905.8
5862.5
5859.8
5816.5
5658.9
5555.0
5041.9
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
The visible and invisible spectrum is divided into sev-
eral thousand lines. Each line is different in its shade of
color and in its plane. Each line proves that this universe
of varying motion is a universe of varying pressures.
Wave length 7181.8 is immediately recognizable as
belonging to iron in its present octave; 6916.8 is recent
history and 6944.8 is extremely remote history. Herein
follows a partial list of lines whose wave lengths belong
to iron or to its immediate mid-tone associates, and also
other lists indicating its recent and its more remote his-
tory."
I
,I
I ',
I '

I
I
. I
\.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
This spiral journey contracts into greater pressures as
it approaches wave field amplitude positions at spiral
apices, and expands into lower ones on the return jour-
ney to spiral bases.
That two-way spiral journey of each half cycle
extends between six mirrors of still Light which com-
pose the wave field, and winds around a still shaft which
Fig. 75
Locat ions of el ement s on wav e fields are determined by
wave-fi eld mirrors
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
centers the spiral. Three of these mirrors are the mirrors
of action and three are the mirrors of reaction. (Fig. 75)
.The three of action are the inner intersection planes of
the cube and the three of reaction are the outer boundary
planes of the wave field.
All of these planes of the wave field are of zero curva-
ture, but the spiral universe which is forming within
those planes is curved. Curved planes of light act as
two-way lenses which bend light to focal points and
extend it from those focal points radially.
As the two-way spirals of forming matter extend from
the wave field center in opposite directions toward wave
field intersections, the six mirror planes of still light
focus three points of still light upon the still shaft of
each half cycle. Centers are formed at these focal points
. and negative
field intersections, the six mirror planes of still light
focus three points of still light upon the still shaft of
each half cycle. Centers are formed at these focal points
which become the one, two, three positive and negative
elements of matter by rotating gyroscopically upon the
wheels of light which act as equators for those borning
tones.
Multiplying and dividing pressures determine the den-
sity and volume of each succeeding element. The color
spectrum records these pressures as the complete history
of every element from octave to octave of the whole
nine octave cycle of the elements.
Multiplying pressures of the spiral also affect the cur-
vature of its light lenses to such an extent that the focus-
ing positions change their mathematical ratios in confor-
I :
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
mity with the acceleration of gravity and the decelera-:
tion of radiation.
The positions of focal centers of gyroscopic wheels
upon the wave shaft are thus affected as diagrammed
in Fig. 76 and Fig. 72. Each element is the square of
Fi g. 76
The oct ave gyroscopic principle
the distance to and from its succeeding one, in accor-
dance with its direction. The direction of gravity is the
inverse square, and the opposite direction is the direct
square.
The volume of each succeeding element is likewise
affected directly and inversely as the cube.
'"1'70
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Six of the eight gyroscopic wheels of the whole octave
are thus accounted for by geometric projection of two-
way opposed lights through each other, from two sets of
three mirror boundary fields. The fourth double tone is
formed at the rest point where eight cube wave fields
meet. This is the point of rest which is known as the
center of gravity in earths or suns-where motion and
curvature cease.
The completed sphere thus becomes a section of eight
adjoining wave fields and revolves around that point of
rest upon the wave shaft where the two half cycles of
the wave meet.
For this reason the four-zero-four position is one of
balance in which the yellow of orange is the dominating
color of one of its two gyroscopic wheels and the yellow
C'p.ntp.Tf":ti hv urhltp
For this reason the four-zero-four position is one of
balance in which the yellow of orange is the dominating
color of one of its two gyroscopic wheels and the yellow
of green is the other, centered by white.
At the two points upon the still shaft of the turning
sphere where the shaft penetrates its surface are the
magnetic poles of still Light which control the balance
of each sphere's turning. One of these is the north mag-
netic pole which controls the winding of the sphere into
density by centripetal electric force, and the other is the
south magnetic pole which controls its unwinding cen-
trifugally into space."
In a sphere such as our nearly mature sun, these
magnetic poles are practically upon the sun's pole of
rotation, but upon ablating planets, such as our earth,

I

,
I
I.
I
I ,
I:
• . ./#
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
the magnetic poles are removed from that pole of rota-
tion in accordance with the measure of the earth's
oblateness.
The elements of matter are miniature stellar systems.
Every principle and law which applies to one applies to
the other. This solar system is a gyroscopic wheel in the
position which iron occupies in the elemental series.
When it spirals a little further it will correspond to a car-
bon atom.11 The sun will then be a true sphere and its
new planets will also be true spheres.
The gyroscopic principle accounts for that law of
Nature which causes like elements to seek each other.
All decomposing compounds are sorted out, element by
element, gyroscopically.
The efforts of man to transmute one element into
MRt}n;r.mnst
All decomposing compounds are sorted out, element by
element, gyroscopically.
The efforts of man to transmute one element into
another must be governed by this principle, and not
upon the theory that another substance will be obtained
by "knocking out one electron." It makes no difference
how many planets there are in a solar or atomic system
in so far as its "substance" as an element is concerned.
One or more added or subtracted would not change the
element into another substance any more than one or
more children would affect the nationality of their par-
ents.
Transmutation will become simplified by observing
that the plane of gyration, in relation to amplitude, and
the speed of revolution of the gyroscopic wheel upon its
THI S MAGNETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
still shaft, will alone change volume by either multiply-
ing or dividing density.
Great possibilities in new metals lie in the proper
application of this principle.
THE SHAPE OF THE UNIVERSE
This ageless universe has no shape. It has a seeming
infinite extension, but that extension is a reflected one.
This electric universe of two-way extended light is but a
series of mirrors which reflect into each other through
curved lenses. Its seeming extension might be likened to
a light within a mirror-bound room.
One light within such a mirrored enclosure would
seemingly extend infinitely, but the light thus mirrored
CUl'Vl!L7(;1&lt;:s."1\W
a light within a mirror-bound room.
One light within such a mirrored enclosure would
seemingly extend infinitely, but the light thus mirrored
would be the same light. The reflected extension would
have no reality.
The idea of continuity or discontinuity is based upon
mirrored effect of an initial Cause. Continuity infers
time. Time is but one of the effects which constitutes
this universe. Time flows two ways, but the senses
detect only the forward flow. They cannot detect the
backward flow which cancels out the forward flow.
Time is as unreal as the wave universe is unreal.
What is true in principle of one wave is true of all
waves. Each wave is a two-way reflected extension of an
equilibrium zero which we call a vibration. Vibrations
,I
,
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
appear, disappear and reappear from their source of rest
to manifest idea which is existent alone in rest. Just as
the vibration of one wave disappears into its zero of uni-
versal stillness, so do all vibrations disappear into .the
universal zero of stillness. This zero universe of vibrat-
ing waves can have no shape other than a seeming one.
THE VOIDING PRINCIPLE
This is a zero universe of seeming mechanical motion
of force exerted in a seeming three-dimensional uni-
verse.
Every action of any nature begins with zero, counts up
to nine, to end and begin again at zero. Beyond nine it
cannot go, but up to nine it must go. Nine is universal.
Nine is universal because it is the wave field num-
h"metfyaJL7bh'0\tJwy"iJ'AThrtfBt!gOO
to nine, to end and begin again at zero. Beyond nine it
cannot go, but up to nine it must go. Nine is universal.
Nine is universal because it is the wave field num-
ber-the eight of the cube centered by the zero of gravi-
ty in the sphere.
Our decimal system is based upon the wave field of
the cube sphere. It is as follows:
0-1 -2-3-4-0-4-3-2-1- 0
equals 10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10
The musical scale and the spectrum of Nature
correspond to the wave field tones. They are as
follows:
musical 0-1-2-3-4- 0-4-3-2-1-0
tones do - re - mi - fa - sol - rest - sol - fa - mi - re - do
(Keynote) (Overtone) (Keynote)
spectrum black red red orange yellowwhite yellowgreen blue blue black
tones violet violet
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Fig. 75 demonstrates this fact. The three centering
planes are centered by zero. All intersections of these
planes add up to eight. Eight, centered by their zero
source, equals nine. Likewise the cube itself adds up to
eight by counting the intersections of its six faces. Also
there are eight directions of action and eight of reaction;
each eight being four pairs, which are nine by adding
the centering zero.
Nine is the three times three of length, breadth and
height extended from zero. The length, breadth and
height of any expression is two extended zeros centered
by zero. (Fig. 2, p. 219)
Length and breadth are static, for they are both on
equipotential levels. Height is dynamic, for it is radial.
The universal nine of matter and space is three mirrors
u . 11
Length and breadth are static, for they are both on
equipotential levels. Height is dynamic, for it is radial.
The universal nine of matter and space is three mirrors
of rest, centered by rest, from which all three extend at
rightangles to each other, each mirroring itself into the
other. (Fig. 75)
The universal nine of the octave is four pairs of
opposite pressures extending diagonally from zero
which centers the cube to eight zeros which corner the
cube. (Fig. 75)
The measure of extension from zero to zero is
desire for extension. Desire for extension from zero
to zero is energy in zero. Energy extended from zero
to zero is manifested by pressures of desire equally
multiplied and divided-equally added and subtracted
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Fi g. 77
Opposi t e ac t i ons s i mult ane o us ly vo id eac h other
INNER ARROWS
INDICATE THE
DIRECTION
Of' INCREASING
INTEGRATION
INNER ARROWS ....
INDICATE THE
DIRECTION
Of' INCREASING
INTEGRATION
OUTER ARROWS
INDICATE THE
DIRECTION
OF INCREASING
DISINTlGRATION
But what about our senses? Our senses tell us other-
wise. Our senses are inadequate. They deceive us might-
ily. And that is good, else the play of Creation could not
be played. The senses .record but little of the whole. If
Thinking is the imagined action and reaction of motion
mirroredfrom zero of rest to zero of rest.
This is a still universe of the Light of knowing. In it is
no activity.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
-equally credited and debited-and equally and
oppositely conditioned. The sum of all these balanced
effects is zero. (Fig. 75)
Zero pressures equally multiplied and divided are
manifested by the action and reaction of motion.
Motion is a projection of the opposed energy pressures
of desire from within a centering zero to the extended
mirrors of rest, which measure desire and mirror it
back to rest in the centering zero as expressed desire.
The sum of dually reflected motion thus expressed is
zero.
Zero thus extended by action to fulfill desire for
expression, and simultaneously mirrored back to mani-
fest the fulfillment of expressed desire, is all there is to
this universe of rest. Zero multiplied or divided-added
or 9
T

expression, and simultaneously mirrored back to mani-
fest the fulfillment of expressed desire, is all there is to
this universe of rest. Zero multiplied or divided-added
or subtracted--extended or retracted -results in zero.
This is a zero universe in all effects of motion-a seem-
ing universe in time and sequence -and a mirage uni-
verse of imagined form.
It is a universe of two negations which simultaneously
cancel each other and sequentially repeat the cancelling
of their negations to create the illusion that zero can be
multiplied-or divided-or added to -or subtracted
from-to create a reality which never is nor can
become. (Fig. 75)
That is what Creationis. It is the imaginingof knowing.
Knowing is Light. Light is still. Imagining is thinking.
, I
I
!I·
I!
I,
, I
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
the senses could but see the whole there would be no
play. The senses record motion alone for the senses
themselves are but motion. Motion is an illusion which
only seems. It has no being.
The senses do not know, but man believes that his
senses do know-and in that belief lies man's confu-
sion.
The senses, being but motion, sense moving things
and moving light mirrored as moving things. They sense
the forward movement of an airplane piling up compres-
sion ahead of it-but they do not record the mirrored
invisible counterpart of that plane--equal to it in poten-
tial and speed-moving backward into a vacuum behind
the plane which simultaneously voids the compression
ahead of it.
mVisibie counterpart"ofthat plane-s-equal to itin poten-
tial and speed-moving backward into a vacuum behind
the plane which simultaneously voids the compression
ahead of it.
This inadequacy of the senses to record the backward
flow of forward moving things--causes the illusions of
sequence and of time.
In Fig. 77 this principle, diagrammed by arrows
extending two ways from every element in the whole
known series, indicates that integration is simultaneous-
ly balanced by disintegration. No time interval elapses
between the debiting of any credit extended to opposites
in Nature.
Fig. 78 diagrams all matter as pairs of opposite condi-
tions. Each line is connected with its opposite mate.
Each of the pair is a negation of the other one. Each pair
THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE
Fig . 78
This universe of matter is composed of pairs of negations
which never exceed zero
is conditioned as the two tanks of air in Fig. 18 and the
storage battery in Fig. 19, on page 231, are conditioned.
Each one of these elemental pairs is an equal and oppo-
site mirrored extension from a centering zero fulcrum.
The fulcrum of all effect is the One Light of
God.
THE SECRET OF LIGHT
GODALONE IS-INMAN-AND INALL THINGS
"Every action is voided as it occurs, is repeated as it
is voided, and recorded as it is repeated. "
-From THE DIVINE ILIAD
NOTES
1. Walter Russell shows here that sensed observation can result in incom-
plete vision and incomplete scientific laws. He points out that Newton
based his law of gravitation on his observation of what gravity did to an
apple, while admitting he did not know what gravity was. Newton did
not whole cycle of the apple in time "falling" up to the heav-
ens as It disintegrates and reverses potential.
Walter Russell states that Newton's mathematical formulae, written to
prov.e that moon wo.uldfall into the earth if its motion were stopped,
applies to every satellite, planet and star in the heavens as well as to
eve!)' e,!ectron in every none of are falling 'into their pri-
manes. Walter Russell implies that Newton s laws of gravitation were
incomplete: It is from the Russell cosmogony that the moon can
never stop Its motion, nor can any of the other bodies that move around
their. st?P They do not fall because they are always
see.king and fmdmg, losmg and refinding their potential positions in
their movements. If they were to stop their motion, they and all the Uni-
verse would disappear. If they were to stop their orbital motion and
move inward .or outward, to or from their primary, there would be a
counterbalancmg movement from their primary to balance this change
of pattern unto the furthermost reaches of the Universe.
In.A Ne,:", of the Universe (pp. 50-52), Walter Russell takes up
!hls agam. He Newton concluded the moon has weight
m relatlO? to the earth similar to how a cannon ball has weight to the
earth' , ThIS that the moon had to have an "initial impulse" to
keep It rotatmg around the earth to keep it from falling into it. Russell
concluded that Newton's belief that weizht is a fixed property of matter
VL !,,,,,em UOlU me runnermosr reacnes orme universe.
In A New Concept of the Universe (pp. 50-52), Walter Russell takes up
!his again. He Newton concluded the moon has weight
m relaliO? to the earth Similar to how a cannon ball has weight to the
earth', This that the moon had to have an "initial impulse" to
keep It rotatmg around the earth to keep it from falling into it. Russell
that Newton's.belief that weight is a fixed property of matter
mstead of an ever changmg property of ever changing polarity was the
.of observation. See reference to this note on page 46 in
this thud edition of The Secret ofLight .
2. in all of later writings spoke of gravity as being a
thrustmg mward from Without. For example, in Atomic Suicide? this
concept is expressed in various ways, as on page 134: "Bear in mind the
fact you .are compressing from the outside inward, " and on page
There IS no force of any nature which holds it together by an
pull. does not attract nor does it repel. It compresses
within a vacuum. He also expresses this idea on pages 89, 104-105,
138-139, and 145. In the Home Study Course this idea is expressed on
page 719: "The word 'magnetism' is also unjustifiable. The word
VITY !'e used instead, for gravity both multiplies and
divides by thrusting inward from without to compress and outward from
within to expand." This viewpoint is explored in considerable detail on
pages 719, 724-727, and 733-735 of the Home Study Course.
On page 10 of A New Concept Of The Universe Russell says "One of
these two electric conditions thrusts inward toward a center to create a
NOTES
centripetal vortice to simulate gravity. On the other side of the dividing
equator , the other condition thrusts outward from a center to create a
centrifugal vortice to simulate vacuity. " On page 40 the idea is
expressed as, "An outward explosion compresses in advance of the
direction of the action and simultaneously evacuates in the opposite
direction. The following half of the cycle is in reverse. The evacuated
condition becomes a compressed 2ne, and the compressed condition
becomes an evacuated one." This idea is expressed directly and implied
in many other pages. throughout A New Concept Of The Universe. See
references to this note on pages 149, 185, 189,226, and 227 in this edi-
tion of The Secret ofLight.
3. All motion-whether electric, light wave, or any kind of motion-
always occurs between a cathode and an anode. Movement from cath-
ode to anode occurs in an inward bound, centripetally directed manner
towards more density and greater mass at the anode. All motion in this
direction is compressive and contracting. Movement from anode to cath-
ode occurs in an outward bound, centrifugally directed manner towards
greater tenuity at the cathode. All motion from anode to cathode is
extensive and expanding. Reference to this note appears on page 167.
4. Editors' note regarding the nine octave periodic chart (as of 1994.)
. There were elements predicted by Wa,lter Russell as unknowns in his
1926 charts that were discovered prior to this date that he was unaware
of. These elements, their discovery dates and octave positions are:
Hafnium (1923) in the eighth octave at the third locking point , thir-
positio?-.o?- !,Iue sl.'tlctral RheD;il!m (192,5)
4. Editors' note regarding the nine octave periodic chart (as of 1994.)
. There were elements predicted by Wa,lter Russell as unknowns in his
1926 charts that were discovered prior to this date that he was unaware
of. These elements, their discovery dates and octave positions are:
Hafnium (1923) in the eighth octave at the third locking point, thir-
teenth isotopic position on the blue spectral side; and Rhenium (1925)
in the eighth octave, third locking point, tenth isotopic position on the
blue spectral side.
Protactinium was discovered in 1917 and Walter Russell named this as
Uranium XII in his 1926 charts. This element occurs in the ninth octave,
third locking point , second isotopic position on the red spectral side.
There were elements predicted by Walter Russell in his 1926 charts that
were subsequently discovered after 1926 and before publication of The
Secret Of Light in 1947 ·whose discovery at that time he was still
unaware of. These elements, their dates of discovery and octave posi-
tions are: Technetium (1937), seventh octave, third locking point, fourth
isotopic position on the red spectral side ; Francium (1939), ninth
octave, first locking point, on the red spectral side; and Astatine (1940),
eighth octave wave, first locking point on the blue spectral side.
Note that each octave runs from inert gas keynote to the next inert gas
keynote with the amplitude element at the center of each octave. For
instance, gammanon is the keynote for the hydrogen octave with hydro-
gen as the amplitude element, so the octave runs from gammanon
through carbogen and helionon to helium as the next carbon octaves
!;
I
.
NOTES
keynote. The octaves are designated by the vertical brackets to the sides
of the element names and the amplitude elements are designated by
their names and the horizontal lines running through these amplitude
positions. Reference to this note appears on page 262.
5. There are thirteen isotopes, if you consider and count the unknown ele-
ment between neodymium and samarium on the positive or male, red
half of the cycle; and there are thirteen isotopes on the negative or
female blue half of the cycle counting the two unknown isotopes
between lutecium and tantalum and between tungsten and osmium and
if you also count two more isotopes that Walter Russell says in a note at
the right side of these isotopes must exist between lead and bismuth.
See reference to this note on page 269.
6. Niton, discoveredin 1908, is now known as radon. See pages 269 and 272.
7. The visible octaves may be considered to be five and one half in num-
ber if one ignores the three known elements of the third octave; and the
unknown and invisible elements of the last half of the ninth octave. The
last half of the ninth octave is considered to be part of the first, invisi-
ble, space octaves. It precedes the first full octave which begins with the
keynote inert gas alphanon. See page 272.
8. The invisible space octaves beyond our range of present perception may
be considered three and one half in number: if one considers 1) the last
half of the ninth octave to be part of the first, invisible, space octaves,
and 2) all of the third octave elements to be unknown, though only four
elements are yet undiscovered. The last half of the ninth octave includes
the elements tomion, alberton, blacton, and boston. The four yet
keynote inert gas alphanon. See page 1./1..
8. The invisible space octaves beyond our range of present perception may
be considered three and one half in number: if one considers 1) the last
half of the ninth octave to be part of the first, invisible, space octaves,
and 2) all of the third octave elements to be unknown, though only four
elements are yet undiscovered. The last half of the ninth octave includes
the elements tomion, alberton, blacton, and boston. The four yet
unknown elements of the third octave are carbogen, luminon, halanon,
and helionon. The three known elements of this octave are hydrogen,
ethlogen (deuterium) and bebegen (tritium.) See page 273.
9. Walter Russell's reference source for the spectral lines for iron came
from An introduction To The Study Of Spectral Analysis in the Cata-
logue of Spectra, pages 185-206. Authored by W. Marshall Walts D.Sc.,
B.Sc. F.I.C. , published in 1904 by Longmans Green and Company,
London, and printed by William Glowes And Sons, Limited, London.
Present scientific texts have different standards and different spectral
readings for iron. See reference to this note on page 274 of this book.
10. In all other places in his works, Walter Russell speaks of the north and
south magnetic poles as both being charging poles that wind the sphere
into density by centripetal force. He also later removed the term mag-
netism in relation to what we normally call the magnetic field, saying
that this too was electric motion. On page 30 of A New Concept of the
Universe Russell says, "Radiation is an electric effect. It is not magnet-
ic." And again on the same page he says, "There are no magnetic lines
NOTES
of force in Nature." The term magnetism was reserved for the "still-
ness" of the "Zero universe of mind knowing."
On page 27 of A New Concept of the Universe Russell says, "These two
points of stillness where electric motion reverses from one opposite pres-
sure condition to the other are what science calls magnetic poles. The
office of magnetic poles is to balance and control all electrically-divided
motion in the universe. . . . All electrically-divided matter, ... is controlled
by a still centering point of magnetic light." In this view all effects that
science normally calls electric and magnetic he chose to call electric.
This corresponded to his change in describing gravity. He also named
electricity and gravity as One. He called gravity both the inward and the
outward directed electric motion, saying it was a thrusting inward from
without and a thrusting outward from within. See note number one.
In this way he unifies what is normally called gravity, radiation, elec-
tricity and magnetism as the same entity or process. In one phase it is
inward bound, compressing, heating, charging and contracting; in the
other it is outward bound, extending, cooling, discharging, and expand-
ing. On page 715 of the Home Study Course , the Russells say, "Cre-
ation must henceforth be looked upon as AN OPTICAL UNIVERSE
OF GRAVITY CONTROLLED LIGHT... "
On page 31 of A New Concept of the Universe he says, "The curvature
of gravitation is centripetal. It is controlled by the north-south magnetic
poles." And, on the same page he continues with, "The system of radial
curvature is centrifugal. It is controlled by two as-yet-unknown magnet-
ic poles which will amply be described later as east-west poles."
M'Q nn nono '")70
On page 31 of A New Concept of the Universe he says, "The curvature
of gravitation is centripetal. It is controlled by the north-south magnetic
poles." And, on the same page he continues with, "The system of radial
curvature is centrifugal. It is controlled by two as-yet-unknown magnet-
ic poles which will amply be described later as east-west poles."
Therefore, we could rewrite the sentences this note refers to on page 279
of The Secret OfLight as follows: At the two points upon the still shaft
of the turning sphere where the shaft penetrates its surface are the north-
south magnetic poles of still Light , which along with the east-west
equipotential circumferential poles of still magnetic Light, control the
balance of the sphere's turning. The north-south magnetic poles control
the winding of the sphere into density by centripetally directed genera-
tive, electric force of gravity, and the east-west poles control its unwind-
ing by the centrifugally directed radiative, electric force of gravity."
In this way the statement conforms to his later vision of how he termed
magnetism, radiation, and generation: Magnetism resides in the stillness
of the zero point center of the pole-shaft (the still magnetic Light of
Mind); radiation exhibits the outward electric thrust of gravity; and
eration exhibits the inward electric thrust of gravity. Reference to this
note appears on page 279.
11. Afterspiraling further, ironwill correspond to a oobahatom in thecarbonampli-
tude position. Seepage 280.
"
I
, ,
A
acceleration of gravity 165. 278
accelerar: ivc action 266
action of any nature begins with zero 282
action, centripetal 145
action, eight directi ons of 283
action. mirrors of 277
action , outward explosive 228
actions. voluntary andinvoluntary 57
age of the universe 46
ageless universe 281
amplitude 129. 144. 158. 166. 188. 222,
223. 240. 265. 268, 27 1. 275. 276.
280
amplitudes represent maximummotion
271
anode 166.167
anticlockwise 2SI
art is balanced. art is simple 104
art ofmusic 40
atmosphere 119.120.170
atom xi. 23. 46. 68, 76.168.21 7.220.
222. 270, 273 . 275. 280
atom bomb 220. 270
atom, carbon 280
atomic 168.222. 275. 280
atomic structure 275
atomic system 168. 280
attract 14. 119; 153. ISS, 156, 157. 194.
235
ATTRACT, MAlTER IS POWERLESS
TO 155
attri butes of matter 24S
awareness is KNOWING 72
awareness of observed effects. Electric
56
awareness of the Light of the universal
Self 90, 206
awarenessof the Spirit 23. 89
awareness., new 5
' . c ~ , •• . •• . _• . n u _ _ .-
ATTRACT, MAlTER IS POWERLESS
TO 155
attributes of matter 245
awarenessis KNOWING 72
awareness of observed effects, Electri c
56
awareness of the Light of the universal
Self 90,206
awareness of the Spirit 23, 89
awareness, new 5
axis 85,108, 129. 158. 166.228.249
axis of a cone centers the coee 249
axis. rotation upon 85
axis, wave 129,166
B
backward flow of forward moving things
286
balanceeveryunha1anccd action 108
baIana:has been attained by ...t 120
balance in the universe tOO
balance in voidance 131
Balance is the foundation of the universe
106
BALANCE is the princ iple of unity 106
balance . cube· sphere quality of 267
balance, four-z.ero-four posi tion is one of
267.279
BALANCED IN11!RCHANGE 2. lOS,
106,107. 109. 150, 188.21g
balanced orbit 107
balancing cos mic rays, source of 272
battery 119.120.157,182, 23 1. 232, 233,
234. 237, 287
Beaut y 8, 30, 31. 47
being in the light 27
Being, In Light is 98
Being, Universe of 211
Bible refers to cosmic-conscious
experience T1
BIRTH OF WAVE FIELDS 220
black boles 127, 189
black lillht Cj:\_20? '20' _2&7
INDEX
bodies are formed by freezing and voided
by melting 224
bodies, consciousness is never in 72
body cell s alone will work from the
memoryof purpose given to them 69
body cell s areelectrically aware of their
mechanistic purposes 62
body is not Self 36
body's relation ship to the universe 35
body. electric baneriesofthe 73
body, heal ing process of the 68
bl1lin 3.4.5. 23.34.42.45,56,57.58,
72, 76, 164
brain, electric recordi ng mechanism 57
BRAIN. FUNCTION OF THE 56
breathes , universe as a whole 177
_ing 11.62, 99,100.109, 120. 127.
173; 174. 176, 177. 178. 204 . 212,
226. 233, 238
busi ness failures 107
c
carbon 168.170. 222 . 247,260.264,265,
266, 267. 268. 269. 270. 280
Carbon alone crystallizes in true cube 265
cathode 166. 167
CAUSE AND EFFECT 15,67
cell 3, 4. 17, 25. 31, 43. 45, 58. 62, 65.
67,69,72. 74,168.175. 189,202.
232, 234, 237, 284
center of gravity 154,163,170,228, 229.
236. 279
centeri ng fulcrum of knowled ge 38
centeri ng Self 4, 5. 15
centering zero 283. 284, 287
centers , harmo nic 221
centrifugal 123,145. 227,241 .246.247.
248 , 250, 25 I, 258. 279
centrifugal force 25 I
centrifugal reaction 145
232. 234.237,284
center of gravity 154,163.170.228, 229.
236.279
centeri ng fulcrum of knowledge 38
centeri ng Self 4,5. 15
centering zero 283. 284. 287
centers , harmonic 221
centrifugal 123, 145.227.24 1. 246. 247,
248, 250, 25 I , 258. 279
centrifugal force 25I
centrifugal reaction 145
Centrifugal spirals 246. 247. 248
cenlripetal 123. 145. 227.241.246.247.
248. 250. 258 . 279
centripetal electric force 279
centripetal spil1lls 246 . 247, 248
centripetal spirals wind light waves into
spheres 246
Change, illus ion of the senses due to
motioo 78
charge 72.73. 118, 119, 120. 123. 124.
153.165,166.167.176. 182, 226,
23 I, 235, 248, 269. 273
charging the earth 167
chemistry 36. 136
children 110,134,140. 174.200.201.
207.280
CLOCK, COSMIC 209
clockwise spiral is always a clockwise
spiral 250
cold cube wave -fields of space 124
cold dark space 241 .
cold gene rates 188
cold of space 188, 259
cold space 170. 188. 189,212
cold space will bore a black hole through
the sun 189
cold, heat from cokl by compressing 126
coldness, black 223
college degrees 59
color 15. SO. 51, 79, 168. 179.259,260.
274.275, 277, 279
color spectrum 5 1,259.260,277
color tones 275
_ _ • ~ t: _ L. ~ , . .
compression, compressing 109,119, 1'lS,
126.127. 135, 136. 156, 165, 173.
177, 188. 194.222.227.230.231,
239, 286
compressi on and expansion 109,119,
135.222.231
compression and expansioncannot unite
to become one 135
compression is born from expansion 125
comp ression. male condi tion is one of
136
compressive direction of gravity 239
concave 244
concentrate, concentration 49.68,69,244
concentrative thinking 144
concept xii, 31, 38. 39, 157.200,206
concept must precede its manifestation 31
conductivity 245
COO< 234, 235. 236 . 237. 245. 249
confusion 23.43.71 . 163, 164
conic symmetry 234
conscious , assume that bodies ceaseto be
72
consciousness 2,3,4,5,18,20,22. 23,
25.27. 28, 34, 35. 45. 58. 7 1. 72, 260
consciousness is never in bodies 72
consciousness. mistaking sensation and
thinking for 7 1
continuity 2,61 .83,106,281
continu ity of the universe 106
contracted mass 183
contracti ng toward stillness 156
coetracnon 163.167. 187. 188.245,251,
264
contrac tion supposedl y heats 187
contraction. Gene ration must precede
187
convex 244
cools. expansion 187, 188
cooperation with God 69
COSMIC CLOCK 209
contracted mass 183
contracting toward stillness 156
contraction 163. 167. 187. 188.245,251,
264
contracti on supposedl y heats 187
contracti on. Ge neration must precede
Ig7
convex 244
cools, expansion 187, 188
cooperation with God 69
COSMIC CLOCK 209
Cos mic Consciousness 27, 28
cosmic clcme nts which will not combine
with any other elements, inert gases
an: 271
cosmos 27, 33. 34
Creation 3, 6. 12. 13, 16, 19. 23, 30, 31.
37.51,52,65,67.68.69.77.79. 1f3.
85.98,99, 106, 108, 110, 112, 114.
118,11 9.121 .132,149.155.174.
196.197.2(\1 .223,249,268.284.
285
CREATION, SUNS ARE THESEEDS
OF 201
Creati on, symbo l of 83
Creator xii , 10. 12, 19.32.37,45,65.67.
69.89, 108. 113. 115. 136. 173. 177.
179,199.201.202,203. 223.228,
239,249.264,272
CREATOR AND CREATION 12
credits and debits balance each other 128
crests become trough s 108
crystallization. cube 222
crystal s have indi viduality, Spirals and
248
cube 124.174,212.217. 221,222. 223.
224. 225, 226 , 234. 246, 247. 248.
265.267.277,278,279.282.283
cube and sphere are one 223
cube boundary planes 247
cube crystallization 222
cube is bom from the sphere 223
cubesphere 282
cUbe.:.•S atbon alone crystallizes in true
.'
cube-sphere 212,222, 265 , 267
cube -sphere quality of balance 267
cubes. Centrifugal spirals unwind spheres
into 246
cubes. crystal forms and shapes 224, 248
cubes . element'! which crystallize as 265
cubes, invisible 174
cubes , mother -light of cold - 223
cubes , one ness of spheres and 248
current. electric 4, 6 J. 72. 160. 167. 173,
23 1,232,233,248,259
curvature xii, 153, 162, 169,219,220,
225,235,243,245,264, tn.279
Curvature ends at planes of zero curvature
162
Curvature of light wave axes 245
curvatureof space x.i i
cycle of the eleme nts 277
cycl e of tones 275
cycle , fundamentals of every 119
cycle. inbrealhi ng-outbrealhi ng 204
CYCLE, TEMPERATURE 188
cycles of appearance, disappearance and
reappearance 204
cycles of idea in nine lesse r cycles 264
cycles, going-to-seed process of all
completed 269
cycles. wave 162. 173. 197
Cyclones 255
D
dartness of space is radiated from two
incandescent rivers of white light 241
dawn of consciousness 45
dead 120,182, 191, 197,204, 233
Death is !he seed of life 192
death principle. radioactive 268, 269
DEATII, TIlERE IS NO 7,9,49,147,
190, 195, 196,206
.. ...... . U "' 6'Y'., .. nnc .., e
D
darkness of space is radiated from two
incandescent rivers of white light 241
dawn of consciousness 4S
dead 120, 182,191,197,204,233
Death is the seed of life 192
deathprinciple, radioactive 268,269
DEATII , TIlERE IS NO 7,9,49, 147,
190, 195, 196, 206
DEATII, WHAT HAPPENS AmR
199
decay 6, 123, 163, 173
decelerat ion 166,278
decenlrale 41, 49, 244
decentl'ation to the One Light 3S
decentrative thinking 144
decimal system is based upon the wave
field of the cube sphere 282
decisions, experiences in 66
degenerative process of Nature is
radiation 226
density 125, 165, 245, 258, rn. 279, 281
desire for balance 86, 115, 120, 134, 139
desire for division of the One into many
divided ones 99
DESIRE FOR REST FOLLO WS
DESIRE FOR MOTION 128
desire for rest from actionthroug h
decentrative thinking 144
Desire in Mind is electrically expressed
57
Desire in the Light of Mind 113
desire in the seed is soul in the seed 98
desire in unbalanced matter 120
Desire is not in the brai n 57
Desire is the cause of all motion 57
Desire is the motivating force of all
Creation 65
desire of God 220
desires, manifesta tion of God's two
opposing 106
DESIRES , TWO ELECTRIC 144
die bv the swo rd 89
INDEX
dimen sion 13, 18, 46, 85, 184, 203 , 205,
219, 223, 228, 260, 282
direct ion 18,67,78,85, 119, 135, 136,
149,163, 165,1 67, 174, 179, 22 1,
223,237,239,240,244,250,258,
277,278,283
directioned motion 18
di scharge 73,118,123,124,165, 167,
176, 182,226.231.269,273
discharging in excess of its charge 167
discontinuity, idea of continuity or 28 1
disi ntegrates 127, 156, 164,251
disintegration, integration is
simultaneously balanced by 286
DISOBEDIENCE, MAN MUST PAY
FOR 107
dividing pressures, Multiplying and 277
divis ion 53,85,99, lOS, 119, 125, 130,
156, 165, 190, 20 1, 219, 226, 236
downhill flow of energy 175, 176, 227,
228
dual , universe is 239,243
DUALITY, SEEMING 14
dynamic condition of sound 135, 136
dynamic equator 234 , 23S
dynamic, Height is 283
E
EARTIl IS WEIGIITLESS, OUR
BALANCED 183
earth ' s equatorial region. plane of ou r
182
earth' s oblateness 280
ea rth, balance of the 107
earth, conical measurement on the 245
earth, moon was born from a ring from
253
earth. sun charges the 124
earth, sun is reproduci ng icsown
____r.nndition on the 169
BALANCED 183
earth 's equatorial region. plane of our
182
earth's oblateness 280
earth, balance of the 107
earth , conical measurement on the 245
earth, moon was born from a ring from
253
earth. sun charges the 124
earth, sun is reproduci ng its own
condition on the 169
earthquake, panemof an 2SO
eas t 26,60,94,96, 102, 127, 135, 195,
216,221 ,240
Easrand West do not opposeeach other
240
east is less west 127
Easl-West sphericalplane s 240
ecstasy 25,28,29, 30
effect, fulcrumof all 287
effects of motion xi, 18, 43, 46,1 24, 145,
225, 249, 284
effects of motion, wave line which
recordsall 249
eight directions of action 283
eight elements of an octave 275
electric awareness 3, 43, 56, 61, 62
ELECTRIC AWARENESS IS
UNIVERS AL 62
ELECTRIC CONDmONS, TWO
OPPOSITE 230 •
electriccurrent 4, 61,72, 160, 167, 173,
231, 232, 233, 248, 259
electric currentis Impossible'In an
equilibri um condhion 61
electric current, Pain is 72
electriccurre nt, principleofche 23 1
ELECTRIC DIRECTIONS, TWO
OPPOSITE 239
electric potential 139,181 ,182, 184, 185,
245
electric potential, measure of 182
electric pressures 119,136,184,275
elec tric vortex
• • • • ," ... '1( I i/;. '20 All "-'7
electrical vortices 235
electrically echoed 52
electrically oscillati ng 4
electrici ty xi, 14,44,47, SO, 52, 57, 114,
120, 123,1 24, 139,141 , 144,148,
149, 156,189,230
ELECTR ICITY DEFINED 139
Electricity is forever winding light up into
hOIspheres 124
Electricity is the motivat ive force
electricity, Negative 123,124, 148, 149,
189, 230
electricity. Positive 123, 124, 148
electrici ty, vacuity of negative - 148
electro-negative, Cent rifugal spirals are
247
electro- positive, Centripetal spirals are
247
electrocunon process 270
electron 23,46,62,164,165,167, 176,
225, 248, 280
electron, proton horns!he 176
electronic syste ms 248
element cells the storyof its entire
previous "incarnations" in other
octaves 273
element, volume of each succeeding 2n,
278
elemental atoms xi
elemental pairs 287
eleme ntal series 280
elemental tones. octave of 266
elements become mathematical ly precise
octave tones, mystery of how the
275
elements of an octave, eight 275
element.s of matte r 157,1 68, 240, 259,
263,264,271,275, rn,280
elements of matter are miniature stellar
systems 280
eleme nts of matter , positive and negative
elemeiiflll senes .lOU
elemental Cones, octave of 266
elements become mathematical ly precise
octave tones, mystery of how the
275
elements of an octave, eight 275
element. s of matte r 157,168,240,259,
263 , 264, 27 1, 275, 277, 280
elements of matter are miniature stellar
systems 280
elements of maue r, positive and negative
2n
eleme nts which crystal lize as cubes 265
elements, cycl e of the 277
eleme nts, nine octave cycle of the 277
empirical knowledge 44, 45
energy xi, 30, 41, 113, 114, 173, 175,
176, I n , 187, 226, 227, 228 , 229,
233 ,249,283,284
Energy extended from zero to zero 283
energy in zero 283
energy, disintegrating princi ple of
downhi ll flow of 228
energy , downhill flow of 175, 228
energy, downhill flow of expressed 176
energy, expressions of - spring from rest
114
energy, gravitalion 176
energy, integrati ng principle of uphill
flow of 227
energy, Radiation is known as radiant
175
energy, source of the sun's renewi ng 187
engine, piston in an 174
equal givi ng 106, lOS, ISO
equal opposite 122,127,259,267
equal press ure 184, 231, 244
equator 75,84,127,136, 149, 154,182,
183, 184, 188, 233, 234, 235, 241,
247,249,250,251,277
equator, dynamic 234,235
equator, static 136, 183, 184, 233 , 234,
235,249,2S0
equators , disintegration aI: 25 I
NllllltOML foreve r chanaina pote nt ial of
equators, suns ' 24 1
equilibri um 13,61,1 15,119,132; 175,
184,219,222,230,231,233,281
equipote ntial orbits 248
equipotential plane of pressure 182
ete mal life 6, 48; 115, 190, 195, 206
ETERNAL QUESTION I
eternal , silence is 135
Eternity 7,98,214
evil 9,94,218
Evil is a product of man's thinking 218
evol ution, epochal adva ncement in man' s
89
exha ling 190
expanded mass 183
expanding and rising toward cok1,
Cool ing air is 157
expanding from st illness 156
expanding universe 175
expan sion can never compress 125
expansion cools 187, 188
expansi on into nothingness 24
expan sion is born from compression 115
expansion poi nt of res t 173
expansion stroke of the universal piston
177
expan sion, compression and 109, 119,
135,222,231
expansi on, fema le is one of 136
expansion, universa l In
experiment and observation 45
explosion 220, 221, 231
expre ssion of force 182, 243
expressionofpower 38,114,116
expre ssion of power in wave s is not power
114
expressio n of powe r is not power 38
expression, creative 2, 3 1,50,57,68,
113, 144,248
expression, possibilities of 59
of energy spring from rest
r. .......... f .. l"n,no
expression of force 182, 243
expression of power 38, 114, 116
expression of power in waves is not power
114
expressionof power is not power 38
expression, creat ive 2,31,50,57,68,
113, 144,248
expre ssion, possi bilities of 59
of energy spri ng from rest
excending a lever from a fixed fulaum
202
exte nsion, infinite 28 1
exte nsion-retraction 117, 200 , 230
extensions , radial 219
F
father boms the mother 176
Fathe r is Lighc 98
father .pri nciple multiplies light into
density and high potential 125
father principle of Nature 227
father refolds all unfolding idea back
toward its seed 174
fa!her-Iight 126, 148, 149, 166, 167,176,
200, 203, 223, 247
fattler-light of incandescent spheres 223
father -light principle 166, 167
father-light refolds the water vapor into
wate r 126
fathe r-light, Gravitation is the - which
refolds that which unfol ds 176
father -light , mother-light unfolds from
the 126
father-light, Posi tive electricity is the
148
father-mother 96,99, 101, 112, 115, 117,
118, 121,123, 125, I SO, 156, 174,
187, 188, 198, 202, 207, 2OS, 222
father-mocher principle 125, 156, 187
father -mother reciprocative process 188
Fear domi nates the world 89
feeling 28, 43, 44, 160
IN DEX
female 123, 136, 149
female principle of Creation, Radiat ion is
the 149
flow, downhill 175, 176, 227 , 228
flow, uphill 175, 176,227,228
foca l points 277
food is nor nourishment 35
force 14,57,65, 119,141 ,165, 182, 185,
22 1,234,237,243,248,25 I, 279 ,
282
force, centrifugal 251
force, centripetal electric 279
force, expression of 182, 243
form, Actions unfold formless ness into
220
forward movement 83,286
forwa rd movi ng thi ngs, backward flow of
286
founda tion xiii , I5, I6, 17, 30, 38, 44,
106, 109,219
foundat ion of empirical knowledge 44
founda tion of knowledge 15
foundation of the physical uni verse 17
four arms of all spiral nebulae 243
four-zero- four position is one of balance
267,279
four-zero--four position of wave amplitude
265
four-zero- four, camon forms at 265
freezi ng, bod ies are formedby 224
fulcrum 22,38,39,49,55,99, 115, 132,
134,140,154,162,172, 197.202,
2 12, 213 , 220, 229, 240, 260, 287
fulcru m of all effect 287
fulcru m of knowledge 38
fulcrum of powe r in Rest 172
fulcrumof the wave of musical octaves
260
fulcrum, centering zero 287
fulcrum, fixed 22, 202
G .
2 12,213,220,229,240,260,287
fulcrumof all effect 287
fulc rum of knowledge 38
fulcrumof power in Rest 172
fulcrum of the wave of musical octa ves
260
fulc rum, centering zero 287
fulcru m, fixed 22,202
G
galaxies 19
gas xi, 125, 126, 156, 162, 168, 189, 198,
205,232,237,240,266,269,27 1,
272
gas, inert xi, 168, 205,269,27 1,272
gases are the solids outwardly bound
toward the heave ns 126
gases, inen cosmic 269
gases, Matter is divided into solids and
126
gases , states of motion are recordedin the
inert 27 1
generates, col d 188
generati ng cycles 264
generation contracts 187. 188
Generation must precede contraction 187
generators 120
genero-aetive 264, 268, 269
genero-active princi ple 268
GENESIS 98, 102, 103
genius 25, 27,31, 32,47
geometric projection of two-way opposed
lights 279
give as Nature gives 110
give for reg iving princi ple 144
give, desire to 113, 121,208,218
givi ng 81,88, 106,108,110,121, 144,
ISO, 186 , 203, 207, 2OS, 218, 219,
224, 228, 229, 232
givi ng, equal 106, l OS, 150
givi ng, Man ' s power lies in 110
God xi, .iii, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7,1 2,1 3, 14, 15,
16, 17, 18,22,23,24,25,27,28,31,
32,39,41,44,45, SO,51, 65, 66, 68,
69,82, 85, 86, 89, 90, 93, 94, 98, 99,
100,101,102,103,106, l OS, 109,
113,11 5, 133, 173,176,191,196,
198, 200, 201, 203, 205, 206, 2 18,
2 19,220,22 1,271,287,288
God and manareONE 14
God and man, co-creative efforts of 69
God as co-creator 32
God centers and controls every atom of
His Creat ion 68
God is coesclousness 22
God is light xi, 12, 218
God is Love 2 18
God is Mind 113
God is the fulcrum of man 115
God is Universa l Mind 12
GOD U GIIT, COSMIC 14
God of Love 23,41
God ' s divisio n of the Lighc 108
God ' s imagining 12,24,101,201,219,
220
God 's imagining never began 24
God' s knowing 13, 14, 17,25,99, 100 ,
173
God's knowi ng. matter is but a record of
173
God ' s Love 218
God's Mi nd is One Idea 113
God 's one law must be obeyed 109
God ' s one law of mYlhmic balanced
interchange 109
God' s still universe of knowing 16
God's stillness 115
God's chinking is eternal 25
God 's universal law 66
God' s Whispering, man heardnot 103
God, cooperat ion with 69
God, desire of 220
God , Man may no<be apanfrom 69
God, prove the existence of xiii
God' s one law of rhythmi c balanced --
interchange 109
God ' s still universe of knowi ng 16
God 's still ness 115
God ' s lhinki ng is eternal 25
God 's universal law 66
God's Whispering, man heardnot 103
God. cooperation with 69
God, desire of 220
God , Man may not be apanfrom 69
God, prove theexistence of xi ii
GOO-CONTll.OL, INSTINCT IS 68
God-Mint! 32, SO
God- Mind, Electricity is the servant of
the SO
God-quality 18
good 1, 9, 39, 68, 83, 92; 94, 99,101,
102, 103, 109 , 124, 139, 184,218,
222,261,285
good expe riences 9
good product 39,
goodwill 109
goodness I
gmvitalion xi, 46, 47, 149, ISO, 174, 176-
185,211,219,220,226,227,231,
232
Gravitation and Radiation xi, ISO, 211,
2 19, 226, 232
gravitation energy 176
Gravicat ion is the father- light which
refolds thacwhich unfolds 116
Gravitation is the male principleof
Creation 149 •
Gravitation is the positive elecCric:: .
.....
is 226 , . 176
grav itation, inbreathing of of
gravi tat ion, Reactions are
220 63 165
gravity l OS, 123, 126, 149, ':&1
229
'
166.1 69,1 70,
E:: flJ:2si '
"
gravity ceasesand radiation begins 173
Gravity pressure 108
Gravity refolds toward the seed 149
gravity, acceleration of 165, 278
gravity , center of 154. 163. 170. 228.
229.236.279
gravity, compressive direction of 239
GRAVITY. WEIGHT CURVES 184
growth xil, 47. 62. 90. 123. 173. 203
gyration , plane of 280
gyroscopic xi, 158. 166.240.275.277.
278.279.280
gyroscopic octave tones 240
gyroscopic principle xi, 158,275,280
gyroscopic wave 240
gyroscopic wheel , solar system is a 280
H
hannonic 221,259
hannonic centers 221
Hannonic explosions 221
hannonic tones 259
heal 36. 68. 106
heal 24.51.92.123,126.127.135.157.
170.171.175.187. Ig8. 224. 258
heat death 175
Heat follows as a result of contraction
187
heat from cold by compressing cold 126
Height is dynamic 283
holes are bored through spheres 251
hydrogen octave 272
hydrogen. spectrumof 273
I
Idea is eternal 16
idea is omnipresent 65
IDEA IS STILL 53
Idea of product can never become product
39
holes are bored through spheres 251
hydrogen octave 272
hydrogen. spectrumof 273
I
Idea is eternal 16
idea is omnipresent 65
IDEA IS STILL 53
Idea of product can never become product
39
idea, Motion is for the sole purpose of
manifesting 200
idea, patlemed 50, 53. 54
illness 13.15.16.17.18.35.38.39.53.
54.78,84,85.98.100. 107. 113. 114.
115.116.137.156.160.197.202.
218,236,243.249.258.260.282
illumination 27,28
illusion xi, xii, xiii, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18.22,
35.41,46.51.75.76.78.79.81.85.
93.94.113, 141, 153. 169. 176.215.
219,222.225.235.239,247.284.
286
ilLUSION OF ATIRACTION AND
REPULSION OF MATTER 153
illusion of change 78
illusion of man himself 93
illusion of motion 13.22,85.225.247
illusion of rest and balance 75
illusion of sequence 18
illusion of the railroad tracks 94
illusion, Division of the whole into parts
causes 85 '
ILLUSION. LAWS BASED UPON 46
illusion. Motion is an 51, 76, 286
illusion, rest cannot be unbalanced save
by 141
illusions caused by wave motion 169
illusions of motion, light 219
illusions of sequence and of time 286
illusions, man's 113
ILLUSIONS, MAN'S TWO SUPREME
93
:_h_: _ AAI .:_h h_ A1 An
INDEX
imagining 11,12,13,21,24,25,44,48,
55.60,64,77.81.92,98.99,100,
101.102.115.118.138.147,151.
159.173.179.180.201.207.218,
219, 220, 249, 284
immortal 5. 26, 31. 36. 98. 196. 198, 204.
206
immortality 5.31 ,98.206
inbreathing of Nature is gravitation 176
inbreathing of spheres 226
inbreathing-outbreathing 120, 204
incandescence 51. 156. 160. 188. 203.
212,223.241.258
incoming-outgoing breath 173
individuality 203,205.206.248.250
indivisible 19
inert gas xi. 168,205,269.271.272
infonnation is not knowledge 35,59
inorganic 43
inside-out 127. 162, 174. 188. 189, 204,
226. 250, 251
inspiration 8.25.27,29.31.32.40.47,
90
instability 17,106
instinct 4.23,25,45.57.62.65.66.67.
68.69
integrating principle of "uphill flow of
energy" 227
Integrationis simulcaneously balanced by
disintegration 286
integrationof matter at poles 251
intelligence 4.7.25,34.40.57.58. 113.
163
intense inspiration 27
intensemental ecstasy 25
intensify one's conscious awareness 28
intensive thinking 39
interchange between anode and cathode
167
interchange between pairs of opposites
106
interchang;e sequentially bUIequally 21
intelligence 4.7.25,34.40.57.58. 113.
163
intense inspiration 27
intensemental ecstasy 25
intensify one's conscious awareness 28
intensive thinking 39
interchange between anode and cathode
167
interchange between pairs of opposites
106
interchange sequentially bUIequally 21
interchange, law of equal, opposite and
sequential 187
interdependent unison 19
interpret the rhythm 29
invisible 6.14,17.22,79.174.206,273.
274.286
invisible cubes 174
invisible octaves 273
invisible octaves of finely divided matter
ofspace 273
invisible spectrum, visible and 274
inward 100,123.126.135.148.149.156.
165,166,169.174; 175.177,185.
189.190,193.212,220.221.223.
226,228.231.233,239.241.247.
275 '
inward explosion 220, 221, 231
inward explosions, reactions are 220
lnwardexplosive reaction 228
inward or outward spiral journey 275
inward radial direction is North 239
iron, relative ability of the- atom to
charge or discharge 273
Isotopes 266.267.269.270.272
isotopes, wrongly named 266
J
Jesus xi, 7, 27
journey of man 28
K
keynote 259.260.282
know no limitations 33
know the Light 7,26,33,206
know, senses do not 286
Knowing Mind is s1i11 44
knowing. sensations are mistaken for
thinking and 58
knowing. ultimate goal of spiritual 90
KNOWING, we do not stop 7 I
knowledge xi, xiii, 3, 4, 8, 15, 18,23,27,
33, 34. 35. 36. 38, 39. 42, 43. 44, 45.
46,47.56.58.59.69.71.72.78.79.
89. 163. 164
knowledge comes 10 man from the
cosmos 27
knowledge from books or schools 35
Knowledge is cosmic 34
knowledge lies in cause 46
knowledge of cause , fundamental laws
and principles must be based upon 46
Knowledge of the Light 36
KNOWLEDGE VERSUS TIUNKING
38
knowledge, information is not 35,59
knowledge, new xiii,27
knowledge, machines can express 56
knowledge, Man becomesa higher being
with greater power as he acquires 89
known octaves which lie within the range
of perception 272
L
language 17. 25. 32. 94. 273
language, universal 273
LAW IS ABSOLlJ1F. O,BEDIENCE TO
THEONE 107,
law must be obeyed, God's one 109
LAWOFBALANCE 106
law of equal, -opposite and sequential
interchange 187
lawoflove 218
L
language 17. 25. 32. 94. 273
language, universal 273
LAW IS ABSOLlJ1F. O,BEDIENCE TO
THEONE 107,
law must be obeyed, God's one 109
LAWOFBALANCE 106
law of equal, -opposite and sequential
interchange 187
law of love 218
law of Nature 280
law of repetition. Nature's 204
law, cosmic 65
law; God 's universal 66
law; processes of natural 177
LAWS BASED UIPN ILLUSION 46
Learn 5.9.29.42,69,109.110
lens xi. 94. 171. 183.214.215.244,245.
270,277.281
lever 22.39.115.132.172.197.202,240
Life and death 49. 122. 123. 124. 175.
190,191,192.193.194.203
life and death are but mirrors of each
other 49
life cannot live without dying 194
Life charges a body in excess of its
discharge 124
life cycle 72, 199. 205
life is eternal in man 49
life is immortal 196
life is not chemistry or germ of matter 36
life is not in the body 36
life is spirit 36
life principle xii, 196
life, whole purpose of 109
life-death cycle 71,173.193,226,263.
264
life-death cycle, Sleep is the death halfof
the 71
life-death cycles of the elements of 'maher
264
life-death-resurrection sequences 196
.. .. gives
Light at rest 114,115, 148
Light at rest, Mind is 114
Light cannot be seen; it can only be
known 160
LIGHT CORPUSCLES. CONFUSION
CONCERNING 164
LIGHT OOES NUf TRAVEL 169
light illusions of motion 219
Light is Being 98
Light is expressed by motion 161
, Light is still 160, 284
Light is the seed of Creati on 98
Light is the universal language 273
light messengers 48
Light of all-knowing 14, 103
Light of all-knowing, man-desired the
103
Light of God 14, ·15. 16.27.99. 113.287
Light of immortal -Life 26
Light of Love and Truth 30 .-
light of suns, white 53 ·
Light of the Spirit 90. 98
light of the sun 52,63, 160
Light only seems to travel 169 .'
LIGHT PARTICLES ARE ALIKE 166
light pressures are constantly changing
271
Light rays 126. 167.244.273
light rays, Inwardly bound 126
light rays. Outwardly bound 126
light units of the elements 275
light units of the elements are all alike but
are differently conditioned 275
light wave axes, Curvature of 245
light waves 18.43.44.50,57,94.114.
115.161.163. 166.205.222.226.
239.240.246.251.271. 273. 275
light waves, spectrum analysis of 273
light within a mirror-bound room 281
light years 169
LIGHT, ALL THI!'/$}S SIMULATE 168
the. 101
light units of the elements are all alike but
are differently conditioned 275
light wave axes, Curvature of 245
light waves 18.43.44.50,57,94.114.
115.161.163. 166.205.222.226.
239.240.246.251.271. 273. 275
light waves, spectrum analysis of 273
light within a mirror-bound room 281
light years 169
LIGHT, ALL THI!'/$}S SIMULATE 168
Lightcall-knowing was in the 101
light. black 53, 202. 203 . 247
light, incandescent 53,203
light, Incandescent suns of white hoi 241
Light , inspired messengers of the 90
Light, Let there be 99
light, matter is the motion of 161
Light, Oneness of the 108.201
Light, polarity nf 99
light, pulsing waves of dual 132
light. seeds of 201
Light, simulation of Light in malter is not
Light 163
light, six mirror planes of still 271
light, speed with which - presumably
travels 169
light, sunlight we feel upon our bodies is
not actual- from the sun 169 · ·
light, suns are generated into
incandescence by two black rivers of
evacuated 241
light, three points of still 277
Light, uncondi tioned 119
light-waves, electric opposites of 51
light waves, transient 50
lights, conditioned 2, 119,247 .
lights, electric waves of Iwo opposing
108
lights. father-mother 99. 115, 118. 121.
ISO. 174
lights, geometric projection of two-way
opposed 279 . .
Like conditions seek like conditions 238
like seeks like 157
INDEX
love 4. 12. 18.23.30.41.87.88.90. 150.
195.218.220
Love can never dominate the world until
90
Love, God is 218
Love. God's 218
love, law of 218
love, symbol of 218
M
macrocosmic 228
magnet xi. 14. 16. 17,39,63, 108, 113.
118.148.154.155.162.218.219.
226.227.228.234.235.236.237.
239.250.257,260.279.280
magnet, har 235, 236. 237
magnet, necessary 10 correct the general
impression Ihat the earth is a 236
magnetic 14,16.17,39.63.108,113,
_ ' 118.148.162.218.219.226.227.
228.234.236.239.250.257.260.
279.280
MagneticLight 16.17,63,108,113.118.
148,162,219.226.227.228.236.
239 .250
magnetic poles 14,279,280
magnetic stillness 260
MAGNETIC-ELEC1'RIC UNIVERSE
218
magnetism xi, 14,235
male 123. 136. 149
male condition is one of compression 136
male principle of Creation, Gravitation is
the 149
Man and God are One 69
man believes himself 10 be thinking when
he only sensing 58
Man cannot acquire knowledge from
booksor schools 35
Man may nOC be apart from God at any
....time 69 _
male 123. 136. 149
male condition is one of compression 136
male principle of Creation, Gravitation is
the 149
Man and God are One 69
man believes himself 10 be thinking when
he only sensing 58
Man cannot acquire knowledge from
booksor schools 35
Man may nOC be apart from God at any
time 69
MAN'S INDIVIDUALITY 205
Man's power lies in giving 110
man's range of sensing 205
MAN'S TWO SUPREME ILLUSIONS
93
man, efforts of - 10 transmute one
element into another 280
man. God dwells in 196
man , God is the fulcrum of 11S
man, in - are all of the actions and
reactions of his previous stages 265
MAN. INSTINCf BUILDING BY GOD
AND 68 .
manifestation of power 110
manifesting the Light 15
mass 23.62.86.124.156,165.178,181.
182. 183. 185, 228
mass, contracted 183
mass, expanded 183
mate xii,xiii, 2,15, 28,36,42,61, 76,85,
90.99.104.123,124,125.126.127.
132,225.228.247.249.255.267.
270.286
mate. opposite 126,225.286
Matter and space likewise are sex mates
127
matter as pairs of opposite conditions 286
matter gradually interchanges with space
174
Matter in violent motion simulates rest
and balance 75
matter is but a record of God's knowing
173
divided into solids and gases
MATIER IS POWERLESS TO
ATfRACf 155
matter ls the motion ofllgja 161
Matter neither attracts nor repels other
matter 155
matter of space, invisible octaves of
finely divided 273
matter, assumption-of the realily of 164
matter, attributes of 245
matter, Carbon alone expresses the idea
of 264
matter, Electricity conditions all sexless
120
matter, elementsof 157,168,240,259,
263.264,271,275.277.280
matter, life-death cycles of the elements
of 264
matter . 1)0 light in 163
matter, '-octaves of elements of 259
matter, Organic 65
matter, Iwoconditions of 156,222
maturity 67.175.178.189.192.264
maturity of carbon 264
meaning 18.40.51.53, 140. 169.203
measurable quantities 17
measure called "electric potential" 182
measure called "weight" 182
measure of electric potential 182
measure of extension from zero to zero
283
mechanical principal of Nature 219
mechanical principles 39
mechanics 260
melting point 224 .245,264,266.267.
268.269
memories 3,23,57,69
memory 23.25.43.45.62,65.67.69
mental ecstasy 25
mental, Instinctive act ions and cell
memory reflex actionsare not 62
283
mechanical principal of Nature 219
mechanical principles 39
mechanics 260
melting point 224 .245,264,266.267.
268.269
memories 3,23,57,69
memory 23.25.43.45.62,65.67.69
mental ecstasy 25
mental, Instinctive act ions and cell
memory reflex actionsare not 62
messengers of the Light must multiply
into legions 90
metal 51,267.268.269.281
metal, radioactive 268
metallic opposites ').67
metallic quality 267
microcosmic 228
milkweed fluff 19
mind is freed from concentration 69
mind is light 12, 114 .
Mind is Light at rest 114
Mind, Organic matter generaleS purely
from the desire of 65
mineral 23.62.145.201 '
mirage 15,23.34.94.117.118.284 ,
mirror boundary fields 279 f , ;
mirrored extension, equal and OPPOSite
287
mirrored infinities 130 . I
mirrors and lenses of space , XI . • Tn
mirrors of action, mirrors Of
mirrors wave fteld.Iii act as 169 .
in theatniosptler'e 25S
moon 46.153.154.183,753,. , '.
mortal symbols' 26 I
mortality 5.31,98, 20lj 76
mother horns the 1 ,
mother, father boms die 17,6
mother, womb of 202 66, 176
mother-light 126, 148, 149, I ,
202. 203,223. 247 " I 223
mother-tight cum
mother-light pnnclple,
quantities 17, 18, 22, 38
quan tity 39 .
QUESTION, ETERNAL I
,
R
radar 220
radtal extensi ons 2 19
radial universe 149, 219, 234, 238
radi al uni verse of cone sectio ns 234
radian' energy 175, 176, 177
radiates, Heat 187, 188
radiation xi,47, 128, 149, ISO, 166 , 173,
174, 175, 176,185,187,188,211,
219,220,226,227,23 1,232. 237,
239, 255, 278
radiation begins, gravity ceases and 173
Radiation expands 187, 188
Radi ation is known as radiant energy 175
Radiation is the female principle of
Creation 149
Radiation is the negat ive electric principle
227
Radiation is the opposite of generation
187
Radiat ion thrusts spirally outward 226
Radiation unfolds from the seed 149
radiation, Actions are the basi s of 220
radiatio n, deceleration of 166. 278
radiation, dege nerative process of Nat ure
is 226
radiatio n, Disinlegratio n of suns and
planets by 255
Radiation. Gravitation and xi, ISO, 211,
2 19,226,232
radiatio n, mystery of gravitation and 232
radiation, solar 187
radiative expan sion of vacuity 264
radi ative pressures, outward thrust of
235
radiativity 123,228,238,244,259
radii of a cone 235
260.
planets by 255
Radiation, Grav itation and xi, ISO, 211.
2 19, 226. 232
radiation, myste ry of gravitation and 232
radiation, solar 187
rad iative expan sion of vacuity 264
radiativepresSUT'CS, outward thrust of
235
radiativity 123,228,238,244,259
radii of a cone 235
radioactive death princi ple 268, 269
radioacti vity 228, 266, 270
railroad tracks, illusion of the 94
Rain falling vertical ly from a cloud falls
conical ly 245
rain, electric potential of 245
re-giving 110
reaction , centrifugal f45
reaction, genero-ective 269
reaction , inward explosive 228
reaction , mirrors of 2n
react ions are inward explosions 220
React ions are the basi s of gravitation 220
React ions refol d fonn into fonnl ess ness
220
reality xii, 12, 16, 23,44,76, 94, 164,
239,281 ,284
realization of Oneness 28
reborn. body of man must be forever 196
reciprocative process, father-mother 188
reconcentrated 49
recorded thinking 111
record ing xii, 3, 4, 23, 24, 44, SO, 57, 58,
67,84,85,86, 164, 203, 205 , 233,
249, 271
recordi ng thought-patterns in matte r 50
recordings of thought 44
red. spectru m of hydrogen is
preponderantly 273
reflexes 4, 23, 25, 62, 68
refolding xii, 101. 110, 121, 144, 146,
148,1 74, 202, 205, 250 , 25 1
refolding into one 110
refoldment xii, 248, 264
Posit ive electricity is Ihcferher-hght 148
Positive Princip le 16,34, 118
positive weight 184
positive -negative wave parts of a wave
cyc le 72
potential 125,1 39, 165. 167, 181, 182.
183, 184, 185, 220, 221, 225, 226,
23 1,234,237.238,239,240,244,
245,248,258,259,283,286
potential of all orbits of matter in space
182 '
potential , electric 139, 181, 182, 184,
185,245
potential, father principle multipl ies light
into density and high 125
potential, . lower 125, 165, 259
power as expressed in waves of motion
115
power of Light 114
power of severance 28
powerquaiityofMind 113
power to create 113. 114
power to reason objectively 43
power which lies in knowi ng 31
power, expression of 38, 114, 116
power, expression of powe r in waves is
not 114
power , fulcrum of 172
powe r, manifestation of 110
POWER. SOURCE OF 39, 113
pressure condition of things 136
pressure condition, zero 153
pressure conditions 232, 233, 235, 237 ,
238, 27I, 275 .
press ure, equal 184, 231, 244
pressure, Gravity 108
pressure , lower 259 .
pressure, plane of equa l 184
pressures. cause of all 245
pressures, dividing 277
pressures, electric 119, 136, 184,275
press ures, opposed 136, 156, 221, 243
l'bfi Glu(i n,"'U}U'TJY·n ..m ..... 0,",
pressure conditio ns 232, 233, 235, 237,
238, 271, 275
pressure, equal 184, 231, 244
pressure. Gravity lOS
pressure , lower 259 .
pressure, plane of equa l 184
pressures, cause of all 245
pressures, dividi ng 277
pressures, electric 119, 136, 184,275
pressures, opposed 136,156,221,243
PRESSURES, SEX DETERMINED BY
DIRECTION OF 135
pressures, universe of varyi ng 274
pressures. variation of 166
principle of Creation lOB, 110, 149
principle of electric awareness 62
princip le of equal giving 106
principle of growt h xii
princi ple of love 218
principle of power 21
princi ple of the electric curre nt 231
principle of unity. BALANCE is the 106
principle , father-light 166, 167
principle, father -mother 125, 156, 187
principles xi, 39, 46, 260
prisms 273
projection 53,92,219,243,247,279,284
prolating 223 ,255
proton 164, 166, 176
proton borns the electron 176
pulsation.... compressive 144
pump 38, 23 1, 240
purpose of life 109
purpose , electrically aware of 62
purpose, man gradual ly knows his 109
purposefu lness 15, 168
2 i' ies 13, 17,22, 164, 168, 193, 265
quality 17,18,38, 39, 106,108, 113, ISO,
238,267
QUALITY BEGETS QUANTITIES 17
cualitv of oneness 18
INDEX
p
Pain is a too inte nse electric current n
PAI N, UNCONSCI OUSNESS, SLEEP
AND 7 1
pairs of opposite expressions 2, 49, 128
pairsofoppooites 10,106, 111, 151, 152,
193, 202, 243 , 259
pairs of unbalanced cond itions 17
pairs of unbalanced opposites 106, 133
pairs, eleme ntal 287
particle 23,62,85,86, 140, 153, 164,
165, 166, 167, 168
pansof the One Wbole ldea 19,38
parts , dividing wholeness into 98
pattern of an earthquake 250
pattern , repetition of 132
patte rned forms repeat their patterns
sequential ly 133
peace, calmness and 257
pendulum, swinging 109.1 94
pendulum, two-way mov ing 179
percept ion, range of 6, 272 , 273
perfect balance 47
perspective 46
pb«ons 164
physical sens ing 90
physic s xi
piston 169,174, 177
sequentially Ijj -
peace, cal mness and 257
pendu lum, swinging 109,194-
pendulum, two-way moving 179
perception, range of 6, 272, 273
perfect balance 47
perspec tive 46
photons 164
physical sensing 90
physics xi
piston 169, 174, 177
plan of the Crea tor, Carbo n fulfills the
264
plane of equal press ure 184
plane of gyration 280
plane of out earth 's equatorial region 182
plane of pressure, equipotential 182
plane of res' 233
plane of wave ampl itude 223
planes of the wave field are of zero
curvature 277
planes of zerocurvature xii , IS3, I62,
169,219,220,225,245
planes of zero curvature., Curvature ends
at 162
planes , cube boundary 247
planet. motion of the 84
planets, oblating 279
polar 99, 154, 155, 167, 199,202
polarity 99, 154, 155, 167,199
polarity of Light 99
polarization 202
pole of rotation 279,280
pole, magnet ic 14,279,280
poles , integration of matter at 25 I
poles, opposite 154, 155
poles, positive and negative 167
positive and negative elements of matter
277
posi tive and negative oppos ites 129
positi ve and negative poles 167
po. sitive cell 234
posi tive electric principle. Gravitation is
tbe 227
b..... ....l...... ' ......itv 11.1 124.1 48
outward explosions, actions in Nature arc
220
outward explosive action 228
outward radial direction is South 239
outward thrust of radiation 185
. outward thrust of radiative pressures 235
outward--discharging breath of death J93
Outward-inward expl osions 221
Outwardly bound ligh t rays 126
outwardly bound toward the heavens , .
gases are the solids 126
oxyge n and hydrogen, voidance of 136
octaves. element tells the story of its
entire previous "incarnat ions" in othe r
273
octaves, fulcrum of the wave of musical
260
octaves, invisible 273
octaves, known 272
octaves, wave of musical 260
oil 192, 235
omnipotence 2, 4,20,32,89,91 ,272
omnipotent 7, 2 1
omnipresence 2, 4, 211
omnipresent 13, 20, 65, 101, 162, 198,
200,202.218,221,226
omniscience 2, 4,27,32,38,89,206
omniscience and omnipotence, goal of
89
omniscient 7, 20, 218
One Light 12, 13, 14, 15, 18,21,35 ,37,
44,48,52,57,85,99, us, 118, 121,
130, 148,156,163, 179,199,201,
230, 281, 287
One Living God of Love 23
One Magnetic Light of God 16, 113
One Mind 12, 13, 19, 23, 24
One Sti ll Ligh' 14, 18, SO, 53, 202
one thing in this universe 44
One Thi nker 12, 13
One Whole Idea 3,6, 13, 19,38, 78, 113,
196, 200, 203
one with God 31, 90
One with the God-Mind 32
One, All thi ngs are I II
One, Man and Godare 69
oneness of spheres and cubes 248
Oneness of the Light 108, 201
Onenes s, cosmic goal of 108
oneness. desi re for 63,85, 128, I n , 223
oneness, wave conditions are forever
seeki ng 161
opposed lights 12, 17,279
ooti'-'9.,IJ5
One with the God-Mind 32
One, All things are III
One , Man and God are 69
oneness of spheres and cubes 248
Oneness of !he Light l OB, 201
Oneness, cosmic goal of 108
oneness, desire for 63, 85, 128, 177, 223
oneness , wave conditions are forever
seelcing 161
opposed lights 12, 17, 279
opposed mOOoo 115
opposed pressures 136, 156, 221, 243
oppos ite conditions of compression and
expansion 231
opposite directioned motion 18
opposi te electric pressuresof compression
and expansion 119
opposi te mate 126, 225, 286
opposite poles 154, 155
opposite, equal 122, 127,259,267
Opposites are not things ; they are
conditions of things 135
OPPOSITES BORN EACH OTJIER 125
opposites, elect ric 51, 182
oppos ites, electrical 128
oppos ites, father-mother 188
opposites, posi tive and negative 129
opposition, voidance of 133
orbit, fixed l OB
orbit, motionless 83
orbit, revolution around 85
orbits 151, 171,1 82, 240, 248, 255
orbits around the sun 255
orbits of matterin space. potential of all
182
orbits , equipotential 248
organic 43, 65, 200, 202, 238
oscillati ng 4
outbrcathing of this universal body 176
outside of ourselves 28
outside- in 163,1 74, 188,204,226, 250,
251
outstandi ng characteristic of waves 108
outward breathing 100
nature of light xiii
Nature record s every actio n and desire of
!he body 205 .
Nature' s gyroscopic princip le 158
Nature' s law of repetition 204
Nature, constant separating process in 63
Nature, creating-decreating-recreating
things in 196
Nature, disintegration process of 25 I
Nature, father princi ple of 227
Nature, gradual unfolding-refolding
principle of 250
Nature. inside-out outside-in pri nciple of
25 1
Nature, invariable characteristic of 263
Nature, mechanical pri ncipal of 219
Nature, spect rum of 282
NATURE, SPIRALIN 246
nalUrC, windi ng up process of 266
Nazarene 28, 93
nebulae are rushing away from each other
116
nebulae, ring 127, 189
nebul ae, spiral 149, 243
negation 17, 34,116, 284, 286
negative cell 234
negat ive electric principle, Radiation is
,he 227
Negative electr icity 123, 124, 148, 149,
189,230
Negative electric ity is the mother -light
148
Negative Princip le 17. 119
negative pri nciple, electric universe is the
119
negative weight 184
neighbor , Hurt first thy self rathe r than
thy 88
neutnl1izc 128,1 29, 135, 165
neutron 164, 166
New Age xiii, 28, 47, 90
l!(ecl fi¢ IlY rs UIC ll lU UICI - ll jSlU
148
Negative Princi ple 17,11 9
negative principle , electric universe is the
119
negat ive weight 184
neighbor, Hurt first thy self rather than
thy 88
neutralize 128, 129, 135, 165
neutron 164,166
New Age xiii, 28, 47, 90
Newton 46, 161
nine 234,239,240,258,263,264, 2n,
277, 282, 283
Nine is universal 282
nine octave cycle 264 ,277
nine, universal 283
ninety degrees 234,239,240,258
ninety degrees to the earth's surface 258
ninety degrees, still ness at 258
North 100, 101,1 23,156, 239, 240, 279
North andSout h 101,123,240
north magnetic pole 279
Noeth, inward radial direction is 239
I NDEX
o
oblateness, earth 's 280
obla'ing 223, 255, 279
oblati ng planets 279
oblating spberes 223
octave 17, 18, 166,1 68, 221, 240, 258,
259,260,263,264, 265,266,267,
268,269,270,271,272, 273, 274,
275,277,279,283
octave cycle , nine 264, 271
octave extens ions of carbon 265
octave of carbon's aging 269
octave of elemen tal tones 266
octave tones 240, 260, 275
octave tones, gyroscopic 240
octave wave 17,18,166,221,258,259,
263, 267
OCTA YE, UNIVE RSAL 258
octave.s which lie wit hin the range of
N
'iatunl! Law In, 184,260
'lature foreve r unfolds into many 110
oJ..... _ ...; ...... "'; U... Q., 110
mother-light unfol ds from the father-l ight
126
mother-light , Negative elec tricity is the
148
MOTION CANNOT BE
NElITRALIZED 128
motion in only one direction, senses
respond '0 78
Motion is an illusion 286
motion is expressed in waves 161
Motion is for the sole purpose of
manifesting idea 200
motion is not in the motion but in the
stillness from which it is extended 54
Motion itself is illusion 5 1, 76
motion itself is non-e xistent 78
motion picture proj ect ion from our sun 53
motion picture universe 243
Motion simulates substance 166
MOTION SIMULATING REST 75
motion starts from rest and returns to rest
134
motion, amplitudes represe nt maximum
271
motion, Change is an illusio n of the
sensesdue to 78
motion, Change lies in 84
motion. conditions necessary for
interchange of 232
motion, desire within all matter to
express 121,128, 185
motion, electric universe of 63, 75
motion, maximum 27 1
motion, minimum 27 1
motion, octave wave formu la which
governs all 258
motion, opposed 115
motion, opposite expressions of 16 1
motion, rest from 185
motion, seemi ng 3, IS, 16, SO,74, 76,
78,94, .14 1, 149
express 121, 128, 185
motion , elect ric uni verse of 63, 75
motion, maxi mum 271
motion. minimum 271
motion, octave wave formula which
governs all 258
motion, opposed 115
motion, opposi te express ions of 161
motion, rest from 185
motion, seeming 3, IS, 16, SO, 74, 76,
78, 94,1 41, 149
motion, sole cause of two-way 238
motioo, state of 56, 121,259,260
motion, substance is purel y 166
motion, zero uni verse of seemi ng
mechanical 282
motion less orb it 83
motivative force. Electricity is the 57
movi ng lever 39, 115
moving things move not 159
Multiplicat ion 125, 165,219, 226 ,245
multiplicity 2, 17, SO, 63, 93,144, 173,
230,248
Multi plyin8 and dividi ng pressures 2n
music 40, 69, 259, 260, 275, 282
music, tones of 259
musical octaves 260
musical scale 282
musical tones 275
mystery of "matte r appearing from space
to be alternately swal lowed by space."
145
mystery of "where do we go when we
die" 199
mystery of gravitation and radiation 232
mystery of how the elements become
mathe maticall y precise octave tones
275
Mystic 25,27,47
regiving 121, 144, 208, 218, 219,224,
22g, 232
reincarnation 47
relationship xiii,3S
relationship to the universe 35
religion xii, xiii
religious teachings 1
repetition of pattern 132
reproduction 132,1 33, 134, 170
Reproduction of unbalance 132. 134
REPRODUcnVE PRINCIPLE, SEX
132
repulsion 153
REPULSION OF MATTER, ILLUSION
OF ATIRAcnON AND 153
resistance 86,139,149, 221,268
resistance, gcnero-active 268
rest and balance, illusion of 75
rest cannot be unbalanced SOlve by illusion
141
rest frommotion 185
res' point 129,1 32, 149,279
REST, ALL MATTER IN MOTION
SEEKS 155
rest, balance has beenattainedby 120
rest. basisof all octavesis the keynoseof
259
rest, compressionpoint of 173
rest, condition of 114,129,1 39.141
REST, DESIRE FOR 128, 139, 144
rest, expansion pointof 173
Rest, fulcrum of power in 172
rest, idea springs froma state of 200
REST, MOTION SIMULATING 75
rest, motio n starts from rest and returns to
134
rest, mutual poineof 130
rest, plane of 233
res', point of 75, 114, 130, 148, 173,220,
228,229,267,279
.12tS'L. tv\Si.lion. nf _' .61 _
rest, expansion pointof 173
Rest, fulcrum of power in 172
rest, idea spri ngs from a state of 200
REST, MOTION SIMULATING 75
rest, motion starts from rest and returns to
134
rest, mutua) point of 130
rest, plane of 233
rest , point of 75, 114, 130, 148, 173, 220,
228,229,267,279
rest, position of 267
rest, Sex tensions and strains intensify the
farther they are removed from 140
rest, simulating 75,76
rest, state of 121, 200
rest, Tension hasnol BECOME 140
rest, two points of 129
result of sex desire 121
resurrection 48,49, 100, 178, 196,200
reversal 250
rllythm ofTruth 30
rhythmic balanced interchange 2, lOS,
106, 107, 109, ISO, 188, 218
rhythmic images within man 111
rhythm ic wave universe 14, 19
rhythmically inlet<hanging opposiles 48
rings 2, 4, 8, 13, 26, 28,59, 90, 126, 127,
154,159,189,197,200,251,253,
254, 259, 271
Rings are the "death.. half of the cycles of
spheres 251
rotaling gyroscopically 277
rotation upon its axis 8S
rollIlioo, pole of 279,280
S
science xii, xili, 2, 4. 1:1, 32. 38, 89, 187,
206
scientific progress 89
scientists 42
sea of God' s magnetic Light 108
seat of sensation 57
secret x.i, 1
INDEX
seed of inert gas 168
seed, Gravi' y refolds toward the )49
seed , heaven's refolding into patt erned
101
seed, Radiation unfolds from the 149
sel f creati ng universe 13
Self is immonal 36
Self of man 16, 22, 70
SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS
22
sensati ons are mistaken for Ihinking and
knowing 58
SENSATIONS, BRAIN RECORDS 57,
58
sense of feeling 43. 44
sensed conclusions 45
sensed existence 45.90
sensed memories 23
sensed observat ions 45
senses are inadequate 285
sense."arc limited 86,116
senses are limiled 10 the perceptionof but
one of the negations 116
senses are morion 84
SENSES DECEIVE 83
sense."do not know 286
senses respond 10 motion in only one
direction 78
senses, deception of Ihe 136
senses, inadequacy of the 84, 286
SENSES, OUR SUPPOSEDLY FIVE 43
SENSING BINDS ALL TIlINGS SO
sensing is not thinking 42
sensing must cease 31
sensing, tnaI'I believes himself to be
thinking when he is only 58
sensing. man' s range of 205
SEPARATENESS, SEEMING 51
SEPARATENESS , TIlERE IS NO 52
separatio n, desire for 173
sequence 18, 65,66,76, 83,92, 93,144,
SENSES , OUR SUPPOSEUIX>l\I fl .j
SENSING BINDS ALL TIlINGS 50
sensing is not thinking 42
sensing must cease 31
sensi ng, ma.. believes himself to be
thinking when he is only 58
sensing, man' s range of 205
SEPARATENESS, SEEMING 51
SEPARATENESS, TIlEREISNO 52
separation, desire for 173
sequence 18,65 ,66,76,83,92,93,144,
ISO,163,1 96, 2ll2. 22I , 222, 247,
284,286
Serve first thy brother 88
severance 27, 28
severance of soul from body 28
SEX CONDmONS BORN EACH
OTHER, OPPOSm;: 127
SEX CONDmONS, OPPOSm;: 127
SEX DEFINED 119
sex desires of electric action and reaction
121
SEX DETERMINED BY DlKEmON
OF PRESSURES 135
sex divided. All things are 136
Sex is not a thing 119
Sex is the creative principle I 19
Sex is the division of a balanced
equilibrium condition 119
sex mates 123,1 25, 127, 132
Sex mates are twoequal halves of one
125
sex mates, Maner and space are 127
SEX OPPOSITES DO NOT
NEIJIllALIZB-THEY VOID 135
SEX OPPOSITES REPRODUCE
TIlROUGH SEX VOIDANCE 133
Sex opposition 136
SEX REPRODUcnVE PRINCIPLE 132
Sex tensions and strai ns inlensify the
farther they are removed from rest
140
sex unbalance 118
sex, one - cannot exist without lhe other
,,,
sex-conditioned 123,1 31. 249
sex-conditioned spirals 249
sex-interchanging 131
sexed condition is an unbalanced
condition 119
sexed condit ion of unbalance in man 120
sexed electric universe 117, 118, 121
SEXES DO NOT UNm;: 133
sexless 10, 119, 120, 134, 156
sexless. electrically balanced condition of
anything is 119
shaft of a wave 250
shape. universe hasno 281
silence is eternal, static condition of
silence 135
simulate eternal Life 48
simulating reality 164
simulating rest 75. 76
simulation of Idea 19
simulation of power 39
simulation of stability I(JT
six mirror planes of stilllight 2n
skill 42, 68, 69
sleep 4,5,70,71 , 72, 73, 197
SOLAR ENERGY, SOURCEOF 187
solar radiation 187
soiarsystem 9, 62, 171, 199, 200,254,
280
solar system is a gyroscopic wheel 280
solar system, movements in the 171
solar system, sun is the seed of Ihis 200
Soul xii, 2, 4, 7, 12, 25, 28, 29, 57, 98,
113, 146, 205, 206,271
sound 15,40,53,135,201 ,259,260
soundwave 259
Source of all knowledge 35
source of every thought 32
source of inspiration 29
sources outside of ourselves 28
south 67,100,101 , 123,1 56, 239, 240,
279
v . ..... _
Soul xii, 2, 4, 7, 12,25,28, 29,57,98,
113, 146, 205, 206,271
sound 15,40,53, 135,201, 259, 260
sound wave 259
Source of all knowledge 35
source of every thought 32
source of inspiration 29
sources outside of ourselves 28
south 67, 100, 101, 123, 156,239,240,
279
south magnetic pole 279
Sooth, North and 101,123, 240
Socm, North and - diametric.ally oppose
each other 240
South, outward radial direction is 239
space disintegrates mat ter 127
Space is a division of solidity inlo tenuity
125
space within wave fields is curved 162
space, cold 170, 188, 189, 212
space, cold cube wa ve- fields of 124
space, cold dark 241
space, cold of 188, 259
space. cosmic dust of 131
space, expanded condil ion of 232
space. matter gradually interchanges with
174
specuoscope 273
spectrum anaJysis 272, 273
spectrum of Nature 282
spectrum, color 51, 259,260, 2TI
spectrum, tones of the 275
spectrum, visible and invisible 274
spectru m-divi ded positive-negative colors
speed ofligh' 169, 264,270
speed with which light presumably travels
169
sphere, cube and - are one 223
sphere is born from the cube 223
sphere, cube is born from the 223
sphere. process of becoming a 166
sphere, spiral is an incompleted 248
sphere, true 166, 188, 222, 223, 280
Soheres come into being by prolating 255
spheres, centripetal spirals wind light
waves into 246
spheres. Concentrated 244
spheres, Electricity is forever winding
light up into hot 124
spheres, holes are boredthrough 251
spheres, inbreathing of 226
spheres, incandescent 148, 223, 247
spheres. oblating and prolating 223
spheres, outbreathing of 226
spherical planes, East-West 240
spherical systems 247
spinthariscope 270
spiral apices 1:16
spiral bases 276
spiral forms must have intense
individuality 250
SPIRAL IN NATURE 246
spiral is an incompleted sphere 248
spiral journey 275, 276
spiral nebulae 149,243
spiral pairs, opening and closing 260
spiral, clockwise spiral is always a
clockwi se 250
Spirals and crystals have individuality
248
spirals, centripetal and centrifugal 246,
247, 248
spirals. Two-way sex-c ondi tioned 249
spirit is still 36
Spirit, awareness of 23, 89
Spirit, recognizing CAUSE in 58
spiritual awakening, need for - is great
90
spiritual awareness of being 22
spiritual consciousness 35
spiritual inheritance 45
spiritual knowing 90
spiritual QUALmES 22, 164
spiritual universe of knowing 163
stability 16,1 7, 106, 107
stability, Instability is forever seeking to
Spirit, recognizing In )lS
spiritual awakening, need for - is great
90
spiritual awareness of being 22
spiritual consciousness 35
spiritual inheritance 45
spi ritual knowing 90
spiritual QUALmES 22, 164
spiritual universe of knowing 163
stability 16,17, 106, 107
stability, Instability is forever seeking to
find 106
star 46, 76,1 34,154, 161,1 69,170,189,
191,21 4,229, 240, 253,258, 270,
272
static and dynamic equators 234
static condition is eternal 135
static condition of silence 135
static equator 136, 183, 184, 233, 234,
235, 249, 250
static universe of cause 258
static, Length and breadth are 283
stellar systems, elements of matter are
miniature 280
sti ll cosmic mind universe 14
sti lllighl of Knowing 31
sti ll magnetic Light 17,63, 118, 148, 219,
228
STILL TIlINGS ARE NOT STILL 76
still, Light is 160,284
stillness at ninety degrees 258
stillness of Mind· knowing 249
stillness of the fulcrum 39
stillness of the One Magnetic Light of
God 16,113
stillness of the Source 35
stillness, contracting loward 156
stillness, expanding from 156
stillness, God' s 115
stillness. magnetic 260
stop thinking 31,71
storms of earth 107
stroke, compression 177
subconscious mind 23
.....;_.... ;., .. ... inA .4
INDEX
substance 13, 22, 24,44,45,1 36,1 61,
165, 166, 237, 266,275, 280
substance is purely motion 166
substance, Motion simulates 166
sun charges the earth 124
sun is a crucible which melts all ideas into
one 52
sun is reproducing it" own condit ion on
the eart h 169
sun is the seed. of this solar system 200
sun should have burnedout long ago 187
sun's heat 188
sun's pole of rotation '1:19
sun, cold space will bore a black hole
through the 189
sun, discharging lhe 167
sun, orbits around the 255
sun, planets nearest the - move much
faster 171
sunli ght we feel upon our bodies is not
actual light from the sun 169
suns aregenerated into incandescence by
two black riven; of evacuated light
241
SUNS ARE THE SEEDS OF
CREATION 201
suns become rings 127
suns' equato rs 241
superconscious mind 23
sword, die by the 89
symbol of Creation 83
symbol of love 218
symbols 26, 43
symbols inform the thi nker of the thought
conveyed 43
symmetry, conic 234
synchronize 161
T
talk with God 23, 25
TEMPERATURE CYCLE 188
.....I'" ... ....... "'.. -..1
symbols 26, 43
symbols inform the thi nker of the thought
conveyed 43
symmetry, conic 234
synchronize 161
T
talk with God 23, 25
TEMPERATURE CYCLE 188
temperature , Weight should be measured
dually as 181
Tension 15,22,38,42, SO, 52, 53, 60, 65,
85, 100, III, 117, 118, 139, 140, 141,
146, 155, 156, 163, 184, 197, 198,
199, 200,201, 202, 205, 215,21 9,
223, 229, 230,243, 249, 265, 281,
283,287
Tension has not BECOME rest 140
tenuity 125, 165, 245
tenuity, Space is a division of solidity
into 125
think powerfuJ1y from knowledge 42
think with God 23
think, to - is to create 11
thinking consciously 23
thinking intensifies 38
Thinking is electri c 22
thinking is not power 38
THINKfNG VERSUS SENSING 42
thinking, concentrative and decen trative
144
thinking, Evil is a product of man' s 218
thinking, stop 31,71
thought-wa ve universe 14
three dimensional universe 46, 85
three-dimensionaJ radial universe 219
tides 153,154
time and space 49,65, 203
time dimension 20S
time does not exist 25
Time flows two ways 281
Ti me is as unreal as the wave universe is
unreal 281
Time is but one of the E:ff ects which
constitutes this universe 281
lime is naught 92
time, Cont inuity infers 281
time, illusm. of mol ion, change,
sequence and 247
time, illusions of sequence and of 286
ti meless and still 13
timel ess flash of intense inspiration 27
tonal 260
tones of music 259
tones of the spectrum 275
tones, color 275
tones, cycle of 275
tones, harmonic 259
tones, Isotopes are splil - 266
tones, musical 275
tones. octave 240, 260, 275
tones. wave field 282
tones, wave motion is expressed. in eight
259
tornadoes 107, 255
tragedy of today' s ci vilization 89
transformat ion 9, 28, 58, 62
transformed 7, 8, 18
transmute one element into another 280
Trinity 99, 138, 140, 179
'rum 1, 2,18, 30,1 09,163,164, 214
two are equal halves of one 48
two conditions of matter 156,222
two direct ions of electric pres.sures 136
two equally unbalanced conditions 119
two negations 34, 284
TWO OPPOSm;: ELECTRIC
CONDmONS 230
TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC
DIREcnONS 239
two points of rest 129
two supreme illusions 93
two universes 14
two-way motion 79, 115, 121. 161, 173,
222,238
rpovine oendulum 179
two negati ons 34, 284
TWO OPPOSm;: ELECTRIC
CONDmONS 230
TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC
DIREcnONS 239
two points of rest 129
two supreme illusions 93
two universes 14
two-way motion 79, 115, 121. 161, 173,
222,238
two-way moving pendulum 179
two-way pump 38
Two-way sex-conditioncd spi rals 249
two-way spiral j ourney 276
two-way thinking 115
two-way universe 124, 165, 239
two-way wave motion 17
twos must become voided in the One 134
U
ultimate goal of all mankind 28
ultimate goal of spiritual knowing 90
unbalance, Reproduction of 132, 134
unbalance, Weight is a measure of 181
unbalanced action, balanceeVCl)' 108
unbalanced condition in Naturemust be
balanced 127
unbalanced conditions 17,119.133, ISS.
182, 231
unbalanced equal andopposite sex maleS
132
unbalanced ligh\ 21
unbalanced motion 17
unchanging 17, 18, 37, 98, 240
uncondi tioned 17, 22, 98. 119
unconditioned Light 119
underl ying law lOtS
unfolding and refolding XII. 174
unfolding-refolding 144, 146. 148.250,

PRINCIPLE 148,2S0
unhappi ness I (JT
unison 19. 58
unity betweendividedparts. desirefor
85
unity. BALANCE is theprincipleof 106
universal body 86. 118, 176, 177
universal desireforchangeand
multiplicity 63
universaldesireforoneness 63
universalequilibrium 13. 115. 219. 230
universalexpansion 177
universal language. light is the 213
universal law xiii, 2. 66. 67, 110. 191
Universal Mind 3, 12, 23, 53.1 39.144.
145
UNIVERSAL OCTAVE 258
Universal Self 2. 13,90,206
universalSelf, awareness of theLight of
90,206
universalstillness 17. 282
universal stillness. fixedzeroof 17
UNIVERSAL, ELECfRIC
AWARENESS IS 62
universal. Nine is 282
universeas a whole breathes 177
universehas noshape 281
universeis ageless 46. 281
universeis controlledsolelyby electrical
sensation 63
universeis dual 239,24 3
universeis one 19. 104
universeof balance xi
Universeof Being 211
universeof cause. static 258
universeof change 77.219
universeof illusion 46.239
universe of knowing 14.15 . 16. 22. 78.
94. 163
universeof length, breadth andthickness
219
universeof matter 12. 34. 50, 219
.I.tniNr-o:l'!- .of...tnAlter.in motion 12. 34. 50
universeof balance xi
Universeof Being 211
universeof cause. static 258
universe of cbange 77.219
universeof illusion 46, 239
universe of knowing 14.15, 16.22.78,
94.1 63
universeof length. breadth andthickness
2 19
universe of matter 12.34.50, 219
universeof matter inmotion 12, 34. 50
universeof matter. time, changeand
motion 219
Universeof Power 91
universeof reality 239
universeof seemingmotiondoesnot exist
94
universeof seeming sumtantiality 50
universeof sensation 22
universeof sensing 14, 15.163
universeof transient matter in motion 35
universeof varying motion 274
universeof varying pressures 274
universeof waves 132
universe. balanceinthe 107
universe. Balance is thefoundationof the
106
.universe. continuity of the 106
universe. dualelectric 106
universe. illusionof the 93
universe, imaginedradial 219
universe. Intelligenceof the 113
UNIVERSE, MAGNETIC-ELEcrRIC
218
UNIVERSE, MAKE-BELIEVE 75
universe. recording systemof this
creating 271
universe. seeming three-dimensional 282
universe. still magneticlight 17
universe. three-dimensional radial 219
universe, zero 78.230, 282. 284
unwinding 124,173,174,254. 279
uphill flow 175.176, 227. 228
INDEX
V
vacuity 148, 166, 243. 259. 264
vacuityof negative electricity 148
vacuity. radiative expansionof 264
vacuum 286
vapor 125, 126. 156, 157. 162, 183, 198,
237,238
vibration 59,76. 160. 161. 164, 170. 171.
249,259, 27S, 281, 282
vibration ina wave fielddepends upon
volume. rateof 170
vibrations disappearinto theuniversal
zeroof stillness 282
vital xiii, 267, 268. 269. 272
void eachother 119, 152
voidance xi. xii, 118.126 .1 31.133 .1 34,
136. 137.144,155.173, 232. 248
voidanceof oneconditionmust takeplace
beforerepetitioncanfollow 137
voidance of opposition 133
Voidance ofunbalance 118,1 33
voidanceprinciple xi
voidance. balance in 131
voidance. sex-balancing 131
voided as itoccurs. actionis 288
VOIDING PRINCWLE 282
voltage 38, 72. 160
volumeof each succeeding element 277,
278
volume. expandi ngintogreater 167
volume. expansionof 166
voluntary andinvoluntary actions 57
vortex 166, 228, 235
vortex, apexof a 166
vortex. electric 235
vortex. whirlpool motionof theelectric
235
vortices 152. 235
vl Fme. expanumgIIIW ! ) u ~ a u ; ; a
volume, expansionof 166
voluntary andinvoluntary actions 57
vortex 166, 228, 235
vortex. apex of a 166
vortex. electric 235
vortex, whirlpool motionof theelectric
235
vortices 152, 235
W
water 38,39, 101. 102, 108, 126, 136,
156, 157. 162. 163, 176, 183, 184,
198, 202, 250. 255
wave amplitude 129. 144.222. 223. 265
waveaxis 129,1 66
waveconditions areforever seeking
oneness 161
wavecycle, positive-negative waveparts
of a 72
wavecycles 162, 173. 197
wave fieldgyroscopic principle 275
wave fieldtones 282
wave field, outer boundary planes of the
277
wave field, planesof the 277
wave field. rateof vibrationina 170
wave field, slowvibration ina large 170
wave fields act as mirrors I fIJ
WAVE FIELDS, BIRTH OF 220
wave fields. fast pulsinginterchange in
extremely small 170
wave fields. ratesof vibration in 171
wave interchange 176
wave line which records all effectsof
motion 249
wave motion is expressed ineight tones
259
wave of musical octaves 260
wave pressure, conditionof 167
wave, amplitude of the 166
wave. gyroscopic 240
wave, minimummotioninthe 211
wave. shaft of a 250
WEIGHT CURVES GRAVITY 184
WEIGHT DEFINED 184
Weightisameasure ofuribalance 181
WEIGHT IS MAlTER OUT OF PLACE
181
Weight is not a fixedpropeny of matter
184
WEIGHT IS UNBALANCE 182
Weightof matter 182
weightof the earth 46
Weight should be measuredduallyas
temperature 181
weight, definitionsof 184
weight, measurecalled 182
weight. negative andpositive 184
west 29. 127, 135, 195,240
West andEast do notopposeeachother
240
wheel 5. 6. 19.43,75, 83, 84.1 83. 277.
278, 279.280
whirlpoolmotionof the electri c vortex
235
white light 12. 24,5 3, 130, 203, 241
white light, darknessof spaceis radiated
fromtwo incandescentrivers of 241
winding upprocess of nature 266
woman 68, 119
womb of mother 202
word xi, 17. 18,20. 25. 29.33, 45.87.89.
104,105.123. 151,203,215
work xii, 15, 21.3 I,32. 48. 63. 65. 68.
69, lOS, 114, 120, 144, 145, 235,249
world xii, 2. 26, 36, 47, 88, 89, 90, 131
world, Feardominates the 89
world, nationsof the 89
world. new 26, 131
X
xenon 269
won. All. 1..1, •• • ..1 • • -' ~ , _ _ ,
69, 105, 114, 120, 144. 145,235,249
world xii. 2, 26. 36, 47, 88, 89, 90, 131
world, Feardominates the 89
world, nations of the 89
world. new 26, 131
X
xenon 269
y
yellow 279,282
Z
zero xii, 17. 78.1 52,153.1 62, 169, 181,
182. 218, 219,220, 225,230,231.
243,245, 258,264, 265.266. 267,
268,269.271.272,275.277.279.
281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 287
zero curvature xii, 153. 162. 169.219.
220,225.245, 277
zeroof stillness, vibrations disappear inlo
theuniversal 282
zeropressure condition 153
zerouniverse 78. 230.282,284
zero, action of any nature begins with
282
zero. centering 283, 284. 287
zero. energyin 283
zero. from zero to 230, 275. 283
zero, sumof dually reflectedmotion thus
< expressed is 284
zero. threecentering planesarecentered
by 283
THE SECREt OF LIGH"F
WALTER RUSSELL
r--------------,
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ~ ~ I I ~ I ~ I I ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ I I I ~ ' I ] m l i l ~ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I
3 2071 9003 5692 7
For within the secret of Light is vast knowledge yet unrevealed to man.
Light is all there is; it is all we have to deal with, but we do not yet know
what it is. The purpose of this message is to tell what it is.
Today's civilization has advanced far in knowing HOW}O deal with mat-
ter but we do not know WHAT matter is nor the WHY/iof it. Nor do we
know what energy, electricity, magnetism, gravitation and radiation are.
Nor do we know the purpose of the inert gases and WHAT they are. Nor
do we know the structure of the elemental atoms nor the gyroscopic
principle which determines that structure. Nor are we aware of the fact
that this is a two-way continuous universe of balance in all effects of
motion and not a one-way disco tinuous universe. Nor have we even
yet heard of or suspected the most important of all principles in physics,
THE VOIDANCE PRINCIPLE and the mirrors and lenses of space which
are the cause of illusion in all moving things .
Jesus said, "GOD IS LIGHT," and no man of that day knew what He
meant. The day is now here when all men must know what Jesu s meant
when He said "GOD IS LIGHT."

" "

'1" '

,

. •

'~

~

. ,.
"~

" ,
.~

' ;, . '

"

-~.

"." ~

To the one God, the universal One this book is humbly dedicated
Copyright 1947 by Walter Russell Copyright 1971, 1994 by The University of Science and Philosophy

ISBN 1-87-960510-4 Printed in U. S. A.

PREFACE
TO 1971 EDITION
The original volume of THE SECRET OF LIGHT was published in 1947. This current publication includes some modifications and amplifications that Doctor Russell made with regard to this particular volume prior to his refolding in 1963. Since THE SECRET OF LIGHT was released by Walter Russell, our year's Home Study Course in Universal Law, Natural Science and Living Philosophy-and all of the other books listed herein-have been written and released, for the world is now fully ready and in great need of the ' new and basic knowledge contained in all of these writings.
LAO RUSSELL

CO NC ERNI NG THE DI VINE ILIAD

is the basis of this book. THE DIVINE ILIAD is an inspired message from the Creator to give man the needed comprehension of his relation to his universe, to man, and to God, for the coming cycle. Man progresses in cycles of approximately twenty-five hundred years. At the beginning of each cycle of his growing awareness of the Light within him, God sends messages through prepared 'messengers to further his comprehension of the Light. Comprehension of these cosmic messages gradually exalts mankind into higher beings, and thus each cycle is one more step for man toward full awareness of the Light, and of his Oneness with God. THE DIVINE ILIAD cannot be fully published for many years. As much of it as can now be published will appear in these pages. Further portions of it will be released as the world is ready to receive them.
THE DIVINE ILIAD
WALTER RUSSELL

VI

vii

Technological application of his principles holds the promise of a non-polluting sus. It is with great hope and expectation for humanity's greater comprehension and use of The Secret Of Light that we offer this updated edition.. and will serve as an inspiration and light into the next centuries. and add several editor 's notes. Scientific investigation of Walter Russell's ideas gives the reward of deeper understanding into the nature of the Universe. viii . tainable energy future that is presently so desperately needed. The preservation of the essence of Dr.PREFACE TO 1994 ED I T ION This 1994 edition of Walter Russell's classic masterpiece has been edited to correct misspellings and grammatical errors. Russell's thoughts and teachings has been foremost in our minds.

THE WAVE IN THE WA VE LIES THE SECRET OF CREAnON x .

The purpose of this message is to tell what it is. Nor have we even yet heard of or suspected the most important of all principles in physics. magnetism. Light is all there is. THE VOIDANCE PRINCIPLE and the mirrors and lenses of space which are the cause of illusion in all moving things. Nor do we know the purpose of the inert gases and WHAT they are. Nor do we know what energy. it is all we have to deal with." For within the secret of Light is vast knowledge yet unrevealed to man. Nor are we aware of the fact that this is a two-way continuous universe of balance in all effects of motion and not a one-way discontinuous universe." and no man of that day knew what He meant. Today's civilization has advanced far in knowing HOW to deal with matter but we do not know WHAT matter is nor the WHY of it. Nor do we know the structure of the elemental atoms nor the gyroscopic principle which determines that structure.f AUTHOR'S FOREWORD Jesus said. The day is now here when all men must know what Jesus meant when He said "GOD IS LIGHT. . xi . "GOD IS LIGHT. gravitation and radiation are.electricity. but we do not yet know what it is.

I therefore give it to you with all of its clarity as I myself have become aware of it from behind the scenes of this cosmic cinema of light illusion which is our universe. Nor have we the slightest conception of what constitutes the life principle. religion and science. Nor are we aware of that recording principle by means of which the Creator carries forth the sum totals of every sequential cycle in His unfolding and refolding universe unto the very end of its manifestations upon one planet and its beginning on anew one. These roots of universal repetition are now but metaphysical abstractions to religion and physical guesswork to science. No one now knows how it is that crystals get their various shapes. Likewise human relationships will become more ' balanced because of greater knowledge of universal law which lies behind all of the processes which light uses to interweave the patterned forms of this electric wave universe. Nor have we the slightest inkling of the cause of curvature of space. nor the voidance of that curvature in planes of zero curvature at wave field boundaries. Nor are we dynamically aware of the souls and seeds of things. there being no reality to it whatsoever. and many xii more. It will lay a spiritual foundation under the present material one of science. from the university to the laboratory. which the ages have not yet solved. Within the secret of Light is the answer to all of these heretofore unanswered questions. Its unfoldment will prove the existence of God by methods and standards acceptable to science and religion alike. and from nation to nation. There is no department of life which will not be vitally affected by this new knowledge of the nature of Light. This revelation of the nature of Light will be the inheritance of man in this coming New Age of greater comprehension. nor the principle of growth. will thus find unity in marriage of the two. WALTER RUSSELL xiii . from government to industry. The two greatest elements in civilization. It will amaze the world to know that those shapes of crystals are determined in space by the shapes of the wave fields which bound the various elemental structures.r i I: i AUTHOR 'S FOREWORD AUTHOR 'S FOREWORD Nor do we even consider the entire material electric universe to be the illusion which it is. nor the simultaneous unfoldment-refoldment principle which repeats all patterns in Nature sequentially and records and voids them as they are repeated.

O. 71 MOTION SIMULATING REST THE ILLUSION OF CHANGE XVI • • •THE SENSES DECEIVE XVII MAN'S NEW CYCLE xv I' .OTHER BOOKS BY WALTER RUSSELL The Message of The Divine Iliad-Vol. Natural Science and Living Philosophy Scientific Answer to Human Relations Atomic Suicide? The World Crisis--Its Explanation and Solution A Vision Fulfilled! The One-World Purpose-A Plan to Dissolve War by a Power More Mighty Than War BOOKS BY LAO RUSSELL 31 34 38 . Waynesboro Virginia 22980 (703) 942-5161 (800) 882-LOVE (5683) Book Orders XIII XIV XV UNCONSCIOUSNESS-SLEEP-AND PAIN ••••. P.. Box 520.• INSTINCT 56 61 65 75 78 83 89 For catalog on additional books and teachings by Walter and Lao Russell..AUTHOR WITH LAO RUSSELL PART I OMNISCIENCE THE UNIVERSE OF KNOWING CHAPTER I THE ETERNAL QUESTION PAGE 1 II •. II A New Concept of the Universe The Self Multiplication Principle The Secret of Working Knowingly With God The Electric Nature of the Universe The Sculptor Searches for Mark Twain's Immortality The Fifth Kingdom Man The Dawn of a New Day in Human Relations The Immortality of Man The Book of Early Whisperings Your Day and Night W ALTER RUSSELL CO. CREATOR AND CREATION III IV V VI VII SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS CREATIVE EXPRESSION KNOWLEDGE KNOWLEDGE VERSUS THINKING 12 22 27 Home Study Course in Universal Law.42 VIII ••• THINKING VERSUS SENSING IX SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN 50 God Will Work With You But Not For You .••. Love-A Scientific & Living Philosophy of Love and Sex Why You Cannot Die!-Reincarnation Explained X XI ••. I The Message of The Divine Iliad-Vol. ELECTRICAL AWARENESS XII . please write or phone: The University of Science and Philosophy Swannanoa.

.. 173 WEIGHT THE SOURCE OF SOLAR ENERGY THE LIFE PRINCIPLE 181 187 196 xvi .. 98 IIL . •.... 160 C yCLES •..•••••• ••• • .•• ••. :.•• ••• ••.-=: ' ' ..•• •.•. _ - - LIGHT . THE U NFOLDING... THE ILLUSION OF ATTRACTION AND REPULSION OF MATTER XII XIII XIV XV XVI ---153 . .. •• • • • ••••••. GENESIS .. 148 XL .~ ...s: ~..........-. MAN 'S Two SUPREME ILLUSIONS PAGE PART III OMNIPRESENCE THE UNIVERSE AND OF BEING POSTULATES 93 106 113 118 123 13 2 139 144 DIAGRAMS II •.PART II OMNIPOTENCE THE UNIVERSE OF POWER CHAPTER L ....•• • • •••• •... THE LAW OF BALANCE IV V THE SOURCE OF POWER THIS SE XED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE VL •• S EX-CONDITIONED OPPOSITES VII THE SEX R EPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE VIII ...•. ..••...•• •..-=-.........REFOLDING PRINCIPLE ....• • •...... • ELECTRICITY DEFINED IX THE Two ELECTRIC DESIRES X ••. ~-- : ..••..•.• •. •.•.

~""'~ .. . Thou art the Light... .. Through My Light alone can man know Me.*~ .. "Man may know me by desiring to know Me. . ." . -: :\ . "What] am thou art..- "OWER -31 I ~ . n ALLPO~R IICTUftNS1lI_ ONE OMNISCIENCE The Universe of Knowing .. "To know Me is to be Me. but theirs is the agony ofawaiting. "Man is Me when he knoweth that he is Me.. ] alone AM. . • IIC .. "All men will come to Me in due time. Thou art One with Me. "Man is Light when he knoweth that he is Light. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 'to THE SECRET OF LIGHT Part I ••_.N'.. ONE A&. J . • \ . . ."' ~-- "I am the Light.. .

" "0 thou unseen One. but goodness is still veiled from my eyes like a thick mist which hides Thy Light which I vainly seek." That is the. tear from my eyes the blinding veil which hides the path to Thy Light.1 i j' . cry of the ages. that I may find my way to Thee.F'l Ii r i ! \ Chapter I THE ETERNAL QUESTION "Who am I?" "What am I?" "Why am I?" "Whither am I bound?" "What is my relation to the universe. and to God?" "What is Truth? How am I to know Truth?" "Whence cometh my power? What is the Source of my power?" "How am I to find Balance? In my dealings with my fellow men. to man. Unbalanced I fall." "I stumble in its darkness. 1 . how am I to know that balance in our interchange which will enrich both him and me?" "Countless are the religious teachings. and many are the commandments to goodness.

and in human relations. Every desire written upon the heart of man is carried to the Source. and its answer will come. A new cycle of three thousand years duration is now in its birth throes. . omnipotence and omnipresence are centered in the consciousness of every man. is the consummate art of God's universe of Light. but few there are who know of the Oneness of their Self-Soul with the Universal Self-Soul. New comprehension periodically transforms mankind into higher beings. he fails to vision the simple underlying principle of Balance in all things. sides and facets have lost balance with each other and with him. therefore.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE ETERNAL QUESTION i: That is the unanswered question which is arising from the heart of this awakening generation. Man lives in a bewildering complex world of EFFECf of which he knows not the CAUSE. What he thinks of as his living body is but an electrically motivated machine which simulates life through 3 . What he calls his objective human mind isbut the seat of electric sensations of his body." Memories have no more relation to knowledge of Universal Mind which is in man than Victrola records are related to the source of their recordings. Balance is simple. for man 's consciousness is insulated from his Source by the sensations of his electrically conditioned body which he wrongly thinks of as being his Mind and his personal Self. complexes Truth until its many angles. Each cycle of Jttan brings him nearer to his awareness of his Oneness with the Light of his Self-Source. In this one fundamental Universal Law lies the balanced continuity of all creative expression in God's electric wave universe of two conditioned lights in 2 seeming motion which record God's One Whole Idea of Creation into countless seemingly separate parts of that Whole Idea. Truth is simple. Because of its seemingly infinite multiplicity and complexity. Many are the ages of preparation for worthiness to hear it. It is also the Law. Rhythmic balanced interchange between all pairs of opposite expressions in Natural phenomena. God's omniscience. What he mistakes for thinking is but an electric awareness of things sensed and recorded within the cells of his brain for repetitive usage through what is termed "memories. The great unanswered question of man has a simple answer. He.Civilization progresses in cycles. Man requires many millennia to begin to be aware of that. THE VOICE WITHIN . The Silent Voice within every man is ceaselessly whispering it to his awakening consciousness. but few there are who ask comprehensively and fewer still who hear.

his spiritual storehouse of all-knowledge. is purely automatic. loves and dies. It is the Light which he is unknowingly seeking but assumes that the sensation of his brain is his thinking. then leaves it. Man does not say that his tooth is unconscious when it is put to sleep by short-circuiting the electric current in the nerve-wire which gives sensed electrical awareness to his tooth. but repeat themselves continuously and forever as all idea of Mind likewise repeats itself. to disappear from reach of the sensations which connect rim. The heartbeat. for example. He knows that his tooth cannot be conscious. which is consciousness in him and which is sensation. The wheel. allpower. He has been aware of the spirit in him only a very few thousands of years. is a mechanism consisting of a hub. Man is still new. spokes and a rim. The white corpuscles of the blood rush to repair an injury to the body as automatically as a bell rings when a button is pushed. He thinks himself conscious while awake and unconscious when sleeping.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE ETERNAL QUESTION motion extended to it from its centering Self-Soul which alone lives and wills the body to move. and to a very little extent through mental decisions. He has not yet learned that bodies are but Self-created mechanisms which manifest their centering Self. The electrically oscillating nerve-wires which operate his bodily mechanism act almost entirely through automatic reflexes and instinctive control. In this body and its electric recording brain. Nor does he yet know that consciousness never sleeps. knowing not which is Mind in him. He is barely out of the dark of his jungle. omnipresence and omnipotence are expressed as he slowly becomes aware of their presence within him. But then it reappears. spokes and ground. unaware that in all Nature there is no such condition as unconsciousness when sensation ceases in sleep. and all-presence. A little part of the wheel touches the ground. for consciousness in man is his immortality. man thinks that he thinks and lives. for example. What he calls his subjective mind is his consciousness. In this beginning of his new awareness he is confused. never changes. Likewise he has not yet learned that bodies neither live nor die . Each cell and organ of his body has an electrical awareness of its purpose and each fulfills that purpose without any mental action whatsoever upon the part of the Intelligence which occupies that body. That consciousness is his Self. For the million or more years of his unfolding he has relied upon sensation for his actions and the evidence of his senses for his knowing. and that Self manifests God as One with it. his ETERNAL Self through which his omniscience. but he does not know that his body cannot be conscious. feels it. 5 4 .

The flame "goes out" to our sensing. "The apple was eaten. the flame has gone out and the tree has decayed. Man never dies." We say that because only a small part of the cycle of any idea comes within the range of our senses. When that happens to man we say. and is being forever transformed as he finds it. There are those who seek the Light who are discour7 . he leaves the jungle farther below him in the dark. The negative half of the cycle is light returning to sun and earth for repetition as another manifestation of the eternal idea of the apple.~ THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE ETERNAL QUESTION I ' I ' .· I. the tree or any other part of the One Whole Idea of Creation. and having never lived it cannot die. Likewise man appears to disappear and reappear again and again in countless cycles to express eternal life of the spirit in eternal repetitions of that part of the man cycle which the body of man can sense. planet and nebula of the far heavens appear. The body but manifests the spirit. just as the larger part of the wheel is beyond the sensed perception of the ground. Actions thus made by the body under the command of its centering Soul have no motivative power or intelligence in themselves." When it happens to the apple. the forest. And as he becomes more and more transformed by the God-Light of the awakening Self within him. Likewise the tree. He is but beginning to know the Light. Jesus rightly said that man shall not see death. The spirit alone lives. mountain. He is as continuous as eternity is con6 tinuous. they are but machines motivated by an omniscient and omnipotent intelligence extended to them. the flame" or the tree. for there is no death to see or to know. The same is true of the flame. But it still IS. The cycle of the apple is light reaching from the sun and earth to that positive half of the apple cycle which we hold in our hand. That which we think of as life in the spirit of man manifests itself by willing the body to act. Likewise the body of man does not live. These things we do not yet know. for man is in his infancy. we say. lived and died. BE YE FOREVER TRANSFORMED Man is forever seeking the Light to guide him on that long tortuous road which leads from his body's jungle to the mountain top of his awakening soul. disappear and as surely reappear. "He was born. The larger part of the cycle is beyond our range of perception. Man is forever finding that Light. We do not yet know that the invisible part of the cycles of all idea is as continuous as the wheel is continuous. And as he finds it he gradually finds the Self of him which IS the Light.

I r I . There is naught but LIFE. and he will be forever transformed as he finds it. One cannot for one moment remove his seeking eyes from his High-heaven. All parts of the play are experiences which become the action of the play. . We must. There is no death. the Light will forever come. be content with the lines of the play revealed to each of us in Light. where glory awaits the fearless. Look ye. All who are well out of the jungle have already found enough of the Light to illume their way out of its dark depths. We actors of the play must. Unknowing ones expect to find it all at once in some blinding flash of all-power. All man's experiences are part of his unfolding. are good experiences. Likewise this planet will be finished as an abode for man. There is naught but GOOD. therefore. the play will be finished. All must make the climb. THE ASCENT OF MAN FROM THE DARK TO THE LIGHT is the forever repetitive play of man on the planets of suns. be ever joyous at our continuous transformation.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE ETERNAL QUESTION . He who is far out of the jungle and still seeks the Light in the High-heavens is forever finding it. The dark road from his jungle to his mountain top of glory becomes ever more illumined during the ascent from body to spirit. but glorious road to climb. It does not come that way until one is nearing his mountain top. for ever so slight a glimpse below into the dark brings him back to the fears of the dark. All experiences. therefore. forever upward into the Highheavens of inspiration. Man cannot bear much of the Light at a time while his body is still new and too near its jungle. To him' whose eyes are in the High-heavens. and is forever being transformed as he finds it. aged because they seemingly cannot find it. Each experience is a part of his journey from the dark to the Light. wholly unaware that they have forever been finding it. likewise. as each one of us learns our part. all-knowing seekers of Beauty in the purity of the universal Light. line by line. When all mankind has found the Light. therefore. the better to fulfill it worthily. ·1 . all-knowledge and all-presence. 9 . which tempt him to plunge back into them. It will then be rolled off into its ever expanding orbit while Venus is gradually being rolled into place to become the stage for the next repetition of THE ASCENT OF MAN in this solar system. All experiences are steps in that journey to his mountain top of glory.. There is no evil. 8 It is a hard.

and form is born in the image ofMy thinking. for I am ALL. "I. "To think is to create. I alone existeth. the ALL. "What I am thou art. I create with Light.I . am Unity. e'en though I am in them and they in Me. "I think idea. for thou art Me. I. "Glorify thou thy Self. the One Whole. I exist to think. Light registereth My idea in the two sexed lights of My thinking. am knowing Mind. All thinking is Light ofMy knowing but My thinking is not Me. but they are not Me. "Form hath no existence.. the One Whom I am. "I create my imaged body with the inbreathing ofMy pulsing universe ofMe. These exist not. creating with My thinking. "I. [ f 10 11 : r . . thou art the Whole. nor have My imaginings. but My image is not Me. for they are not Me. I nrr r I 1 I "I am the One Whole. the sexless One." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD · . t I I "Out of My Light of knowing are My two lights of thinking born as sexed pairs of opposites for repetition as sexed pairs ofopposites. I· . "I am Creator. the ALL. "A ll things are My image. : I · · I . and no other is. "Glorify thou Me. for in so doing thou art glorifying Me. Nothing is which is not Light. "My universe is My image.! .

the Creator. It is the body of God. change. Matter. to reappear. the One Soul. So also are God's thinking and imagining timeless and still. Motion merely seems. but it can appear to be. or become motion. THE ONE LIGHT God's thinking and imagining are qualities of God's knowing. God's Creation is the imaged patterned form of God's imagining. Mind. It but simulates reality through the illusion of two-way projected lights in motion. Likewise we can KNOW man. It has no reality. Mind is Light. the One Mind. God is Universal Mind. dimension and substance have no existence . This self creating universe is the Mind imagined body of God. Stillness never can be motion. Mind thinks what it knows. the Creator. So. Mind knows its One Idea of Creation as One Whole. the One Reality. Soul and Power which is in Him alone. created by Him for expressing the One-ness of Life. and the illusion of substance which we call matter. The illusion which is motion springs from stillness and returns to stillness. time.CREATOR AND CREATION Chapter II CREATOR AND CREATION God. man's thinking and imagining are as timeless and still as is his knowing . This is a universe of rest. God's knowing Mind is timeless and still. There is but One Mind and One Thinker. likewise. God's creating universe of matter in motion appears to exist. but stillness always is. Mind knows. It is the Universal Self which centers all omnipresent selfcreating bodies of God-Selves. The Light of knowing Mind alone exists. Mind thinks in two opposed lights simultaneously projected from their centering white Light Source and sequentially repeated in cycles. the One Person. the One Thinker. Love. motion. To our senses it sequentially disappears. the One Self. The universal equilibrium can never be other than its own balance but it can seem to be. Hence the illusion of motion which we call Creation. There is naught but rest in the universe. We can- ( ! \ ! l t God is Light. the One Power. the One Life. is the One Being. The One Light of knowing Mind is Self of God. and record of God's thinking. the record of His thinking. God. Mind thinks its One Whole idea into seeming parts. We can KNOW God. 12 13 I I . built in His image. is all there IS. all that EXISTS. We cannot KNOW His body but we can SEE it.

OUR SEEMING DUALITY We seemingly live in two universes. Man must know that his power lies in the stillness of his centering Self and not in the motion by means of which he manifests that stillness. he must know that this forever creating universe which seems so real to him is but a cosmic cinema. the still cosmic Mind universe of KNOWING and the moving thoughtof-Mind rhythmic wave universe of SENSING. planets and all other moving extensions of the One Light. The time has come in the history of man's journey from his material jungle to his spiritual mountain top when it is imperative that he must live more and more in the cosmic Light universe of knowing. spectrum-colored light and sound-wave motion picture play of CAUSE AND EFFECT thrown on the black screen of imaged space and time.THE SECRET OF LIGHT CREATOR AND CREATION not KNOW the body of man but we can SEE it. The cosmic Light is absolutely still. Also. we need . It is but an electrically projected. Also he must know gradually the dawning awareness of the cosmic Light of God in him. He must know that his Self is God in him. and less in the electric wave universe of sensing. to know the nature and purpose of the two electric workers which interweave this light mirage of seeming motion and dissolve it sequentially for rebuilding. We now need to comprehend the nature and purpose of the "magnetic poles" of suns. We cannot sense the cosmic universe of God's knowing nor can we know the thought-wave universe of God's thinking. Man's senses have misled him into believing in a force called magnetism which attracts compass needles and lifts tons of steel. What God is man is. These phenomena of motion are due to electricity and not to magnetism. 14 15 . It neither attracts nor repels.. The vibrating thought-wave universe of sensing merely seems. This will give a foundation of knowledge to man which will enable him to see behind the illusions which deceive his senses. Likewise. for with it comes an awareness of his purposefulness in manifesting the Light and the power to manifest it. The cosmic Mind universe of the One Light of allknowing is all that is. conceived by the Master Playwright. i I The one still Light of God is the cosmic Light which watches over all creating things at countless points locatable by man. Man must now know the universe of God for what it is instead of what his senses have made him believe it to be. but invisible to man. THE COSMIC GOD LIGHT Ii t I . God and man are ONE.

T r " u" THE SECRET OF LIGHT CREATOR AND CREATION rr . the balanced stillness of the One magnetic Light of God. Creation is the product of Mind-knowing expressed in form by Mind-Thinking. unchanging. the ever-changing motion arising out of pairs of unbalanced conditions which must forever move to seek the balanced stillness of unity from which they sprang as multiple pairs of units. The Self of man is cause. cancelling each other's action and reaction. thus negating each other by never allowing either one to exceed its fixed zero of universal stillness. In the Negative Principle there is no positive. The product of Mind is not the idea which it simulates. all having the same meaning but different connotations. Unbalanced motion is the Negative Principle of instability. It forever moves. changing. The two moving lights are projected through each other from the static One to create the illusion of the idea they but manifest. Form of idea in matter is transient but is eternally repeated as transient form of idea. The still magnetic Light universe of God's knowing is an invisible. God's universe of magnetic Light is static. I The CAUSE is real. It is but simulated by form and motion. multiplicity and separateness which is this physical universe of electric octave waves of opposed lights. conditioned and measurable quantities spring to simulate those qualities through two-way wave moti~:m. QUALITY BEGETS QUANTITIES t I I ~ ! I. There is no one word in any language to express that quality so we must use many words. THE POSITIVE PRINCIPLE THE NEGATIVE PRINCIPLE The foundation of the physical universe is motion. Balanced stillness is the Positive Principle of stability and unity. The EFFECT is but a simulation of the reality. Idea is eternal and belongs to God's still universe of knowing. 16 17 . It is composed entirely of pairs of negations which are forever void!ng each other. In it there are no negations. No idea of Mind is ever created. unconditioned and unmeasurable quality from which visible. His self-creating body is effect. God's perpetually creating electric wave universe of two moving lights is dynamic. The illusion which manifests the idea of Creation through seeming motion is not the idea which it seemingly manifests. t The foundation of the spiritual universe is stillness.

All things are indissolubly united. Likewise. Parts of the One Whole Idea are only seeming.f' THE SECRET OF LIGHT CREATOR AND CREATION " I t I I I I r These words are mind. Changes of condition in anyone part are simultaneously reflected in every other part. for example. dimension. is an unchanging. those quantities can be measured. balance and law. There are no two separate or separable things in the universe. "Everything that is is of everything else that is. Every part of the universe moves in interdependent unison as the wheels of a watch move in unison. The quantities of divided and conditioned pairs of opposite lights which thus simulate the One are not the One they simulate. The milkweed fluff floating lazily in the summer sky affects the balance of the whole universe of suns and galaxies. consciousness. The Creator is One Mind indivisible. knowledge. truth. Creation is One Whole Idea of Mind divided into countless simulated ideas of mind. through motion. life. they are forever changing. These divided pairs are then multiplied into countless octave wave units of light pressures and set in opposite directioned motion to create the illusion of sequence. change. Nor are there two points in them which are similarly conditioned. This creating electric universe is composed of moving light waves which sprang from a calm sea of the One still Light. desire. of sameness and stillness. The calm sea. There is but One Whole Simulation of the One Whole Idea. The moment that quantities of waves spring from that quality of calm. unmeasurable quality of oneness. and are sequentially repeated in it. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD Every happening anywhere happens everywhere. It is a universe of moving pairs of quantities which simulate the quality of stillness from which those quantities spring. t ~ 18 19 I . love. power. The watch wheels are geared together mechanically. nothing to count or to measure. The entire universe is one and must be kept in balance as one. The God-quality of the One Light is seemingly transformed into quantities by being divided into pairs of oppositely-conditioned light pressures of this electric universe. condition and time 'in a universe where none of these effects of motion exist. The simulation of Idea thus expressed is not the idea that it expresses. Upon its calm surface there is no change. The rhythmic wave universe is geared together electrically.

"For I say to all the imaged forms of My imagining. and involved in all things. When man's consciousness telleth him of My presence within and without him he will then know all things. for I know all things."Say thou these things in words of man's knowing. verily I say. "All omnipresent things are omniscient. Until then. and I am he. and I am omniscient.for all things extend from Mind of Me. for I alone have Being. "All things are omnipresent . "And also I say that the imagined forms of My imagining have no Being. things are naught but things. without all things. "All thinking things manifesteth all power when consciousness within them recognizeth their omnipotence. manifesting me not. and I am omnipresent. I am within all things. by making the One Light appear as two unbalanced lights which interchange sequentially but equally. for. and manifest thou thyself that principle ofpower in thine own works. that power lieth in them to manifest the balanced Light which centereth them. for I am within them. "And again I say that all things which man senseth are but waves of dual light which record My electric thinking in the imagined forms ofMy imagining. I give all power to him who asketh but no one may ask ofMe who is not aware ofMe. for I am everywhere." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 20 21 . "For I am omnipotent. See thou to it that man well knoweth that. being but blank slates upon which to write My mighty thoughts for blind eyes.

Likewise the same confusion leads us to the adoption of such terms as "subconscious mind. All other units of Creation are limited in their actions to automatic reflexes from sensed memories built up through ages of sensing and recording such sensing as instinct. Man is the only unit in Creation who has conscious awareness of the Spirit within him and electrical awareness of dually conditioned light acting upon his senses. Consciousness is the spiritual awareness of Being. electron. Sensation simulates reality through motion of interchanging lights. Consciousness is the KNOWING of mind. Sensation is the electrical awareness of motion simulating the spiritual QUALITIES of the One Idea by creating imaged QUANTITIES of separate forms which seem to have substance." 22 23 . Consciousness is static. like a lever swinging upon a fixed fulcrum. Man alone can be freed from body to think with God. Knowing is static.r SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS Chapter III SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS God is consciousness. to talk with God and be inspired by His centering Light. atom or sun. Consciousness is real. The Self of man belongs to the static. Thinking belongs to the electrically sensed and conditioned vibrating universe of motion. vegetable or mineral. all-power and all-presence. visible. of all-knowing. that there is but the One Mind of the One Living God of Love. Thinking is electric. God's thinking is expressed by two-way moving wave extensions from consciousness. All other units of Creation have electrical awareness only. while using them. The universal Mind centers every particle and mass in this universe: animal. but the mirage of a city is not the city it reflects. Confusion and misunderstanding as to whether we are thinking consciously from knowledge or sensing electrically from memory records stored in our brains have led us to the necessity of distinguishing between the two by the common usage of such terms as "the human mind" and "mortal mind. Thinking is the motionless principle in light which creates the illusion of motion. electrically conditioned universe of sensation." and "superconscious mind. conscious. Thought expression is dynamic. We express knowing in the dynamic." We know full well. or like waves extending from the calm sea. invisible. unconditioned universe of KNOWING.

All creating forms in this thought universe of God's imagining are built in the image of His imagining. thus forgotten. 25 24 . They are but black and white lights of sun-centered wave fields of space assembled in vibrating systems to simulate substance in an objective universe which is not.THE SECRET OF LIGHT SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS There is but One Mind functioning universally within all creating things. This light-wave universe which records God's knowing by His thinking and imagining is as eternal as God's thinking is eternal. as commonly believed. not a created one. All imagining is God's imagining. They have no substance. Records of Idea are not the idea they record. God did not begin to imagine at some fixed time. He who attunes his heart to the messages of genius purifies himself. creating "in His image. nor are there different kinds of minds. They uplift all mankind by reinspiring all who listen to their ecstatic words and rhythms. Nor is it condemned to a "heat-death" by expansion into nothingness. Inspired geniuses forget their bodies while deeply conscious of their existence as wholly Mind. and that One Mind is not stratified nor divided into the more or less. but seems to be. This is a creating universe. They have no existence. Inspired geniuses translate God's knowing into words of man for the soul of man. Inspiration is the language of Light which man uses to talk with God. Inspiration is that deep awareness of the consciousness of Being which differentiates the genius or mystic from the being of average intelligence." All forms in this creating universe of imagined forms are but electric recordings of God's imaginings. No impurity can there be in his heart for verily he then is in communion with the Holy One. act almost automatically in obedience to instinct and cell memory reflexes. for time does not exist. Their bodies. INSPIRATION IMAGINATION God is the imaginer of His One Idea. Inspiration in man is accompanied by an intense mental ecstasy which is characteristic of all who become intensely conscious of their closeness to God. It was not "created" at some remote past time by some vast cosmic event. There are no differing conditions of the One Mind. God's imagining never began and will never end.

but. He is still but in the ferment ofhis early brewing. I say. for he is still new. This experience was described in the illumination of St. "For I say.. Omniscience comes to him in that timeless blinding flash of light which is characteristic of a complete severance. The Bible refers to cosmic-conscious experience as "the illumination" or "being in the Light" or "in the Spirit. He is then almost totally unaware of his body and is totally aware of the Light of God centeridg him." In all history less than forty cases of partial cosmic consciousness are known. 26 .'/ / Chapter IV "Man alone of all My creating things hath begun to hear My whisperings. that e'en though My Light of immortal Life floweth through those mortal symbols of My thinking. The mystic is one who has attained cosmic consciousness by a complete severance of the seats of consciousness and sensation. Since his beginning My still small Voice hath whispered within him that I am he and he Me. Paul. then they shall be Me and I them. Jesus was the outstanding example of all time." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS Beyond the genius is the mystic. and probably not more than three of these anywhere nearly approached the complete 27 ( . but even now barbaric man on thy small new world heareth dully. for inspiration is the manner in which new knowledge comes to man from the cosmos. Every timeless flash of intense inspiration which comes to any man is a partial illumination. e'en to the least of these. and maketh idols which he treasures before Me. It toucheth them not in Its passing. that all things which floweth from Life of Me have Life of Me flowing through them. He was the only One in all history to have known complete cosmic-conscious unity with God. Of all mystics. "When they shall know the Light of Me in them.

The path to Me is Light. and by it thou canst well see thy way to Me. I say: In so far as thou knowest thyself as Light. that he may see Me only and hear naught but Me.THE SECRET OF LIGHT state of illumination experienced by the Nazarene. The deterrent to cosmic consciousness is the feeling that God is far away instead of being within. but there are many in this new age just dawning who are ready for it in part. Many desire it fully. The power of severance of soul from body is within easy accomplishment. undiverted by deviations. I say: Learn thou to walk my path strongly in the Light. shalt thou know Me as Light. To him whose soul would touch My Soul. if not fully. The way to gradually attain cosmic consciousness is to intensify one's conscious awareness by much aloneness and companionship with God while manifesting Him in every moment and in every task of life. Cosmic consciousness is the ultimate goal of all mankind. but it is best that it come bit by bit for the complete severance is very dangerous. All will know it before the long journey of man is finished. for in the dark thou canst not find thy way to Me. and that we can reach that far away God only through sources outside of ourselves. Moment-by-moment companionship with God brings with it so great a realization of Oneness with Him that the transformation into that full realization of unity is apt to take place at any time. "He who would interpret the rhythm of Me in art must walk his path in ecstasy. "Say thou to man these words: "I am the source of inspiration. but to step back into the body is very difficult. and feel the heartbeat of its mighty rhythm. 28 29 . To him who seeketh inspiration through Me. "I am the soul of art. The ecstasy of this supreme experience is so great that one does not wish to come back.

The pyramids of Egypt still speak of the creation of a race which is long gone froni the face of the earth. We must project our Selves into the still Light of knowing to commune with God. the creations of Ecstatic Man are My creations. Thinking but expresses the power which lies in knowing. and I am balance. for only in the rhythm of Truth shalt thou find ecstasy. They alone know immortality. The great in the arts are few. for they are balanced things. All else passes." Great art can be created only by working moment by / 30 31 . I am the Light of Lo ve and Truth. and I am Rest. We must become one with God to conceive idea in order to produce the form of that idea. There is no power in thinking. To create we must first conceive. In Beauty must man be born anew. Upon that foundation have I laid the cornerstone ofMy universe. " -From THE DMNE ILIAD Chapter V CREATIVE EXPRESSION Inspired man alone can create enduring things. "To him who wouldeth create unbalance I say: Un-truth exists not in My house. I alone hold balance. Through Beauty must knowing man become ecstatic Man. The sculptural and architectural beauty of Greece still tell us of a type of creative genius which has never been excelled. A concept must precede its manifestation in form. And I am Energy. To conceive we must stop thinking and KNOW. The culture of the entire race is given to it by the few inspired ones who know God in them. The art of a civilization long outlives the civilization. "For I am Balance. and the eyes of those who see through Me are immune from all but balance. " To him who would add ecstasy to his knowing I say: Seek Me in Truth. "Art alone endures. All sensing must cease.I / / / / I /' "I am Beauty. "Verily I say.

but that which he can bear is like unto a thimbleful out of the mighty ocean. All knowledge cometh to man in its season. Cosmic messengers periodically give to man such knowledge of My cosmos as man is able to comprehend. "When man knoweth Light then he will know no limitations. for man is but beginning to comprehend. but man must know the Light for himself and none there can be who can make words of it.THE SECRET OF LIGHT moment with God as co-creator." When man works alone. for Light knoweth Light and there need be no words. his works are forever enduring. When man and God thus work together they commune one with the other as One Person. Every great genius manifests this law: that he is One with the God-Mind. his works are as the winds which blow. When man works with God as co-creator. The language of their communion is the language of Light which man calls "inspiration." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 32 33 . "All knowledge existeth. that God in him is the source of every thought and that he is inspired by that omniscience and omnipotence within him which make his work enduring.

for example. Man cannot know a sunset sky. He has naught but unreliable information. It is within man. All mankind can have it for the asking. but he can comprehend it if he knows its cause . Until he knows the WHY of effect and its deceptions. therefore. limited to cause. All matter in motion is but a series of illusions which deceive man into drawing wrong conclusions. he has no knowledge whatsoever upon which he can rely. awaiting his awareness of its all-presence. Knowledge cannot be acquired by the brain from without. Information gained by motion of the senses must be returned to the stillness of the Source before it becomes knowledge. does not give knowledge concerning cause of body.. It is impossible for man to draw right conclusions from his observation of matter in motion until he has acquired the ability to translate dynamic effect back to cause. but information is not knowledge until it is recognized by the spiritual consciousness of man. it must be "recollected" from within the consciousness of Self. Gradually dawning conscious aware34 ness is but gradual recollection of the all-knowing which has always been within man.. For the same reason man cannot acquire knowledge from the so-called "facts of matter. He can but comprehend effect. He can KNOW cause only. It never can become a property of the two negations which constitute this mirage universe of matter in motion. He can but acquire information that way. It belongs to the still Light of the positive principle. for example. It does not mean knowledge of created things which are effect of cause. - KNOWLEDGE Chapter VI KNOWLEDGE Knowledge is cosmic.". Man cannot acquire knowledge from books or schools. This he can do only through decentration to the One Light of his conscious awareness of the Source of all knowledge. To "know all things" means to have all knowledge of the Whole One Idea of the cosmos as CAUSE. just as food is not nourishment for the body until it becomes a part of the blood stream. Knowledge is. Information concerning the body. It can be known by anyone of average intelligence. All knowledge exists." for there are no facts of -matter in a universe of transient matter in motion.. Its bewildering complexities lie in effect of cause. or of the body's relationship to the universe.. The whole Cosmic Idea is simple. Information of birth 35 . Man cannot know transient effect.

nor is My thinking Me. "My image changes ever with the changing of the two lights of My thinking. forever thinking the changing image ofMy unchanging self. All the information in the world will not heal a body unassisted by the Light in him who heals and in him who is being healed. Life is spirit. its chemistry and its functionings. Bodies manifest life. yet those two lights are not Me. yet they are not Me. for I am the Imaginer who builds image forms to tear apart to build anew. never can lead to knowledge that body is not Self. I give of Me and I take 'away. heal the body. To heal the body so that it can ' manifest life of the spirit Self of the body. the Creator. and spirit is still. "Verily I say. Nor can information concerning the material body alone. "I am thinking Mind. "I am LIGHT. and their changing still images Me." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 36 37 . but the Light which is Me is not the sensed light of the sensed universe of My creation. Knowledge of the Light can alone do this. My Self. change not. "A ll things change. one must give the unbalanced body the balance of the spirit. I think in two lights extended from the One Light of Me. think. but life is cosmic. or that Self is immortal. though I. "I. Life is not in the body. on the assumption that the body is Self. Life is not chemistry or germ of matter.THE SECRET OF LIGHT and death of the body.

but the idea of power is in the still fulcrum source of power. Moreover.KNOWLEDGE VERSUS THINKING Chapter VII KNOWLEDGE VERSUS THINKING Man's knowledge is his power. quantity or intensity of his thinking. quantities of many seemingly separate forms of idea. As man gradually becomes aware of his omniscience. expresses the idea of power by motion. His thinking is the expression of that power. The product of idea is not the idea it simulates. all of which are but parts of the One Whole Idea. therefore thinking is not power. Idea must be conceived in the Mind before it can be simulated as product. but the watch is not the idea which is expressed by those mechanical principles. Idea of product can never become product.. no expression of anything in Nature is the idea which it expresses. for example. moving upon its fulcrum. The printed poem is not the idea expressed in the 39 38 . A lever. but the watch is not time. Likewise it expresses the idea of mechanical principles. The quality " of man 's product depends upon the degree of awareness of his knowledge and not upon the quality. The lever would be both powerless and motionless if it did not have the stillness of the fulcrum from which to extend the simulation of power. nor can clear water be drawn from a muddied well. Conceptions belong solely to the magnetic God-Light and never become matter. Man's knowledge is like a deep well of still water. The expression of power is . his thinking intensifies in voltage in proportion to the increase in awareness of his omniscience. His thinking is like a two-way pump which divides the QUALITY of that stillness into QUANTITIES of parts and sets them flowing. Thinking transfers concepts into product. Thinking is an electric wave extension from the cen. A watch expresses the idea of time. Likewise good product cannot come from intensive thinking unless knowledge backs that thinking . for all are indissolubly bound together in light as one part. Idea is cosmic and cannot be produced in matter. It is not in the moving lever.not power. Water cannot be drawn from an empty well. Knowledge is the foundation of man's concepts. Each seemingly separate part is a dynamic extension of the One Static Unity. No idea of Mind can ever become matter. That is what the objective universe is. but separateness only seems. tering fulcrum of knowledge which seemingly divides knowledge into ideas and sets those ideas in motion to create forms of ideas as product of knowledge.

inseparable. the Source. and knows that he is bound in Me as One.' gy of matter is the Light of My divided thinking.THE SECRET OF LIGHT poem. It can ' but be reflected from one inspired mind to another recognizing one. but senses not that the ener. "Man's sense-seeing with his eyes binds him to the illusion of My dual thinking. "Mind-seeing decentrates unto the farthest reaches of My universe of Me. " -From THE DMNE ILIAD 40 41 . Idea and inspiration may be echoed from spirit to spirit but they can never become product of matter in motion. for I but build illusion with My dual thinking for his sense-seeing. Likewise neither the musical composition on the printed page. Inspiration can never be produced. "Sense-seeing binds man to forms and things. nor the art of music which issues as sounds from musical instruments is the inspired idea of the musician. With man's unseeing eyes of spirit he knows the Light of Me. That printed poem has no meaning to anyone whose intelligence is insufficient to reflect the idea from the composer's mind to his own. No idea of mind ever becomes matter. "With his seeing eyes man sees Light as matter energized. and I in him. while Mind-knowing opens doors of glory to the opposed threads of Light with which I weave all idea of Mind into forms of many moving things. the One. ' "Behold in Me thy God of Love. and sees all forms as One.

plus the power to reason objectively. A man may have vast information and skill but have very little knowledge. We sense electrically and mistake that electrical sensing of observed effects for thinking. We do not have five senses. electrically motivated universe is inter-sensitized for the purpose of informing every nerve ganglion in every cell of every organic and inorganic part of it of the condition of every other part of it. Sensation is but an electrical awareness of wave motion by other waves. have multiplied vastly since man first observed natural phenomena. gave him the ability to do this. OUR SUPPOSEDLY F IVE SENSES In speaking of an electrical awareness which we call sensation. are well informed.1' 1 wheel and ftre. Its symbols inform the thinker of the thought conveyed by it. He then discovered the 42 . but it is not the thought. He is just beginning to think as an extension of knowledge. and skills in putting those effects together for useful purposes. Information thus acquired by the senses is not knowledge. They know how to do wonderful things but do they know the WHY of what they do? Information from observed effects. Sensing is not thinking. Seeing is a sensation of feeling light waves through our eyes. The "information" thus conveyed is electrical. We thus confuse sensing for thinking and knowing when. All of these five senses are but the one sense of feeling. Thus it is that our vast mechanistic. then a sail for the boat.THINKING VERSUS SENSING Chapter VIII THINKING VERSUS SENSING Man is still primate with very few exceptions. We mistake the electrical records of the information which our brains have recorded as sensation. we think of our senses as five in number. not mental. factually. Very little of it has been due to either thinking or knowledge. for example. Hearing is a sensa- 43 . His sense of observation told him how to make a boat. The telegraph message which goes over any wire is not the thought conveyed by that message. He has not yet learned to think powerfully from knowledge. tasting. The greatest scientists of today. plus memory. for thinking and for knowledge. however. Electric awareness of effects of motion.. smelling and feeling. Even the typed telegram is not the thought conveyed by it. hearing. These are the senses of seeing. we have been but functioning through sensed electrical awareness acquired from information.

and thought itself. All variation in sense of feeling is due to a difference of electric conditioning in pulsing wave matter. What is empirical knowledge? The definition in the dictionary is: "conclusions founded upon experiment and observation alone. There is but one thing in this universe-LIGHT-the still Light of all Knowing. has been based upon information gained by his senses and stored in his electric brain as memory records of sensed observations. There is no activity whatsoever in the universe of either spirit or matter.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THINKING VERSUS SENSING I' \ tion of feeling light waves through our ears. motion and substance are electric records of thought. The advance of man since the first messengers of God appeared on earth to kindle an awakening spark in him. These observations he has r~a· soned into sensed conclusions by an electrically sensitized brain. During his amoeba and jungle days . the so-called "knowledge" upon which man relies is founded upon the evidence of his senses. His body cells were controlled entirely by instinctive flux threads of light extended to him directly from the Creator. practically no knowledge. That fact is the answer as to why mankind has. The One Light which is God. the Knowing universe is all that is. It also follows that if matter. he has had but a few thousand years since the dawn of consciousness awakened in him the slightest suspicion of his spiritual inheritance." In other words. EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDGE es. or more simply. sensation likewise is but an electric wave record of thought. motion and sub. then sensation has no reality-for sensation is but an electrical awareness of wave motion by other waves. are nonexistent. Knowing Mind is still. upon the nonexistent waves of motion of a nonexistent substance. then electricity which records thought.existence. God alone lives. MAN IS STILL NEW Out of millions of such years. Neither of them are the thought they record.' stance are electric wave recordings of thought. It likewise follows that if matter. His thinking and imagining is Knowing. he lived a purely sensed . All of such conclusions which are based upon the evidence of senses have within them the elements of decep45 Man's present civilization is erected upon the foundation of empirical knowledge obtained through his sens 44 . Tasting and smelling are sensations of feeling light waves reacting upon mouth and nostrils. If pulsing wave matter is but an electric wave record of thought. as yet. Neither of them have reality.

1 Observers in natural phenomena are still calculating the age of the universe and weight of the earth. planet and star in the heavens. Without beauty man would still be barbarian. Man is aware of some of these illusions. He even proved this mathematically. as well as to every electron in every atom. The universe is ageless. growth. none of which are falling into their primaries. 47 . for all knowledge lies in cause. This is man's inheritance for this New Age. Without them there would be no understanding of beauty in the world. prophets. From these rare few. He is aware of the fact that railroad tracks do not meet upon the horizon.""' ''1 THE SECRET OF LIGHT THINKING VERSUS SENSING tion which characterize all effects of motion in this three dimensional universe of illusion. Our new fundamental laws and principles must be based upon knowledge of cause. Every orb in the heavens is in perfect balance with every other orb. confessedly did not know what gravitation was. The day has now dawned when he will know these things. MESSENGERS OF THE LIGHT ·Ii Newton. It had no beginning. but he is not aware of the fact that all effects of motion are not what they seem to be. or of gravitation. One can have no knowledge of effect. for example. Today that Light is so dim in all mankind that no one has as yet fathomed the secret of Light. he concluded that the moon would fall upon the earth if it were not for its motion. such as those of perspective. the beginnings of our culture have sprung. electricity. yet wrote laws concerning it based upon his observation as to what gravitation did to an apple. When man knows the Light he will know all things . radiation. Through beauty alone will he gradually become consciously aware of his oneness with the Light. life. He is thus misled into forming conclusions which have no relation to Nature whatsoever. LA WS BASED UPON ILLUSION has no weight in respect to anything else in the universe. mystics and other messengers of the Light who have come to reinspire mankind with their inspired knowledge. not being aware of the fact that those same mathematical formulae would apply to every satellite. reincarnation or the ' wave. Likewise the earth 46 What little knowledge man has acquired during these last few thousand years has been given to him by the very few geniuses. Also.

" -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 48 49 . and give them pulsebeat to simulate eternal Life in them which IS in Me. behold. There is no death."Behold in Me the One Light from which a seeming two lights appear as pairs of rhythmically interchanging opposites. "Say thou. that his resurrection is his own. They forever interchange to simulate a balanced unity which they never find for they never can be aught but two. "From Me one light extendeth to give form to My imaginings. from which both sprang into seeming being to record the imaged forms of My thinking. integrated. also. They are My workers which build My imaged forms and give them back to Me devoid ofform. therefore. each of My pairs of opposite expressions of Me are reborn through Me as the other one. And say thou. decentrated and reconcentrated. "Thus is My imagined dual light universe born. dissolved and reborn. "Go thou and tell to man that both life and death are but mirrors of each other which becometh each other in their forever interpassing through each other to their still fulcrum in My knowing. there is naught but rebirth in Me. "They are the pulsing heartbeat of My body. disintegrated ant! reintegrated forever and forever in My imagined universe of imagined time and space. the Makers of forever borning cycles of My imagining in forms of things. that life is eternal in man through eternities of resurrections of him in Me. These are My light messengers. for he is ONE with Me. "The two are equal halves of one . Again I say. "And. The other light dissolveth that form and giveth it back to Me unquickened for resurrection in My rest to repeat My imaginings. concentrated. They never can become one.

It is as though the divine tapestry weaver had unwoven all the threads of the idea of iron and sorted them into their spectrum colors. Mind knows but one Idea as a whole. This gives form and niultiplicity into many seeming parts and things of a universeof but one thing. Creation might be likened to the tapestry weaver who KNOWS the one idea as a whole. but we can photograph by it if we heat . We think of iron as a hard. thread by thread. Thought is Idea taken apart and patterned as separate idea. t ]1 Chapter IX SEEMING SEPARATENESS !:I SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS The electric inter-sensitizing of the two pulsing light extensions of the One still Light is for the purpose of recording thought-patterns in matter. consider anyone part of the whole idea 'of Creation-iron. The physicist can tell you what element those threads 51 50 .SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS Motion itself is illusion. then RECORDS those parts by interweaving their spectrum colors into the many forms which. Not only is it then light but all of the properties which make it available to us as iron have then gone out of it. together. manifest the whole idea. Thought is patterned idea electrically expressed and electrically recorded in matter by its two pulsing. This entire universe of seeming substantiality consists solely of transient light waves in seeming motion. Electricity expresses the desire in the God-Mind for creative expression by seemingly dividing the One still light into transient waves of spectrum divided positive-negative colors of light. The process of recording is to take the One undivided Universal Idea apart and express it as many seemingly divided parts.it to incandescence. This universe of matter in motion is but the electric record of thought. we do not think of it as light. Iron is a separate part of the whole. cold metal with certain properties which make it possible for us to manufactu~e it into many products. All patterned thought creations of God or man are the interweavings of the spectrum colors of the two electric opposites of light-waves into the patterned designs of those thoughts. then THINKS it into parts. for example. To exemplify our meaning. When iron is in its frozen condition . interchanging lights. Electricity is the servant of the God-Mind.

violent motion. Upon the screen are many patterned ideas in noisy. likewise the wood of the tree and the violet in the meadow. "That is iron. as manifested in the white light of suns arid the black light of their surrounding space. THERE IS NO SEPARATENESS Likewise all moving extensions of the One still Light. Likewise all mankind is an extension of the One Idea of man for man is but One in the Light of his Source. It is difficult to conceive earth and all of its phenomena of motion. The spots of sunlight upon the cathedral floor are many. moving forms. sound. Light. he would say. Upon looking at them. but they are all extensions of the one light of their source in the sun. All idea is one idea in the light of the sun. as a motion picture projection from our sun. The One Light cannot be divided. and all of the sounds emanating from those patterned. but extensions of the One Light can appear to divide it. yet we seem to be totally unaware of the fact that all of our pulsing universe is but an extension of One still Light of Universal Mind.THE SECRET OF LIGHT SENSING BINDS ALL THINGS of light would be if frozen. The light of the sun is never divided into its many seeming separate ideas until it is electrically extended from the sun and those extensions electrically echoed back to it. projected through positive and negative light upon the universal screen of space. people. would instantly cease if the still source of light from which these images and sounds are projected were turned off. however. with its rivers and mountains. that all of the motion of separate ideas. The cinema exemplifies this meaning. Likewise the cool earth is there. are but extensions of one Source. The idea of the apple of earth is in the sun. All are but one thing. animals." But it would not be the form of iron as we know it-it would be the formless idea of iron as the sun knows it. and plant life. ALL IDEA IS STILL !I In the incandescent sun is all idea that earth knows. We know that the sounds we hear emanate from that stillness. The sun is a crucible which melts all ideas into one. We know that the cause of all this transient division into positive and negative effect is in the one still light from which it is projected. then sets them out into space to cool and separate into many units of that one. Yet all of the separate ideas of earth are in that one incandescent light of the sun. We know. Likewise Idea of Mind never becomes the many ideas of Creation until electricity divides that One idea into many separate parts. 53 52 .

To sensed man the doors of My Kingdom are self-barred by darkness until the Light ofMe in him is known by him as Me. Be Me as deep well of thy knowing. "For I say that man who senses but clay of earth in him is bound to earth as clayed image ofhis earth. manifesting not Me in him while sensing naught but moving clay of him.THE SECRET OF LIGHT Tum off the sun and all of its patterned ideas on earth would instantly cease. The still idea which is extended . into motion is not in the motion but in the stillness from which it is extended. Know Me as fulcrum of thy thinking. exalt thou thyself beyond thy sensing. "Clayed images of My imagining who knoweth not Me in them are but dwellers of earth's dark." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 54 55 . "Wherefore. I say to thee. "Until then he is but moving clay. knowing not the glory of My Light in him.

Electricity is the motivative force which projects the One Light of Mind two ways to create cycles of light waves for the purpose of expressing thought cycles. Likewise machines can express knowledge but they cannot have knowledge. They produce sensation. It is but a . but machines are incapable of thinking the thoughts thus projected._. through electrical messages. They are purely electrical. Likewise machines can do marvelous things when patterned and controlled by knowledge. The brain does not think. States of motion cannot KNOW anything.storehouse of recorded sensations. . Desire is the cause ofall motion. and for fulfilling the requirements of his body. but they cannot KNOW what they do.- FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN Chapter X FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN Electric awareness of observed effects of matter in motion is registered in the brain. Its purpose in this respect is to keep the body electrically informed of the condition of the body. 57 . The brain is the seat of sensation. It acts as the central switchboard for all its instinctive voluntary and involuntary actions. It is also man's storage warehouse of electric records of memories and thoughts since his beginning. It sends counteracting messages to other parts of the body. THE BRAIN RECORDS SENSATIONS The brain is but the electric recording mechanism of conscious Mind thinking. The brain senses and records every message. The brain is part of a machine. It is the servant of Universal Intelligence. It is in the centering conscious self. Machines can express thoughts which are electrically projected through them.r -------~--_ . nor does it know. Desire in Mind is electrically expressed. 56 The centering conscious Mind of man's Soul-will alone thinks by projecting desire for creative expression through the brain machine. The brain "remembers" these records for man's usage as he needs them. Such messages are not mental. a human machine. It is commonly believed that the brain thinks and knows. The brain is a complex state of motion expressed by waves of light pulsing in cycles. It operates all mechanisms of the body. nor can they THINK anything. Desire is not in the brain.

A man may be a veritable encyclopedia of information. back of the EFFECT which his senses record. he is then thinking as well as sensing. but we can know the idea of the harp. Sensation arising from electrical motion is purely automatic./ THE SECRET OF LIGHT FUNCTION OF THE BRAIN The body is a vast and complex mechanism. Until that transformation takes place. when he is but recording electrical sensations which inform him as to the nature of things observed by his senses. we cannot know the vibrations which come from those strings when we set them in motion. The body is a patterned machine designed to do many things. When such sensations act in unison with his conscious awareness of the Light which centers him as PERSON. Conversely. He may have earned many college degrees for being well informed and yet be without sufficient knowledge to create anything. Man also believes that he is acquiring knowledge through sensed observation of sensed EFFECT. We can know its various possibilities of expression. we cannot sense the idea of a harp while it is still. 59 . for information is not knowledge. broadcaster and receiver for all operational parts of that multi-celled machine. Likewise we can imagine countless complexities of rhythms which lie unexpressed within those still strings. The mistake in assuming that the brain thinks and knows is due to the fact that man believes himself to be thinking when he is only sensing. the PERSON. Electric motivation through nerve wires determines each movement. but its actions have no relation to intelligence. The centering consciousness of man. transforms information received by the senses into knowledge to the extent of which he is capable of recognizing CAUSE in spirit. The brain is an electrical recorder. We can but sense those vibrations through our own sensed electrical awareness. even though its strings are not vibrating. The brain records sensations of experiences and observations which the senses convey to it. man is without 58 knowledge no matter to what extent his senses may have informed him. For instance. distributor. Such sensations are mistaken for thinking and knowing.

Its wired nervous system conveys electric messages to its parts for the dual purpose of motivating them as well as for adjusting all parts to each other in continuity. Electrical awareness is necessary to an electrically mechanized universe."The Source of all things is within all things. "Yea. hence we can feel no sensation whatsoever when our bodies. It is also without all things. "Man's universe is still composed of many things." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD Chapter XI ELECTRICAL AWARENESS This material universe of many seemingly separate parts is electric. not one thing is there in My imaged universe which is apart from Me. and separable. By "sensation" we mean the feel of the electric current which conveys the message. all of these things grow and move through extended light of My dynamic thinking until they themselves can think with Me. many separate things. Electric machines do what electric awareness 61 60 . The electric current is impossible in an equilibrium condition. An electrically controlled machine in one's factory has exactly the same electric awareness that a man has. are in a balanced condition. controlling'their balance with all other things. Not e'en the least of these which are not bound to Me in Light. "Yea. centering them as Rest. or parts of them. The whole universe of countless parts is wired together by an electric fl~x of "nerves" which inform each part of the universe of the ever changing condition of every other part. nor of itself alone. "Images ofMy imaginings which grow from Earth. There is no "sensation" between balanced parts or balanced conditions of matter. I guide My borning things from very seed by sensed threads of light extensions of My thinking until they themselves can guide themselves. from which their motion springeth. and those which freely move.

It is equally characteristic of the mineral and vegetable kingdoms. are automatically operated by cell memory reflexes. Cell memory and instinct cause birds to migrate. all differently conditioned things in the universe readjust their conditioning to every change of condition of every other thing in the universe. digestion. They act automatically when sensed reflexes are electrically motivated. There is a constant separating process in Nature which forever expresses the universal desire for change and multiplicity. that all moving things in it sense all other moving things in it. saith the Universal One. through sensation. Bodily functions./ THE SECRET OF LIGHT ELECTRICAL AWARENESS demands of them through sensation. "For behold. Not only is each particle in each mass electrically aware of its purpose. is not limited to animal life alone. It extends to the veriest electronic particle and to the mightiest galaxy. This physical 62 63 . Likewise. I am within all things centering them. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD All of the electric universe of motion is thus so perfectly conditioned by the two electric workers which build the universe and tear it apart sequentially for rebuilding . tree. centering all things. breathing and walking. ELECTRIC AWARENESS IS UNIVERSAL universe is controlled solely by electrical sensation which is measured and balanced by the still magnetic Light. such as our heartbeat. I. They are purely mechanical and automatic. Man's body cells are electrically aware of their mechanistic purposes and respond to electric messages sent to them. and there is likewise a constant levelling process which forever expresses the universal desire for oneness. the solar system and every nebula of the heavens. but each particle in the entire universe reacts in response to electrical messages sent to it from every other particle in the universe. I I This principle of electric awareness. They have electrical cell memory of their individual and group purposes. spiders to spin webs and certain vegetable growths to close in on flies and fish. So does man. chemical gland transformation. Instinctive actions and cell memory reflex actions are not mental. and I am without all things controlling them.

" -From THE DIVINE ILIAD ' 64 . Any desire of man is. and the form of My idea appears in the pattern ofMy thinking. Man begins to express the idea of man as a single cell. Cell memory of purpose is given to each cell as it unfolds. Desire is the motivating force of all Creation. creature of My imaginings. and man appears in the pattern ofMy thinking. and man appears in the image ofman's thinking. Pattern of idea follows in sequence as desire in God Mind and desire in the growing idea work together to express the idea in form. That cosmic desire to create form produces the desired form. am creating man in My universal image. "The universe is My image. "What I am. "Man:SO thinking is My thinking. therefore. "All thinking things are thinking My thinking."I. "I think man. " Chapter XII INSTINCT Organic matter generates purely from the desire of mind to manifest idea in matter. Likewise the whole idea of all Creation is in that single cell. Each step in the unfolding of the man-idea follows the continuing desire for unfolding. Every action of unfolding man is a part of the unfolding of the man -idea as it exists as a whole in God's Mind. 65 "All creating things are formed in the image of My thought imaginings to manifest My thought imaginings. The whole idea of man is in that single cell . "Man thinks man. "I think idea. for He is man's Creator. with man. man is. It then unfolds in orderly time and space according to cosmic law. There are no parts of the Whole. a two-way extension of the Light of that idea from God to man. Whatever God desires to express in man He will express. All idea is omnipresent.

Instinct tells them it is warmer in that direction. over thousands of trackless miles. If man breaks that law. spawned in a certain river. as the carrier pigeon does . All creations of the Creator are the result of electric wave recordings of the Creator 's thought. and of all of the sensations caused by those actions. They are the result of Universal Law. how to build nests. As the idea of anything is one. All experiences are parts of the unfolding of any idea. It tells the proper food to eat.r"" THE SECRET OF LIGHT INSTI NCT Whatever man desires. to the very river in which it was born. None of the creations of the Creator have in them at their beginning the power to think. They are experiences in decisions. At the proper time for its mating and spawning. the law will break him to an equal extent. co-create with God according to God's universal law. their evolution would not be possible. Whatever those decisions are. A salmon. Instinct tells them the direction of south. the building of the beaver's dam and the weaving of the spider's web. INSTINCTIVE INTERCOMMUNICATION how to return home when taken great distances. LIFE IS A SEQUENCE OF EXPERIENCES All of the expressions of desire in the unfolding of any idea are a part of the idea. It is instinct which tells birds to fly south before winter. so also the parts of that idea are one. however. Likewise they are recorded in the whole of the race of man as the sum total of all desires and experiences of the whole man-idea. Instinct causes mechanical actions to take place in all bodies to meet the necessities of existence. Instinct likewise governs the migration of seals. 66 Without instinct in all animal and vegetable life. They are parts of the whole Idea taken apart and put together bit by bit. how to take care of its young. THE BEGINNINGS OF INSTINCT If it were not for instinct. It takes millions of 67 . animal life could not survive or develop. and countless other wonderful things that animals do. Man must. the God in him will create. Instinct might be defined as a cell-memory record of all actions of a body. instinctively leaves that river and makes its way to the sea until maturity. they are recorded upon the individual man as his own interpretation of the man-idea. it then returns. of Cause and Effect. Instinct protects animal life from enemies. however.

INSTINCT IS GOD -CONTROL Instinct is. These cells coordinate with . Man may not be apart from God at any time. Very slowly she interlaces yarns into the pattern required. God. knows all things and has all power. INSTINCT BUILDING BY GOD AND MAN I· A good example of the manner in which God and man work together for creative expression is the familiar knitting woman. The woman who desires to knit must desire to acquire that skill. not know their purpose in the healing process of the body. such as the heartbeat. Slowly she takes one stitch at a time. but God centers and controls every atom of His Creation and each must fulfill its purpose. other cells of the body in the development of the whole skill. do . During these long ages. God-control over the actions of His creations. Nor can any part of Creation be apart from God at any time. Without this moment-to-moment cooperation with God. therefore. 68 69 . or the action of white corpuscles. Creator of all things. Desire must precede all expression of that desire. has within it the desire for taking the next stitch. Her body cells alone will work from the memory of purpose given to them.involuntary actions of the body. and then only during the last few thousand years. create and invent . Her mind is freed from concentration and she may think of other things and converse freely. All of her power of concentration is needed to take those first stitches. reason. however. The. God is working with him. they are guided almost entirely by their instinctive reflexes. Man and God are One. The pianist teaches his fingers to work instinctively in order to free his mind to think music. he could do nothing. Instinctive skills are thus imparted to bodies of man by the co-creative efforts of God and man. Each stitch taken. Gradually she learns to knit instinctively.THE SECRET OF LIGHT INSTINCT years for complex organisms to recognize the spirit within them sufficiently to think at all. Man may know all things and have all power to the extent in which he desires to know all things and have all power. The cells of her fmgers gradually acquire cell memories of their purpose. Knitting is part of the man-idea which requires a skill. imagine. Man alone has begun to think. Awareness of the Light in man will give him all knowledge and power.

nor do we cease being consciously aware of our Being. or are anesthetized. All nature sleeps when the sunlight lessens the ability of all things to manifest life. "Know thou that all creating things are resurrected things. nor dies. "Man divides his thinking in manifesting Me. "The body of man dies. to manifest Me. Our confusion in this respect lies in mistaking sensation and thinking for consciousness. 71 70 . Conscious Mind does not sleep. We have always been conscious without the slightest awareness of it. for Self of man sleeps not. that it may awaken in Me. One may say. that it may be resurrected in Me. "Again I say that I am One. that it may reappear to manifest Me. "I am unaware of this or that. "All things go from very heart of Me into My imaged universe. for Self of man is Me. Wakefulness is the positive half. We but cease to set our knowledge in motion to express idea through the pulsations of thinking. When we stop thinking." We cannot be unconscious. Sleep is the death half of the life-death cycle. "The body of man disappears. SLEEP AND PAIN There is much confusion regarding the supposedly possible condition known as "being unconscious. "Man who sleeps or dies or disappears is but man 's image." but one cannot say "I am unconscious" when one is always conscious."A ll things come and go from My divided thinking. whether asleep or awake. "The body of man sleeps. " When we sleep. and man is One in Me when he knows that I am he. we do not stop KNOWING. nor disappears. Sleep is merely the negative half of the wave cycle of electrical awareness of sensation. to manifest Me. and when they disappear from there I also take them back to very heart ofMe. again manifesting life of Me through My divided thinking. we say we are "unconscious. " -From THE DMNE ILIAD Chapter XIII UNCONSCIOUSNESS.

" We assume that the brain has stopped thinking. but consciousness is never in bodies. all things awaken at the dawn. it has no sensation. The sun is that generator. If these batteries were kept constantly charged. but the earth is turning toward and away from its generator continually. either to the whole body or any part of it by desensitizing its cells. Pain is a too intense electric current.THE SECRET OF LIGHT UNCONSCIOUSNESS. This planet is carrying us on our uphill journey to our pinnacle. Conversely. it is then supposed to be "unconscious. When the nerves of the body FEEL an electric current running through them. When the body is 72 unbalanced. Sleep and wakefulness are positive-negative wave parts of a wave cycle. The sun is the generator which charges its batteries. When the body or parts of it are thus "put to sleep. Knowledge is within him which he can know when he desires to know. sensation informs it when and where. We assume that bodies cease to be conscious. The batteries of all things on earth are being forever charged daily and discharged nightly. The voltage is too great for the nerve wires to stand the strain. As the sun's charging light disappears from one edge of the planet's rim at evening." they have not been rendered "unconscious". Unawareness means that one does not yet know. Wakefulness and sleep are merely the charging and discharging of the uncountable electric batteries of the body. everything goes to sleep. 73 . there would be no such alternating conditions as sleep and wakefulness. SLEEP AND PAIN Conscious awareness is KNOWING. their voltage has merely been lowered. A local anesthetic stops pain. They bum out. just as birth and death are opposite ends of a life cycle. and the overcharge of burning out causes the pain. he refers to it as a desensitizing condition. but when the surgeon desensitizes the body. Sleep can be induced chemically. otherwise it could not function. When the body is in balance. therefore it cannot stop doing that which it never does. The brain does not think. Sleep is but an anesthetic. the body is aware that something is happening to throw it out of balance. The dentist does not refer to a local anesthetic as having produced unconsciousness.

though they move not in mans knowing. they simulate the rest. Motion can cease but it can never become rest. but they live not. THIS MAKE-BELIEVE UNIVERSE springeth from Me. or four times faster than a plane. from which they sprang into seeming motion. yet I change not." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD . A wire wheel could appear to be a steel disk if spun fast enough. "I center living things which manifest My life. yet they change not in man's knowing. The more violent the motion the greater is the illusion of rest and balance. I alone live. 75 74 . seemingly at rest. yet I move not. Matter in violent motion simulates rest and balance through violent motion. but never finds it. and changing cells ofgrowing systems. Seemingly motionless clouds. This planet. Everything which seems at rest depends upon violent motion to make believe it is at rest. "Growing things are moving things in man s sensing. is in violent motion around its centering point of rest from which it is electrically extended. The faster it is spun. floating above the earth. while moving. ·1 I.The entire dynamic wave universe of electric matter is not what it seems to be. although its power to move Chapter XIV MOTION SIMULATING REST This electric universe of motion forever moves to find rest."I center the moving shaft of My universe. "E'en though fast moving things of mans sensing move fast. "Moving things are changing things in man s sensing. are rotating with it at the tremendous speed of one thousand miles an hour at the equator. the more at rest it would seem. e'en though their changing patterns spring from me. "I center growing systems.

simulating rest . then disappeareth. therefore. but in fact is moving with incredible speed. the changing universe of My imagining." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 77 . is there no change in My thought universe of pairs of opposed things which forever interchange to simulate My universe of change. "E'en the seeming changing of My thought universe is not change save for senses of sensed things which are bound to pairs of parts of wholes. "E'en though senses of sensed things sense changing in all things. to reappear. The pencil in one's hand. Not one thing could manifest the rest it simulates if it were not for the incredible speeds of those atoms which . also. That selfsame illusion applies to the material universe. are moving at terrific speeds to adjust their mutual unbalances in this dual universe of divided pressure. Each appeareth. the seeming universe ofMy thinking. so incessantly rotate and revolve to make that seeming restfulness possible. The seeming motion of the cinema is ca~sed by sequences of changing patterned forms projected on the screen which give the impression of motion because of the rapid change of pattern in the negatives. The motion one senses in one's brain has no more reality than the motion which one senses in a motion picture. "And again I say that there is no change in Me. Motion itself is an illusion. the desk upon which one is writing. the room full of motionless things. "Each pair wendeth its way through the interchanging pressures of its electric journey.THE SECRET OF LIGHT All the planets are revolving swiftly around their central sun which seemingly stands still in the heavens of space. Behold. all the stars of night. Likewise. "Whyfor be thou slave to sensing? Rise above thy sensing. seeming to be at rest. Tremendous vibrations may be in that glass paperweight. so. are but simulating rest through violent motion of their many parts. nor its actors be. EVEN STILL THINGS ARE NOT STILL All seemingly still matter is manifesting make-believe rest by make-believe motion. the changeless One. 76 "Without change My play of Creation could not be played. they change not to conscious knowing. Be Me in thy knowing.

As man unfolds from sensed man to spiritual man he gradually becomes aware of the two-way motion of all effect. seeing the same train from a mountain. The senses interpret these effects as matter in fast motion which is forever fast changing. They belong to the thought universe of motion and do not respond to stillness. 78 The Universal One planned it this way. unaware that it was but an illusion "created" by projecting positive light through patterned negatives.THE ILLUSION OF CHANGE Chapter XV THE ILLUSION OF CHANGE Change is an illusion of the senses due to motion. we will no longer be deceived by the illusions of our senses. form and change. If they could register both directions. ' The senses are the audience for these thought pulsations. The senses have no knowledge of what they sense. would sense that same fast motion and fast change as changeless and still. That is all that creation is. As motion itself is nonexistent. Gradually the time arrives in his unfolding when his full awareness of Cause voids all reliance upon sensation. They sense parts of the landscape as they rush forward. otherwise there could be no sequential manifestation of thought which constitutes the creating universe. they would become aware of the stillness of this zero universe of seeming motion. two lights projected through each other to simulate motion. They merely record motion. There is only an illusion of change set up by the two interchanging lights of thinking to divide the One Whole Idea into many separate ideas and record them in moving matter. 79 . to their senses. They sense the forward flow of time but not its backward flow. A man seeing a technicolor motion picture for the first time and without knowledge of such electric effects would think he were looking through a window at real happenings. Our senses are like passengers on a fast-moving train . The senses respond to motion in only one direction. while. As such they are limited to pin-hole peeks into the vastness which extends beyond their sensing. matter and change. The senses are but the imagined records of imagined motion. so also are senses non-existent. There is no change whatsoever in the conscious universe of knowing. that two ways being the visible effect which responds to his senses and the invisible effect which he knows but does not sense. the landscape rushes backwards. When our knowing exceeds our sensing. A man. Senses are electric. The senses are a part of this illusion.

giving belief to that earth of his body's sensing. "Throughout long aeons man hath walked his earth with eyes of outer seeing. "Nor shall man longer place earth before Me.. Throughout his new aeons he must walk the earth ofinner seeing and know Me in it as but visioning it in Light ofMe and Light ofhim. nor is it him. gaining aught ofearth and naught ofMe. "For I think earth. man's earth and man are but My imagining. "See thou no more with outer eyes alone for thou hast knowing eyes to void the illusions of thy sensing. disappeareth and reappeareth in balanced rhythms of My thinking. He then knows the universe of motion for what it is instead of for what it seems to be. 80 81 .. nor is it e'en what it seems to be to him. THE SECRET OF LIGHT He then rises above his sensing. and earth appeareth.. I say. Wherefore. to come and go with My imagining. It is not Me.

like the fly on the wheel. and the wheel seemingly moving backward. I patiently await awakening man. it would compute the past time consumed on the journey and the forward time necessary for the next circuit.Chapter XVI "For I am a patient God. He who beginneth to know Me in him---?. The orbit is as rigid and still as the wheel upon which the fly is moving. It sensed time by creating the sequences necessary in taking the one idea of the wheel apart and dividing it into many separate ideas. This planet. The fly sensed motion by changing its position on the wheel. motion. during a continuity of time in which the fly sensed a constant change in the changeless wheel.ea. It sensed change by finding a seeming difference of condition at each forward movement. 82 83 . Man may choose his own aeons for his awakening. "Knowing man is ecstatic cosmic man. change and time are created by the fly itself as it takes the whole idea of the wheel apart by journeying around it and examining it bit by bit. moving ever forward over changing ground. Every time the fly got back to the same point. moves forever around its motionless orbit. e'en him who suspecteth Me in him hasteneth his unfolding to cosmic man ofall-knowing. The wheel being still. but know Me he must." -From THE DMNE ILIAD THE SENSES DECEIVE Imagine a perfectly motionless wheel and a fly walking around its rim. This simple analogy is a good symbol of Creation. "Awakening man is he who knoweth the Light of Me in him. His knowing must be his own desiring. Until that day man's agony of unknowing shall be man's alone.

He places too much dependence upon them without justification. INADEQUACY OF THE SENSES Man overrates his senses. for they are not recording all of the phenomena of his surroundings. It senses changes of days into nights. Each change is entirely due to the motion of the planet and not to the changeless orbit. When a unity of condition is consummated. have no existence. The senses would see behind the illusion and find that all motion voids itself. If the film were removed from the projector of the motion picture. Sensing is but an electric tension set up by the seeming division of one into many which "strain" to fulfill their desire foroneness. This deception is as it should be.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE SENSES DEC EIVE ' As the planet moves upon the wheel of its orbit. He likewise trusts them too much without justification. His senses register stillness. The senses. a three dimensional universe is necessary. 85 84 . The earth also is moving many miles per second in two directions. instead of but a part of it. That is what Creation is. Those seemingly motionless clouds are moving at the speed of a thousand miles an hour at the equator without the slightest evidence of that swift motion being recorded upon his senses. from the blade of grass to the clouds in the heavens above him. the illusion of motion and change would be voided. The senses are motion. for they are constantly deceiving him. If the senses could detect and record all motion. sensation between those parts ceases because the tension ceases. of spring merging into summer. being but tension of desire for unity between divided parts. They are electrically unaware of that motion. it senses constant motion and change. one of rotation upon its axis and the other of revolution around its orbit. therefore the senses sense only that which they themselves are. Change therefore lies in motion alone. The senses are electric flux threads of light connecting every particle in the universe with every other particle. just as the same deception in a cinema is as it should be. While his senses are recording the stillness and rest of Nature on a lazy afternoon. To thus record the idea of His knowing in the two lights of His thinking. autumn into winter. All of these seeming changes are in the motion of the planet and not in the wheel of its orbit. The planet itself registers change on its changeless wheel. manifested by His thinking. the illusion would disappear. Division of the whole into parts causes the illusion. they are failing to record the violent motion of everything in his entire environment. the One Light of knowing divided into the patterned parts of thinking. God's universe is but an electric recording of His knowing.

turneth neighbor against neighbor. In this electric universe. sensation ceases. love of neighbor for neighbor. 86 87 . for thy brother is thy self. uniteth all men as one. All matter is one. "These words I now say for newly comprehending man ofhis new cycle. love ofself. "Love thy ·brother as thy self Serve thy brother before thy self. It is part of God's plan that the senses are limited entirely to the recording of a very small fraction of effect. lift him to high pinnacles. "Whatsoe'er ye do to one in Me ye do to all. sensation is the strain of resistance to the separation which exists between all separated masses. or nation of selves. and nation against nation. When strain of desire for balance. I say. rest or unity ceases. The senses can never sense the Whole but the conscious Mind can KNOW the Whole. Self love breeds hate and soweth its seed in all the winds to blow where'er it will. Wherefore say I. Lift high thy brother.THE SECRET OF LIGHT They are the intercommunicating nerves of the one universal body. Separated particles desire to find that oneness. "Love ye one another all men. for all are one in Me. and nation for nation. "For ofa verity. for ye are one in Me.

Chapter XVII "Serve first thy brother. Hurt first thy self rather than thy neighbor. Gain naught from him unbalanced by thy giving. Protect thou the weak with thy strength, for if thou use thy strength against him his weakness will prevail against thee, and thy strength will avail thee naught. "He who giveth love prospereth mightily; but he who taketh aught gaineth naught. "Whyfor lose all to gain the world, gaining naught?
MAN'S NEW CYCLE This coming age will mark an epochal advancement in man's evolution toward his goal of omniscience and omnipotence. Man becomes a higher being with greater power as he acquires knowledge. In knowledge alone lies power. Only through knowledge can man become co-creator with God. Knowledge can be obtained by man only through awareness of the Spirit within him. Lack of that awareness is the tragedy of today's civilization. During the last century of the greatest scientific progress in the history of man, great nations of the world have killed, robbed, and enslaved other men to build their own empires. Even today man kills by the millions, condoning his killing as necessary for his self-preservation. He is now but reaping the seed of his sowing. He who lives by the sword shall die by the sword. No man can hurt another man without condemning himself to greater hurt. Fear dominates the world of today. While fear is in the

I.

i

"He who hath not laid up a treasure in heaven to equal treasure gained of earth has sought the dark. "For him the Light is far. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD

88

89

"I "'

THE SECRET OF LIGHT

world love cannot also be. Love can never dominate the world until man ceases to live a primarily sensed existence and knows the Light of the spirit within him. This new age brings man one step nearer to the universe of greater knowing through greater comprehension of man's relation to man, and to God. Each past cycle in the growth of man toward higher levels has been illumined by the few inspired messengers of the Light who have known God in themselves. New inspired messengers who know God in themselves will likewise give the Light to this new cycle. And these few messengers of the Light must multiply into legions, for the need of a spiritual awakening is great. Man's whole reason for being is to gradually pass through his millions of years of physical sensing into his . ultimate goal of spiritual knowing. Man has now reached a transition point in his unfolding where he must have that knowing. He can acquire that knowing only through greater awareness of the Light of the universal Self which centers him as One with God.

THE SECRET OF LIGHT

Part II
tHE CRERING u_se A_ARS I'ROI'11MI

ONE

*-OMNIPOTENCE

The Universe ofPower

90

91

"Without thinking My One Idea could not become many one ideas for My stage setting. "Without motion My cosmic play could not be played, nor could its actors be. "Without change my undivided One Idea could not unfold. "Without time My drama of My creating universe could have no sequences. "Without motion, time, change and sequences the unfolding of My Mind imaginings could have no measured space for its stage settings, no screen for its light projections. "Therefore see them as I imagine them; but know that they are but unfolding patterns of My knowing through My thinking. "Know thou, therefore, that ,time is naught, nor are there moving things which change; nor is there life, nor death, nor cold, nor heat, nor good, nor bad in My universe ofMe. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD

Chapter I
MAN'S TWO SUPREME ILLUSIONS
The secret of Light is fathomable to man only by first solving his two supreme illusions. The greater of these is the illusion of the universe itself. Man has never known his universe for what it really is, but only for what his senses have made him believe it to be. His senses have deceived him mightily. The other is the illusion of man himself. With the exception of the Nazarene, man has never as yet known man. Nor has he known his relation to the universe, nor to his still more unfathomable God. The little that man knows of himself and his universe is what the eyes and ears of his body have told him they have seen and heard about himself and his universe. . But man has eyes and ears of the spirit which see and hear what man 's sensed eyes and ears can never see or hear, for man is still too new in his unfolding. He is still but in the ferment of his beginnings. Man senses motion, change, sequence, multiplicity,

92

93

He can accept the illusion of the railroad tracks meeting upon the horizon..--. still remain as a basis for their own illusion.. A mirage of a city is comprehensible to man also as an illusion. all of it. as well as its own mirage. The universe of seeming motion does not exist. They. His senses have made him most certain of their substantial reality.. even though their seeming meeting is not.. God's universe of knowing is all that is.... therefore. The eyes of the spirit are knowing eyes.- THE SECRET OF LIGHT MAN'S TWO SUPREME ILLUSIONS time. So come... good and evil. death.-. at least. it is not easy for him to accept the statement that it has no existence whatsoever. and in the language standards and methods which each requires for his conviction. but the railroad tracks are real. His universe. simply and convincingly. in the mirrors and lenses of light waves of the heavens above the city." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 95 . life.. Be Me in thy knowing. In face of the fact that he has lived with his familiar universe all his life. To tell him that the city.. to layman.. ghostlike.. activity. He knows it does not exist but he also knows of the reality of the city which thus repeats itself. nothing being left upon which to even base that illusion.. Yet that is what the secret of Light reveals.... and know God. and that is what we must tell... churchman and scientist alike.. 94 "Why/or be thou slave to sensing. that it is all illusion. Of these things he is most certain... has no existence is to lay too heavy a tax upon his credulity and patience.. and man with eyes other than our sensed ones.

is two. Neither one can be save the other also be. Always must they be two to go opposed ways from Me and back again to Me for reboming from the other one after finding rest in Me. "Nor can one leave the other." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 96 97 . nor shrilly singing insect. nor can heaven alone born them without the motherhood of earth.- - "The heavens and the earths of My curved universe are father-mother of My universe.---. the Light.. nor cloud. ' "Nor can there be aught upon the earth without the fathering skies. nor beast of wild jungle. nor reptile.- - . . not one of these things can be born of earth alone unfathered by the heavens. for thought is two in every creating thing. neither tempest. wild tornado. saying.. nor dewdrop for flower petal. "A gain I say: I. two halves ofOne which never can be one. nor mist. nor fish. neither tree. 'Sit thou here while I journey to the far reaches.----. each of each and each to the other one. nor in the skies without the motherhood of earth.. nor bird. But my thinking. neither man. am One. nor flower. nor gentle breeze of calm ocean.

98 99 . begat from One. The Father in Heaven knows His Idea. was born of each other. and it is without form and void. and the Light is Father of the seed. pulsed as the three of all creating things. unconditioned into conditioned. to disappear into the One.GENESIS II Chapter II GENESIS In the beginning God. two father-mother lights of nightless suns shone out of the darkness of the void and day appeared in undivided oneness of everlast. to reappear as the other. fulcrum of its heartbeat. the Father. and in the seed is desire for Being. the two extended from the One. infinity into measure. void into form. unchanging into changing. In the Light is the seed of Creation. And behold. And mighty polar breathings of desire within the nightless suns begat earths to course suns' far heavens to divide the day and give night to day to mate the day. . the Trinity centering the shaft of Creations' seeming. the undivided One. all ONE. Thus the One Light of God's knowing extended to the two of His thinking. eternity into time and immortality into mortality. ing day. The dwelling place of the Father is the kingdom of Heaven. And desire in the seed is soul in the seed. the still Light of the Spirit Whom no man can see. The Father is Light. the One centering the two. The One Light of the Father in His Kingdom of Heaven divided the void. by dividing wholeness into parts. and let darkness shine out of Light and Light out of darkness. In the Light is Being. And lo! night was born on earths from nightless day and day was born from night. In the Father Light is the seed of all-knowing. the Spirit. The spirit of God moved to fulfill His two desires and said: "Let there be Light. He knows it as One. And the Father centered His suns as seed of His desire that forms should appear from formless Light to fulfill His desire for division of the One into many divided ones formed in the image of His imagining. the Father-Mother polarity of Light. And God saw that it was good that each of the two." And it was so. In Him is two-fold desire to unfold and refold His seed of allknowing into imaged forms of His imagining. stillness into motion.

" And earths appeared below and heavens above the firmament. Refold thou the forms of My imagining within thy stillness and give them back to Me for resurrection in the imaged forms of My imagining. each being each. of His thinking. for South in Light means outward breathing from the seed into their heavens. and each of the other." And to the other Light the centering Spirit said: "Sit thou here and look thou outward. V And all-knowing was in the Light. but must forever born the other from each. In this wise God divided the waters from the waters : those which were under the firmament from those which were above the firmament.unto far reaches of His 101 100 . God's imaginings pulsed with life of His imaginings within His omnipresent kingdom. to become the other. Unfold thou My seed from the stillness of seed and give earth forms of them to heavens to manifest Me. Be thou womb of My knowing for borning My thinking. And God sowed seed-suns of all-knowing Light . "Father thou My thinking. and each was of each. All things were thus divided. each mirrored from the other . and let thy name be South. as two halves of one which never could be one. "Mother thou My thinking. for North. means inward breathing from the heavens toward oneness in the seed. And lo! all imaginings in seed of earths unfolded into the heavens for heaven's refolding into patterned seed of earths for earth's reborning. other to manifest the Knowing of the One as the two opposed desires. Guide thou the enfolding forms of My imagining from seed of thee to centering seed of Me. Interweave thou thy threads of light of earths and suns with threads of light from heavens into patterns of My thinking extended from My knowing to manifest My knowing." To North and South the Father said: "Behold in Thee and Me the firmament of my desiring to mirror the Light of My knowing into father-mother forms of My imagining. and behold. And God saw that it was good.THE SECRET OF LIGHT GENESIS III IV The manner of the extension of God's knowing to His thinking was in this wise: The Father of the kingdom extended His arms of still Light unto His heaven and said to one: "Sit thou here and look thou inward. in Light. Be thou seed of My knowing for repeating My thinking. and let thy name be North.

And God saw that it was good and dwelt within man to give him the Light of all-knowing." (GENESIS 1:20. And God said. and over the fowl of the air. and every winged fowl after his kind: and God saw that it was good.'" (GENESIS 1:26) And 10. and beast of the earth after his kind: and it was so. after their kind. "And God made the beast of the earth after his kind . Be fruitful. cattle. and herb yielding seed after his kind. and every thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind: and God saw that it was good. and over all the earth. saying. "Let us give man knowing and make him in our image after our likeness." (GENESIS 1:12) "And God said." "And God blessed them. which the waters brought forth abundantly. and cattle after their kind. "And the earth brought forth grass. Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving creature that hath life." (GENESIS 1:24 and 25) VI And it was that God had whispered to man for long ages while man was new. as awakening mati desired the Light of all-knowing. and fill the waters in the seas. 102 103 . "And God created great whales. and fowl that may fly above the earth in the open firmament of heaven.THE SECRET OF LIGHT GENESIS firmament for borning into patterned images of His imagining. and over the cattle. and the tree yielding fruit . and multiply.22) "And God said. And man desired his ascension to the Light. and let fowl multiply in the earth. and every living creature that moveth. and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. after his kind: and God saw that it was good. man knew God in him and emerged from the dark of his jungle into dawn of the Light in him and turned his eyes upward toward the Mount of his ascension from sensing to knowing. and creeping thing. Let the earth bring forth the living creature after his kind. and let him have 'dominion over the fish of the sea. but man heard not God's whispering. whose seed was in itself.

"Great art is simple. for it is simple. and that law needs but one word to spell it out. and another law for things which are beyond the sensing. give to him another one. "Great art is balanced. so hear Me when I say that the one word ofMy one law is BALANCE "And if man needs two words to aid him in his knowing of the workings of that law. "My universe is one in which many things have majestic measure. and let those three words be RHYTHMIC BALANCED INTERCHANGE" -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 104 105 . My universe is consummate art. for it is balanced simplicity. those two words are BALANCED INTERCHANGE "If man still needs more words to aid his knowing of My one law. "Yet I have not one law for majestic things. My universe is great art. "I have but one law for all My opposed pairs of creating things . and again another many have measure too fine for sensing.

BALANCED INTERCHANGE simulates oneness by interchange between pairs of opposites. It is the one principle upon which the continuity of the universe depends. If the earth disobeyed this law by the slightest variance. enmities. Man persistently violates it and instantly pays the price of his violation in his crashing business failures. BALANCE is the principle of unity. In it is the instability of EFFECT. but it can simulate it by balancing its instability through . The earth continues in its fixed. forest and jungle . unhappiness and illness. his health and happiness depend. It is the manifestation of God's two opposing desires in all processes of creation. RHYTHMIC BALANCED INTERCHANGE is the principle of continuity of EFFECT Balanced inter106 change between opposites repeats simulation of stability. of oneness.THE LAW OF BALANCE Chapter III THE LAW OF BALANCE The underlying law of Creation is RHYTHMIC BALANCED INTERCHANGE in all transactions in Nature. All the storms of earth cannot affect the balance of the earth. In it is the stability which lies in CAUSE. equality of interchange. for every unbalanced 107 . MAN MUST PAY FOR DISOBEDIENCE Man's disobedience to the law cannot affect the balance of man in his whole journey. Nature persistently violates it and Nature instantly pays the price of its violations in its storms. crashing avalanche and tragedy of field. and rhythmic balanced interchange continues that repetition. Likewise. balanced orbit with so much precision that its position can be determined at any time to the split second. its oceans would sweep its continents clear of all living and growing things. It is the principle of equal giving between all moving pairs of unbalanced opposites which constitute this dual electric universe . Balance is the foundation of the universe. for balance in the universe cannot be upset. Instability is forever seeking to find stability. it is the one principle upon which the continuity of man 's transactions. OBEDIENCE TO THE ONE LAW IS ABSOLUTE Rhythmic balanced interchange is the inviolate law which must be obeyed. It can never find it. tornadoes.

So long as equality of interchange continues rhythmically. just as waves of water spring from the still ocean. He who gives equally for what is given to him multiplies his purchasers and prospers by gaining their good will. Likewise. Every transaction in human relations either continues or discontinues in accord with obedience or disobedience to this one law. life becomes more and more 109 . He finds it ever harder to sell and loses many purchasers by gaining their ill will. When the sloping sand at the beach prevents this equality of 108 rhythmic balanced interchange. Troughs become crests and crests become troughs. makes it hard by his unknowing of the law. the inbreathing and outbreathing of living things all exemplify God's one law of rhythmic balanced interchange. The whole principle of Creation lies in equal giving.happiness of his journey. In spite of his disobedience the ship is taking him to his destination and he must go with it. The Oneness of the Light is divided into an equal and opposite two.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE LAW OF BALANCE action of his must eventually be balanced. Any deviation from that law in the heart-beat of a man would endanger his continuance. It is as though a man on a great ocean liner disobeyed the laws of the ship. God's division of the Light into a seeming two is manifested in Nature by electric waves of two opposing lights springing from the still sea of God's magnetic Light. This God holds inviolate. As man gradually knows his purpose and the law by knowing God in him. The pulse beat. man's life continues to function at maximum. and all interchange between the two must be equal in their giving. Man is on his way to his cosmic goal of Oneness with his Creator and he can in no way deviate from that fixed orbit which will eventually take him to his destination of glory in the high heavens. but when there is a rhythmic balanced interchange between the two compression and expansion opposites. but he must make the journey and must balance every unbalanced action while on the way. but he must balance those actions with equal and opposite reactions until he learns that God's one law must be obeyed. A man who sells and gives less value for what is given to him lays the foundation for his own wreckage. the swinging pendulum. The whole purpose of life is to learn how to manifest God in Truth and the Law. The outstanding characteristic of waves is that they forever interchange. By disobeying the law he is but hurting himself while on his journey. himself. waves repeat their interchange. he has hurt himself by lessening the. the waves accumulate unbalance until they crash on the shore. Man has free right to choose his own actions. Gravity pressure above and below their axis is equal. The lesson is a hard one but man.

the One. Man will forever war with man until he learns to give his all with the full expectation of equal receiving. and never taking that which is not given as an earned reward for his giving.. Nature forever unfolds into many for the purpose of refolding into one.-. This is universal law and each individual must manifest this law. Man's power lies in giving. denying Me. nor may the glory ofMy Light be seen in him or known by him. They are taking away the initiative children need to complete their own cycles: they must live their own lives for themselves. "I. for the pattern of My balanced.. and man more powerful in his manifestation of power. but made to appear as two extensions of the centered One. rhythmic images within man may not be seen in him.- . . then is man's image man's. as pairs of opposites of Me. 110 111 .. not Mine and man's. "Know thou that the two extensions of My recorded thinking are divided by the One which centers the two. are taking from their children-not giving. the One controlling the two.. The desire of some so-called "apron string" parents to run their children's lives for them. He must learn to give as Nature gives.-- - - - - . am not divided into two. Man must know the principle of Creation: giving between each interchanging opposite half of each cycle for the purpose of repeating its giving.. Each individual must manifest this universal law. I divide the two extensions of My thinking but I am not My thinking. the One balancing the two. Each half of a cycle eternally gives to the other half for re-giving. "All things are One._-- THE SECRET OF LIGHT beautiful. often claiming that they have sacrificed their very own lives for them. "When man thinketh man alone.. nor am I two.

In God's Mind is One Idea. then is man's balance absolute. This assumption that product has power within itself to produce itself is another of man's illusions which 113 112 . It is not in the product. This electric universe is the sole product of God 's Mind. through knowing Me. Product has no power in itself to produce itself. thy Father-Mother-Thinker of Creation hath. "When man so thinketh. There is no other power: All energy lies within the stillness of the One Magnetic Light of God. Desire in the Light of Mind is the power quality of Mind. is POWER. THE SOURCE OF POWER God. then hath he all power that I." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD Chapter IV . the Intelligence of the universe."When man thinketh Me. then is he patterned by My image and I am he. Desire is the soul of Mind. the Creator. The power to create product is in Mind. which God knows as One Whole Idea. God expresses the desire of Mind to manifest His Idea by creating this electric wave universe. the will of Mind. In God's Mind is desire to give creative expression to that One Idea by thinking it into parts. God is Mind. "When man thinketh Me in him. All product of God or man is the result of desire of Mind to create product.

The power to thus produce does not lie in electricity nor in motion. God is the fulcrum of man. All of the power of the ocean is in its stillness. expression in the two lights of opposed motion is nega115 . and they also express the opposite desire for balance and rest which is in motion. Waves are two-way cycles which are divided equally to express the two desires of Mind to create form images of Mind imagining and to destroy those forms sequentially for reforming. has power within himself to do anything . Desire of Mind is expressed through waves of light in motion. Its . Without desire of Mind in man his power to create could not be. The power to create the idea is in the knowing. The eyes of the spirit can see its spiritual image as clearly as the eyes of the body can sense it in stone as product of his knowing. The expression of power to create the idea as product-lies in the electric action of thinking idea at rest in the Light of Mind into the two lights of waves of motion which simulate that idea. The power 114 of a moving lever is not in the lever nor in its motion. Waves of motion spring from the stillness of the universal equilibrium. It is as though the architect gave to his cathedral the power of creating itself. Without that desire Creation could not be.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE SOURCE OF POWER have deceived the senses of man during these early days of his unfolding. Neither man nor any moving thing in the universe. The mechanical principle by means of which power is expressed by the Creator is in the light waves of twoway motion which record His two-way thinking. Desire in the One Light of Mind is positive. The idea of the cathedral already exists. It lies in desire of Mind only. All expressions of energy spring from rest. All power expressed by man must be extended directly from the Father in heaven to His father-mother lights of earths and heavens which manifest Him. They are the universal heartbeat which manifests eternal life and power in God's stillness by eternal repetitions of simulated life and power as expressed in waves of motion. As servant of Mind. Mind is Light at rest. It is in the stillness of its fulcrum from which it borrows its ability to manifest the power of its fulcrum. and of the universe. Waves of motion express the power of desire for unbalance and motion which is in Light at rest. seek a point of rest and return to a condition of rest. Likewise all of the power of Light is in the stillness of its knowing whether expressed by light waves or not. The cathedral is an expression of desire of the architect to give form to the idea of his knowing. The expression of power in waves is not power. electricity gives moving form to the idea by performing the work necessary to produce it. whether expressed or not.

and then only in small fractions of whole cycles. "An equal two must be an equal two. If the senses could record the whole of each cycle both ways.THE SECRET OF LIGHT tive. I have set a measure in My high heavens to balance each with each. they would record stillness. watch o'er all My creating pairs of father-mothered things with My two measuring eyes to balance that which fathers My universe with that which mothers it. Every expression of power in Nature is negated by its opposite expression. the ONE. for desire of each to outbalance each would upset My spatial stage and all the fathermother offspring ofMy stage. so also must its watchful measuring eyes be two. centered by another One from which the two extend and seem to move as that mirage expression ofMy thinking seems to move. not motion. "Wherefore I. its players and its motions become an equal two extensionretraction ofMy Light. The senses are limited to the perception of but one of these negations at a time. "For I have ordained that the father-mother of My imaged stage. nor lose aught. but not one whit more. that each might have its all. for every action would be voided by its oppositely flowing reaction. "And as My sexed electric universe is two. " -From THE DMNE IuAD 116 117 . nor gain one whit more. "Therefore.

They are but mirage extensions of Mind imagining which senses that which they but manifest. each must become the other. like those of man 's body through which he senses things. An electrically balanced condition of anything is sexless whether it be a man. In order to effect balance in each. They have not existence save an awareness of each other. Each sexed condition gives unbalance to the other to separate each from each to increase the power of each to oppose each. An electric battery which is fully charged is dually unbalanced by the opposite electric pressures of compression and expansion. Creation could not be.~ [' ~ :1 1 'J' 1 Sex is the division of a balanced equilibrium condition into two equally unbalanced conditions which negate each other periodically for the purpose of repeating the two unbalanced conditions. Their sole purpose is to oppose. Sex is not a thing. it is a condition of a thing. Without a division of the one unconditioned Light into two seemingly conditioned lights. The moving electric father-mother lights of all Creation are two. Each electric opposite conditions the other with sex unbalance. electric battery. SEX DEFINED . The two moving lights of the electric universe are two equal halves which express themselves in opposite directions. Opposites which violently oppose and void each other can never become one. Voidance of unbalance can " only come that way. The two negate each other. It is the dual desire force in Mind for expressing its One Idea. nor can they attract each other. A short circuit 119 . woman. Likewise repetition can come only that way. The One Light is the positive principle. Each then gives of itself to the other to void the unbalanced condition of each other. They are the intercommunicating nerves of the universal body. or the atmosphere. It is EFFECT. 118 The electric universe is the negative principle. These two opposite unbalanced conditions violently desire to return to the oneness of balance from which they were divided into two.THIS SEXED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE Chapter V THIS SEXED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE The still magnetic Light of the Father of all Creation is One . Sex is the creative principle. The two are opposites of each other. A sexed condition is an unbalanced condition. It is CAUSE. The charging one must discharge and the discharged one must charge.

The desire for two-way motion in equal action and reaction is reflected in the dual electric desire to give for I regiving . Man is recharged into a sexed condition by his heartbeat. An unbalanced sex condition in man demands balancing in the same way. When that desire is satisfied and balance is restored." A sexed condition and an electric condition are identical. for it will no longer perform work by expressing its desire for balance. Electricity conditions all sexless matter into its sexed condition. All of the work of the universe is performed as a result of that desire in unbalanced matter to 120 seek rest in a balanced condition.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS SE XED ELECTRIC UNIVERSE between the two poles of the battery will give it that balance. it means that desire for balance has gone out of it. man is as sexless as the dead storage battery and for the same reason. When calm follows the storm. by the food he eats and by his inbreathing-outbreathing. by dividing a pressureless condition into two opposite pressures which desire release from their opposition. and to unfold for refolding. This is a sexed electric universe in every effect of motion. whether. or for rest from a state of motion. The sexed condition of unbalance in man is exactly the same in all phenomena in Nature.it be in the heart of a giant sun or in the petal of a meadow violet. We then say it is dead. depending upon the intensity of the unbalanced condition. motion is no longer possible. and its violence depends upon its electrical measure of unbalance. 121 . Every action of motion in the universe is a result of sex desire for motion from a state of rest. These are the generators which recharge the "dead storage batteries" of all the universe into sexed conditioned "live batteries. An unbalanced atmosphere will violently seek a balanced condition. for when balance has been attained by rest. These two sex desires of electric action and reaction are the result of the two desires of the Father to manifest His One Light through the extended father-mother lights which interweave His idea of Creation into the multiple forms of that idea and void them periodically for the purpose of repeating them.

charge and discharge. Neither expression is that which it expresseth. male and female.Chapter VI "Each thing in My universe is paired as opposite expressions of that thing. heat and cold. all that are being compressed or charged by positive electricity are simultaneously being expanded and discharged by negative electricity to a lesser extent. generative and radiative. In other words. positive and negative. Likewise. or charged and discharged if we use electrical terms. are neither life nor death. heaven and earth. I balance all opposites of pairs of things with equal opposites ofpairs ofthings. north and south. Both are the same. whether gravity and radiativity. centripetal and centrifugal. "For all things in My universe interchange with their opposites and with all other things. life and death. buyer and seller. integrative and disintegrative." -From THE DMNEILIAD SEX-CONDITIONED OPPOSITES The entirety of this balanced universe is thus divided into unbalanced pairs of father-mother sex-conditioned sex mates for the purpose of seemingly dividing universal Oneness into a universe of many ones. in Me is Balance. I say. emptying and filling. therefore. import and export. No matter what names we use to designate one pair of sex mates from another. inward and outward. plus and minus. growth and decay-all of them are similarly conditioned by the two opposite electrical conditioners. producer and consumer. they are all being either compressed or expanded if we use pressure terms. 122 123 . for. both life and death of things which seem to live and die. "Each opposite becometh the other sequentially.

Opposites of motion can cease to be and by thus ceasing to be they can give birth to the other opposite. This is a twoway universe in all effects of motion." The "matter" of earth is the same as the matter of heavens with but one difference. THIS TWO-WAY UNIVERSE Electricity is forever winding light up into hot spheres. surrounded by cold cube wave-fields of space. Life charges a body in excess of its discharge for one half of its cycle and death discharges it in excess for the other half. and both opposite effects are expressed in both mates simultaneously as well as sequentially. Interchange between these two unbalanced opposites is the basis of all motion in this rhythmic universe. but compression is born from expansion. while unwinding they are simultaneously rewinding to a lesser extent. 125 . They can never unite for they are the opposites of motion. each being preponderant sequentially during half of each cycle. 124 The father-mother principle is fundamental in every expression and both are simultaneously manifested in every expression. The mother principle divides it into vapors and gases of lower potential. expansion can never compress. Sex mates are two equal halves of one. and likewise sequentially unwinding them for rewinding. Conversely. Life and death are good examples. Space is a division of solidity into tenuity. It then discharges in excess of its charging. Likewise the sun charges the earth during half of its twenty-four hour cycle in excess of its charge on the night side of the planet. but they never can be other than opposite. The night side sequentially becomes the day side. While winding them into compressed light masses. Conversely. VOLUME. The discharge of night then reverses to a preponderance of charge. all that are being expanded by negative electricity are simultaneously being compressed and charged by positive electricity to a lesser extent. The father principle multiplies light into density and high potential. they are simultaneously unwinding to a lesser extent. Every opposite of a pair charges in excess of its discharge for one half of its cycle. It is also a multiplication of volume at the expense of potential. They never can be one. Light is thus multiplied and divided into suns and planets surrounded by "space. OPPOSITES BORN EACH OTHER Compression can never expand but expansion is born from compression. And therein lies the secret of the universal pulse beat.THE SECRET OF LIGHT SEX -CONDITIONED OPPOSITE Likewise.

Suns thus turn inside-out. Each has become what each is by opposing the other to attain the appearance of separateness. Every unbalanced condition in Nature must be balanced by an equal opposite. It is of the father-light. Water is a compressed condition. It is of the motherlight. like those in Lyra and other ring nebulae which are plentiful in the heavens. They never perform any other office than to oppose. Opposites oppose. Solids are those same gases inwardly bound toward gravity. Each opposite is born from the other. The father-light refolds the water vapor into water. THE SECRET OF LIGHT SEX -CONDITIONED OPPOSITE They can interchange with their opposites with every pulse beat. It is said that cold is less heat. but it is still an opposite. and they do. Likewise all generated matter is sequentially degenerated by the generation of its opposite. Outwardly bound light rays degenerate heat into cold by expand- ing heat. Cold bores black holes right through their poles and great suns become rings. East and west are two opposites just as cold and heat are opposites. Then each interchanges with each by breathing into and out of each other until space disintegrates matter and becomes what the other was. Heat and cold are opposites. The gases are the solids outwardly bound toward the heavens. One might as well say that east is less west. Compression in matter is balanced by an equal evacuation in space. The mother-light unfolds from the father-light. All idea of Mind is thus divided into sex pairs of opposite mates. It becomes the other sequentially at the halfway point in its cycle. 126 127 . Opposition alone produces the idea of separateness in a universe of one inseparable thing. Water vapor is the expanded condition of water. OPPOSITE SE X CONDITIONS BORN EACH OTHER Matter and space likewise are sex mates . They are two halves of one which never can be one. All matter is generated by the degeneration of its opposite. Space disintegrates suns and earths by the way of equators and generates them by the way of poles. Each has been born from the other. Each IS the other but they can never unite to become one. All borrowings from the bank of Nature are debited with an amount equal to the credit extended just as money borrowed from man's bank is debited and credited. The opposite of water is water vapor.__ u ---. Heat generated by cold by the way of poles is radiated by the way of equators. Inwardly bound light rays generate heat from cold by compressing cold. Matter is divided into solids and gases. Each pulse beat brings each opposite nearer to voidance of each and complete interchange into the other.

- -- --.-.. Each then becomes what the other was. """ THE SECRET OF LIGHT SEX -CONDITIONED OPPOSITE DESIRE FOR REST FOLLOWS DESIRE FOR MOTION The two are always two and never can become one. Both of these simulations of the idea. The idea still exists. and the point of interchange between positive and negative opposites at the wave amplitude. It is this desire for oneness which causes them to interchange. They do not become one. motion has utterly ceased. although the desire for oneness is with each during the entirety of its cycle. Each of the pair cancels the other out in cyclic periodicities. 128 129 . they do not neutralize each other.. as commonly believedthey cease to be... disappear. The idea is at rest in its seed from which it can again appear in form of idea."". however.~. All idea is recorded electrically in equal pairs of opposite expressions. At these two rest points..- -- . Radiation then exceeds generation for the second half of the cycle. When credits and debits are balanced by interchange with each other. they cease to be. Generation of any idea exceeds radiation during the first half of its cycle. MOTION CANNOT BE NEUTRALIZED The two points of rest which are the fundamentals of every cycle are: the point of beginning at the wave axis. as expressed by motion. It has not been neutralized into a condition of rest. There is no exception to this process of Nature. When electrical opposites thus cancel each other out by interchange of their plus and minus conditions.

"Naught is there in My divided universe which is not sex-conditioned. yea. Thus these moving pairs seek balance in voidance forever to repeat the thought-patterns of My thinking in the sex-balancing voidance of their 'conditioning. "For I say that each light seeks rest in each where wave ofMy pulsed thinking meets wave. but find not two but one. for two rests there cannot be in My universe ofOne. and even to the heart of blazing fires ofhottest suns. and at that mutual point of rest each voids each in the One from which another two spring into their mirrored infinities. "Hear thou Me when I say that all things which flow from Me are sex-conditioned pairs of two."The One Light of Me desires to be two. sex-interchanging and sex-balancing. even to the cosmic dust of space which formeth new worlds.'" -From THE DIVINE ILIAD 130 131 . Two sensed warring divisions of the One spring forth from My unsensed Oneness into an imaged space. Two voiding lights of My One White Light spring from their Rest in unity to find rests of their own.

SEX OPPOSITES REPRODUCE THRO UGH SEX VOIDANCE In this manner all patterned forms repeat their patterns sequentially. SEXES DO NOT UNITE Reproduction of dynamic sexed pairs does not come through the union of dynamic sexed pairs. opposed. extending forever outward to the ends of mirrored space and reflecting back again to microscopic centers of rest from which they may again spring from rest to seek rest through dual motion. Reproduction is not the unity of two opposite halves of one patterned thing. All unbalanced pairs of separately conditioned things must first find voidance of unbalance and voidance of opposition. Reproduction begins at the rest point where the previous wave cycle ends. the power of dynamic sex expression reproduction. Reproduction of two unbalanced mates cannot be repeated until balance has first been restored. to God. Reproduction is the cessation of those two unbalanced conditions which restores a balance from which similarly patterned negative forms reverse their expressions and become positive forms. They must then become their own opposites 133 . and return balanced as one. This is a universe of waves within waves and waves without waves . merely the repetition of pattern with added pattern forever. the One. two-way electric universe which creates and voids through unbalanced pairs but repeats (reproduces) through voided ones. but those waves cannot be repeated until the calm surface of the ocean has been restored to the equilibrium of its rest position. and with it. it is the voiding of the power of dynamic expression which all unbalanced opposites express. That is what Creation is. but from the voidance of sex condition. All pairs of unbalanced opposites come from God. Reproduction of unbalance must find a fulcrum from which the wave lever may leap into wave expression for repetition of pattern. pulsing waves of dual light. 132 This is a sex divided.THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE Chapter VII THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE All creating things are paired as unbalanced equal and opposite sex mates. but never finding it. The calm surface of the ocean may be broken up into waves. even though that rest position is not maintained.

unbalanced halves of one are forever seeking to balance their opposition. 135 . 134 The sexes like the two opposites of motion cannot "neutralize" each other by so-called "union.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE to again acquire an unbalance necessary for another voidance and consequent repetition. It was there before the dynamic condition arose. is impossible. They must first be voided. arises from the static condition of silence. Reproduction of unbalanced opposites. Repetition of their motion is impossible while they are in balance with their fulcrum. silence is eternal. The fulcrum no longer centers them although they are balanced in themselves." Likewise. so does a sexed electric condition arise from a sexless one. Opposition must first be voided. they are conditions of things. The dynamic conditions of sodium and chlorine do not unite to become the static condition of sodium chloride. The dynamic must emerge from rest and it must be voided in rest in order that it may again become dynamic. SEX DETERMINED BY DIR ECTION OF PRESSURES Opposites are not things. All twos must become voided in the One in order to again become two. for the static condition is eternal. by unbalanced opposites. The two sexes. SEX OPPOSITES DO NOT NEUTRALIZE-THEY VOID THE DESIRE FOR BALANCE All things seek balance. Unbalanced condition and change cannot unite to reproduce unbalanced condition and change. A sexless condition is imperative before a sexed condition can be repeated. When they are on two different levels they are then unbalanced with their centering fulcrum . In such a position they are obliged to move. But it can be voided. Sound is voided. therefore. The dynamic condition of sound. They must be voided before they can be repeated. cannot be united to cause reproduction. it cannot become static. The unbalanced condition and change must be voided in order to repeat unbalance and change." The dynamic cannot be "neutralized. for example. or inward and outward. Just as heat and cold. or compression and expansion cannot unite to become one. but sound does not become silence. or east and west. Two opposed. nor are they neutralized. The static condition does not then take its place. the opposite sexes cannot unite for they are but inward-outward pressures. but is imperative when the fulcrum no longer centers them. They are then dynamic. Just as all motion starts from rest and returns to rest. so also. Two children on a seesaw are balanced when they are on a level with their centering fu~crum.

The difference of conditioning makes basically similar substances appear to be different things and different substances. for there is no oxygen or hydrogen in water. for another example. appears in their place. They disappear entirely and then reappear from it in reverse to repeat the next wave. Records of motion are seeds for repetition of motion. they withdraw into the ocean surface. in accord with the two opposite desires . any two opposed and unbalanced sex halves of one conditioned thing balance their opposed conditioning through motion. They become voided and another thing from which both are extended. The sexes are thus differently conditioned by the two directions of electric pressures.of the Creator. 136 Waves which spring from the static ocean surface toward crests and troughs do not unite to reproduce another wave. Consider the static condition of the calm ocean. they appear to become another thing or substance. All things are sex divided. Absolute voidance of one condition must take place before repetition can follow. therefore.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE SEX REPRODUCTIVE PRINCIPLE Sex opposition is a difference in the pressure condition of things. Water is the result of the voidance of two unbalanced and opposed conditions caused by equalizing opposed pressures at static equators. 137 . In chemistry we call these pairs stable compounds such as the salts. In the seed is desire for manifesting imaged forms of idea. All forms are wave forms. This appearance is a deception of the senses for they do not become another thing. All wave forms unfold from seed records of those wave forms. The male condition is one of compression. When. the female is one of expansion. is a voidance of oxygen and hydrogen. Water. Voided motion is recorded in the stillness from which it was unfolded in order that it can be repeated from that record. A storm transforms that surface into a dynamic condition. Nor do oxygen and hydrogen become water.

yet there are but multiples of three in all My universe."I am dual thinking Mind. "For behold. "With one pulsebeat of My dual thinking I build My multiple one image and bind them all as One in Me. The familiar return ball with which a child plays is a good example of electric strain. All matter is electric. All matter is electric. And again I say to thee. This electric universe is a complexity of strains caused by the interaction of these two opposing. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD Chapter VIII ELECTRICITY DEFINED Electricity is the strain or tension set up by the two opposing desires of universal Mind thinking: the desire for balanced action and the desire for rest. I then cancel them with the other voiding pulse. radiate and regenerate in cycles without end. for My Trinity is but One. thinking two in action and reaction. All matter is conditioned into greater or lesser strains according to the intensity of desire which is the cause of all electric strain to which it electric desires. but both are seed for another two. interchanging electric desires. My imaged universe is mirrored to infinity. "I am dynamic thinking Mind. That which we call high electric potential is merely great strain to maintain a condition which is far from the condition of rest. nor am I them. When the ball returns. the elastic gradually tightens to increase the tension of resistance to strain generated in the elastic. the strain gradually lessens until the ball again comes to rest in the child's . Each then is naught. When the ball is thrown from the hand. and they are ofMe. but they are not Me. two of those very three are naught but My imaginings. "Thus I produce. My imaged universe is mir"Thus I produce. The strain continues to intensify until the ball comes to rest. generate. radiate and regenerate in cycles without end. it is repeated to the endless end. The farther removed from rest. void and reproduce. void and reproduce. generate. the greater the strain or tension. All matter is conditioned into greater or lesser strains according to the intensity of desire which is the cause of all electric strain to which it is subjected. "For behold. "The two are in Me. pulsing with My dynamic thinking.

Wherever there is a condition of rest. The reason for this is because all matter is a series of electric tensions. It is as though all of the universe of separated particles were playing return ball with each other. When that happens. Interchange between the two opposites of motion voids the unbalanced condition at the end of each cycle of electric expression. U1JualalJ\. the electric tension ceases to be.~l'bj ~. the conditions set up by them cease. the strain and tension have been voided. electricity ceases to be. Sodium chloride will illustrate this meaning.. Likewise sodium and chlorine are utterly voided. It is as though two children on a seesaw withdrew into their fulcrum. When unbalanced sex tensions void their unbalance through interchange between the oppo- tricity which causes that illusion has no existence. Electrical tensions exist only between unbalanced electrical matter in motion which is separated from other electrical matter in motion.. and each is connected with the other one by an electric thread of light which measures the tension of that separateness.§st . tat. eJrlcltll . therefore.- tension ceases to be..THE SECRET OF LIGHT ELECTRICITY DEFINED hand. a dual force which seemingly unbalances a condition of rest by dividing it into two opposite conditions and sets them in seeming motion. an t'tl~&tDFu'it(.~U ~avc uy JI1U:SIUU. electrical force ceases to be. This whole electric universe is a complex maze of similar tensions. an electric strain is set up between that separated trinity.. When the tensions cease. When sodium and chlorine desire separateness from their oneness of condition in sodium chloride. When the desire for separateness has gone out of sodium and chlorine. Sodium chloride will illustrate this meaning.I. the electric tensions which bound them to the rest condition from which they sprang are voided. Likewise sex desire ceases to be.. Tension has not BECOME rest. Sex tensions and strains intensify the farther they are removed from rest. just as the return ball is separated from the hand. ~ l.. When a condition of oneness has been attained in matter. Every particle of matter in the universe is separated from its condition of oneness. Electricity is. it has ceased to be. When sodium and chlorine desire separateness from their oneness of condition in sodium chloride.l.""Ln ""'UllUV'" v\. electricity which causes that illusion has no existence. .hcm«f&Jt t}}c lu~tm"ll~:v. As rest cannot be unbalanced save by illusion... site electric desires which caused those tensions.MC.

an action universe of desiring. "I am the center of My universe of Me . There is but Me. and I am without all things controlling them. That which Mind desireth will appear in the image of that desire. "This is a universe of seeming. an action universe of desiring. "Sit ye not and ask. an imaged universe of thinking. Throughout the aeons it hath been thine without thy knowing. Everywhere I am is the center of all things. acting not. Desire what ye will and behold it standeth before Thee. but I am not those things which I center in them and control in space surrounding them. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD . Nothing is of itself alone. e'en though thou hast but just asked for it. "I am the center of My universe of Me. inseparable. Everywhere I am is the center of all things. All things are indissolubly united. "Seek ye. "Behold. therefore. for thy desire will not come thy way to thee unaided by thy strong arms. "Two things there are not in My universe."Behold in Me the One. I am within all things centering them. an imaged universe of thinking. "Everything that is is of every other thing that is. That which Mind desireth will appear "This is a universe of seeming. and I am everywhere. what ye will in Me and ye shall find it.

THE TWO ELECTRIC DESIRES Chapter IX THE TWO ELECTRIC DESIRES Electricity is the servant of Mind. " . After a day of work man rests from action so that he may repeat his day of action. disappear from their earths into may repeatllis aay oIaclloii: -------- 1! _ - . A ball thrown in the air seeks rest from its action and returns from its unbalanced condition to seek rest through reaction. the other expands. These two opposite desires are characteristic of all effects of motion. The universal Mind has two desires-the desire for creative expression through the action of concentrative thinking and the desire for rest from action through decentrative thinking. Because of these two opposite desires of univer sal Mind-thinking. One pulsation compresses. One desire is for separation from Oneness into unbalanced multiplicity and the other is for voidance of multini'e'<resir'e for rest 'trom action through decentrative thinking. vegetable and mineral life seeks action and rest alternately. . One desire is for action and the other for rest. disappear from their earths into their void in the heavens and reappear from that void to repeat their desires. all creating things appear on earths from the void of their heaven. One desire is for separation from Oneness into unbalanced multiplicity and the other is for voidance of multiplicity into balanced Oneness. This explains the mystery of "matter appearing from space to be alternately swallowed by space. The electric expression of the two desires is reflected in the pulse beat of the universe. All animal. It does all of the work of creating this light-wave universe in unfoldingrefolding sequences which Mind desires. disappear and reappear in sequential cycles. The destructive pulsation voids form to seek rest at wave axes through centrifugal reaction. The compressive pulsation gives form to idea by seeking rest at wave amplitudes through centripetal action. all creating things appear on earths from the void of their heaven. These two desires of Mind constitute the give for regiving principle by means of which all things in Nature grow or unfold by appearing from the void of rest in the kingdom of heaven from which all creating things appear. All effects of motion manifest that principle. Because of these two opposite desires of univer sal Mind-thinking.

Desire in Me is Soul in Me. "Again I say. for endings and beginnings are one in Me.igs'nfmt?l'TS iYitrtttugctlmg. jrom :. I am the seed of My unfolding-refolding universe. all things extendeth from Me and returneth to Me. Light extendeth from Soul in Me and returneth to Soul in Me. the extension and returning being two seeming lights ofMe. Thus is My One Idea reborn as many ones in the multiplying mirrors of My Light."Again I say. There is no death in Me.I I II I' I I. " -From THE DMNE ILIAD I il II I~ Ii . "Within My Being is desire for manifesting My Being. "Again I say. Thus is My One Idea continued endlessly in imaged forms of My thinking. Within My Light all formless seed of planned idea are enfolded in My Being at rest in Me. "There is naught but birth in My imagining. I am the Soul of My universe of creating things. Thus is My One Idea reborn as many ones in the multiplying mirrors of My f. i 1\ . Naught but life reacheth out from Me. Ye must be born again and again unto that infinity of mirrored reachings which is My imagining. the extension and returning being two seeming lights ofMe. From Me all things are born from seed of thought in Me. forever without end.:}OUt tn me ana returnetn to sout In Me. i nus is my une Idea continued endlessly in imaged forms of My thinking. with each pulsation ofMy thinking. They are not Me. "That which is Soul in Me desireth to manifest in form through Light. and naught but life meets returning life for rebirth in Me. the mirrored multiples of My thought images are but reflections ofMy imaginings. "Wherefore I say. "Again I say. and born again.

(Figs.RE FOL DI NG PRINCIPLE Chapter X THE UNFOLDING-REFOLDING PRINCIPLE The two opposite electric expressions of desire of Mind unfold all idea of Mind from its pattern in the seed into imaged forms to simulate the idea of Mind and refold it back into its recorded pattern in the seed. for again unfolding. The generating light of gravitation and the degenera- . Two fiery spiral arms of radiating mother-light reach out from the equator of its central sun to born its countless other suns and earths by unfolding them from its centerany of the spiral nebulae. not[i'biy-N"'ebflla' 74 Piscwm~ Two fiery spiral arms of radiating mother-light reach out from the equator of its central sun to born its countless other suns and earths by unfolding them from its centering seed. Positive electricity is the father-light. notably Nebula 74 Piscium.' The father-light of gravity refolds all unfolding forms from Creation's seed in formless light of suns and gives them growing bodies. 242) Two black arms of gravitating father-light pull spirally inward from the heavens toward the poles of the centering giant sun to generate the sun in incandescent oneness of all form.' This two-way radial universe of seeming motion is the product of these two opposed electric conditioners of matter which pass through each other in opposite directions. Negative electricity unwinds the light of motion from dense solidity to tenuous vacuity by expanding it into cubic wave fields of space. Negative electricity is the mother-light which radiates toward planes of the One Light at rest which bound all wave fields of motion. Positive electricity is the father-light. 35 and 37. Large scale examples of this process can be seen in any of the spiral nebulae. Each one unbalances the other in order that each may seek balance in the other to disappear and reappear as the other. pg. Each interchanges with the other in sequential pulsations as they pass through each other from points of gravity to wave field boundaries and back again in endless cycles. which gravitates Each one 'unbalances the other in order that each may seek balance in the other to disappear and reappear as the other. Gravity refolds toward the seed. Each becomes the other at halfway rest points of their cycles. which gravitates toward a point of rest which centers all creating things.T HE UN F OLD IN G. Positive electricity winds the light of motion into dense solids around points of still magnetic Light. Radiation unfolds from the seed. Positive electricity pulls inward spirally from within against the opposing resistance of negative electricity which thrusts outward spirally from within. Radiation is the female principle of Creation. It compresses motion into incandescent spheres surrounded by the vacuity of negative electricity. Gravitation is the male principle of Creation.

likewise. . "I am Balance. but that which I divide I multiply. "I divide. In Me all My imaginings are balanced in their seeming unbalance. but that which I divide I multiply. while likes retain their friendly orbits side by side. All the suns of heaven give light of each to each.THE SECRET OF LIGHT tive light of radiation are projected through each other from rest to rest in pulsing sequences to manifest idea by borning father-mother forms of idea through their voiding interchange. one. "I divide. but again I say that they are opposites. It is the principle of two-way equal giving which man- "Translate thou the Light of My thinking into man s words for his guidance. This principle of rhythmic balanced interchange between father-mother lights ofgravitation and radiation is fundamental in all creating things. but that which I add to one pulsation of My thinking I subtract from the other one. "Opposites void opposites. and opposites oppose in my universe ofMe. while the dark voids the light and the light. "I add. ifests the quality of Love in the Light of the One. i I "My pairs of opposites are equal. the dark.

and a zero pressure condition. All wave fields are bound by planes of zero curvature. It is also believed that oppositely.tb&fl"y5EUr:. but that does not account for the fact that the tides also rise on the opposite side of the earth away from the moon. a zero stmulating that Zero of their Source from which they sprang-but they are also seed for another seeming two which emerge from the Oneness of their Source. having never even met as two. There is much evidence of the senses to justify such a conclusion. There is much evidence of the senses to justify such a conclusion." -From THE DIVINEILlAD 'I THE ILLUSION OF ATTRACTION AND REPULSION OF MATTER One of the great illusions of the senses is that matter attracts and repels matter. .('t~! men naugnt. Each is then naught. but it is of the same illusive nature as the evidence which deceives the senses that railroad tracks ~_~~_nLt(~l)ll~_e! !1)J_Q!1 the horizon. We conclude that the moon attracts the earth and thus pulls the ocean toward it. The moon and the earth center their own respective wave fields surrounded by space.Chapter XI "My two lights move in opposed ways to avoid the other ~ path.charged electrical particles attract each other and like charges repel. which insulate each field in the universe from i' I. a zero simulating that Zero of their Source from which they sprang-but they are also seed for another seeming two which emerge from the One%ssaf. . "Pairs of opposites are drawn into each other's vortices where they void each other. passionately. but find these paths to be lanes leading into and out of vortices centered by but one rest pole where the two poles are naught. We see the tides rise toward the moon on one side of the earth and away from it on the other. but it is of the same illusive nature as the evidence which deceives the senses that railroad tracks seem to meet upon the horizon. What is actually happening is that all conditioned matter is constantly seeking to balance its condition with all other matter.

Unbalanced conditions in matter seek balanced ones. Polarity utterly ceases at that point and each opposite extends to each opposite end.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE ILLUSION OF ATTRACTION AND REPULSION OF MATTER every other field . from the moon. "~'J U""'5' . likewise.. ALL MATTER IN MOTION SEEKS REST as oaiurn ano all the stars of heaven are doing. the mutual equators of both fields must lengthen. that effect which we think of as attraction is one of voidance. What actually is happening is that they are voiding each other s unbalanced condition to seek balance through each other. All matter is motion constantly seeking rest. As a result. and away. they would be together in the middle of a magnet instead of at its ends. each getting away from the other and through the other. This is a universe 'of ONE THING. it.. and for the same reason. Unbalanced conditions in matter seek balanced ones. VYVU1U Q180'ltJ'O'lW' Ull llUg:s When the positive pole of a magnet is brought into contact with the negative pole of another magnet. and for the same reason. All matter which is electrically separated from that oneness seeks it. and flatten at its poles to meet the interchange of balance between the fields of the moon and sun. Matter neither attracts nor repels other matter. . spirally. That is what our eyes see. If the earth were all liquid instead of solid. It is as true of humans and their emotions as it is of matter. If opposite poles attracted each other. as Jupiter and the outer planets are so noticeably doing. on a plane which intersects the center of gravity of each body. It would also throw off rings as Saturn and all the stars of heaven are doing. POLARITY I I I '" We see the positive pole of a compass needle pointing toward the negative pole of a magnet and the negative pole of the magnet pointing toward the positive pole. as far as it can. It isa cessation of opposition or power to manifest anything. All matter is motion constantly seeking rest. The very shapes of wave fields of earth and moon are forever changing to adjust their balance as the moon revolves around the earth. until their opposition is voided by balance in their fulcrum and they cease to be. disclike. MATTER IS POWERLESS TO ATTRACT Matter neither attracts nor repels other matter. Opposite poles get as far away from each other as they can. This is a fundamental principle and underlying desire of all Creation. This it can find only by balancing its condition with matter similarly conditioned by voiding the tensions of its sexed condition. disc-like. would lengthen appreciably at its equators. This evidence is one of the bases of our conclusion. That alone is the cause of motion and the reason for its continuance or discontinuance. Naturally the tides rise toward .

that inward attracts outward . The outstanding demonstration of the principle of like conditions seeking like is in the elements of matter. When it thus finds rest in a balanced condition. leaving the negative oxygen as residue. Each condition arises from the other. These opposites represent the compression-extension father-mother principle which integrates light into solids and disintegrates it into vapors and gases. In any chemical decomposition of compounded . The negative pole is. It then seeks rest in clouds of like condition. for example. ana'neatiiig n I! ALL MOVING MASSES ARE UNBALANCED j. or that darkness attracts incandescence. To say that these opposites attract each other is equivalent to saying that north attracts south. A log floating down stream is seeking a balanced condition and is not being attracted by QLQJ _Q. Thus there are but two conditions of matter-s-either expanding from stillness or contracting toward stillness. that wetness attracts dryness . ILLUSIVE EVIDENCE Another effect of motion which has misled the senses into believing that opposites attract is that hot air is said to rise toward cold and cold air to descend toward heat.R:i~_. The two lights which are extended from the one are opposed pressures and opposed sexed conditions. That is not what is happening. its motion ceases and its opposition also ceases. Water.• '''03' a Ual<lUU. What is actually happening is that the positive pole is taking the positive condition out of the water. .. ~u w u m. and heating air is contracting and falling toward heat. air is contracting and falling toward heat. Cooling air is expanding and rising toward cold. each becoming the other alternately. it would be impossible to gather together one ounce of the same elements. ll! When water vaporizes it expands into its own opposite condition. The One Light is a pressureless and sexless condition. It seeks its like condition to find rest in a balanced condition and not because the matter of it is attracted by the matter it seeks.U the dam_ condition and not because the matter of it is attracted by the matter it seeks. taking the negative condition out of the water.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE ILLUSION OF ATT RACT IO N AND REPULSION OF MATTER I II I I We again repeat that electricity is a division of the One Light into two extensions of that Light projected through each other. All elements seek their kind. If opposites attracted opposites according to present concepts. likewise. A log floating down stream is seeking a balanced condition and is not being attracted by the dam or by other logs. is a compressed condition. Again like seeks like. leaving the positive hydrogen as residue. for like seeks like. Negative oxygen bubbles gather at the positive pole of a charging electric battery and positive hydrogen bubbles gather at the negative pole. The instant it becomes its own opposite it gets as far away from that opposite as is necessary to find balance in a like condition. Negative oxygen bubbles gather at the positive pole of a charging electric battery and positive hydrogen bub- hlg affi~ exphA'afng-antirfsiiiii "toward 'cold.!h~Ilo.

"Behold in Me the Light of all knowing. Each mirrors light ofeach to the other one to manifest My knowing through their mirrorings. anrl lcnrvu: tJ. for moving things have naught in them but their seeming moving. Every element has its own gyroscopic relation to the axis and amplitude of its wave. In Light is all Idea ofknowing. These have no Being. mrwin o th in o . each element seeks and finds similarly conditioned elements. Nature's gyroscopic principle does this automatically. "Know thou that moving things move not..pm nnt fnr "Know thou that moving things move not. Each seeks that relation of pressure and moves until it finds itself in the orbit of its own gyroscopic plane of pressure. "Know thou also that moving things alone sense moving things and know them not. "Know thou also that moving things alone .<~p. "In divided Light of Me the thinking of My knowing is recorded in moving imaged forms of My imagining which reflect each divided one into its opposed one to manifest My knowing. Their moving is but seeming. I alone have Being.I THE SECRET OF LIGHT mixtures." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD . p. "Moving light of My thinking's mirrorings is My universe of image building in lights of My imaginings.. for they are not Me. Their moving is but seeming...n.

When man sees the light of the sun he believes that he is actually seeing light when the nerves of his eyes are but "feeling" the intense. as Newton claimed it to be. An light waves are mirrors which reflect each other's condition unto the farthermost star. That which the eyes "feel" and believe to be Light is but wave motion simulating the idea of Light. shortwave vibrations of the kind of wave motion which he senses as incandescence. It would be like sending a high voltage electric current over a wire so fine that the current would bum it out. They do not become idea. Light is expressed by motion. it can only be known. Electric waves simulate idea only.LIGHT Chapter XII LIGHT il [I I II I I: . It is both. There is much evidence in favor of both theories. All light waves are mirrors which reflect each other's condition unto the farthermost star. !l :I ~ I I. They cannot stand that high rate of vibration. rapid. All waves are expressed by fields of equal and opposite pressures of two-way motion. Light cannot be seen. This is an electrically conditioned wave universe. would be the cause. Man likewise cannot see darkness. The eyes would be destroyed by such a vibration. Electric waves simulate idea only. Like all things else in this electric wave universe the idea of Light cannot be produced. Fast motion. The entire volume within wave fields is filled with the two opposite expressions of motion-the positive expression which . I I I. All matter is the motion of light. All motion is wave motion. The intensely vibrant electric current mirrored into the senses of the eyes fairly bums them. This is an electrically conditioned wave universe. or a wave. Light is still. For this reason all sensation responds to all other sensation. The sense of sight cannot respond to stillness." Man is so accustomed to the idea that he actually sees light in various intensities illuminating various substances to greater or lesser degree that it is difficult for him to realize that his own senses are but acting as mirrors to reflect various intensities of wave motion. For this waves. All wave conditions are forever seeking oneness. The nerves of his eyes which sense motion slow down to a rate of vibra- tion which he can no longer "feel. to fulfill its desire to synchronize its vibrations with every other thing. They do not become idea. All motion is expressed in waves. Every electrically conditioned thing in Nature reflects the vibrations of every other thing. IS LIGHT A WAV E OR CORPUSCLE ? Much controversy has arisen as to whether light is corpuscular. but light would not be the cause of that destruction. But that is all that is happening. When man sees the light of the sun he believes that he is actually seeing light when the nerves of his eyes are Light cannot be produced. All wave conditions are forever seeking oneness. simulating light. ".

such as life. It is full of wave motion. It has been difficult to conceive light as being purely corpuscular. 'c(Jt1stftUte'wfi"af1 we-cairmatter-and space. intelligence. stone. Light is all there is in the spiritual universe of knowing. Corpuscles of matter are one half of wave cycles of light. for light is presumed to fill all space. differs only in volume and condition . It is full of wave motion. 'such asiron. and everything concerning matter and motion as being the TWO SIMULATED LIGHTS of thinking. This change is due solely to a change of its direction in respect to its center of gravity. power. knowledge and balance as being the ONE LIGHT of KNOWING. There need be no mystery as to whether light is corpuscular or wave. All space within wave fields is curved. are light. The light and motion of solid matter. Expansioncontraction sequences result from this process. ALL MATTER IS WAVE MOTION becomes water by turning outside-in. Space is the other half. An'oense'cold matter. for light is presumed to fill all space. such as iron. and the negative expression which expands it into space surrounding solids. It has been difficult to conceive light as being purely corpuscular. and all waves of motion are light. and all growing or decaying things. and all growing or decaying things. The simulation of Light in matter is not Light. wood. and as fulcrums from which motion in one wave field is universally repeated. No change whatsoever has taken place between the waters of earth and those of the heavens except a change of its condition from positive to negative preponderance. Water vapor is water turned inside-out.THE SECRET OF LIGHT LIGHT compresses light into solids. for waves of motion which simulate the light and darkness of space are all there is. stone. We do not think of them as light but all are waves of motion. These boundary planes of omnipresent magnetic Light act as mirrors to reflect all curvature into all other wave fields in the universe. We do not think of them as light but all are waves of motion. Water of earth is compressed into small volume while water of the heavens is expanded thousands of time in volume. Curvature ends at planes of zero curvature which bound all wave fields. Space is not empty. are light. truth. and it still is light waves. Corpuscles no/' lU~t!flieYlnm Water of the heavens still is water. Perhaps the confusion which attends this idea would be lessened if we classify everything concerning the spiritual universe. Each condition is the opposite half of the cycle of water. and of gaseous matter of space. Space is not empty. AL L MATTER IS SIMULATED LIGHT Together these constitute what we call matter and space. There is no Light in matter. It again . and simulation of that Light in opposite extensions is all there is in the electric wave universe of sensing. wood. and all waves of motion are light. All dense cold matter.

has been so fundamental a part of his thinking that it is difficult for him to reverse his thinking to the fact that matter is but motion and has no reality beyond simulating reality. photons. We feel the wave vibrations set up by the motion which simulates light. To describe an electron as a negatively charged body is equivalent to saying that it is an expanding-contracting body.tpaft of his thinking that it is difficult for him to reverse his thinking to the fact that matter is but motion and has no reality beyond simulating reality.: .move radially inward tf6ini~ anega11very~ctiargeo1>1r<fylsequlV§lertna 1i~yifig luiidameftfal~. gr~'S lifflt dI~m~gta1e~. When directed toward space it charges space and discharges mass. Contracting bodies . CONFUSION CONCERNING LIGHT CORPUSCLES I . light which is inwardly directed toward gravity charges mass and discharges space. Compressing bodies are charging into higher potential conditions. or compressing and expanding are opposite conditions. The principle of multiplication of motion because of decrease of volume is the cause of the acceleration of gravity. some are positively charged and some are so equally charged that one supposedly neutralizes the other. and that he lives and dies because his body integrates and disintegrates. All direction of force in Nature is spiral. These many particles are supposedly different because of the belief that some are that it is an expanding-contracting body. Thinking also expresses life. nor does it know. It divides speed of motion into tenuity of substance.move radially inward toward mass centers. protons. nor are there negatively charged particles. The principle of the division of . that his knowledge is in his brain. Conversely. The light which we think we see is but motion.:1J. nor is it truth. expanding bodies are discharging into lower potential conditions. balance or idea. The discharging condition is negative. Contracting bodies . It multiplies speed of motion into density of substance. The charging condition is positive. Contracting and expanding bodies move in opposite directions. Contracting and expanding bodies move in opposite directions. neutrons and others. There is no such condition in nature as negative charge. but the motion of electric waves which simulate light is not that which it simulates. as filling and emptying. but matter does not live. truth. idea. power and balance by recording the ideas of those qualities in the two lights of matter in motion. His assumption that his body is his Self. We do not see light. In this two-way universe. Man's confusion concerning this differentiation lies in his long assumption of the reality of matter.las·oeeft-sb' negatively charged. Charge and discharge are opposite conditions. even though it simulates those spiritual qualities. There is much confusion concerning the many kinds of particles of matter such as electrons. and expanding bodies move radially outward toward space which surrounds masses.THE SECRET OF LIGHT LIGHT Thinking expresses knowing in matter but matter does not think.

Light particles are forever moving in their octave waves. They are also discharging themselves because they are expanding into greater volume. All are light waves wound up into particles which are doubly charged. it would be a true sphere. its direction of motion and the condition of wave pressure in which it finds itself at any time are the sole reasons for its changing from one condition to another.10vinl7 either inward nT nntu'''Tri "n. The. ALL LIGHT PARTICLES ARE ALIKE and are simultaneously multiplying their own potential by thus contracting. spirally. for example. A light particle expands as it leaves the anode in an outward radial direction and contracts as it radially approaches the anode. Their position at anyone point in their wave causes them to have the electric condition appropriate for that point. They reverse their polarity when radially converging upon the earth. All are either heading toward their cathode or their anode . eartn ano tnemserves r. if a particle is on the amplitude of the wave.' This light particle has been the same light particle at all times in all parts of its journey. leaving the sun. if it is moving spirally outward. Motion simulates substance by its variation of pressures. which means toward vacuity or gravity.THE SECRET OF LIGHT LIGHT motion because of expansion of volume. SEMI-CYCLIC ALTERATION All light particles are either expressing the mother-light principle or the father-light principle.P. They are then charging the earth and themselves by contracting into smaller volume and are simultaneously multiplying their own potential by thus contracting. They are also lowering their own potential by multiplying their volume.y. it could appropriately be called an electron because it would then be discharging in excess of its charge or expanding in excess of its contraction. is the cause of the deceleration of radiation. The light particles are . its speed and its gyroscopic relation to its wave axis.y~cofilt[lctiftglill:tl smaller VOlume Light particles are forever moving in their octave waves. For example. A particle which is spirally heading inward toward the apex of a vortex in the process of becoming a sphere might appropriately be called a proton. It might then appropriately be called a neutron. and as a true sphere it would be neither positive nor negative. are discharging the sun. Its variation of charge and discharge. One can better comprehend this principle by knowing that what we call substance is purely motion. They are all moving either inward or outward.T" 11" expressing the father-light principle. Light rays.aflf-311. All are either heading toward their cathode or their anode. because of its In an electric current there is a constant interchange between anode and cathode or positive and negative poles. Particles are variously conditioned as to pressure but there are no different kinds of particles. Again. which means toward vacuity or gravity.

\5tllIl. LIGHT DOES NOT TRAVEL I I A particle of light which belongs to an atomic system of sodium has in it all of the entire range of the elements.4' tho A particle of light which belongs to an atomic system of sodium has in it all of the entire range of the elements. The speed with which light presumably travels is 186. or of the chlorophyll which colored its leaves.lrTV out thp. This is also true of the elements of matter. They reproduce each other from wave field to wave field of space. all are composed of the same kind of light particles. What actually is happening is that the sun is reproducing its own condition on the earth by . The planes of zero curvature which bound all wave fields act as mirrors to reflect light from one field into another. and is a part of the unfolding pattern of the seed of inert gas of the octave from which it has unfolded. for waves are pistons in the universal engines. besides all of every other creating thing in the universe. It is but one more of the countless illusions caused by wave motion. and pistons operate up and down. and all differences in condition are pressure differences. Waves of the ocean seem to traverse the ocean but they only appear to do so. This sets up an appearance of light as travelling. The sunlight we feel upon our bodies is not actual light from the sun.\Yi!. but those qualities and attributes are likewise given to them purely by the positions they occupy in their waves.. All matter in this universe is but differently condi- countless illusions caused by wave motion. They all seem to have different qualities and attributes. ~nl!. but it would be the same kind of particle while fulfilling the purpose of cellulose as while fulfilling the purpose of sodium. it would be part of the wood fiber of its trunk. besides all of every other creating thing in the universe. silicon. Waves of light do not travel. for the distance computed by lesser units of time would yield figures so great that they would be meaningless. operate radially and spirally inward and outward.THE SECRET OF LIGHT LIGHT all the same light particles.. It acts. which is pure illusion. ofJl~ht " .. for waves are pistons in the universal engines.400 miles per second.'{f'J2. to carry out the purposefulness of the idea of sodium simply because it is in the pressure condition of sodium. carbon.gia'ittmSr~et~ ItO ~rut DDVfll. Whether they be iron. The distance between stars is so great that the speed of light is computed as light years. toward and away from gravity. or of the ocean. all being different only in pressure condition. Wave pistons of light. It acts to C. Light only seems to travel. bismuth or radium. . nl1rnn<:pfl1Inp"" . I I ! ~ II I • I If that same particle unfolded from the seed of the oak. ALL THINGS SIMULATE LIGHT tioned motion simulating light. or leaf. Waves of the ocean seem to traverse the ocean but they only appear to do so.

A slow vibration in a large wave field would cool one's body.'!r ing its reproduced journey through the immensely expanded wave fields of space between the sun and earth. The rate of vibration increases for the same reason that the planets nearest the sun move much faster in their small orbits than those which are far away from the sun. . or even freeze it. The light and heat which appear to come from the star or sun have never left the star or sun. our bodies would carbonize from the heat thus reproduced. Kepler 's law covering the speeds of planets will apply to rates of vibration in wave fields as appropriately as with the movements in the solar system.~ fr9JU.Jh. One cannot consistently think of that heat as direct rays of the sun. If there were no moisture in the atmosphere . The heat we feel and the light we see are dependent entirely upon the ability of the wave fields to reproduce the light and heat. The rate of vibration in a wave field depends upon its volume .THE SECRET OF LIGHT LIGHT I I I] I I II II I i I i I \ extending the reproductions out through cold space into ever enlarging wave fields until those reproductions begin to converge again toward our center of gravity into ever smaller wave fields. for that same sunlight was intensely cold during its reproduced journey through the immensely expanded wave fields of space between the sun and earth. while fast pulsing interchange in extremely small wave fields could bum one's body.e §!. and that ability is conditioned upon the amount of moisture in the atmosphere. The light and heat which appear to ColJ!. 1"7{\ A lens which multiplies light and heat toward a focal point which sets paper on fire merely compresses larger wave fields into smaller ones. Vibration in a wave field means the pulse of interchange between its compressed core and the space surrounding that core. That which man sees as light and feels as heat are the reproduced counterparts of the light and heat which are its cause.

"He who would find power must know that he extends from Me. nor move. that I am he.. and for a voidance of that multiplicity by a return to rest in His oneness."Behold in Me the fulcrum of My changing universe which manifests change. "He who would find rest must return to Me be Me. to an expansion point of rest at wave field boundaries where radiation ceases and gravity begins. be fulcrum ofhis own power.. In Me alone is Balance. the desire for separation from the oneness of rest in Him into a multiplicity of imaged forms of His imagining. "For I am Rest.1 two-way motion. are two halves of cycles. Growth and decay. A cycle is like winding and unwinding a clock spring except that matter is wound up into visible spheres and I I I . expressed by the two opposed desires of His two-way self-voiding thinking. ~ _ _ • • . It is the universal heartbeat of this pulsing universe of two-way motion. their fulcrum ofpower in Rest.Chapter XIII . Growth and decay. I CYCLES All energy is expressed in wave cycles.. In Me alone is Balance. or the incoming-outgoing breath.. _" L~ - IS the universal heartbeat of this pulsing universe of "For I am Rest. . Matter is expressed in two-way cycles because matter is but a record of God's knowing.. A cycle is a two-way electric journey from a compression point of rest where gravity ceases and radiation begins. "The imaged universe of My dual thinking IS a two-way interchanging between unbalanced lever ends of light which extend from Me. The life-death cycle of man is one wave in an electric current. ~. or the incoming-outgoing :1 "He who wn"lA finA . . though I change not. and return toMe." ' -From THE DIVINE ILIAD . All Nature is an expression of the two desires of the Creator. The life-death cycle of man is one wave in an electric current.

THIS EXPANDING UNIVERSE It is said that the universe is expanding to a heat death. It is believed that radiation is a "downhill flow of energy" which is not compensated for by an equal "uphill flow. Nature turns its waves inside-out and outside-in in a continuous spiral flow of direction. It is the mother of Creation. All growing things manifest this unfolding and refolding process in every pulsation of interchange between the father-mother lights of Creation. From the very first breath of the newborn babe. Outwardly bound light manifests the unfolding of patterned light from the seed. At maturity. Radiation then exceeds the power of gravitation and matter begins to expand instead of to contract." Radiation is known as radiant energy. leaving it utterly cold and empty. The mother of Creation gives patterned bodies to idea by unfolding idea unto the heavens.~J. The outward-inward breath of all things is the con1 "'7 A stant interchanging cyclic process by means of which one opposite gradually becomes the other until each becomes the other in totality by completing the interchange. From the very first breath of the newborn babe. death voids life by each outward breath and life voids death by each inward breath. like the piston in an engine.. Inwardly bound light manifests the refolding of patterned light i~to its see'!. Radiation is light outwardly bound from the seed. Neither then manifests.THE SECRET OF LIGHT CYCLES I ! jl I : I unwound into invisible cubes. Each outward-inward breath is a cycle. Death is born in the same cradle with life. It is the mother of Creation.ct~. but life is strong while death is weak. Gravitation is light inwardly bound toward the seed. otherwise the unfolding form could not become visible as matter. It is the father of Creation. Nature is continuous. Each halfcycle is cancelled by its other half until both are cancelled. It never reverses.h~_ffllb~r .m"\Js strong while death is weak. Inwardly bound light manifests the refolding of patterned light into its seed. death voids life by each outward breath and life voids death by each inward breath.g1JohhW ~~mtlct:l'a'O'ie'WltW'll'i~~ aUr . death has become balanced with life and death then becomes stronger until both disappear to reappear with life as the stronger and death the weaker opposite. The unwinding of a clock spring is a reverse process from that of its winding. . At ~m*n' . That is the first half of every cycle. Itj. Outwardly bound light manifests the unfolding of patterned light from the seed. that all heat is gradually going out of the universe. Both disappear into their equilibrium to reappear as the other. Life and death gradually interchange to cancel each other for the purpose of repeating the cycle of life and death. The father refolds all unfolding idea back toward its seed. or two children on a seesaw.ro' . Solid matter gradually interchanges with space in its breathing cycles until gravitation has attained its maximum. That is the second half of every cycle.

The proton borns the electron and the electron the proton. not only animal and vegetable life but every corpuscle of matter in the universe. One of the illusions which deceived man into believing that God's universal body was dying was the discovery that all nebulae are rushing away from each other with incredible velocities. The inbreathing of Nature is gravitation. For every drop of water that "radiant energy" discharges from the earth. Every creating thing in this universe has a father and a mother.t. Large-scale breathing cycles of the whole universal body consume untold aeons for the completion of one cycle while man consumes but a few seconds to complete his cycle. Gravitation is the father-light which refolds that which unfolds. The whole universe slowly expands toward the death half of its breathing cycle. The expansion stroke of the universal piston must have a balancing compression stroke in order that the universal body may manifest the life of its Creator. "Radiant energy" is impossible without generative energy to born it.herJlorn. The so-called "red shift" in the spectrum proved this to be fact. Each was the other and each sequentially becomes the other through the pulsing breath of wave interchange. Radiation is the unfolding mother-light. The desire of the Creator for separateness must be balanced with His desire for oneness. Likewise every creating thing is both father and mother. One sex cannot exist without the other. In all Nature there is no effect of motion which is not balanced by an opposite effect. DECEPTIVE EVIDENCE utter dissolution of the universe in time. not only animal and vegetable life but every corpuscle of matter in the universe.THE SECRET OF LIGHT CY CLES ! I Radiation is but the outbreathing of this universal body which breathes in its entirety exactly as man and all things else in Nature breathe. This fact would lead to the 1 rt«: . but the conclusion drawn from that observed fact is not justified by the processes of natural law. Likewise every creating thing is both father and mother. The mother borns t~e fat!Ier and t~ (aJ. Man of aeons to come will witness the effect of nebulae rushing toward each other at the same speeds for the same number of aeons. One of these opposites is the downhill flow of expressed energy and the other is its equal uphill flow.M and a mother. and then contracts toward the life half of it. In all Nature there is no effect of motion which is not pi\!re''Utsleyb'e-: NlllYr{)t~etf1l'snto chthe'Win·WHWe§g'tfi~ effect of nebulae rushing toward each other at the same speeds for the same number of aeons. The fact is true.&.. The mother borns the father and the father borns the mother. "gravitation energy" charges it with falling waters.. The universe is sexed throughout. The reason for the universal expansion which is now taking place is that the universe as a whole breathes inward and outward just as all things in nature do. They do rush away from each other.

uti: Ll'1lt:: ext e rule u. \ 17R . of which each is an indissoluble part.THE SECRET OF LIGHT ~very separate mass in the universe is in its own part of Its cycle. . the One Creator centering the extended two. I. 1 ~ .llJ. I I iI 'II. . the One Light. I' ·1 u. the One Creator centering the extended two. I .tru: . and My thinking is two. the two of color. . the two of matter. Each one. unto the two. two-way moving pendulum of My thinking. "Behold in Me the Trinity. I. I! I r• . the One extended unto the two. and direction. I 'I'I II I 1\ /.. for all things extend from the dual. . the two of the wave ofMy thinking. . either inbreathing toward the high point of its maturity or outbreathing toward its resurrection. whether generating or degenerating. II I I ! : Ii ! I' II . but I am not those two lights. and its expressions.uy. " L e-.u in lYle. and of time. Ii: .i "In My imaged universe all things are two.{ I·.b I :1' 'I : I . nor am I My thinking. The very One Light of Me is extended in the two lights ofMy imagining. il: ' " " j. is being generated i~to extended life by the inbreathing of the whole. and of the elements. I. center the two lights which register My thinking. centered by Me. "In My imaged universe all effect is also two: all thermal measures and the weights of things.

I
"Naught is there in all My universe which is not part and counterpart pairs of things, equal and opposite counterpart pairs of creating and repeating things, each seeking to unbalance each, and each forever seeking balance in each. "For behold, I am Light, but the universe of My imagining is dual light; light divided and multiplied by common root directly and inversely applied to all things which forever move two ways between the two extended lights ot their centering O,neJO- eXVT.£",'\S My. multiplied by common root directly and inversely applied to all things which forever move two ways between the two extended lights of their centering One to express My knowing by My thinking. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD

ChapterXN
WEIGHT Weight is a measure of unbalance. It indicates the intensity of desire of any mass which is out of balance to find balance. Every mass in the universe has its proper potential position. Every mass will find that position if not prevented from doing so by the bindings of other masses. Weight should be measured dually as temperature is. It should have an above and a below zero to measure the intensity of desire in masses to rise from the earth as vented from doing so by the bindings of other masses. Weight should be measured dually as temperature is. It should have an above and a below zero to measure the intensity of desire in masses to rise from the earth as well as to fall toward it.
WEIGHT IS MATTER OUT OF PLACE

All matter is a record of its potential at the place of its birth in its wave. Masses of matter, like buoys floating in the ocean to mark courses for ships, are floating in space to register the electric potential of the position of their birth. Whenever matter is in the place of its birth, it belongs there. It is, therefore, in balance. It floats in its balanced field. In that position it is weightless in respect to any-

THE SECRET OF LIGHT

WEIGHT

thing else in the universe. Whenever it is taken from its field center, or becomes an eccentric part of another field, it is out of balance with the two forces acting upon it. It then has weight, and the measure of that weight is the measure of its unbalance with its out-of-place environment. Weight of matter and measure of electric potential are one and the same thing.
WEIGHT IS UNBALANCE
It .
I
I

this plane the earth has no weight whatsoever in respect to anything in the entire universe, for it is in a balanced position in respect to the entire universe and keeps moving into a new position only because of the movement of all other masses in the universe.
OUR BALANCED EAR TH IS WEIGHTL ESS

I

I

I
I

A body which floats has no measurable weight. It is in balance with its environment. Likewise, a dead battery has no measurable electric potential. The ammeter needle points to zero. Its two unbalanced conditions of charge a-':ld discharge h~y"~_ ~~_c9..m~XQiWtd ~'U@r..~ fltlY'rll balance with its environment. Likewise, a dead battery has no measurable electric potential. The ammeter needle points to zero. Its two unbalanced conditions of charge and discharge have become voided by each other. The measure called "weight" and the measure called "electric potential" are the expression of force which the two electric opposites of charge and discharge exert against each other at any point in the universe. The potential of all orbits of matter in space in which matter floats is equal to the potential of the mass which floats in it. The plane of our earth's equatorial region coincides with an equipotential plane of pressure which is equally balanced in respect to that part of the earth which floats above that plane, and that part which floats below it. In

The earth could have weight only if removed to other pressures farther extended from the plane of the lenslike wheel of which our sun is the hub. If it could be pushed toward the sun by some giant hand , it would seek balance in its own orbit when released, exactly as a man would rise when plunged beneath his own balance level in water. Every freely moving mass in the universe floats in its own equally divided wave field exactly as a
~~R: t][ffi(tide lli1~·own OTOn wnen releasee, exacuy as a

man would rise when plunged beneath his own balance level in water. Every freely moving mass in the universe floats in its own equally divided wave field exactly as a man floats in water. The moon is not falling upon the earth, as generally supposed, for it is in balance with its environment and cannot fall. Its contracted mass is equal to the expanded mass it displaces in its wave field. For the same reason a cloud floats in the sky. If one could put scales under it, one would find it had no weight unless lifted above or thrust below its equipotential level. If it condensed into heavier vapor, it would fall to seek a new static equator where it would again float. If it condensed to rain, it would fall into the sea to find balance in a like condition.

THE SECRET OF LIGHT

WEIGHT

Weight is not a fixed property of matter. It is as variable as matter is variable. A man weighs less as he climbs a mountain, weighs more as he descends into a mine, and weighs nothing when he floats in water. Unless, and until, matter is extended from a plane of equal pressure, there can be no weight, nor can there be electric potential.
WEIGHT CURVES GRAVITY

Weight is the sum of the differences between the two pressures which act upon every mass. Weight is the measure of the differences in electric potential between any mass and the volume it occupies. Weight is the measure of unbalance between any mass and its displaced environment. Weight is the measure of the force which a body exerts in seeking its true potential. Weight is the sum of the difference between the inward 2 pull of gravitation and the outward thrust of radiation. Weight is the measure of intensity of the desire within all matter to express motion or seek rest from motion.

The equilibrium of sea level is a good example. If that static equator has no dynamic wave extensions, there can be no electric pressures exerted to express in weight, nor could there be weight of waves when waves are not extended.from it. W'!~~~ '!Q9Y~ .§e,il J~W J1l1y.rliJ.~'1'i'tl\Yal static equator has no dynamic wave extensions, there can be no electric pressures exerted to express in weight, nor could there be weight of waves when waves are not extended from it. Waves above sea level have a positive weight when they fall toward gravity. Waves below sea level have negative weight when they rise toward space to find balance at sea level. Weight is, therefore, but a dimension of unbalance. Unbalance alone can be weighed, for there can be no weight to balance.
WEIGHT DEFIN ED

The following definitions of weight are in keeping with Natural Law.

opposite and sequential interchange.<i:P nll tlUnflS' . giveth its all to the other one to become the other one. Heat follows as a result of contraction.Chapter XV "For again I say. as suns giveth light unto heavens to again become suns.. through My thinking.. Radiation is the opposite of generation. the sun should have burned out long ago.-tli> . sequentially.. for contraction does not heat nor generate... Here again is the father-mother principle manifesting its law of equal. Thus do all My creating things simulate the oneness of My knowing by interchanging their all for Oneness in Me. Contraction is possible only as a result of generation.1. At the present rate of solar radiation. for contraction does not heat in the sun to keep it fromcooling? One theory is that its contraction generates it." -From THE DMNE ILIAD . each of the two lights which giveth form to My knowing... for contraction supposedly heats. Radiation expands and the resultant expansion cools. while generation contracts and the resultant contraction heats. "ThlJ . and opposites act in opposite ways.. Generation must precede contraction. "Light giveth to darkness to again become light. What keeps its fires burning? What is it that generates heat in the sun to keep it from cooling? One theory is that its contraction generates it.. It does not follow it. THE SOURCE OF SOLAR ENERGY One of the greatest mysteries of science is the source of the sun's renewing energy... Heat radiates..<i:1AJ. My knowing is alone Me.rJ_on~l . But that is not the answer. for contraction supposedly heats.:. . not as its cause." giveth light unto heavens to again become suns. Likewise darkness of heaven giveth darkness unto suns to again become dark. But that is not the answer.. "Thuswise all things of earth giveth unto heavens to again become earth-things by the giving of heavens. as life giveth to death to again become life.. That interchanging records My knowing in pulsations of My thinking but My thinking is not Me.

our hot sun is being generated from cold space via its poles and is radiated back again into space via its equator in accord with the father-mother reciprocative process of inside-out outside-in turning. contraction heats. (Fig. Jets of burning gas are seen as a blue and green flame around black holes which center each jet. 57). 97) in Tlrsae Maioris ~nrl thp J)l1Tnh ]:lpll 'l\. THE STARS TELL THE WHOLE STORY . 62 pg. heat radiates. 61 pg. radiation expands.' When the amplitude position is attained. generation contracts. heat radiates.I I THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE SOURCE OF SOLAR ENERGY The cold of expanded space generates the sun S heat by compressing large volume into smaller volume. -. and will continue to generate increasing heat in the sun until it becomes a true sphere. (M.- . (M. These gases are negatively preponderant.our hot sun is being generated from cold space via its poles and is radiated back again into space via its traction. its radiation will then begin to exceed its generation. The high pressure of incandescence-is born from the low pressure of vacuous blackness.heats. The temperature cycle resulting from balanced interchange between the cold of space and the heat of suns is as follows: cold generates. and expansion cools. 252). From that point on. Many such ring nebulae are visible in the heavens. It will be in the . Thus . 252). THE TEMPERATURE CYCLE same condition as a man who has just passed his maturity high point when death and life interchange their preponderances. cold space will bore a black hole through the sun from pole to pole and it will expand into a giant ring centered by a smaller sun recondensed from the remnant of its expanding self. radiation expands. 97) in Ursae Majoris and the Dumb Bell Nebula in Vulpeculae. in accordance with the law of rhythmic balanced interchange between all pairs of father-mother opposites.. ONE OPPOSITE BOR NS THE OTHER Excellent examples of the degeneration of a sun into a ring or rings by the inside-out turning process of negative electricity are The Owl Nebula. for the sun has not yet reached the amplitude of its wave where all forming matter becomes true spheres. Thus . This spherical perfection has not yet been attained.~ " •• 1~~~ •• I. and expansion cools. which means that they are thrusting out from their center in excess of pulling inward from it.Tphnln . (Fig. notably in the Lyra Ring Nebula (M. One can likewise witness this inside-out turning process in his kitchen range.iI 'l I I I Excellent examples of the degeneration of a sun into a ring or rings by the inside-out turning process of negative electricity are The Owl Nebula.

and dead things live again through My divided thinking... but out of Me cometh both seeming life and death.. "I am the repetitive God. I do not die.. but out of Me cometh both seeming life trails his exhaling. "Know thou then that I alone live. and while they live they die.. "Such is My decree. and also while they are in death they live.deJJJb. Both life and death are one in Me. and return to Me. yet must man breathe out to live again and deeply in that he may die.. "In man s inhaling there is life. "The end of life in death is life's new beginnine. THERE IS NO DEATH "He who seeketh life without the Light will find death.! . "I am forever creating My living body and destroying it in seeming death that it may live in Me to die and live again. yet must man breathe out to live again and deeply in that he may die... divided to appear as two. "The end of life in death is life's new beginning. Both. "All things come and go from My divided thinking.. and those which go are dead.r. from which there is no escape for man. My universal law. "He who knoweth not the Light shall die to find it. for I again say that I am One. "Life is but the inward flow ofMy thinking's divided pulsing. or grain of sand.. but he who knoweth the Light shall never die. for all things flow from Me that they may appear to man. that they may disappear from his senses in the cycle ofMy thinking.life.Jllld. or star.~I . " I I I . "Again I say that all things are bound as One through Light. "Know also that the divisions of My thinking are but equal halves of One. destroying it in seeming death that it may live in Me to die and live again. All things which • I I . "All coming things are living things.g.. but he who seeketh the Light will find eternal life even when he walketh toward death. "All things are forever living and forever dying.e&9n. "Know thou then that I alone live.}!ev. I do not die.e}n. and death is its outward flow. and death trails his exhaling. "Know thou that all creating things are resurrected from the dead. and that all things which come from Me are One.

along these two paths in their traversing ofMy cycle. and from life death floweth even as the perfume leaves the rose. the greater growing lesser and the lesser growing greater. and death is life degenerating. they then exchange these qualities. but one of these is greater than the other until they meet as equals halfway round My life-death cycle. '. that each are both. the inwardcharging breath of life and the outward-discharging breath of death. each seeking each until the twain meet balanced at maturity.' "Life is regenerating death.I I II " ~I I I . nor has begun. All opposed pairs of My divided thinking pass in opposite ways along these two paths in their traversing ofMy cycle. . Around My cycle both life and death wend their opposed ways. and both are One in Me.Ppth .lllJQ. "Light leaves thy sun as death and comes to thee as life. that each are both. and likewise life giveth to death that death may die. and when thy death leaves thee it likewise becomes new life to whom or in what its impact quickens with thy death. where each gives half to each. and then both know. and pass. and botb are One in when they pass that halfway point on their separate ways to Me. and takes the opposite path toward death. and then both know.r i! flow to Me and from Me flow again both ways through Me forever in a cycle which ends not. as they return to Me. as they return to Me. "Death giveth of itself to life that life may live. . "From death life springeth from the soil. each then gives thought to each. But when they pass that halfway point on their separate ways to Me. . each then gives thought to each. "Death rebounds from death as life. When once they meet. "Death is the seed of life. death emanates from life itself as death. "All things which 1 have divided into pairs o(opposites have wJt[Jin them. "Two ways there are of breath.life. "Even though life is full when life is born. while full death floweth the other way and returneth to Me renewed as life. "All things which 1 have divided into pairs of opposites have within them both life and death. "From My right hand life flows one way and returneth to Me full spent as death.

and death is My dividing. _ UrdJJ. does life emanate from death to weaken it when death is strong. Nor can death conquer life and gather aught to it but death.Mfj awlJg"H M death. In it is naught but Life. while death taketh the western road where life awaiteth to quicken death as life. "Likewise life traileth the eastern road to arrive at death. "Hear thou Me when I again say that life and death are opposites which pass each other on My cycle going opposite ways. life cannot live without dying as it lives. "Naught is there in My thinking which is not My knowing.jPZ•. as the swinging pendulum is one. "I am the interchanging point of life and death. and naught but Life and Love are in My thinking. while life likewise traileth the road of death to find itself through death. opposed breath which expands as life's reaction. "So also does death traileth the road of life to interchange with life.~ . Give him eternal Life in Me by knowing Me in him.f'l'3'} j. I balance life with death. "Write thou that death and life are one. "Hear thou Me say there is no death in all My imagined universe. "Life is My multiplying breath of compressive action. Life attracteth life to life by its compression and death repeleth both death and life by its expansion. h«tLifJj aud. "He who travels East in My curved universe arrives at West as surely as he who travels West. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD . "Verily I say. e'en though it oscillates two ways in its incessant swinging. "Take thou man ~ death away from him in this new day of man.. I "Likewise.J. and never in their changing can either death or life outbalance death or life.. until life conquereth death to make death live as life. for naught but Life and Love is in Me and My knowing.. for... "Hear thou Me say there is no death in all My imagined universe. Life attracteth life to life by its compression and death repeleth both death and life by its expanand death are opposites which pass each other on My cycle going opposite ways.<. In it is naught but Life.

We do not think that the ocean is dead while it is at . 'n has nobeginning. We know that he will awaken with new parts of his body to replace those which have served their purpose and disappeared. We know that he will awaken with new parts of his body to replace those which have served their purpose and disappeared. Waves disappear into the ocean 's calm but they reappear. It can have no Being. the Being. for matter is but motion. Man has long believed his body to be his Self. All motion is a two-way extension of stillness. gives an eternal repetition of bodies to all parts of His Idea to manifest that idea in wave cycles of the divided light of His thinking. it is a return to Life for the purpose of rebirth to again manifest Life in a renewed body. nor is there death. One half of each cycle unfolds the idea into the form of that idea and gives it action for producing that form. is . Man's body is but motion. All Creation is but an expression of that One Idea. The turbulence of the ocean springs from its calm just as the movement of the lever springs from its still fulcrum. the Being. The other half of the cycle refolds the idea to give it rest in the Light of its Source for the purpose of repeating the manifestation in a repetition of that body.. The body of man must be forever reborn unto the endless end to manifest God in him. as all creating-decreatingrecreating things in Nature likewise do. \VePillJ'll3f §ay'wJr MUI~'\je(lli wii~1\eresYs TjC~Ieep 6ui life IS immortal. It cannot die. There is naught but birth in this cyclic. the Being in man. God to partially renew his body. A return to rest in the Light is not death. It has no beginning. pulsing universe. The idea of man is a part of the One Whole Idea of Creation. The ocean is a part of the idea of Creation. There is no life in matter. We do not say that man is dead when he rests in sleep to partially renew his body. The body of man manifests God in him by manifesting life in lifedeath-resurrection sequences. Man's body is but motion. the Person. It has no ending. He might as well cast his nets into the sea to search for oxygen. Man has long believed his body to be his Self. Waves express the idea of the power of the ocean but the power and the idea are in the calm of the ocean whether expressed by waves or not.immortal. God dwells in man . the Person. he likewise rests in a longer sleep. Man's body is ' but patterned waves of light in motion. Life in him is God in him. each being a part of the Whole. . part by part. The Person. but life is immortal. It has no end- I ing.I THE LIFE PRINCIPLE Chapter XVI THE LIFE PRINCIPLE For centuries man has been searching for the life principle in germs of matter. It cannot die. to begin again. Motion begins and ends. When man's whole body wears out and needs replacement.1. There is no death. It can have no . .

There are no exceptions to this process of Nature. The pulsing light of polarity boms all idea into its form when conditions are favorable for each idea to be mothered by an extension of the sun. and the body he needs in which to manifest will return to him as surely as the light of day reappears from the darkness of night into which it has disappeared. nor in ten times ten million life cycles. Waves of light which give transient form to a man 's body are but his body.rw~. for we know that it will again manifest its power by waves of motion when desire is strong enough in it for manifesting it by motion. What happens to one thing which disappears happens to all things..tui{lll"l! still T~ :mti will festing his Creator as one part of the Whole Idea. Everything in Nature is a moving extension from a still point of the One Light. I I : I. and the idea of man exists in the still Light which centers the sun.Q. but that which disappears to sensed man of earth has not ceased to be. '1 1 ' ~I This body which extends from the earth disappears into the heavens and the earth. The body of the man is an extension of other waves of father-mother light in the sun. we know they will reappear as water when they have completed their cyclic journey. Nature 's processes are simple and are all alike. but that which disappears to sensed man of earth has not ceased to be. The senses of man are not attuned to the rest of the cycle of man's bodily journey from disappearance to reappearance but man's knowing reaches out over the entire cycle and man can know eternal repetitiveness of his body when he knows God in him. The center of the sun in our solar system is the point of still Light from which everything . The "life germ" for which man is seeking is in the sun. The idea of man is in the sun. 11 1 . nor the man-idea. Man can never die for he is omnipresent Light and he exists everywhere.. Anstracuons 11 l'.Q~e_n]Y. i II I 'I ' II II: I I. This body which extends from the earth disappears into the heavens and the earth.R~JNN~"'amswt:r.QPr:.. It still IS and will reappear. Man has but begun to express the man-idea on this planet. That purpose cannot be completed in one life cycle.I I THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE LIFE PRINCIPLE I :1 i I L I " 1 I ' rest in its calm. As man knows the Light in him he will as surely know that he will return for aeons to complete the purpose of mani- and theories are not satisfying. What happens to one thing which disappears happens to all things. WHAT HAPPENS AF TER "DEATH" The unanswered mystery of "where do we go when we die" needs a comprehensive answer. When water disappears beyond the senses as water vapor and gases. and immortal man always has a body in which to manifest. Abstractions and theories are not satisfying. He still has a long way to go. likewise all idea of all things is in the sun awaiting birth into form.ea JQf. I' . They are not the man. for its pat~W_9!!s. Likewise man's body cannot die for man's body manifests immortal man. I I. All things in this solar system come from the sun and return to it. Nature 's processes are simple and are all alike. There are no m'Pill\!{'\'\'iJaJJ'~ Cffifipi't. for its pattern has been recorded for repetition.

vegetable and animal kingdoms can sequentially unfold to prepare the way for man's unfolding from his seed in the sun.!'!1~~_S1. The oneness of incandescent suns must be divided and extended to cooling earths before the ideas of the mineral.!. In the still center of suns is all idea for borning into the images of God's imagining.·IDrieeds are without form and void even though the pattern of all idea is in them. To those seeds all form returns.Y.. As it unfolds from its seed.§~f~&9f.:~1W1tl{bh?J! ous retraction . Organic life is part of God's One Whole Idea. the roar of an avalanche or the street noises of a city. and not the voiding simultaneous retraction. . From those seeds all form emerges. It therefore follows that motion is a seeming two-way extension-retraction from and to a point and has no existence save to senses which sense but the extension. the earths. All seeds are without form and void even though the pattern of all idea is in them. All expression of idea of earth is likewise in the sun and must be extended to earth for manifestation. The sun is the seed of this solar system from which all manifestations of idea in this entire system extend. the planets. Organic life cannot be expressed in form in the sun although the idea of it is there . have sufficiently cooled to manifest the man-idea in organic form. and to which they return.ret!1. Everything which appears on earth as form of idea is in the sun as concept of that idea in the seed.rtnVlthbut~f6rih~aWdVola.I I l! THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE LIFE PRINCIPLE in the entire solar system radiates spirally..thg<. it refolds into it. All idea springs from a state of rest in its seed. The earth has been extended from the sun for that very purpose. the crying sound of a newborn babe. The oneness of incandescent suns must be divided and wglirOf1tffts1fi~Y]. Mountains and oceans are in the sun but also. and such expressions of the Light are possible only through division and extension of the One Light into the two which manifest the One. and set them out to cool in order that God's idea which is in the formless suns. Motion is for the sole purpose of manifesting idea. Suns are seeds of idea. All of these are light. The seed is the father-light which extends its idea of man and other creating things out into far space where its children. All the suns of all the heavens are centered by the still points of omnipresent Light from which all idea extends and. All the suns of all the heavens are centered by the still points of omnipresent Light from which all idea extends and returns. but in the oneness of the light of suns they are without form and void.I)~JU. SUNS ARE THE SEEDS OF CREATION The Creator scatters His seeds of light throughout all space to father and mother all borning imaged forms of His imagining. all things else.fTAm.ig~l!. Suns are crucibles which born their children. can manifest form in the sun's extensions. and toward which it gravitates spirally for its resurrection into another cycle.

or unfolded .. I~ j1U.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THE LIFE PRINCIPLE Millions of years ago this planet became sufficiently far from the sun for the water idea to be expressed as pairs of opposites and organic life appeared upon the earth in lowly forms. but by the polarization of light itself. In order to understand "what happens after death.~E." we must become . especially those concerning our body. This is Nature's method of giving formed bodies to formless idea. as manifested in the interchanging heartbeat of the father-mother light of the universe. These forms gradually complexed until the man-idea began to be expressed. and the first cell of man unfolds from mother earth into the heavens toward the refolding light of the father. We must know the basis of our individuality and the reason for its constant changing.hJ. or refolded black light. In other words. To polarize means to divide stillness into opposing pulsing extensions. In this manner the womb of mother earth becomes impregnated with the seed of the man-idea extended from the sun.:tL!~p "till "pp. The positive father-light refolds the unfolding negative mother-light in cyclic wave pulsations which man calls "growth. This first pulsation of the mother-light which is born- moving picture of sequential patterns of unfolding idea projected upon the imagined three-dimensional screen of time and space.trns -f>TIf Ii Desire for expression is manifested by the electric action-reaction sequences of interchange between the two opposing white and black lights of suns and space. LIFE AND DEATH OF BODIES To understand the meaning of life and death. This is the Creator's method of electrically recording His One Whole Idea in many electrically sensed multipatterned body forms of matter. black light is expanded.l ing God's idea into patterned form is the black light negative half of its pulsation cycle. l1Jillj~ fut~f of .1Lin!~t~J:HllJ.iflJ nnW. O~itlt·~ro\\. white incandescent light is contracted. white light. It is this interchange which polarizes the still seed of idea into unfolding form of that idea. Desire for expression is manifested by the electric action-reaction sequences of interchange between the two opposing white and black lights of suns and space. not by a germ. The idea of all things is omnipresent in the One still Light. The expression of all idea is extended to the two lights of white suns and black space surrounding suns which manifest the Creator's two desires.JXh. and the spirit within which motivates the body and forever records our constantly changing individuality. Conversely. we must know more of Nature's processes." but growth is but a moving picture of sequential patterns of unfolding idea projected upon the imagined three-dimensional screen of time and space. It is like extending a lever from a fixed fulcrum and setting it in motion to express the idea which is in the still fulcrum. Black light is the negative pattern of the positive idea of light as expressed by incandescence.~.£rlJrte'JIfs YY>~Iti. The unfolding motherlight which reaches out into the heavens is the black light of expansion.

These cosmic elements.eJ"lJr}z.{O~g . from which new bodies will again spring true to their patterned records. disappearance and reappearance.~ecl'ka form of a new body from an already existent patterned record. This process of emergence from a formless state and a return to that state has been going on within man's body since its beginning. His body is not the individual to which he attributes his life and Being. argon and others. but during the greater part of the cycle they are beyond that range. When his body disappears. which will not unite with the physical elements. Nature records every action and desire of the body. All creating things are formless as idea at their Source. t and earth centers for repetition until their purposes are fulfilled. likewise every conscious desire and thought of the soul in those cosmic elements which are called "the inert gases"-helium. MAN'S INDIVIDUALITY Man's greatest difficulty in comprehending "what happens after he disappears in death" is due to lack of . neon.. Everything in Nature is purposeful and nothing in MU'lffn1'M lfil1~Jt't. All creating things are formless as idea at their Source. The constant refolding process which man calls death is recorded as it refolds for repetition in his next life cycle. They then unfold into formed idea through Q. Each inbreathing-outbreathing cycle is unfolding the I.nf.p. Nature multiplies the time dimensions of her light waves so that patterned records of forms which have expanded beyond man's range of sensing can come within that range. His body is composed of a few chemical elements borrowed from earth and sun to fashion into an instrument for his use. then divides those time dimensions until they again disappear into the other half of their cycle beyond man's range of sensing. Man's electrically sensed body is not the immortal man which his body manifests. bodies are within the range of human sensing. Every body emerges from a formless state into a formed one in repeated cycles of appearance. All bodies of all creating things are forever turning inside-out and outside-in during their entire cycles.."TllL" . During a small part of the cycle. Everything in Nature is purposeful and nothing in Nature fulfills its purpose in one life cycle.«$Me" t~UW. They then unfold into formed idea through desire to unfold. krypton.0"1IT'QfCJrcB"5'c~&tfi[elrMuJlS llUIll sun cycles of appearance. the individual which inhabited that body is not dead. or patterned records of bodies. are the basis of God's recording system by means of which every thought and action of every creating thing is stored in them as seed-extensions from sun and earth centers for repetition until their purposes are fulfilled.nrf{ ".THE S ECR ET OF LIGHT THE LIFE PRINCIPLE more fully aware of Nature's processes which give us bodies and take them away to regive new bodies to fulfill Nature's law of repetition.moC&~'\. disappearance and reappearance. At no time during the entire cycle are creating things without bodies.

"Wherefore I scatter seed of My all-knowing throughout My Kingdom as light of many suns. As every man gradually comes to know the Light of his Self in him. never appears or disappears. As greater awareness of the Light of the Universal Self comes to man. As greater awareness of the Light of the Universal Self comes to man. but his individuality constantly changes to forever fit the changing concept of what he interprets his immortal Self to be. Ii j . Soul. he gradually loses his individuality "Know thou that divided lights which record My knowing are lights of suns. the play of man on this planet is finished. "Within still centers of My suns is My allknowing.THE SECRET OF LIGHT JI comprehension of his immortality which never disappears. . and the individual man ceases to be. "And behold! each sun ofMy divided thinking fathers a whole universe of My imagining. The still Light of My knowing lights of My thinking interchange to manifest My knowing in moving forms ofMy imagining. . of My thinking interchange to manifest My knowing in moving forms ofMy imagining.9m~UtylT$~th~!Jn~Vttn~~ l&!fa. and mirrored back to dark for endless borning into light. to forever quicken dark by light. to father-mother My all-knowing in moving forms ofMy imagining. never changes. his individuality changes by the constant uplift toward that increasing awareness of his centering omniscience.p. I I. His individuality is what he unknowingly interprets his immortal Self to be. THERE IS NO DEATH. immortal Self.LT&MmU that increasing awareness of his centering omniscience. knowing. Man is aware of himself as an individual. or Person. His visible body would be useless if it were not centered by his invisible. Man loses his expression of life in matter-s-to find eternal life in the Light. All imaged forms ofMy all-knowing are born from dark to light. His Self. he gradually loses his individuality and becomes more that Universal Self. his purpose fulfilled. and darkness born of suns. I' . or Soul. and children of those many suns. but his concept of what constitutes his individuality is vague. giving light to its unfolding dark. When mankind has become fully aware of God in him. 1 he stiu Light oj My knowing lights llQ9 .~<.wnpt11.

"See thou that man well knoweth that 1. "Say thou to him that his moving is My moving."In this wise all quickened Idea ofMe within heavens of earths and suns unfolds from dark wombs of earths to light of suns. to refold within tombs and wombs of earths for reborning unto heavens ofearths and suns. the Father-Mother of My universe. center all his "See thou that man well knoweth that 1. "In this wise is My desire to give fulfilled by equal taking ofMy giving for multiplied regiving. for without Me he can in no wise move." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD THE COSMIC CLOCK . the Father-Mother of My universe. center all his givings and his regivings and measure them with watchful eyes to balance them in Me. e'en to manifest Me in his moving.

' 11 ~ ~ Ii '" Gravitation and Radiation OMNIPRESENCE The Universe ofBeing .. .~ . THE SECRET OF LIGHT Part III The Mystery of I' I' Ii I' I' I '" -' .

I center one form where it seeks rest in Me from the action of My thinking. "All forms pulse. "These two sexed halves extend from Me and return to Me.)?h'lnjJr the tfltheuiflmg-pfl1se. I am within all things. nor meet. controlling them. Wnlrn generates. The cube is the sphere expanded by the outward breath to black rest in cold space. which generates. and I am without all things. I I II I) I I II ' I I I I . and the sphere is the cube compressed to the incandescence of white-hot suns by the inward breath. breathing cubes of space and return to them to find fulcrums of rest for re-emergence." -From THE DIVINE ILIAD I . for they never can be two halves of one. for their ways are opposed ways which never me. Wile. and one for the outbreathing. radiating one. but they are not Me. one form for the inbreathing pulse. all forms are two. Nor can they unite. and never one. radiating one.1 nV"o-nacV-es -oJOhe. The cube is the sphere expanded by the outward breath to black rest in cold space. But I am not those things which I center and control. centering them. and I envelop that form with its other half where it may again find rest in Me as another fulcrum for expression ofMy thinking. They are always two. nor meet. That one form is the pulsing cube-sphere."In My universe there is but one form from which all forms appear. "Behold. for each one voideth each in their seeming meeting. i' I. therefore. They are always two. "Behold. and never one. }brthey "never can be two halves of one. Nor can they unite. "A ll spheres emerge from the pulsing. and one for the outbreathing. nor are they two halves of one. I J. two halves of the heartbeat ofMy dual thinking. for their ways are opposed ways which never meet. fwd.

Each thing reaches through every other thing to the farthermost star. Likewise I say: all things center all things and are involved in all things. "And I also say that man S infinity ends in eyes of man where it began. For this purpose have I set My mirrors and My lenses of dual light to attain an infinity in My imaged universe in which no measure is. and Now in Eternity.l "For I say that all things are the same thing. Point out to him My mirrors and my lenses which curve My universe of seeming into imaged spheres ofMy thinking as seed for multiplying One into many ones. for I am Truth and the Law. "Say thou to him: each thing is everything and each is everywhere. for I am Balance. which extends from Me to him. center him and all things else. . All things in My mirrored universe end where they began. for I am everywhere. and each thing occupies all space. same space. for all things are universal. Eternity thus ends in NOl¥. the Light. and each thing occupies all space. Each thing reaches through every other thing to the far"For I say that all things are the same thing."See thou that man knows that each divided light of his conditioning. Likewise I say: all things center all things and are involved in all things. And that is Truth and the Law. All things extend from all things and are extensions of all things. " -From THE DIVINE luAo . And say thou that I. "Say thou these things in words of man's knowing. for all things are universal. is balanced always. All things extend from all things and are extensions of all things. I "See thou that man well knows the illusions which deceive his sense seeing. "Say thou to him: all things occupy the same space.

.. but man cannot be apart from Me. and Light separates not. -. i I I'. e'en down to the least of waves ofMe. inseparable.' " -From THE DMNE ILIAD ! I I: I u _. from all things. that every element which man thinketh of as of itself alone is within every other element.1' u vvrr VJ "'"U'''Y . I' I . and encompassing it.Ij f II I.-. and the many are within the One. and encompassing it. and within the cube. every wave encompasseth every other wave unto the One. and every other form that is. For. _ _ "And I say further that every thing is repeated within every other thing.. "When man queries thee in this wise: 'Sayest thou that in this iron there is gold and all things else?' thou may'st answer: 'Within "When man queries thee in this wise: 'Sayest thou that in this iron there is gold and all things else?' thou may'st answer: 'Within the sphere. . as the spectrum cannot be apart from Light ofMe. . and of his image in divided lights of Me. nor has it bounds. . "And furthermore I say. and every other form that is. "And as the rainbow is a light within the light. and through all things. is the sphere. but man cannot be apart from Me. e'en to the atoms veriest unit. and so is his image My image.". to thee I again say. I I . unto the One. -J . so is Man s Self within Me. : . all things are Light."Again I say that all things extend to all things. hues from divided light of Me. inseparable. "Verily I say. is the cube. ' I' . nor is it here and not there. I " I I. as the spectrum cannot be apart from Light ofMe. e'en as the sun sets up its bow of many hues from divided light of Me. "Man may weave the pattern of his Self in Light of Me.

Evil is a product of man's thinking. (Fig.0 0-. time.-----. ' .. ·.. The principle of love is desire to give.. is the consequent effect of such radial extensions. I ~. (Fig .-... radially. God extends His love... which form the foundation of this universe of change. to unfold Fig.. 3) · · · · o F ig. This is a dual electric wave universe of interchanging light. from zero points of omnipresent stillness to other zero points in the measure of His desire to give form to His imag- t. It is creating with Light. I a mirror of Light which reflects His giving of love by the regiving of love.. God gives love by extending His Light. God is Love. (Fig. There is naught but good in God's omniscient universe. (Fig...l{iifi1dhUm 1mU'1fie~dpp'Os~a~1~'t'ih~qffek: sures of gravitation and radiation. Fig . 1 Symbol of love extended from rest to motion i I . God's givings are radially projected to six opposed mirror planes for reprojection as regivings. 4 God 's projection mirrors of action . Because of it.. The intensity of desire extended from centering points of rest to extended points of rest determines the dimension of desire.THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE IN POSTULATES AND DIAGRAMS inings. His power and His knowing. change and motion. 3 The radial universe V"--... The entire mechanical principal of Nature. are made possible.p.. by means of which its light illusions of motion are produced. . 2) THIS RADIAL UNIVERSE o : . 4) From the center of these three mirror planes of zero curvature.. form three reflecting planes of still magnetic Light which are at right angles to each other. The law of love is rhythmic balanced interchange between all givings and regivings. the seeming multiplication and division of the universal equilibrium into the opposed electrical pressures of gravitation and radiation._ _-~ . 1) God's Love is everywhere. further extended to other points of rest.. are made possible. breadth and thickness-to become the stage of space for His imagined radial universe of matter.~.. which form the foundation of this universe of change. (Fig. (Fig. 4) Points of rest. -. God is Light. The law of love is rhythmic balanced interchange between all givings and regivings. God's creating universe is founded on Love. -0 a" .· . His Light is everywhere. God's love is a mirror of Light which reflects His giving of love by the regiving of love. 3) God's imaginings extend from rest to rest in His three-dimensional radial universe of length.0: . The symbol of love is the wave of dual light which gives and regives equally and rhythmically. 2 Symbol of power extended from rest to rest Fig...

10) Outward-inward explosions are resisted at their maximum in the direction of the six points where spheres meet. As a consequence.'jmY'l~ Nature is forever disappearing into a mirror of its own image of equal potential.Jir. I ! Fig . Harmonic explosions of equal measure thus fill all space in God's omnipresent universe. Fig .l~utYat. The inward direction mul- Fig. (Fig. (Fig. for all space must be filled.v'::rMilITni" '&9. all reactions are inward explosions. (Fig. 8 Sequential reaction fhrin &1Jd"Curv'~'. Likewise.'L7Hwl§\!. 9) Outward explosions which meet each other cannot be spheres. ' :r:~>j:':::f: . (Fig.'" Alrpm:-'i. (Figs.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE .. 5 and 6) Every projected action in Nature which is !ilmrot@golhV. 7) All actions in Nature are outward explosions-slow actions of growing things./~::~F)z· -"·i-·· . 12) Outward-inward explosions projected through each other develop two opposed pressures. Reactions refold form into formlessness. All action in Nature is forever disappearing into a mirror of its own image of equal potential. 7 Simultaneous reactions I ··t·o The desire of God to give of His love is manifested in projected action as an outward explosion from a centering point of rest acting as a fulcrum.t. Actions unfold formlessness into form. (Fig. (Fig. or fast actions of released dynamite or atom bomb. Fig. harmonic centers of the same measure of desire extend their actions outward from their centers toward other harmonic centers. (Figs. 5 and 6) Every projected action in Nature which is simultaneously "radarred" back as a reprojected reaction is sequentially repeated as a similar echo from its wave field boundary planes of zero curvature. Reactions are the basis of gravitation. (Fig. Conversely. 8) Every action anywhere is repeated every where throughout the universe. 9 All action is omnipresent Fig. 5) BIRTH OF WAVE FIELDS .+ . (Fig. Tennis balls crushed together become cubes by gradually flattening where they meet at six points on curved surfaces. 6 The explosive action .J51f. rmirn~ explosions flatten into the six planes of cubes. 10) Outward-inward explosions are resisted at Fig. They are consequently deflected to the eight points of least resistance which become diagonals of cubes instead of radii of spheres. Actions are the basis of radiation. The desire to regive is simultaneously "radarred" back from every point of its progress to refold the unfolding action. 5 Mirror planes of reaction I I " . • I . and refold the forms of God's imaginings in the curved electric universe of His desiring. outer explosions flatten into the six planes of cubes. 11) Eight directions of two-way expressed force are thus generated which become the basis of the octave wave. The outward direction divides its potential by expanding it radially. 10 Repeated explosions meet I 1 I .

.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE " ' Fig. the two opposite plus and minus equilibrium conditions are produced which motivate this electric universe of two-way motion. Every true sphere in every light wave is an incandescent sun . which is at wave amplitude (known as trough or crest). give to it its heartbeat and produce all effects of illusion caused by the interchange of the two conditions of matter. .u_. 12 Th e e iaht tw o.. The cube and " the sphere are the two opposites of form from which all forms of all things are born. Their position in light waves is in the one balanced position in \ the wave where compression and expansion .e~m. the plane of wave amplitude. being father-mother of all forms. Every creating body is set out into space from its crucible in the sun to cool into the form appropriate to its extension from the sun. are becoming incandescent inward toward their centers. THE CUBE-SPHERE 1 j I Fig .r~\\le~ 6\beP ahir6~c1fftJ. such as our sun.:n '"'am'er":i'S crystallize in true cube because of their unbalanced positions near. as all opposites in Nature are likewise born. Thus. 13. 14 sphere is the cube contracted to white incandesTh e Sphere cence.. i'~" .. Car.. ing cold inward toward their centers. have ceased to oppose each other.wa y dir ec - Pairs of interchanging opposed conditions are born from each other and become each other as a consequence of that interchange.' . (Figs. I ' ll : " I. u.~~5' Fi g. Conversely. ~ Th e e ig h t tw o-w a y dire c tions of f orce a consequence of that interchange . The cube is born from the sphere to fulfill the desire of the Creator to produce form by projecting light from incandescence toward the cold dark of the heavens. Sodium-iodide or sodium-bromide do not. Likewise their atomic units are true spheres. The creation of all forms of matter is an eternal interchange between the father-light of incandescent spheres and the mother-light of cold cubes. are becoming cold inward toward their centers. They are .. I ! I. 12 Wfiile "'o15faliilg. while oblating spheres. That is one half of the cyclic . such as our planets.si:>1iefes~ such -a ()llf p'ranets. are becoms I ' II . 11 Repeated explosions co mpre ss tiplies it by compressing it radially.:U. 13 The c u be the only forms ever created. The cube is born from the sphere to fulfill the desire of the Creator to produce form by projecting light from " I .. 11 . the sphere is born from the cube to fulfill the other desire for oneness by reprojecting cold dark from the heavens to light in the seed. but not upon. Prolating spheres. being two opposite phases of the same thing.Ii I I 6~":"" r . The cube is the sphere extended to black coldness while the Fig. All forms are born in the direction of the coldness of space and are voided in the direction of incandescence. i: . I bon and sodium chloride are good examples of true cube crystallization. The cube and sphere are one. as all opposites in Nature are likewise born. The cube and the sphere are the two opposites of form from mWli1.". regardless of its dimension. ! I I ' ! lit I " Fig.14) The sphere and the cube both manifest the cosmic principle of balance.

Within each cube field is the curved universe of twoway light illusion. That is the speed in which every action-reaction anywhere repeats itself everywhere. All crystal shapes are sections of cubes. Neither of these mates could sustain its separateness of condition unless it constantly interchanged to give all I I I I •I I Fig . to the farthest reaches of space. bound all interchanging motion between the two I ' conditions within it.ffirWni~n"ifi~··cla§~of :e1ittfi ~~femIhfi(6 metrically back or extended symmetrically toward the center of the adjoining wave field. 15) The cubes of space are wave fields which . which take place within it. determined by their positions in their wave 'i field. It is the womb 'from which the clay of earth extends into . Complex bodies are multiples of spheres of matter surrounded by multiples of cubes of . the light of suns and the formlessness of seed.. even to the weight of one electron. cemenng me wave new IS me incandescent sphere which mates it. and it is the tomb within which allform is voided for regiving to the heavens as a new form. Each mate of each wave field in the universe is balanced with its opposite mate. The reason why the centering sphere is of high potential and its surrounding space is of low potential is due to a difference of volume.space in multiples of wave fields. Every cycle of motion is a journey from heat to cold and back again. w8IiiI. from every other wave field. Motion cannot pass through these planes but can be reflected sym- . The freezing and melting points of all bodies are dependent upon their respective densities and electric conditioning. the cube-bound heavens to expand into form. The potential of the entire field is divided equally between its centering sphere of multiplied matter and the surrounding space of e'virir6ffierwave new. The potential of the entire field is divided equally between its centering sphere of multiplied matter and the surrounding space of divided matter. . is a repetition of illusion from wave field to wave field at the rate of 186. or is a section of either one. Every form in Nature is either becoming a \ cube or a sphere. Their shapes are . All bodies are formed by freezing and voided' by melting . 15 All crystals are cube sections the cube-bound heavens to expand into form.400 miles per second. potential for potential. The centering sphere may be a few thousand miles in diameter and its surrounding space many millions of miles in diameter.nt<.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE I' journey of every body from the sun and back to it. and beyond. This illusion of motion gives rise to the belief that light "travels. yet they are equal. The other half of the cycle is the return to the sun to void the body of its form for the purpose of acquiring a new body. (Fig." Wave field boundary planes of zero curvature insulate all effects of motion. but unequal volume for volume . Centering the wave field is the incandescent sphere which mates it. The sphere is the clay of earths. and it is the tomb within which allform is voided for regiving to the heavens as a new form.

. The outbreathing of spheres radiates high potential The inbreathing of spheres generates low potential into high. The generative process of Nature is gravita..' Radiation thrusts spirally outward to unwind dense solids into space to '." I I' . The outbreathing of spheres radiates high potential into low.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE .. : of itself to the other alternately in repetitive cycles.' light waves into solids to center space. It is the father principle of Nature. Fig. j . . The inbreathing of spheres generates low potential into high. disappear and reappear. : tion. Each becomes the other sequentially.. Spheres must give to cubes of space by breathing out to discharge themselves and charge space. It is the mother J. Gravitation pulls spirally inward from within to wind '. the integrating principle of "uphill flow of energy" which forever balances its "downhill flow. This principle constitutes the forever inside-out outside-in turnings of Nature by means of which all forms sequentially appear. Each short cycle of interchange is accumulated into a longer life-death cycle in which solids entirely disappear into space and space interchanges its potential to become solids. The generative process of Nature is gravita. I Gravitation is the positive electric principle which exerts its pressures centripetally toward the maximum incandescent points of compression in every wave field. The degenerative process of Nature is radiation. Multiplication and division of expressed energy into the high and low potential of gravitation and radiation is . Space must then regive to spheres by breathing out from itself to discharge itself and recharge spheres. : tion. ' surround solids. Each is an equal reaction of the other.' made possible by the plan of Nature which causes all actions of Nature to extend radially from omnipresent . points of magnetic Light.. 16 The Mystery of Gravitation and Radiation- Radiation is the negative electric principle which exerts its pressures centrifugally toward its wave field boundary planes of magnetic Light.

I II half cycle at a point of rest at the still point of magnetic light which centers every material body whether of microcosmic or macrocosmic dimension. Radiativity then begins its half cycle from that point of rest and ends it on wave field boundary planes of magnetic Light where gravity began. The point of rest in the thrower's hand is an extension of the earth's still center. There is no "center of gravity" in Nature. site cancels itself out by giving its all to the other.. Gravity then ceases when its motion ceases. "Death gives to life that life may live. Each thus perpetually voids itself by giving to the other. It ends its rate borrowings to the other at every point of their respective journeys. II . It is then reborn as the other. A ball thrown in the air must start from a point of rest.tBPtAMt~P'i. it decelerates as it pays its borrowed energy to space." The Creator extends power of motion to but one half of a cycle for each of the two opposite manifestations of His desire. Upon its accelerative journey to earth it passes each point at the same speed it registered on the upward half cycle.'iJt ':l~jfc. Likewise the still axis of every vortex is still magnetic Light.!>Ucl'JTtJ1B'fi Ru. Both gravity and radiativity borrow their power to find balance in rest at their journey's end from the points of rest of their beginnings.I ball thrown in the air must start from a point of rest. The point of rest in I!\lel Y'm. When the borrowing is fully paid the ball comes to rest. Gravity begins its half cycle as the inward explosive reaction of an outward explosive action. It ends its half cycle at a point of rest at the still point of magnetic light which centers every material body whether of mifraW'fJmillfi-oW~ft€exptes~i(jiJrateoom-UBm e'acli other and interchange to become the other. Gravity gives a material form to bodies to manifest the idea of bodies. They each repay their sepa- . At each journey's end.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE principle of Nature. " -From THE DIVINE ILIAD Every action in Nature demonstrates this principle. Everywhere in Nature each action is its own reaction. . As the ball ascends. Radioactivity gives spiritual formlessness to the heavens for regiving to earths as formed bodies. Radiativity then ceases when its motion ceases.. The centering Light of every mass is still magnetic Light. thus fulfilling the law that all opposite expressions are born from each :. motivated by energy borrowed from the "center of gravity" of this earth which is its fulcrum. I. thus charging space with the borrowings of earth and equally discharging earth. motivated by energy borrowed from the "center of gravity" of this earth which is its fulcrum. and life gives to death that death may die. each oppo.~tW I' I' I . the disintegrating principle of "downhill flow of energy" which forever balances its "uphill flow.d'f.YIUr. other and interchange to become the other. thus discharging space and equally charging earth to balance all borrowings and payings. From that point it must again borrow the energy from space which it borrowed from earth to pay for its return to earth..

This is the principle of the electric current. jl . By opening the petcock an outward explosion will take place in the plus tank. Minus zero means an equal expan11 . When the credit is paid in part or in full the debit is proportionately voided simultaneously with the credit. When an equilibrium pressure is divided into opposite conditions from the zero from which both are extended. ID.tI WI d:::\ \ into the other. the two plus-minus conditions have been established which make motion imperative. By pumping all the air out of one tank Fig. m\uw These two opposite conditions of credit and debit correspond with the two opposite conditions of compression and expansion in Nature upon which motion is dependent. An inward explosion of equal potential will take place in the evacuated tank. (Fig. 19) In Nature the discharged radiation which explodes outward from the sun simultaneously explodes inward as gravitation. (Fig. the two plus-minus conditions have been established which make motion imperative. They must interchange with each other to void their unbalanced conditions. 18 Ba sis o f Mot ion Fig . positive and negative electricity.&Q. All are balanced simultaneously and sequentially. (Fig.. Fig. 17) Plus zero means a credit of pressure borrowed from the universal equilibrium to compress a large volume into a small volume. motion between the two becomes imperative. 18 Basis of Motion into the other. 18 represents a room of equal pressure. 17) Plus zero means a credit of pressure borrowed from tQ~."."J. 17 X plus zero equ als zero opposite. Fi g . The central zero represents the bank.1illUYID. Two tanks in it are connected with a tube and petcock. . A thousand dollars borrowed from a bank is a " j • C\ ~ plus cond~tion of credit which is balanced by an ' \::. Nature always boms each opposite fr&cot~ ~JJ'Ppj&fhi&. Nature always boms each opposite from the other in this manner. THE TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC CONDITIONS This zero universe of equilibrium demands two opposed conditions in order to simulate that which our senses interpret for motion and change. This is a zero universe of plus and minus zero which never exceeds the zero of the One Light from which it seemingly sprang as multiplicity. 19 Equal oppo sit e potential s . VU.J equal debit of one thousand dollars. The plus tank will discharge part of its compressed condition to charge the minus one. The electric battery is the same in principle. i .l~t~h.' 11 sion to balance the borrowed compression. Both are equal but Fig.mlUgB~ A. and back again to zero. l a l l A ed conditions are plus and minus equilibrium. positive and negative electricity. These two needed conditions are plus and minus equilibrium. \!. A credit of one thousand dollars minus X equals zero.nnnrJ aU VUl VI.J!giv!(t!i~lj(Qm.. The extended zeros represent credit and debit.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE All actions in Nature are extension-retractions from zero to zero.

!9. Each condition gives to the other in installments. for it no longer pulses. 18 and 19 with one distinguishing difference. The first step in solving this mystery lies in J) the principle by means of which matter and C space become unequal in volume. breathings nor wave frequencies of interchange have any relation whatsoever to life. A ~Q-+--al--. ~arthanQ~a~~!i. 20 the equilibrium of both. earth and gases to rise toward space.(~J~.!J1atpm~~[JUl1~~ lmat.!. By solving the mystery of "installment interchange" between bodies and space one can more fully . and the time element . Fig. By solving the mystery of "installment interchange" between bodies and space one can more fully comprehend the fact that neither pulse beat. If a small wire connects both cells the interchange takes time to complete the voidance.. 20 represents the electric battery with the line AB dividing the two pressure conditions as Fig. The consequent giving and regiving by the two opposite pressures constitute the oscillations of the electric current.u u __ u_ of those recordings of interchange are wave frequencies. as evidenced by universal breathing inward toward bodies and outward toward space. Electric interchange by installments is measured and recorded by waves. The expanded condition of space is millions of times greater in volume than the compressed condition of its centering body. This line represents a between equal condition s Balanced interchange static equator-a plane of rest from which both centering body.. They constitute the pulse beat of the electric current.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE CAUSE OF THE UNIVERSAL PULSE BEAT Matter and space constitute the two conditions necessary for interchange of motion diagrammed in Figs.~~. rt§. That difference is that the two conditions represented by the tanks of the compressed and expanded air and the two cells of the electric battery are equal in volume.tJk two opposite pressure conditions of matter. When breathing is switched off in man's body by the cessation of interchange between the two opposite pressure conditions of matter.rQgJQ.PJwJeJl.. When an electric wire pulses with wave frequencies of an electric current we say that it is a live wire. we say that the man is dead. All Nature pulses in measured frequencies with the heartbeat of the universal electric current. This explains the seeming mystery of gravitation and radiation which causes solid objects to fall toward the . for they relate only to the principle by means of which life or energy is manifested by motion. When it stops pulsing because the current is disconnected we say that the wire is dead. we say that the man is dead. while bodies of matter and their surrounding space are unequal in volume. VJtia.~Jo~~r~L~Q. In the electric battery the interchange between the two pressure conditions can void both in an explosive flash by a short circuit if the wire connecting both cells I is heavy enough. for the wire is not big enough to void both conditions instantly. This explains the seeming mystery of gravitation and radiation which causes solid objects to fall toward the .

.. ~ '".••. e.. 24 represents a bar magnet which has been divided into the two opposite pressure conditions of this electric universe by coiling a charged wire around the bar of steel.'ltJP. 22 Interchange between unequal opposites . '" Fig ...THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE B Fig . @ .... Fig. the lines of force which connect both are as symmetrical to both diameters as though reflected by mirrors placed at right angles to each other...9~Ct ~~."hf~ in. m around the har of steel. -( '" ~~ €qar..........••.... AB..~.g~~2.<Jl {!l-'V8t... 24 represents a bar magnet which has been divided into the two opposite pressure conditions of this electric universe by coiling a Fig.. Such symmetry belongs to the cube and sphere alone... for the vortices are still effective upon that steel bar even though the electrically charged wire has been removed. thus form- . IJv Rtl Fig. I Fig . I . ~~ ---~'"" Fig.... @ . 25 A & B Interchange between unequal volumes I .'I " •! I I iI · I .. 23 illustrates this principle which forms spheres and creates the illusion which makes heavy objects seem to be attracted radially toward the earth and tenuous matter thrust radially away from it.. The static and dynamic equators will still . 24 Equal interchange .. It is the whirlpool motion of the electric vortex which performs the work of lifting those . It is the electric vortices which pick them up. and all lines of force of conic symmetry are forever changing to record the forever changing potential of dynamic equators.: e.'" ~~. 23 Curvature incr eases the negative cell much larger than the positive cell..~... Line AB shows the curvature of the static equator which causes the dynamic equator to expand at its negative end and contract at its positive end into the radii of a cone. and not to the static equator. .. . It will be much nearer the positive pole and will be curved because lines of force which record the measure of interchange between the two opP?site pressures can be symmetrical to the dynamic equator only. + . however. It is not magnetism.. thus forming two opposed plus and minus electrical vortices with intensities measured at poles.. . be at right angles to each other but 'the static equator will not be in the middle.. Fig. Such symmetry belongs to the radial universe of cone sections. .. Fig.. The static and dynamic equators will still ... As the two opposed conditions which extend from these planes of rest are equal. which picks up these nails. Two nails of equal weight are suspended to these poles.l\~heH!eirlelfJdUd~. .. The outward thrust of radiative pressures would curve the base of the cone thus produced to correspond with the curvature of its static equator.9~Ct ... 21 represents static and dynamic equators (or magnetic and electric) at ninety degrees from each other. 21 Symmetry of the cube AB Stat ic equator CD Dynamic equator opposite conditions are extended at right angles as a dynamic equator-line CD.. Fig.. 22 represents the electric battery with the negative cell much larger than the positive cell.. be at right angles to each other but 'the static pnl'. All dynamic equators are radial.: .

expresses gravity at its center. The division into the two opposed conditions will still be equal. 27). but the volume will be so large in one as compared with the other that the nail which the positive end will still pick up cannot be lifted by the negative end unless the nail is ground to a fine powder. A solid bar of iron will fall radially toward the earth because both are high potential compressed Cur v atur e increas es a s poten ti al s di vid e and multiply 1 I I. 28 two bar magnets have been fanned \. multipl y The essential difference between the two opposed pressure conditions of the electric ~J0 . A Fig. 24 it can be seen that its poles alone express gravity. ~.. ' tim! !QJpllibaJ. it is necessary to correct the general impression that the earth is a magnet. conditions of gravity similar to those of the earth will be found there . 27 Maller is formed between op po s it e poles i n waves Before this principle is applied to matter and space. If iron filings are placed in this gap. 25. 26 nails and not the stillness of the poles of magnetic Light. I . The resultant high and low potential contrast each other so violently that solid matter "falling" toward the high potential of the compressed condition must be divided into vapors and gases before the same substance will "fall" toward the low potential of the expanded condition. on the contrary. : I out into cones. The weight which the positive end will pick up as a solid has to be finely Fig. that still point which we call the center of gravity will evidence itself between the two ends. If the bar magnet is enlarged at one end it becomes a cone. The analogy between the unequal battery . Before this principle is applied to matter and space. In the universal battery of matter and space the two opposed conditions are conspicuously unequal.ITt~ci in Fia 7 4 it l'.::m bNrJ~u "nr Jrncr'i'UrfJre ~pi11R4~'\?Gfuif1t!Jul ~ "e. the negative end to pick it up. .THE SECRET OF LIGHT THI S MA GN ETI C -E LECT RIC UN IVE RS E A " _sn. as in Fig.o . 26) The earth is formed between magnetic gaps of its wave as all bodies are formed (Fig.ll}Et'. The essential difference between the two opposed pressure conditions of the electric battery and the two of matter and space is that in the battery the opposed potentials are equal because the volumes are equal. (Fig. mi1eq.~. ~ \ " A .~ In Fig. it is necessary to correct the general impression that the earth is a magnet.. If two bar magnets are placed so that negative and positive ends are near each other. 28 divided in order for the expanded volume of Curv atur e in creases as potenti a ls divide and the negative end to pick it up. and compass needles will follow the vortical directions of lines of force which extend toward its poles. The earth. cells and bar magnets is now sufficiently complete to compare them with matter and space. Nails will fall toward it from any direction.. as heavy objects do on earth. ._~cl :i F ig . I . By refer- Gravity will end and radiation will begin at that center. The negative end will then lift the same weight in total but only by dividing the nail over the whole volume. By referring to the bar magnet pictured in Fig. .

.. it is but motion... ..l THE TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC DIRECTIONS The universe is dual-the still magnetic universe of reality and the dynamic electric. The cause of the radial universe which constitutes matter and space lies in the inequality of its two ~ppo­ site pressure conditions both as to volume and potential.. Gravity and radiativity are opposite pressure conditions of the same thing.~ 4'=_A ...! Every potential has a balancing potential position somewhere in the universe. control!Jnx them.' :i ! '. That is the sole cause of two-way motion.... (Fig. Creating things changing their compressed conditions to expanded conditions must move to find balance in like conditions. . that same bar of iron will fall radially toward the heavens. All creating things pulse and breathe just as organic "life" pulses and breathes. Desire to find that position is in every creating thing and any restraint exerted to prevent it from moving to find its balancing potential can be measured as weight. . "-From THE DIVINE ILIAD'" v"For behold. 29. but that is not life..30) "For behold. Every potential has a balancing potential position somewhere in the universe. All motion within magnetic wave fields is controlled by the Creator. radial two-way universe of illusion which extends from the static universe at an angle of ninety degrees. (Figs. I :I " solids. centering them. Every creating thing can expand to lower its potential.. Both of those pressure conditions are in every creating thing.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE . centering them. 2 9 North I . Desire to find that position is in every creating thing and any restraint exerted to two':Wa:y=hf6fion:-~"=-~ . The cause of the universal pulse beat and the breathing which motivates the manifestation of life in every creating thing lies also in this inequality. 30 South . Fig . and I am without all things. Like conditions seek like conditions to find balance.. "-From THE DIVINE ILIAD Fig .." h~l~ .nt"nt. I am within all things.. The outward radial direction is South-the expansive direction of radiation which divides potential by expanding light waves into larger volumes of lesser frequencies. If divided sufficiently by vaporizing it. I am within all things. 29 North The inward radial 'direction is North-the compressive direction of gravity which multiplies potential by compressing light waves radially into smaller volumes of greater frequencies. or can contract to raise it.1 I II ... I '11 Iii . T ). and I am without all things. 31) The two directions of the static universe are Fig . controlling them. In the dynamic electric universe there are two directions-inward and outward radially from a still point of magnetic Light to still planes of magnetic Light.

/. (Fig. East and West do not oppose each other.West spherical planes are also the ful: crums of wave levers which curve gravity as . on the contrary. All suns are generated into incandescence by two black rivers of evacuated light which flow centripetally inward toward their still centers by the way of their poles. THI S C URVE D EL EC T RIC UN IV E RSE Fig .¥efit l'in~rcifdlll.! F ig . each voiding the other through that interchange .TH E SEC RET OF LI GHT THI S MAGN ETI C-ELECTRI C UNI VER S E + :i East and West. East.f \ . t/ . (Fig. (Fig.. 35) . Each arrives at its own starting point without change of potential. (Fig. each interchanging with the other as it passes. 33) Incandescent suns of white hot light are born from cold black darkness and cold dark space is born from white hot suns. 34) I I j''' f ~ l I I \ ~ Laf. _~--.-l: because of it. They are constantly changing. such as the contour of the earth or sun or of the orbits of planets or floating clouds. and each becoming the other .'i'Wk tnfueY "'Js1.. darkness of space is radiated from two incandescent rivers of white light which flow centrifugally from suns' equators. They follow curved planes of unchanging equipotential pressures. and each becoming the other because of it. (Fig. They are static because they are spherical. 33 L-. diametrically oppose each other. 32 of earths. they pump high potential into low to expand solids into the gases of space. each voiding the other through that f I I I \ I interchange. 34 .a§! -J. 35 Li g ht co mes f ro m dar kne ss an d d a rkne ss fr om ligh t A .. Fig. and low potential into high to compress light waves into the solids Fig . each passing through the other in opposite spiral lanes. I pa sses.I. 32) North and South. radially..'j'klr~lt. They seek opposite directions. Conversely. 33) East-West spherical planes form the axes of Fig . at amplitudes of ninety degrees and also its other gyroscopic octave tones at the varying degrees of pressures where the elements of matter are formed. 3 1 T he d i v isio n an d mu ltilight waves from which the dynamic universe plicati on pr i nc i ple extends its gyroscopic wave.

Ii. . Curvature is imperative under such conditions fm:. the two black arms belong to gravity and the two white ones to vacuity. Where motion ceases.t. Motion and curvature simultaneously begin and end when opposition begins and ends. (See also Fig... • . . 36 a nd 3 7 .. (Figs.i i reflected extension from wave field boundary planes..Q!1Wl&trt-Dr~§!\~~t~~s. ' : . 38) Fig . 36.... .. curvature ceases. • . • ••• ' . (Zero in Fig. 39) Each wave field is like a separate projection machine in which its own curved motion picture universe is dually projected upon its self-measured zero screen of space. . . ' . for there is naught but stillness there. Motion cannot pass through those planes.. .t4~r _'!Q~L~ayJ1 . 38 Th e fo u r riv e rs of li ght ~ . 37. .h .THIS MAGN ETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE .. • • • • ~ . Cleavages between wave field boundary planes of crystals separate them into their individual crystal forms.. • • • Thus are the four arms of all spiral nebulae formed as two pairs of opposites interchanging with each other to become the other two.I I II . Motion is repeated in all wave fields by reflected extension from wave field boundary planes. 39 O-Mi rr o r pl ane s of st ill li ght A -Sc reen of s pac e for p r oj ect e d lig hts of motio n Fig . . I' I r".. (A in Fig. • Co . 38) This electric universe is curved-motion is spiral. Curvature is imperative under such conditions for opposed pressures resist each other and each must bend to the other to find passage for its own expression of force.9. ! II ~ . ' •• • ' W~ I . It F ig . 39).ell£. The incandescent sphere of light which centers it pictures the forms of desire in the measure of desire for manifestation.

43 Lig ht ra ys ar e ra dia l w hen pr oj ect ed t hro ugh s p he ri c a l pl a ne s -_v-_a. . brittleness. The electric potential of rain increases as it falls because of the multiplication of pressures by the lenses of light which surround the earth..! III Fig . Any action an ywhere is repeated everywhere by and through countless mirror planes of wave fields and the lenses of space. For the same reason a man weighs less as 'he ascends a mountain and regains it when descending. 44..•'i:~ r~ lI p '· n h i ~ T~rI~. Fig . 45). 1 I . 44 No two ve rtical li nes a re pa rall el i n this ra dia l univers e AA sta t ic eq uator Fig. 111 ." 0. such as the earth and sun. 42.T HE SEC RE T OF LI GHT THI S MAGN ETI C· EL ECTRI C UNIV E RSE C -- if · ('j- -( Fig . 40. tiply <me! gjviq~ JiggtJ. (Figs. Lines drawn through the feet and head of any two men standing in either hemisphere would form a cone with its base in the heavens and its apex at earth 's center.1pi.· ." . _ o· . . 45 R a in fa lli ng ve rtica lly for ms co nes . ·'1 . Every object which falls toward the earth falls radially toward its center because of this fact. Curved pressures of light act as lenses to mul. I' I: .JaY~~~jAP tential planes of pressures which curve as the earth curves. 40 T he si x wave fie l d b o und ar y pl a nes :i 1 1 II 11 j1 '" . II . 4 2 L i g h t rays a re par allel w he n p a s s in g t h r o u g h pl an es of ze ro c u rva tu re This curved universe consist s of lenses and mirrors of light which reflect. or in points of rest around which motion rotates spirally. bend.a<!W1~. !~ I P. all of the attributes of matter. 41 Th e u ni v er se of p roj ec ted mot io n i . ~ I'. melting point. Light lenses subtract from his potential by multiplying its volume while he ascends and multiplies it while he descends by subtracting from its volU~l. (Figs. Clouds float around the earth in them. all pattern . The reason they float in curves parallel to the earth is because of these spherical equipotential planes of pressures which curve as the earth curves..-. ' 1 !"·1 I I ! II . . I. Curved pressures of light act as lenses to mul. conductivity and countless other effects which are voided when curvature ceases in planes of rest in wave field boundaries. tiply and divide light radially.~~1 subtract from his potential by multiplying its volume while he ascends and multiplies it while he descends by subtracting from its volume. I. i " Fi g .."'E:>U"''''''U Fi g. tenuity.i I" I. 43) Gravity and radiativ ity are accounted for by this fact.41) Concentrated spheres. curve. . The area of the base of the cone in the cloud is greater than its conical measurement on the earth (Figs. I :II '. Light rays which pass through curved planes concentrate toward a point when projected through light lense s of space in the convex direction and decentrate when they pass through in the concave direction. such as density.. Rain falling vertically from a cloud falls conically.- Fig.~Jv ). are surrounded by layers of light of equal pressures. ]. 44 No two ve rt ical lin es are . concentrate and decentr ate light into it s countle ss forms.. No two men who stand upright in balance with gr avity stand parallel to each other. Curvature of light wave axes . by contraction or expansion between planes of zero curvature is the cause of all pressures.

THE SECRET OF LIGHT

THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE

:i

Fig. 50 AA Birth of electronic systems

f<l·g.\U AA Birth of electronic systems

~'i Ul'.'V" ~t'

are born where centripetal and centrifugal spirals meet. Matter registers the potential of the position of its birth. For that reason it floats in equipotential orbits appropriate to its position in its wave field, together with all units of its system. In the electric current, electronic systems are born where the familiar loops of force occur around a charged wire (Fig. 50). Figs. 51, 52, and 53 diagram electric systems forming at AA. The spiral is an incompleted sphere just as crystal forms are incompleted cubes. Spirals and crystals have individuality which they lose by voidance in the oneness of spheres and cubes.
~. ymi.Yi OOil.lit,v jf\, o-.ixen..}pmr,,\. fCL~~§. nJ'Pffit'i~ l

Two-way sex-conditioned spirals are the consummate individuals of all Creation. They condition all bodies with the condition of their bodies. They unfold all idea from stillness of Mindknowing into moving form of Mind-imagining and refold it into the stillness of Mind-knowing. They are the electric workers which fulfill desire of Mind by interweaving threads of light into patterned forms and recording those patterned forms in the still Light which centers every spiral pair, as the axis of a cone centers the cone. ~ The one centering axis of both spirals is the shaft upon which the dynamic universe rotates. All motion rotates and revolves upon still cen-

Fig. 52 Atomic systems forming

tfie cone.

_! _--

_t... _L

..J

_11

~

_L_£4._

---

~~~

..... __ 7 ' - ' _ 7

..... _ ... ... .... -

'"

.'
,I
"

i

Fig. 51 Spiral Mates . Units of electric current

and crystals have individuality which they lose by voidance in the oneness of spheres and cubes. Individuality is given bodies for the purpose of manifesting separateness and multiplicity. Individuality, separateness and multiplicity are then voided in oneness. Individuality in every creating thing is a moment to moment record of its unfoldment and refoldment. It is the fruit of cosmic desire for creative expression. It begins when the cycle begins, ends with its ending, and repeats itself in each cycle until the entire cycle of any expressed idea is voided in its completion.

The one centering axis of both spirals is the shaft upon which the dynamic universe rotates. All motion rotates and revolves upon still centering shafts, and all shafts are two-way extensions of points which lead to and through cen- "'~~~F5~f" /lit ters of spheres. The familiar wave line which records all effects of motion controls those effects. One can record that wave line but is not aware of the fact Fig . 53 AA Atomic systems that it is the power extended by the Creator in forming BB Wave shaft the measure of desire for power. The wave line is a record of the amount of energy borrowed from its static equator to ,~. express any mechanical process, such as the "( Fig. 54 vibration of a harp string, the pulsations of an

THE SE CRET OF LIGHT

THI S MAGN ETI C-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE

A

" ,

:i
j

I ';
1 ' II 1!

·1

I
I

B Fig . 55 AB-Th e sha ft o f ea rt h and moo n

The opposed pair which rotate upon the same 0 f\:... 6 0 'I . V 0 'V h f are antic oc kwiise, fi bot h are projected • " 0A A 1'.... 0 sat or through each other. (Fig. 60) ';? "VI V "\i The characteristic unfolding-refolding, ~ inside-out outside-in principle of Nature causes .1\.1\ 1\ r-..~ the integration of matter at poles and disinteVVV\I' gration at equators. Matter integrates by the F ig . 59 Va ri ous patt e rn s of wave contraction of one pair of spirals around the sha fts reco rdi ng bo rrow ed ene rgy shafts which wind it into spheres by the way of their poles, and disintegrates it by the expansion of the other pair which unwind it by way ANTI-CLOCKWI~E

--vvvvvv

of equators. The pair of spirals which wind light waves into spheres continue that winding until holes are bored through spheres and rings are formed, of equators. The pair of spirals which wind light waves into spheres continue that winding until holes are bored through spheres and rings are formed , aided by the centrifugal force exerted by the expansion of the opposing spirals . Rings are the "death" half of the cycles of spheres. Rings recondense around points in space and rewind as spheres . The majestic ring nebula in Lyra (Fig. 61) is an outstanding example of the disintegration process of Nature. The ring exemplifies the "death" half of the cycle and the newly formed sun at its center the "life" half. A new body has been born out of the old one as it expanded into the heavens . The heavens abound with new bodies appear-

AB-Th e shaft o f ea rt h and moon

It Fig . 56

oeC__... :>B
Fi g. 5 7 A- T he me asure of en ergy borrowed . B-Its re pe titio n

A

f I
1 1 'I ! i

' .!
Fig . 58 A-i s a c re dit. B-is a n e qual d ebit
I I
I J,

CLOCKWISE
Fig . 60 D ir ec tio ns of sp iral moti o n ne ve r reve rses

T HIS MA GNETIC- EL ECTRIC UNI VERSE

.

'

ing from old ones which have disappeared into another form. The Owl Nebula demonstrates this principle by two rings and two stars reborn from them. (Fig. 62) The rings of Saturn will become moons , just as its other rings have become its several other moons. Our own moon was born from a ring from earth as it expands its bulk by absorbing its oceans, and accelerates its rotation as all of the outer planets have done. (Fig. 63)

I' ,
,
I

Fig . 6 1 Lyr a rin g nebul a

I. f

I"

I" , , '
I

Fig . 6 1 Lyra ring nebula

~

.
'

I
}I

I' :

I I,

,

I ,: '

Fig. 62 Ow l ne bul a

Fig . 63

F ig . are so close to their mother shaft that they are obliged to revolve swiftly. (Fig. The outer planets have so far broken away from the influence of their mother shaft in the sun that their years have materially lengthened. 64 II I I I. waterspouts and tornadoes develop on our earth when spirals tighten around their shafts.. These moons will become comets and eventually plunge into the sun as all things in this solar system likewise do. Fig.'. Spheres come into being by prolating and go out by oblating. and their faces are conf6w~hl1heIrtJ1fb:iary:l1+il. 65) Mercury. and Phobos. the inner moon of Mars. their days conspicuously shortened. 64 illustrates the unwinding process by means of which moons free themselves from the bindings of their mother shaft to again seek revolution around the shaft of their beginning in the sun. Disintegration of suns and planets by radiation is accompanied by flattening at their poles. 38 As pole s fl all en eq ua to rs length en . Ever increasing speed of rotation around shafts is the cause of this phenomenon . Inner planets rotate very slowly upon their own shafts because they are so close to their mother shaft in the sun. Cyclones. our own moon. .THIS MAGNETIC -ELECTRIC UNIVERSE :i Jupiter is even now developing belts which will be thrown off as rings. with the same face always toward their primary. but they revolve very swiftly in their orbits around the sun.~~0\ft~tl>nnrels nave so rar oroken away from the influence of their mother shaft in the sun that their years have materially lengthened. and their faces are constantly changing in relation to the sun. for the e THE UN-WINDING COSMIC CLOCK Fi g . to become moons. their days conspicuously shortened.

....... ~'. ft..REASES INTH£ DIRECTION Of MAGNfTlt CENTERS ANO DrCfUA~S TOWN\O M~GNETI( Pa..... ..... 6 7 .ANr:~ Fi g .. When spirals are so wide at their bases that their angles to the earth 's surface are negligible.EL ECTRIC UNI VER SE THE TORNADO PRINCIPLE OrJ'05ED ElECTRIC FORCES FAR EltTINDE..UT.D fROM NAG-NETIC $TILLNES. THE COSMIC PENDULUM . . L DICIIl. w .'. Fig. .. . II I. there is calmness and peace.. but when they contract to thin pencils which furiously speed around centering shafts of magnetic . 66 I .i ·4 . CMft'="~"'" more they thus contract..lo"O.'I: I I : t THI S MA GNETI C.s ~ eMh"'.I .. the greater their speed. INC"'A'" POWER INCRE"A~S AS 5PEED MUlTtPUa BY CONTRACTION or ORBIT POWER INC.

68 Two-way journey from zero-through zero-to zero Zero to four means the centripetal direction toward the apex of the spiral.' I' I' . which has its equal opposite debit pressure in one to four negative. I The heartbeat of the universe. The basis of all octaves is the keynote of rest from which the octave springs to express the idea which lies . changing its position in its wave by either multiplying or dividing its vibration frequencies to change its conditioning. II: 'i. color spectrum or octaves of 'elements of matter. (Fig. 66) THE UNIVERSAL OCTAVE . The octave is usually expressed as seven for this reason. is as follows in Fig..1igl}. is as follows in Fig. spirals from its minimum to its maximum and back again to zero. they then do inestimable damage. and its birth position in the universal wave. density. I I'IIII: 'I . electric current. vacuity. radiativity and the black cold of space. All wave motion is expressed in eight tones-four pairs of opposites. gravity and the white heat of incandescence. 67) ic universe of cause. in four pairs of opposite actions and reactions. 1.ct qiV!QJi-Q _lW~~SlJle~ _gf. which leads to higher potential. have the same relation as tones of music have to the octave wave. These four pairs of opposite electric interweavers constitute the universal spiral octave wave by means of which the dynamic universe of effect rises from the stat(Fig. I.I I THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE stillness at ninety degrees to the earth's surface. Tones are _:QllJJ!j p!i~lL ~n. The middle pair is seemingly one.I H: I The octave wave formula which governs all motion. lower potential. Four to zero means the centrifugal direction toward the base of the spiral which leads to lower pressure. Fig. . and its birth position in the universal wave. spaced rhythmically with mathematical precision upon each octave wave of motion. :> 1 1 'i:. An octave is a series of orderly harmonic tones._ sP'!~~Q pairs of opposites. is because each of the pressures-which bear the relations of one to four positive in the octave-is a credit pressure. 68: GENERATION DEGENERATION POSITIVE NEGATIVE. whether sound wave. The reason an octave cannot be counted from one to eight. The octave is usually expressed as seven for this reason. Tones are multiplied and divided pressures of light. The octave wave formula which governs all motion.I' I' . starting from zero of rest.O// 'I!I . Everything is forever in a state of transition.Iii :. born on the spiral pairs of opposites as tones.i. Each of these is half of a cycle.J. 68: V'Ig.. The middle pair is seemingly one.1'1 I' Ii .. An octave is a series of orderly harmonic tones.I! . No state of motion has permanence or even duration. The law which applies to one effect of motion applies to all. instead of from one to four. i . l i" ll I . The elements of matter.

These two eq uators a ri~e b. whether larynx of man.wllf!LtI:!<. Furthermore. That keynote is always in one 's consciousness whether the note is being sounded or not. 0 One of the two completed Mendeleef tables of the elements which Walter Russell gave 1 the world of science in 1926. its sole motivating power for producing change of dimension for the purpose of producing change of tone is electric pressure directed by desire and borrowed from the keynote of the octave's stillness. T he n in e oc taves of the e leme nts of maile r ma n ifes t t he polari z a t io n pri nciple for prod ucing dy namic act ion b y e xte nd ing tw o eq uato rs from a f ulcru m poi nt of re st. Fig .. This outstanding fact of natural law must be borne in mind in considering those principles as applied to the mechanics of the universal wave which produces the + .b~tb~t lV:YJI.c ~ ~ s 90 deg rees from t he zer o pl a ne of t he inert gases . No state of motion can evade the keynote of rest from which it sprang. n9_m~t~~L. nor can it be separated from it electrically in matter--or consciously in Mind. Likewise. .n: •• I ~.Y gyroscopic ac tio n.THE SECRET OF LIGHT Periodicity is a characteristic of all phenomena of nature within the magnetic stillness of that keynote. nt frequencies and other dimensions must be in the orderliness demanded by the opening and closing spiral pairs which control those tones by conditioning them. 69 . All tones are out of balance with it at all times and forever desire balance.r. mult i pli ed centripet all y. The fulcrum of the wave of musical octaves is its keynote from which all tonal changes in the octave are mathematically calculated in wave frequencies and volume. string of violin . i n fou r co ncent rati ve effo rts to an a m p lit u~e pl an e whl. Th us do all bod ies a ppea r and disappear-to again rea ppea r-forever.in~Jf}J~nk».a.. .. Likewise . No matter what instrument produces octave tones . _. depol ari ZIn g stages to disa ppea r in the ir inert gases and again re a ppe a r f rom t hem in en d less cyc les t hroug hout e ternity . carbon wav e field or color spectrum. The y t hen de sc e nd in fo ur de ce nt rat tve . no matter what the instrument. its frequencies and other dimensions must be in the orderliness demanded by the opening and closing spiral pairs which control those tone s by conditioning them. I . It is the balance of its octave. all power thus borrowed for one expression in an y octave tone must be in balance with the opposite of that tone within which those borrowings have been debited.

The Russell Periodic Table of the Elements THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE Ii .. Fig. _ -~ -~ TOTAL. Fig.Y OF _.1t OCTAVE CYCLE IU". .. J. THE ELEMENTS OF MATTER . .. .... 71 The universal nine octave cycle .. I An invariable characteristic of Nature is to express life-death cycles of any idea. When we think of man as an -+ . " ' octave wave tones of the elements of matter with such precision that any effect produced by any of them in combination. . will produce that same effect always. or separately. 1. in nine lesser interweaving cycles enfolded in the one. " I.._~ _~ "1..:'1 ' Ij.A.. 70 4 The other of the two charts given to the world by Walter Russell in 1926. .

In hydrogen is a . we think of generating man as infant. The last four and a half octaves lead from maturity through old age to disappearance at the end of the nine octave cycle by the radiative expansion'of vacuity. Carbon alone expresses the idea of matter. . (Fig..400 miles per second. (Fig. is conspicuously present in the life-death cycles of the elements of matter. outer explosive speed. Hydrogen is a one octave younger prototype of carbon. All other elements which crystallize as cubes are octave extensions of carbon. 70) Genero-activity begins at the birth of carbon in the first octave with genero-active. All such extensions occupy the four-zero-four position of wave amplitude. Until then. Carbon fulfills the plan of the Creator in His desire to oxycm ~ IG'I1tOCZH a. It ends with an equal radioactive. we think of him as grown up to fullness of middle age. just as in man are all of the actions and reactions of his previous stages. u 'j" 'f~ i I. It is the hardest of all of the other stages of its elements are stages' of unfoldment'and refoldiiieni of carbon. It is the hardest of all of the other stages of its transition. ]' 1 L . Carbon alone crystallizes in true cube. All the nine octaves of the elements are stages of unfoldment and refoldment of carbon. The first four and a half octaves lead to the maturity of carbon by the generative contraction of gravity. The first four and a half octaves lead to the maturity of carbon by the generative contraction of gravity. In carbon are all of the elements of its previous stages. 72 Octav e pr es sure relat ion s ~ _ _ L_ . 71) This process of Nature. with all of the qualities of the true cube and sphere fully exemplified.. which expresses its cycles of idea in nine lesser cycles. It forms on the wave amplitude at four-zero-four just as carbon forms at four-zero-four one octave ahead.I I Ii idea. 72 Oct ave pre s sure relation s create but one form : the cube-sphere._ Fig. inner explosive speed of light which is 186. child and youth.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE I' !. i I' .. _ ~ a+ itllTHUC BERYLI\JM Fi g . This speed is the limit at which motion can reproduce itself in curved wave fields before reaching zero where motion and curvature cease. Following his generating cycles come the degenerative ones in which he gradually repays all of his borrowings from his zero of rest and returns to that zero to again borrow power to re-express the idea of man. having the highest melting point.- a.

The four-zero-four position is one of balance between the pairs of metallic opposites such as iron and nickel. chromium and zinc or sodium and chlorine. the next element beyond polBfjuinps fo-3f>lJU1. When any of these pairs lose their metallic quality. Nature immediately counterbalances this accelerative action by dropping nitrogen. One can see its approximately true cubes in sodium-chloride (ordinary table salt) or in the distorted cube crystals of sodium-iodide. It does not recover from the gaseous condition during the rest of its octave. chromium and zinc or sodium and chlorine. they crystallize in the cubic system if they are equal or near equal opposite pairs. The evidence of that is the metallic quality of cobalt which would be impossible in the true cube-sphere position of four-zero-four in the octave wave. manganese and copper. Nature immediately counterbalances this accelerative action by dropping nitrogen.\rlm~ octave. Because of sharing that position with ten others it has lost much of its true cube-sphere quality of balance which the four-zero-four position manifests. The four-zero-four position in the octaves of the elements is the position of rest where any action must end its half cycle and begin its other half. When carbon becomes still another octave older at the four-zero-four position of cobalt in the sixth octave.' ~l I THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC· ELECTRIC UNIVERSE . Sodium-chloride is a good example. such as iron and oxygen in iron rust. it divides its full tone into ten split isotope tones. When any of these pairs lose their metallic quality. or sodium and chlorine in sodium-chloride.iIegfee~·aD'Ove12et6TIf'Yh. the next element beyond carbon. Several of these have been recently discovered and wrongly named isotopes. (Fig. The cosmic seed of the silicon octave is neon. l' . as all actions and reactions in nature do.. Hydrogen's melting point is 259 degrees below zero centigrade and in one octave the winding up process of nature acts like a whiplash at its halfway position where genero-activity and radioactivity meet as equals. into a gas which melts at 210 degrees below zero centigrade. five on either side. The melting point of silicon drops to less than one half of its younger stage: 1420 degrees. It comes to a point of rest before returning to a point of rest. or sodium the' pairs 'of metallic opposites such as' iron and nickel. they find both rest and balance in the stony quality of the salts. Silicon is one octave older than carbon. The cosmic seed of the carbon octave is helium. \1 I . whole octave of elemental tones. which is slightly higher than the silicon stage of carbon. such as iron and oxygen in iron rust. This effect tightens the winding of carbon into such a dense substance that the melting point jumps to 3600 degrees above zero in that one octave. Isotopes are split tones such as those which a violinist could produce between full tones. . An amazing thing happens at this point in the unfolding of carbon's life record. manganese and copper. 70) Carbon at this stage has lost much of its vitality and changes its character by thus dividing it into cobalt isotopes. Its melting point has dropped to 1480 degrees.

it arrives at its balance position of four-zero-four only after making thirteen efforts. copper.' These are balanced by thirteen in the negative half cycle. The cosmic seed of the lutecium octave is xenon . By bombarding this metal with a sufficiently high current to cause it to disintegrate. 73 Cycle of the elements from rest to rest after they have fully matured. 70) point is 1950 degrees. Rhodium is more vital than cobalt. I At one octave of still further aging. a negative metal of great commercial value . platinum and gold belong to the aging half cycles of carbon. Tantalum is a radioactive metal which becomes so dense because of opposition between the two electric . the radioactive death principle becomes more evident in lutecium. That principle is absolute in Nature. Osmium follows with a melting point of 2700 degrees and platinum at 1755 degrees . " Octaves unfold from their past recorded seed and they must have a seed into which their present record can refold. Radium and actinium evidence the going-to-seed process of all completed cycles of growing things in a Fig. Among these thirteen is the vital tungsten. Such strong. for its melting (Fig. That vitality is enhanced by the opposition of the genero-active resistance set up against it. Among these thirteen is the vital tungsten. a negative metal of great comoh1y 'aitediiaking thirteen efforts: as evidenced by thirteen isotopes including unknowns. the violent drop from carbon's melting point to nitrogen's melting point at minus 210 is balanced by this corresponding genero-active reaction.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE . or within two hundred degrees of carbon. osmium. Great vitality is often evidenced in Nature's creations conditioners that its melting point reaches 3400 degrees centigrade. vital metals as silver. it will discharge its seed of inert cosmic gases just as an oak tree will discharge its cosmic seed in acorns. In this octave. In the next octave of carbon 's aging. tungsten. The radioactive death principle is as vital in disintegrating the body as the genero-active principle is in integrating it. After reaching its three position in the positive half of its octave. carbon becomes rhodium and again climbs to its amplitude position at four-zero-four by five efforts and descends by five more. tantalum. as evidenced by thirteen isotopes including unknowns . The cosmic seed of carbon's last octave of disappearance arises from the inert gas niton. nickel. The cosmic seed of the rhodium octave is krypton.' These are balanced by thirteen in the negative half cycle.

Carbon never comes within perception at tomium. All states of motion are recorded in the inert gases. . but withall of its stars twinkling into' app-earance aiiocfis: appearance as fireflies twinkle in the meadow on a dark night. They are pressure conditions of light waves. just as amplitudes represent maximum motion. They surround the zero from which motion springs and to which it returns. The effect is beautiful. one can see the shedding of the cosmic seed of the slowly dying carbon in its radium stage as the rays of those cosmic seeds bombard the screen. They represent eJ.i!limJ1l~ Wti'l~n~1'd1rulueufuJme 'Wli'JT:ili~·Bt'. from the beginning of their cycle to the end. In the inert gases are the souls of their bodily manifestations in the uni-: verse of motion. Those conditions of light pressures are constantly changing from infancy to old age in the elements of matter just as they are in the animal kingdom. They constitute the recording system of this creating universe. God's recording system does not allow any creating thing to disappear without recording the actions and reactions of its stages of appearance. They represent minimum motion in the wave. One can see this process taking place in radium without resorting to the electrocution process referred to as applied to tungsten. but its efforts to reach tomium are evidenced in the uranium group of isotopes. and waves disappear and reappear. 70) Radioactivity has so nearly reached its maximum at this point that the speed of the cosmic seed shed by these isotopes has been measured at 180. of which there are fifteen before tomium is reached. Elements are not fixed created things. which is approximately the speed of light nearing its ending point at tomion where the octave again begins at alphanon. They surround the zero from which motion springs and to which it returns. just as all things grow from seed. They constitute the recording system of this creating universe. (Fig. They are the seeds of the octaves of matter. contains a needle upon which a microscopic portion of radium has been placed in front of a fluorescent screen. From the moment the elements unfold from their seed. A small telescopic instrument. like looking into the heavens on a starry night with all of its stars twinkling into appearance and disappearance as fireflies twinkle in the meadow on a dark night.fier~m­ ments. Elements are waves. Out of this group several have been found and made use of. especially those from which the atom bomb has been produced. the spinthariscope. THE INERT GASES The octaves of the elements of matter "grow" from seed. and each octave has a different seed just as different trees have different seeds.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE " ! strong measure. By looking through its lenses in the dark. In them is desire for expression and the patterned form of that desire. Carbon never comes within perception at tomium. The inert gases are cosmic elements which will not combine with any other elements. they are in a constant state of transition.000 miles per second.

THE S ECRET OF LIGHT

THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE

The cosmic inert gases fill all space between the stars of heaven. They insulate states of motion from each other by their balancing zero. They bring all motion into being through the will of the Creator, true to the pattern of desire. They are the source of balancing cosmic rays which interchange between zero and matter. They vitalize matter with the omnipotence of creative desire which . lies within the zero of these cosmic rays. There are nine cosmic gases; the first and the last being one. Alphanon begins the cycle and ends it. There is no beginning and no ending . The list of cosmic gases follows: alphanon, betanon, gammanon, *helium, *neon, *argon, *krypton , *zenon, and "niton."

The invisible octaves of finely divided matter of space are three and one half in number. These octaves are beyond our range of perception, but they are not beyond our knowing," Light is the universal language. Through spectrum analysis of light waves man has been able to analyze and recognize each element when in its incandescent stage. By means of the spectroscope, he has been enabled to divide light rays through its prisms into the component parts which make up the life history of each stage of its two-way cycle. Each element tells the story of its entire previous "incarnations" in other octaves, since its beginning. Any line in one octave is repeated in the next, but shifted in
M~.!Wcl'y"c'fl,'1~~" no/' +J.." nJ..nM:~~ __ M M . _ M _I: _ u
t. - - --

. ,I

gammanon, *helium, *neon, *argon, *krypton, *zenon, and "niton."
SPECTRUM ANALYSIS

I ,1

I'

The known octaves which lie within the range of perception are five and one half. These begin with the third, or hydrogen 'octave, and end with the uranium group which are isotopes of actinium and tomium in the last octave.'

I

l.

I
* Indicates those known.

Each element tells the story of its entire previous "incarnations" in other octaves, since its beginning. Any line in one octave is repeated in the next, but shifted in position because of the changing pressures of each succeeding octave. The spectrum of hydrogen is preponderantly red. A bright red line indicates its present octave. Other red lines tell its past history in lower octaves. The simple history of hydrogen, as compared to the complex spectrum of iron, is like the history of an obscure youth as compared to that of Napoleon. In the spectrum analysis of iron, the lines which belong to iron and those which tell its recent and remote history can be seen at a glance. These lines also indicate the relative ability of the iron atom to charge or discharge.

THE SECRET OF LIGHT

THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE

I

'

I ',
I

,I

Wave length 7181.8 is immediately recognizable as belonging to iron in its present octave; 6916.8 is recent history and 6944.8 is extremely remote history. Herein follows a partial list of lines whose wave lengths belong to iron or to its immediate mid-tone associates, and also other lists indicating its recent and its more remote history." BELONGING TO IRON 7181.8 6495.1 6380.9 5905.8 5862.5
5~5~V~

if . "j,-

$ILI'1N

-'.

C

~ if f i

;l,',;n!w :··!1I':!".----;j-

RECENT HISTORY 6916.8 6827.8 6335.4 6230.9 6157.9

REMOTE HISTORY 6944.8 6678.1 6270.4 6232.8 6137.8

Fig. 74 Relation of tones of the elements to tones of the spectrum

ATOMIC STRUCTURE

The elements of matter are not different substances or different things. They are different pressure conditions of light waves. The light units of the elements are all
alike hut are differentlv conditioned hv the electric nre,,-

6!Q?;J
6335.4 6230.9 6157.9 6102.3 6003.2 5930.2 5701.7 5686.6

60?I2
6270.4 6232.8 6137.8 6027.2 6024 .2 5983.1 5934.8 5662.7

6380.9 5905.8 5862.5 5859.8 5816 .5 5658.9 5555 .0 5041.9

The visible and invisible spectrum is divided into several thousand lines. Each line is different in its shade of color and in its plane. Each line proves that this universe of varying motion is a universe of varying pressures.

The elements of matter are not different substances or different things. They are different pressure conditions of light waves. The light units of the elements are all alike but are differently conditioned by the electric pressures exerted upon them during the inward or outward spiral journey from zero to zero. The unanswered mystery of how the elements become mathematically precise octave tones, just as musical tones or color tones of the spectrum are mathematically precise in vibration orderliness, lies in the wave field gyroscopic principle. Together the eight elements of an octave form two halves of one whole cycle of tones which ascend from zero to the four-zero-four position of amplitude and then descend again to zero to begin anew.

THE SECRET OF LIGHT

THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE

This spiral journey contracts into greater pressures as it approaches wave field amplitude positions at spiral apices, and expands into lower ones on the return journey to spiral bases. That two-way spiral journey of each half cycle extends between six mirrors of still Light which compose the wave field, and winds around a still shaft which

centers the spiral. Three of these mirrors are the mirrors of action and three are the mirrors of reaction. (Fig. 75) .The three of action are the inner intersection planes of the cube and the three of reaction are the outer boundary planes of the wave field. All of these planes of the wave field are of zero curvature, but the spiral universe which is forming within those planes is curved. Curved planes of light act as two-way lenses which bend light to focal points and extend it from those focal points radially. As the two-way spirals of forming matter extend from the wave field center in opposite directions toward wave field intersections, the six mirror planes of still light focus three points of still light upon the still shaft of each half cycle. Centers are formed at these focal points &bi~Q.~~~J...lw..9.n~~ !y!p>.Jrne~_p.9_sitive and negative field intersections, the six mirror planes of still light focus three points of still light upon the still shaft of each half cycle. Centers are formed at these focal points which become the one, two, three positive and negative elements of matter by rotating gyroscopically upon the wheels of light which act as equators for those borning tones. Multiplying and dividing pressures determine the density and volume of each succeeding element. The color spectrum records these pressures as the complete history of every element from octave to octave of the whole nine octave cycle of the elements. Multiplying pressures of the spiral also affect the curvature of its light lenses to such an extent that the focusing positions change their mathematical ratios in confor-

I
I

. I

\.

Fig. 75 Locat ion s of el em ent s on w av e fields a re determined b y w av e-fi eld mirrors

these magnetic poles are practically upon the sun's pole of rotation. 72. The volume of each succeeding element is likewise affected directly and inversely as the cube. centered by white.othp.i~tfu'\. One of these is the north magnetic pole which controls the winding of the sphere into density by centripetal electric force. in accordance with its direction.l!ff&J\. such as our earth. C'p.T. Each element is the square of I : Six of the eight gyroscopic wheels of the whole octave are thus accounted for by geometric projection of twoway opposed lights through each other.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTR IC UNIVERSE mity with the acceleration of gravity and the decelera-: tion of radiation. The completed sphere thus becomes a section of eight adjoining wave fields and revolves around that point of rest upon the wave shaft where the two half cycles of the wave meet. The positions of focal centers of gyroscopic wheels upon the wave shaft are thus affected as diagrammed in Fig. 76 The o ct ave gyroscopic principle the distance to and from its succeeding one. from two sets of three mirror boundary fields. 76 and Fig. For this reason the four-zero-four position is one of balance in which the yellow of orange is the dominating color of one of its two gyroscopic wheels and the yellow uf". and the other is the south magnetic pole which controls its unwinding centrifugally into space. This is the point of rest which is known as the center of gravity in earths or suns-where motion and curvature cease. .Tf":ti hv urhltp Fi g. and the opposite direction is the direct square. The fourth double tone is formed at the rest point where eight cube wave fields meet. but upon ablating planets." In a sphere such as our nearly mature sun. The direction of gravity is the inverse square.ntp. At the two points upon the still shaft of the turning sphere where the shaft penetrates its surface are the magnetic poles of still Light which control the balance of each sphere's turning. '"1'70 For this reason the four-zero-four position is one of balance in which the yellow of orange is the dominating color of one of its two gyroscopic wheels and the yellow of green is the other.

dl~'ltP~Ynrclllm'1d a light within a mirror-bound room.1'l. but the light thus mirrored would be the same light. Time is but one of the effects which constitutes this universe. . This electric universe of two-way extended light is but a series of mirrors which reflect into each other through curved lenses. Each wave is a two-way reflected extension of an equilibrium zero which we call a vibration.1&lt./# THE SECRET OF LIGHT THI S MAGNETI C-ELE CTRIC UNIV ERSE ~ I ~ ~. The reflected extension would have no reality.11 The sun will then be a true sphere and its new planets will also be true spheres.nd. All decomposing compounds are sorted out. It has a seeming infinite extension. The gyroscopic principle accounts for that law of Nature which causes like elements to seek each other. I I.".mnst bCugD.r. gyroscopically. The efforts of man to transmute one element into MRt}n. One light within such a mirrored enclosure would seemingly extend infinitely. and the speed of revolution of the gyroscopic wheel upon its still shaft. One light within such a mirrored enclosure would seemingly extend infinitely." It makes no difference how many planets there are in a solar or atomic system in so far as its "substance" as an element is concerned. The efforts of man to transmute one element into another must be governed by this principle. element by element. and not upon the theory that another substance will be obtained by "knocking out one electron. but the light thus mirrored CUl'Vl!L 7(. THE SHAPE OF THE UNIVERSE This ageless universe has no shape.(l1t'a.Y."1\W sc~1IhLg'T~!){'l~Jitler. Time flows two ways. When it spirals a little further it will correspond to a carbon atom. but the senses detect only the forward flow. They cannot detect the backward flow which cancels out the forward flow.. Its seeming extension might be likened to a light within a mirror-bound room. Transmutation will become simplified by observing that the plane of gyration. will alone change volume by either multiplying or dividing density.C)t All decomposing compounds are sorted out. Vibrations . element by element. but that extension is a reflected one.}'~LWt!. in relation to amplitude. I I . I: the magnetic poles are removed from that pole of rotation in accordance with the measure of the earth's oblateness. Time is as unreal as the wave universe is unreal.:. The idea of continuity or discontinuity is based upon mirrored effect of an initial Cause. Every principle and law which applies to one applies to the other. One or more added or subtracted would not change the element into another substance any more than one or more children would affect the nationality of their parents. Continuity infers time..:s.b. What is true in principle of one wave is true of all waves.l\. The elements of matter are miniature stellar systems. gyroscopically.i.• . This solar system is a gyroscopic wheel in the position which iron occupies in the elemental series.l.Jl1~§ RJ1Jt~. Great possibilities in new metals lie in the proper application of this principle.

the universal zero of stillness.mi .:tL9) . to end and begin again at zero.2 .rest .1 . The universal nine of matter and space is three mirrors of rest. for they are both on equipotential levels. The three centering planes are centered by zero. Eight. centered by rest. L .0 .3 . each mirroring itself into the other. Beyond nine it cannot go. Height is dynamic.0 10.fa .7 . 75) The measure of extension from zero to zero is desire for extension. The length. They are as follows: musical 0 . breadth and height extended from zero. for it is radial. breadth and height of any expression is two extended zeros centered by zero.0 tones do .sol . to end and begin again at zero. for they are both on equipotential levels. ~ -' r ~ u h"metfyaJL7bh '0\tJwy"iJ'AThrtfBt!gOO Wl{h~ew-. 75 demonstrates this fact.do (Keynote) (Overtone) (Keynote) spectrum black red red orange yellow white yellow green blue blue black tones violet violet Length and breadth are static. Our decimal system is based upon the wave field of the cube sphere.3 . (Fig. Nine is universal because it is the wave field num- Fig. THE VOIDING PRINCIPLE This is a zero universe of seeming mechanical motion of force exerted in a seeming three-dimensional universe. counts up to nine. · . It is as follows: equals 0-1 -2-3-4-0-4-3-2-1. disappear and reappear from their source of rest to manifest idea which is existent alone in rest.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE appear. Energy extended from zero to zero is manifested by pressures of desire equally multiplied and divided-equally added and subtracted . (Fig.4 . (Fig. Nine is universal.2 . Beyond nine it cannot go.5 . Desire for extension from zero to zero is energy in zero. centered by their zero source. p. Nine is universal. equals nine. which are nine by adding the centering zero. Likewise the cube itself adds up to eight by counting the intersections of its six faces. 219) Length and breadth are static. 2. Just as the vibration of one wave disappears into its zero of universal stillness. 75) The universal nine of the octave is four pairs of opposite pressures extending diagonally from zero which centers the cube to eight zeros which corner the cube. Nine is universal because it is the wave field number-the eight of the cube centered by the zero of gravity in the sphere.·p. from which all three extend at rightangles to each other. for it is radial.9 . so do all vibrations disappear into . Also there are eight directions of action and eight of reaction. 11 (Fig~2. Nine is the three times three of length.4 .1 .2 .re .re .I The musical scale and the spectrum of Nature correspond to the wave field tones. each eight being four pairs. This zero universe of vibrating waves can have no shape other than a seeming one. but up to nine it must go. The universal nine of matter and space is three mirrors I)yzero.fa .4 .6 . All intersections of these planes add up to eight. Every action of any nature begins with zero. .~ci)Ufif~'ll1> to nine. Height is dynamic. but up to nine it must go.1 .10 ~~ ~l .mi .3 .8 .sol .

else the play of Creation could not be played... Zero multiplied or divided-added Thinking is the imagined action and reaction of motion mirrored from zero of rest to zero of rest. 77 Opposi te ac tio ns s i mu lt a ne o us ly vo id e ac h oth er But what about our senses? Our senses tell us otherwise. It is a universe of two negations which simultaneously cancel each other and sequentially repeat the cancelling of their negations to create the illusion that zero can be multiplied-or divided-or added to -or subtracted from-to create a reality which never is nor can become. This is a still universe of the Light of knowing.:. (Fig. Our senses are inadequate. INNER ARROWS INDICATE THE DIRECTION Of' INCREASING INTEGRATION INNER ARROWS . and simultaneously mirrored back to manifest the fulfillment of expressed desire.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE !I· I! -equally credited and debited-and equally and oppositely conditioned. If .record but little of the whole. INTEGRATION OUTER ARROWS INDICATE THE DIRECTION OF INCREASING DISINTlGRATION Fi g. and simultaneously mirrored back to manifest the fulfillment of expressed desire. And that is good. The sum of dually reflected motion thus expressed is zero.p~~trJlctrcL 9 a~ltlafit'Ld T rnffl'il·ltfu~rn?'WJ'r . is all there is to this universe of rest. 75) That is what Creation is. 75) Zero pressures equally multiplied and divided are manifested by the action and reaction of motion.. Motion is a projection of the opposed energy pressures of desire from within a centering zero to the extended mirrors of rest.. Imagining is thinking. is all there is to this universe of rest. (Fig. which measure desire and mirror it back to rest in the centering zero as expressed desire. In it is no activity. It is the imagining of knowing. They deceive us mightily. The senses . Knowing is Light. Zero multiplied or divided-added or subtracted--extended or retracted -results in zero. INDICATE THE DIRECTION Of' INCREASING or.. Light is still. This is a zero universe in all effects of motion-a seeming universe in time and sequence -and a mirage universe of imagined form.uhtrl!htr. Zero thus extended by action to fulfill desire for expression. The sum of all these balanced effects is zero.'\. I I expression.

Fig. 78 This universe of matter is composed of pair s of negations which never exceed zero . . They sense the forward movement of an airplane piling up compression ahead of it-but they do not record the mirrored invisible counterpart of that plane--equal to it in potential and speed-moving backward into a vacuum behind the plane which simultaneously voids the compression ahead of it. Motion is an illusion which only seems. Each of the pair is a negation of the other one. being but motion. The senses. but man believes that his senses do know-and in that belief lies man's confusion. No time interval elapses between the debiting of any credit extended to opposites in Nature. Each one of these elemental pairs is an equal and opposite mirrored extension from a centering zero fulcrum. The senses do not know. the senses could but see the whole there would be no play.I is conditioned as the two tanks of air in Fig. indicates that integration is simultaneously balanced by disintegration. It has no being. mVisibie counterpart"ofthat plane-s-equal to itin potential and speed-moving backward into a vacuum behind the plane which simultaneously voids the compression ahead of it.THE SECRET OF LIGHT THIS MAGNETIC-ELECTRIC UNIVERSE I. In Fig. diagrammed by arrows extending two ways from every element in the whole known series. 19. 18 and the storage battery in Fig. The fulcrum of all effect is the One Light of God. Each pair Fig . 77 this principle. sense moving things and moving light mirrored as moving things. The senses record motion alone for the senses themselves are but motion. This inadequacy of the senses to record the backward flow of forward moving things--causes the illusions of sequence and of time. Each line is connected with its opposite mate. on page 231. are conditioned. 78 diagrams all matter as pairs of opposite conditions.

" -From THE DIVINE ILIAD .THE SECRET OF LIGHT GOD ALONE IS-IN MAN-AND IN ALL THINGS "Every action is voided as it occurs. and recorded as it is repeated. is repeated as it is voided.

Russell ~oncluded that Newton 's. Walter Russell takes up !his su~ject again. nor can any of the other bodies that move around their.. first locking point on the blue spectral side. He points out that Newton based his law of gravitation on his observation of what gravity did to an apple. Reference to this note appears on page 167. " On page 40 the idea is expressed as. All motion-whether electric.lter Russell as unknowns in his 1926 charts that were discovered prior to this date that he was unaware of.226. If they were to stop their orbital motion and move inward . centripetal vortice to simulate gravity. Walte~ R~ssell in all of ~s later writings spoke of gravity as being a thrustmg mward from Without.e that ~e moon wo. and the compressed condition becomes an evacuated one. planet and star in the heavens as well as to eve!)' e.e . thirteenth isotopic position on the blue spectral side. In A New Concept of the Universe (pp. The evacuated condition becomes a compressed 2ne.NOTES NOTES 1.lter Russell as unknowns in his 1926 charts that were discovered prior to this date that he was unaware of. or any kind of motionalways occurs between a cathode and an anode. so the octave runs from gammanon through carbogen and helionon to helium as the next carbon octaves 4. on the red spectral side. There IS no force of any nature which holds it together by an m~~rd pull. Note that each octave runs from inert gas keynote to the next inert gas keynote with the amplitude element at the center of each octave . These elements. and 145. Movement from anode to cathode occurs in an outward bound. to or from their primary. there would be a counterbalancmg movement from their primary to balance this change of pattern unto the furthermost reaches of the Universe. they and all the Universe would disappear. centripetally directed manner towards more density and greater mass at the anode.em UOlU me runnermosr reacnes orme universe. first locking point. For instance.Iue sl. centrifugally directed manner towards greater tenuity at the cathode. The following half of the cycle is in reverse. eighth octave wave. They do not fall because they are always see.'tlctral ~id. and 733-735 of the Home Study Course. second isotopic position on the red spectral side. as on page 134: "Bear in mind the fact t~at you . These elements.) . Francium (1939). written to prov. See reference to this note on page 46 in this thud edition of The Secret ofLight . 50-52). It compresses within a vacuum .king and fmdmg . Walter Russell states that Newton's mathematical formulae. Newton did not se~se !~e whole cycle of the apple in time "falling" up to the heavens as It disintegrates and reverses potential. Walter Russell shows here that sensed observation can result in incomplete vision and incomplete scientific laws. third locking point. 50-52). tenth isotopic position on the blue spectral side. On the other side of the dividing equator . In. 4. throughout A New Concept Of The Universe. Protactinium was discovered in 1917 and Walter Russell named this as Uranium XII in his 1926 charts. He also expresses this idea on pages 89.5) Editors ' note regarding the nine octave periodic chart (as of 1994.il!m (192. He sa~s ~hat Newton concluded the moon has weight m relaliO? to the earth Similar to how a cannon ball has weight to the earth'. for gravity both multiplies and divides by thrusting inward from without to compress and outward from within to expand. Editors ' note regarding the nine octave periodic chart (as of 1994. There were elements predicted by Walter Russell in his 1926 charts that were subsequently discovered after 1926 and before publication of The Secret Of Light in 1947 ·whose discovery at that time he was still unaware of.AVITY sho~Id !'e used instead. their dates of discovery and octave positions are: Technetium (1937). their discovery dates and octave positions are: Hafnium (1923) in the eighth octave at the third locking point. 138-139. See references to this note on pages 149.belief that weight is a fixed property of matter mstead of an ever changmg property of ever changing polarity was the re~ult . applies to every satellite.) ." This viewpoint is explored in considerable detail on pages 719. Nat~:e does not attract nor does it repel. These elements. 185. 2. in Atomic Suicide? this concept is expressed in various ways. while admitting he did not know what gravity was.ThIS ~umes that the moon had to have an "initial impulse" to keep It rotatmg around the earth to keep it from falling into it. fourth isotopic position on the red spectral side . 724-727.th~ !. If they were to stop their motion. and 227 in this edition of The Secret ofLight. the other condition thrusts outward from a center to create a centrifugal vortice to simulate vacuity. and Rhenium (1925) in the eighth octave. 189. ninth octave. On page 10 of A New Concept Of The Universe Russell says "One of these two electric conditions thrusts inward toward a center to create a .. This ~ssumes that the moon had to have an "initial impulse" to keep It rotatmg around the earth to keep it from falling into it.A Ne. the ir discovery dates and octave positions are : Hafnium (1923) in the eighth octave at the third locking point.o?-. primarie~ st?P mov~g. third locking point. The word ~R. " and on page ~35. All motion from anode to cathode is extensive and expanding. There were elements predicted by Wa. In the Home Study Course this idea is expressed on page 719: "The word 'magnetism ' is also unjustifiable. Walter Russell takes up !hls sU~Ject agam. losmg and refinding their potential positions in their movements. Russell concluded that Newton 's belief that weizht is a fixed property of matter VL !.:". third locking point. All motion in this direction is compressive and contracting. 3. Walter Russell implies that Newton s laws of gravitation were incomplete: It is o~vious from the Russell cosmogony that the moon can never stop Its motion.. "An outward explosion compresses in advance of the direction of the action and simultaneously evacuates in the opposite direction. an~ RheD.uldfall into the earth if its motion were stopped. light wave.. gammanon is the keynote for the hydrogen octave with hydrogen as the amplitude element. and Astatine (1940).of se~~ed observation." This idea is expressed directly and implied in many other pages. seventh octave. 104-105.are compressing from the outside inward. Conc~pt of the Universe (pp. Movement from cathode to anode occurs in an inward bound. thir!ee~th i~!opic positio?-. There were elements predicted by Wa. This element occurs in the ninth octave. He sa~s ~at Newton concluded the moon has weight m relatlO? to the earth similar to how a cannon ball has weight to the earth'.or outward.!ectron in every ~tom! none of whic~ are falling 'into their primanes. For example .

saying that this too was electric motion." The term magnetism was reserved for the "stillness" of the "Zero universe of mind knowing. "There are no magnetic lines of force in Nature. 11. The north-south magnetic poles control the winding of the sphere into density by centripetally directed generative. electric force of gravity. though only four elements are yet undiscovered. It is not magnetic. See reference to this note on page 274 of this book. The four yet unknown elements of the third octave are carbogen . 8. See reference to this note on page 269. On page 31 of A New Concept of the Universe he says. compressing . luminon. which along with the east-west equipotential circumferential poles of still magnetic Light.. ~. Walter Russell speaks of the north and south magnetic poles as both being charging poles that wind the sphere into density by centripetal force. control the balance of the sphere's turning. and printed by William Glowes And Sons. The four yet keynote inert gas alphanon ." ffi. alberton. and helionon. and bo ston.. 7.. halanon.) See page 273.Sc. and there are thirteen isotopes on the negative or female blue half of the cycle counting the two unknown isotopes between lutecium and tantalum and between tungsten and osmium and if you also count two more isotopes that Walter Russell says in a note at the right side of these isotopes must exist between lead and bismuth. There are thirteen isotopes. The last half of the ninth octave is considered to be part of the first. The octaves are designated by the vertical brackets to the sides of the element names and the amplitude elements are designated by their names and the horizontal lines running through these amplitude positions. on the same page he continues with. It is controlled by the north-south magnetic poles. invisible. See pages 269 and 272. alberton.Sc . Limited. and expanding. electric force of gravity." In this way the statement conforms to his later vision of how he termed magnetism. . electricity and magnetism as the same entity or process. Authored by W. Reference to this note appears on page 262. "Creation must henceforth be looked upon as AN OPTICAL UNIVERSE OF GRAVITY CONTROLLED LIGHT . It is controlled by two as-yet-unknown magnetic poles which will amply be described later as east-west poles. All electrically-divided matter. heating.. if you consider and count the unknown element between neodymium and samarium on the positive or male. See page 272. invisible. we could rewrite the sentences this note refers to on page 279 of The Secret OfLight as follows: At the two points upon the still shaft of the turning sphere where the shaft penetrates its surface are the northsouth magnetic poles of still Light . published in 1904 by Longmans Green and Company. He called gravity both the inward and the outward directed electric motion." And again on the same page he says. in the other it is outward bound. It is controlled by the north-south magnetic poles. In this way he unifies what is normally called gravity. I ." And. Present scientific texts have different standards and different spectral readings for iron.lGffC~" :' M 'Q 6. The office of magnetic poles is to balance and control all electrically-divided motion in the universe. extending. and generation: Magnetism resides in the stillness of the zero point center of the pole-shaft (the still magnetic Light of Mind). invisible. 10. It precedes the first full octave which begins with the keynote inert gas alphanon. the Russells say. The last half of the ninth octave includes the elements tomion. radiation. and ge~­ eration exhibits the inward electric thrust of gravity." In this view all effects that science normally calls electric and magnetic he chose to call electric. "The curvature of gravitation is centripetal. The three known elements of this octave are hydrogen. The invisible space octaves beyond our range of present perception may be considered three and one half in number: if one considers 1) the last half of the ninth octave to be part of the first. iron will correspond to a oobahatom in the carbonamplitude position." And. See note number one. "These two points of stillness where electric motion reverses from one opposite pressure condition to the other are what science calls magnetic poles. In one phase it is inward bound. discharging. 9. is now known as radon.. blacton. and boston. pages 185-206. on the same page he continues with. and the east-west poles control its unwinding by the centrifugally directed radiative. "The system of radial curvature is centrifugal. The visible octaves may be considered to be five and one half in number if one ignores the three known elements of the third octave. though only four elements are yet undiscovered . "The system of radial curvature is centrifugal. cooling. . B. See page 1. blacton. and 2) all of the third octave elements to be unknown.-CiRAVITYTOJI.. charging and contracting. On page 715 of the Home Study Course . "Radiation is an electric effect. Marshall Walts D." On page 27 of A New Concept of the Universe Russell says. space octaves." Therefore. !. radiation. saying it was a thrusting inward from without and a thrusting outward from within.. red half of the cycle. The invisible space octaves beyond our range of present perception may be considered three and one half in number: if one considers 1) the last half of the ninth octave to be part of the first. Walter Russell's reference source for the spectral lines for iron came from An introduction To The Study Of Spectral Analysis in the Catalogue of Spectra. Niton. . 'QFQ~'n nn nono '")70 8. This corresponded to his change in describing gravity. London. F. is controlled by a still centering point of magnetic light. He also named electricity and gravity as One. The last half of the ninth octave includes the elements tomion. discovered in 1908.C.ITRdLLBIJ"(. It is controlled by two as-yet-unknown magnetic poles which will amply be described later as east-west poles. space octaves. radiation exhibits the outward electric thrust of gravity. and 2) all of the third octave elements to be unknown.. London. After spiraling further. He also later removed the term magnetism in relation to what we normally call the magnetic field. Reference to this note appears on page 279./1.I. and the unknown and invisible elements of the last half of the ninth octave. " On page 31 of A New Concept of the Universe he says. 5. In all other places in his works. See page 280. "The curvature of gravitation is centripetal.NOTES NOTES keynote. space octaves. On page 30 of A New Concept of the Universe Russell says. ethlogen (deuterium) and bebegen (tritium.

267. 247. Electric 56 awareness of the Light of the universal Self 90.174.246. 12.200.280 CLOCK. mirrors of 277 action .167. 280 amplitudes represent maximum motion 271 anode 166. 227. 269. 204 . 273 .109. 119. 89 awareness. 189 black lillht Cj:\_20? '20' _2& 7 B carbon 168.157. 189.120.166. 115. 120. 247. 5. 239.227.264. 249 confusion 23. 248 . 286 compressi on and expansion 109. 79 . 10. centripetal 145 action.168.251.249 axis of a cone centers the coee 249 axis.73. 167 CAUSE AND EFFECT 15.4. 33. In Light is 98 Being . 165. 68 . 23.277 color tones _ L.45. 174. •• . electric recordi ng mechanism 57 BRAIN . 30. 65 .. 145. 23 1.212 cold space will bore a black hole through the sun 189 cold.222. 164 brain. compressing 109. 156. 168. 275.170 atom xi.251 .175. 13. 135. 173.5.22. 284 . 276 . lOS. 246. 269.283 cube and sphere are one 223 cube boundary planes 247 cube crystallization 222 cube is bom from the sphere 223 cubesphere 282 cUbe.228. 177. . 30.279 BALANCED IN11!RCHANGE 2. mistaking sen sation and think ing for 7 1 continuity 2. 264 contracti on supposedl y heats 187 contracti on.277. 153. 136 children 110. MAlTER IS POWERLESS TO 155 attributes of matter 245 awarenessis KNOWING 72 awareness of observed effects. carbon 280 atomic 168. 226. 265. 25 I .228. 157. FUNCTION OF TH E 56 breathes .166 backward flow of forward moving things 286 balanceevery unha1anccd action 108 baIana:has been attained by . 76.260.68. 280 Carbon alone crystallizes in true cube 265 cathode 166. 23 5 ATTRACT.231. 164 con ic symmetry 234 conscious .201 . 222 .249. 188. 235. 158.106. 118.100. 287 Beaut y 8. 158. 118.247. 127. 22 3.275. 144.279 centering fulcrum of knowledge 38 cente ring Self 4. 27 1. 194. Ge neration must precede Ig7 convex 244 coo ls.174. 12.284 cente r of gravity 154. 232. 113. 179. harmonic 221 centrifuga l 123 . 229. 136. Universe of 211 Bible refers to cosmic-conscious experience T1 BIRTH OF WAVE FIELDS 220 black boles 127. 45. 234 . 280 atom bomb 2 20. 279 centrifugal force 25 I centrifugal reaction 145 232. 207 .134. 25. 279 centripetal electric force 279 centripetal spil1l s 246 .72.228. 129. 250. •• • '. 287 centers . cube ·sphere quality of 267 balance. 264 contrac tion supposedl y heats 187 contrac tion. SUNS ARE THE SEEDS OF 201 Creati on. Gene ration must precede 187 convex 244 coo ls. source of 272 battery 119. 145. 225. 188.260. 23 I.284. 173. e ight directi ons of 283 action.163. 247. 136. 19. 108.282.167 anticlockwise 2S I art is balanced.71 .176. universe as a whole 177 _ i n g 11. 45. concentration 49. 233. 58. wave 129. 109. 119. 221 . 188.79. 1'lS.67. 23. 248 l centripetal spirals wind light waves into sphe res 246 Change.98. 259 cold space 170. 223. c conductivity 245 COO< 234 .202.119. 274. 226.•S atbon alone crystallizes in true . 189. 237.222.149.220. 25 I.69.56. 270.231 compression and expansion cannot unite to become one 135 compression is born from expansion 125 comp ression. assume that bodies ceaseto be 72 consciousness 2. 19.69.167. 39.222.45. 72.223. 280 attract 14. 196. outward explosive 228 actio ns.245. 229.203. 222.247.168. 284. 270.43. 258. cold gene rates 188 cold of space 188. 156. 43.228.:. 177.57. 273 charg ing the earth 167 chem istry 36. 106.217.- ATTRACT. 35. 226 . 265 . 106.278.279. 3 1. 258 .241 .. 248. 15 centering zero 283. 89 awareness. 31 . 173. 25. 188 cooperation with God 69 COSMIC CLOCK 209 contracted mass 183 contracting toward stillness 156 contraction 163. 188. 37. 179.206 awareness of the Spirit 23.268. MAlTER IS POWERLESS TO 155 attri butes of matter 24S awareness is KNOWING 72 awareness of observed effects. 248.201 . 62. rotation upon 85 axis.245. 114.67. 108. 188 cooperation with God 69 COSMIC CLOCK 209 Cos mic Consciousness 27.145.4. 34 Creation 3.237.264.37. 112. 260 consciousness is never in bodies 72 consciousness. 74. 6. 277. 187. 234. n u _ _ . 268 .246.249. 248 . 38 . .127.18.265. 22 3. 1f3.. 287 centers . 76. 23. 123.11 9.267. 285 CREATION. 46.62.27. COSMIC 209 clockwise spiral is always a cloc kwise spiral 250 cold cube wave -fields of space 124 cold dark space 241 .281 continu ity of the un iverse 106 contracted mass 183 contracti ng toward stillness 156 coetracnon 163.68.120.259.155.ero-four position is one of 267 . cube 222 crystals have indi viduality.65. consciousness is never in 72 body cell s alone will work from the memoryof purpose given to them 69 body cell s are electrically aware of their mechanistic purposes 62 body is not Self 36 body's relation ship to the universe 35 body. 248. 236 . 227. 28. 240. black 223 college degrees 59 color 15. 232. 15 centering zero 283 .t 120 balance in the universe tOO balance in voidance 131 Balance is the foundation of the universe 106 BALANCE is the princ iple of unity 106 balance . 176. 194. expansion 187. 234 .140. symbo l of 83 Creator xii. 58. 28 cos mic clcme nts which will not combine with any other elements. 206 awarenessof the Spirit 23. 47 being in the light 27 Being. 7 1. 248 cenlripetal 123. 187. 124. 245 .170. 120. 85. 250.227. 72.170. illus ion of the senses due to motioo 78 charge 72.202.163.260. 212. 247 . heat from cokl by compressing 126 coldness . 182. _ .199.5.51.3. 237 .108.222. 279 centrifugal force 25 I centrifugal reaction 145 Centrifugal spirals 246 . new 5 axis 85. 31. 284 center of gravity 154. 34 .89. 150. 250.197.58.21g balanced orbit 107 balancing cos mic rays.230. 236 .170. expan sion 187. 266 . 4. 153. 239 . 275.77. 246. 135.34.99.2(\1 . 235.21 7.61 . 67. 17. 188.20.IN DEX acceleration of gravity 165.c ~ bodie s are formed by freezing and voided by melting 224 bod ies.272 CREATOR AND CREATION 12 cred its and debits balance each other 128 crests beco me trough s 108 cry stallization. 166.5. 99. 177. 224. 237. 178. 51 . 275 . electric baneriesofthe 73 body. Spirals and 248 cube 124. 258. 247.244 concentrative thinking 144 concept xii. 238 business failures 107 compression. 157. 270 atom. 268. 163.52.121 .182. 188.200. 278 A accelerar:vc action 266 i action of any nature begins with zero 282 action. healing proc ess of the 68 bl1lin 3. 174. four-z.69. 275 __ • t: ~ ~. 167. Electri c 56 awareness of the Light of the universal Self 90. art is simple 104 art ofmusic 40 atmosphere 119.165. male condi tion is one of 136 compressive direction of gravity 239 concave 244 concentrate. inert gases an: 271 cosmos 27. new 5 . ISS. 234. 166. 280 atomic structure 275 atomic system 168. 23.83.119. 126.206 concept must precede its man ifestation 31 " I . 236 .259.21 2.132. 3 1. 69 .107.42. voluntary andinvoluntary 57 age of the universe 46 ageless universe 281 amplitude 129.67 cell 3. SO. 16.. 279 color spectrum 5 1. harmo nic 221 centrifugal 123.32.241 . 23 3. 222.65.24 1. 110.. 279 centering fulcrum of knowled ge 38 centering Self 4.

156.222.243. Radiat ion is the 149 flow. 6 1. 167 father-light refolds the water vapor into wate r 126 fathe r-light.1 3. 56.57. 165. 244 equator 75. 248.231 expansi o n. 282 d irect ion 18. 94.235. 191.204. 221. 228 . is 226 . 167.227. Gravitation is the . grav~~leg.99. 184. static 136. idea of continuity or 28 1 disi ntegrates 127. 203 .. 213 .68. . cen trifugal 251 force. 173. Reactions are dIe "~ 220 63 165 g rav ity lOS. 220 .167.1 69 .27. 177 expan sion. 100 .232. 165. 154. 207 .'I\u. 284 effects of motion.165. Radiation is known as radiant 175 energy. invisible 174 cubes . 200. 27.220. 114. 9. 18. 119.49. l"n. nine octave cycle of the 277 e mpirical knowledge 44 . .249.25. 185. 231 .148 electro-negative. integrati ng principle of uphill flow of 227 energy. gravitalion 176 energy. 282 force . 2 11. 179. 94 .. integration is simultaneous ly balanced by 286 DISOBEDIENCE.141 . plane of our electrical vortices 235 electrically echoed 52 electrically oscillati ng 4 electrici ty xi.248.85. 115. 278 elemental atoms xi elemental pairs 287 eleme ntal series 280 elemental tones. 160 . man heardnot 10 3 God. 2OS. epochal adva ncement in man' s 89 exha ling 190 expanded mass 183 expanding and rising toward cok1. 136.240. 184. 46 .283 directioned motion 18 discharge 73 .96. 205 .101. 32.273 disch arging in excess of its charge 167 d iscontinuity. 120. 116 expression of power in waves is not power 114 expressionof power is not power 38 expression. 265 . 174. Man 's power lies in 110 God xi.39. ISO.55. states of motion are recorded in the inert 27 1 generates.27 1. 2 19. 174.. fulcrum of all 287 effects of motion xi.201. I n .285 good expe riences 9 good produc t 39.49. 112.fou r..f" 'Ll~. 123.202. 134. proton horns!he 176 e lectronic syste ms 248 element cells the story of its entire previous " incarnations" in other octaves 273 element.65. 224. 149. 86.251.168.94. uphill 175. 41. 109. 247 fattler-light of incandescent spheres 223 father -lig ht principle 166 . 106. 195. SO God.99. inbrealhi ng-outbrealhing 204 CYCLE. 68. 2 19. 190. sun is reproduci ng its own condition on the 169 earthquake.165.84..44. 127. 196.221 .141 . 200 . cooperation with 69 God. 156. 130.232. 113. lOS. Ce ntrifuga l spirals unwind spheres into 246 cubes.189.28. 188 Generation must precede contractio n 187 generators 120 genero-aetive 264 .204. INSTINCT IS 68 God-Mint! 32. 188. TIlERE IS NO 7.spring from rest 114 energy.164. 48.:raliVC ~~ . I6. . 100. 113. 225 . 23 1. 269 genero-active princi ple 268 GE NESIS 98 .218.1 70 . 225. 240. 173. 176.no expression of force 182. 17 3. 272 gas.103. 45 energy xi. 113.12 1. fundamentals of every 119 cycle. bod ies are formed by 224 fulcrum 22. 176. 102. . 195. down hill 175.154. 240. SEEMING 14 dynamic conditio n of sound 135. 184. 38. 229. 206 . 156. 102. co-creative efforts of 69 God as co-creato 32 r God centers and controls every ato m of His Creat ion 68 God is coesclousness 22 God is light xi. sun charges the 124 earth. 28 1 desire for balance 86..223 cubes .243 DU ALITY.25.229. 2OS. 119.101. disappearance and reappearance 204 cycles of idea in nine lesse r cycles 264 cycles. 248.226. one ness of spheres and 248 curren t.. 245. 103. balance of the 107 earth . Actions unfo ld form less ness into 220 forward movement 83 . centering zero 287 fulcru m. Positive 123. 2 12.. Centripetal spirals are 247 electrocunon process 270 electron 23. rn.136.nnd ition on the 169 BALA NCED 183 earth 's equatorial region.148.206 ~ D 182 earth's oblateness 280 ea rth. 233. 85. 18.182. e A ~O D darkness of space is radiated from two incandescent rivers of white light 241 dawn of consciousness 4S dead 120. 202 ..182. desire to 113. 196. TWO ELE CTR IC 144 die bv the swo rd 89 182 earth's oblateness 280 earth. 222. 156. piston in an 174 equal givi ng 106. 195.231. 68. 277 . 92. 176. 2. plane of ou r dartness of space is radiated from two incandescent rivers of white light 241 dawn of consciousness 45 dead 120. matter is but a record of 173 God 's Love 218 God's Mind is One Idea 113 God 's one law must be obeyed 109 God 's one law of mYlhmic balanced interchange 109 God's still universe of know ing 16 God 's stillness 115 God's chinking is eternal 25 God 's universal law 66 God's Whispering. 203.243. 5. 93. 149. 16. positive and negative elemeiiflll senes ..172. 114. .233.101. 260 .261 .239. 136 dynam ic equator 234 . 228 ene rgy.2S0 equators . 234 .. 135. 233. 184.1 67.275. silence is 135 Eternity 7.50. eight 275 element.1 2. 168. 205 . 15. 98 . I SO. goodwill 109 goodness I gmvitalion xi. 223. fixed 22. desire of 220 God . 166. infinite 28 1 exte nsion -retraction 117. 223.60. 23 6 downhill flow of energy 175.233. 280 260 fulcrum.22 1. wave line which recordsall 249 eight directions of action 283 eight elements of an octave 275 electric awareness 3. 117.principle multiplies lig ht into den sity and high potential 125 father princ iple of Nature 227 father refolds all unfo ld ing idea back toward its seed 174 fa!her-Iight 126. 109 . 23 1. mother -light of cold .22.9.222. 232 givi ng. 7. electric 4.240. 227 .287 .25 1 disintegration. possi bilities of 59 e~JXf~ons of energy spring from rest excending a lever from a fixed fulaum 202 exte nsio n.123.264. 176 grav itation.31.25 I. balance of the 107 earth.24. 153.222. 182. 280 elements of matter are min iature stellar systems 280 elements of maue r. 229 . go ing-to-seed process of all completed 269 cycles. 125.235 equator. suns ' 24 1 equ ilibri um 13. creative 2. d isintegra ting princi ple of downhi ll flow of 228 energy .'~" female 123.47 geometric projection of two-way opposed G lights 279 give as Nature gives 110 give for reg iving princi ple 144 give . 230 exten sions . 234 . downhill flow of expressed 176 energy. element'! which crystallize as 265 cubes. lOS. inen cosmic 269 gases.27 1.57. lOS.219. 233 Death is !he seed of life 192 death principle. 144.~. compression and 109 . 2 19. 135.INDE X equators. 44.OL. 20 1. col d 188 generati ng cycles 264 generation co ntracts 187. conical measurement on the 245 earth. 190. 22 1. expressions of .219.147. wave 162.47. inbreathing of ~of gravi tat ion. 43. 47. nnc . 201 .. 223. 233 . 183.19 1.132. 49 . elem ent.2A4' ':&1 229 ' ~~~: ~: E:: flJ:2si ' . 216 . 233 . 2 19. mystery of how the 275 elements of an octave. 89 . U " ' 6'Y'. cycle of the 277 eleme nts. 226. desire of 220 God .82. Electricity is the serv ant of the SO God-quality 18 good 1.176.94.iii.244. 149.275 elec tric vortex 23~ • • •• .248 expre ssion.s of matte r 157. 189. 275. disintegration aI: 25 I NllllltOML foreve r chan aina pote nt ial of I i/. Height is 283 ERTIl IS WEIGIITLESS. 228 flow. 101. 32. eq ual 106. 187. sun charges the 124 earth. principleofche 23 1 ELE CTR IC DIRE CTIONS. dynamic 234 . 17. 175. 203. 173 God's knowi ng. .123. 198. 43. SO. 126.39.2 19. source of the sun's renewi ng 187 engine.271 . 182. 248 cubes .67. MAN MUST PAY FOR 107 dividing pressures.1 24 . '20 All "-'7 father boms the mother 176 Fathe r is Lighc 98 father . sun is reproduci ng icsow n _ __ _r. 18. 174. 133. 83.Mind. 259 e lectric current is Impossible'In an equilibri um condhion 61 electric current.165. 190. 229. 149. 115. co nical measurement o n the 245 earth. COSMIC 14 God of Love 23. 103 genius 25. 14.. 65. camon forms at 265 freezi ng. mystery of how the 275 e lements of an octav eig ht 275 e. 147. 134.106. crystal forms and shapes 224.3 1.220. 6 J. centripetal electric 279 force. ISO equal opposite 122. 247 . 243 expressionofpower 38. 230 electricity. Matter is divided into so lids and 126 gases .278 decenlrale 41. lOS.72.197. OUR EA BALANCED 183 earth ' s equatorial region.249.114. 186 .. fema le is one of 136 expansion.202 2n rn.119. 176. moon was born from a ring from 253 earth. 24 1.220. . r.237. 115.102. 1. Mu ltiplying and 277 divis ion 53 . radioactive 268. 185.127. 227... 114.2 13.. radioactive 268 . 145 .4 1. 119. 197. 197. 269 DEATII. 188.85.284 Energy extended from zero to zero 283 energy in zero 283 energy. 30.288 God and man are ONE 14 God and man. 164. cooperation with 69 God. 277.' 235.24.lOU elemental Cones. Nega tive 123. 243 expre ssion of power 38 . 124.182.5 1.four position is one o f balance 267 . 102 . 90. 124.. 113.226. 118. 120 . 206 ETE RNA L QUES TION I eternal . 119.1 63. 226. . 99. 167. 176. 190. 175.258.286 forwa rd movi ng thi ngs. 166 . .49. 258. 280 electron.264. 135. 23S dynamic. TWO OPPOSITE 230 • electric current 4.31 . 2 19. 46. 264 . TW O OPPOSITE 239 electric potential 139.248 expression. 44 . 66 . 228 dual . 205.45.240 Easrand West do not opposeeac h other 240 east is less west 127 Easl-West sphericalplane s 240 ecstasy 25 . 149.62. 189. 183. 72 . 156.278.220.. 17.110. 187 father -mother reciprocative process 188 Fear domi nates the world 89 feelin g 28. down hill flow of 175. 30 . backward flow of 286 founda tion xiii.269. 150 givi ng. 148.29. 173.196. 62 ELECTRIC AWARENES S IS UNIVERS AL 62 EL ECTRIC CONDmONS.260. 231 expre ssion of force 182 .57.4 1 God ' s divisio n of the Lighc 108 God 's imagining 12.245.279 four-zero--four position of wave amplitude 265 fou r-zero. Man may no<be apan from 69 God. 243 form. 228 . 132.which refolds that which unfol ds 176 father -light . ISO. creat ive 2. 168.136. Man may not be apan from 69 God . 139 desire for division of the One into many divided ones 99 DESIRE FO R REST FOLLO WS DES IRE FOR MOTION 128 desire for rest from action throug h decentrative thinking 144 Desire in Mind is electrically expressed 57 Desire in the Light of Mind 113 desire in the seed is sou l in the seed 98 desire in unbalanced matter 120 Desire is not in the brai n 57 Desire is the cause of all motion 57 Desire is the motivating force of all Creation 65 desire of God 220 des ires. I5 . s 263 .248. 17.ii cycle of the eleme nts 277 cycl e of tones 275 cycle . 198.218 Evil is a product of man's thinking 218 evol ution . prove the existence of xiii God' s one law of rhyth mi c balanced -interchan ge 109 God ' s still universe of knowi ng 16 God 's stillness 115 God ' s lhinki ng is eternal 25 God 's universal law 66 God's W hispering. 227 .283.23.78. 173 decelerat ion 166. fixed 22. 218. 182.228 foca l points 277 food is nor nou rishment 35 force 14.231 . man ifesta tion of God's two opposing 106 DESIRES .1 24.259 curvature xii. centering zero 287 fulcrum. 187. 126. moon was born from a ring from 253 earth.184. 279 Curvature ends at planes of zero curvature 162 Curvature of light wave axes 245 curvatureof space x.240.. possibilities of 59 e~JX'f~ons of energy spring from rest 1:"~.250. 173'~:zu. '1( elements of matter are miniature stellar systems 280 eleme nts of matter . 106.218 givi ng 8 1.44. 232 gravitation energy 176 Gravicat ion is the father.88.287. 3 1.light which refolds thac which unfolds 116 Gravitation is the male principleof Creation 149 • Gravitation is the positive elecCric:: .277 equator. 169. mother-light unfo lds fro m the 126 father-light. 173. 156.250.269.11 5. 139. 205. 46.46.176. 2 18. 244 decentl'ation to the One Lig ht 3S decentrative thinking 144 decimal system is based upon the wave field of the cube sphere 282 decisions.99. 198.2 11. 202. f .208. 12. 235.118. 206 DEATII.. 121. man heardnot 103 God. 203. 149.. 167 . 225. vacuity of negative . 136. 232. 69 . 43. 228. 123.214 evil 9. 30 effect.181 . 207. 85. TIlERE IS NO 7.240.266.. . 160 . Posi tive electricity is the 148 father-mother 96. 144.116 expre ssion of power in wave s is not power 114 exp ressio n of powe r is no t power 38 expression. . inert xi. 27 1. 260 . 39. 176185.fr.38.2 19 foundat ion o f e mpirica l know ledge 44 founda tion of knowledge 15 fou ndation of the physical uni verse 17 fou r arms of all spiral nebulae 243 four-zero. octave of 266 elements become mathe matical ly precise octave tones. 125.50. universa l In experiment and observation 45 exp losion 220. 162. 52.281 equ ipote ntial orbits 248 equipotential plane of pressure 182 ete ma l life 6. 123 . 22 1. prove the existence of xiii GOO-CONTll. 232 Gravitation and Radiation xi. 249.108.269. 222 father-mocher principle 125. 14. 167. 109.233 Death is the see d of life 192 deathprinciple. measure of 182 electric pressures 119. 162.269 DEATII . 279 . 200 . SO. experiences in 66 degenerative process of Nature is radiation 226 dens ity 125 . 144.28.162. 148. 279 .227. 184 .127.259. 125. TE MPER ATUR E 188 cycles of appearance. 149.272 gases are the solids outwardly bound toward the heave ns 126 gases.27 1. 148 electrici ty. radial 219 G2 12. 197 Cyclones 255 dimen sion 13. 99 . 287 fulcru m of all effect 287 fulcru m of knowledge 38 fu lcrum of powe r in Rest 172 fulcrum of the wave of musical octaves 263.124." . fulcrum of all effect 287 fulc ru m of knowledge 38 fulcrum of power in Rest 172 fulcrum of the wave of musical octa ves 260 fulc rum. 115.230 ELECTR ICITY DEFINED 139 Electricity is forever winding light up into hOIspheres 124 Electricity is the motivat ive force ~7 electricity. 3.191.237. 188 expansi on into nothingness 24 expan sion is born from compression 115 expansion poi nt of res t 173 expansion stroke of the universal piston IN DEX cube-sphere 212.68.140. 121.237. octave of 266 elements become mathe matically precise octave tones. WHAT HA PPENS AmR 199 decay 6.267 equal press ure 184.6 1.1 24. ISO.positive. 163.98. expression of 182. 149 female principle of Creation. panem of an 2SO eas t 26. 259. 195. 226.219. of matte r 157. 61. 268.234. Pain is 72 electric curre nt.249. 176. 139.1 68. 14. positive and negative eleme nts which crystal lize as cubes 265 elements. Cent rifugal spirals are 247 electro.1 15. 220 God 's imagining neve r began 24 God's knowing 13.9.. volume of each succeeding 2n.230. 218 God is Love 2 18 God is Mind 113 God is the fulcrum of man 115 God is Universa l Mind 12 GOD U GIIT.259. 57. 267 cube -sphere quality of balance 267 cubes. 160 F galax ies 19 gas xi. 165 . Cool ing air is 157 exp and ing from st illness 156 expanding universe 175 expan sion can never compress 125 expansion coo ls 187. 144. universe is 239.231 .99. 245 electric potential. 184. tn.

148. polarity nf 99 light.42. inspired messengers of the 90 Light. 165.228. 273.69 integrating principle of "uphill flow of energy" 227 Integrationis simulcaneously balanced by disintegration 286 integrationof matter at poles 251 intelligence 4. 189.23.155. 219.79.85. 121. in .753.18. equal and OPPOSite 287 mirrored infinities 130 .7.51.197. 199. O.175.39.218. 13. cosmic 65 law .279. 196 life.116.26. assumption-of the realily of 164 matter. 182. 94. 36.219. 90.45.25.67.92.239. CONFUSION CONCERNING 164 LIGHT OOES NUf TRAVEL 169 light illusions of motion 219 Light is Being 98 Light is expressed by motion 161 .187.280 matter.269. 204 incandescence 51. 2. 38.151. opposite and sequential 187 interdependent unison 19 interpret the rhythm 29 invisible 6.279. 251 inspiration 8. 34. God's one 109 LAWOFBALANCE 106 law of equal.98. universal 273 LAW IS ABSOLlJ1F.' LIGHT PARTICLES ARE ALIKE 166 light pressures are constantly changing 271 Light rays 126. 32.264.118.51. 113.275. ·15. 136. light 219 illusions of sequence and of time 286 illusions.57.178. Oneness of the 108. 76.0'.240.INDEX INDEX gravity ceases and radiation begins 173 Gravity pressure 108 Gravity refolds toward the seed 149 gravity. 149 male condition is one of compression 136 male principle of Creation.247.75.23.115. matter is the motion of 161 Light.39.123. 175.15. 140.260.231.90.281 metal. 226. 160 Light only seems to travel 169 .173.42. Sleep is the death halfof the 71 life-death cycles of the elements of 'maher 264 life-death-resurrection sequences 196 ligh~·:~~~e. 203. law must be obeyed.BEDIENCE TO THEONE 107. 188.271.185.132.237.41.179. six mirror planes of still 271 light.203 measurable quantities 17 measure called "electric potential" 182 measure called "w eight" 182 measure of electric potential 182 measure of extension from zero to zero 283 mechanical principal of Nature 219 mechanical principles 39 mechanics 260 melting point 224 .110 lens xi.161 . 268.67 metallic quality 267 microcosmic 228 milkweed fluff 19 mind is freed from concentration 69 mind is light 12. 115. 237 magnet.257.222. Let there be 99 light. 115. 18. spectrum of 273 I is eternal Idea 16 idea is omnipresent 65 IDEA IS STILL 53 Idea of product can never become product 39 holes are bored through spheres 251 hydrogen octave 272 hydrogen. 124.126. Mind is 114 Light cannot be seen. the. 54 illness 13. 27 journey of man 28 J An K light units of the elements are all alike but are differently conditioned 275 light wave axes.218. seeds of 201 Light. God's 218 love.108.225.212.173. Instinctive actions and cell memory reflex actions are not 62 283 mechanical principal of Nature 219 mechanical principles 39 mechanics 260 melting point 224 . 4.94.240.61.17. 94.125. ultimate goal of spiritual 90 KNOWING.115.233.60. Electricity conditions all sex less 120 matter. 158.98.28 illusion xi.62. Instinctive actions and cell memory reflex actions are not 62 messengers of the Light must multiply into legions 90 metal 51. 218.57.273 light rays.94. 47. white 53 · Light of the Spirit 90. 12. efforts of . 270.228. 55.271. MAN'S TWO SUPREME 93 :_h_: _ AAI . symbol of 218 Mat~~~s divided into solids and gases M macrocosmic 228 magnet xi.71.14. 198. rest cannot be unbalanced save by 141 illusions caused by wave motion 169 illusions of motion.206 know.287 Light of immortal -Life 26 Light of Love and Truth 30 . 15. I mirrors and lenses of space .45. O.17.220 Love can never dominate the world until 90 Love..236.23. 163. 123.34.39.69 mental ecstasy 25 mental. 18.145. 279. lights.174. suns are generated into incandescence by two black rivers of evacuated 241 light. 98 light of the sun 52. 16.271. 44.275.109. 15. reactions are 220 lnward explosive reaction 228 inward or outward spiral journey 275 inward radial direction is North 239 iron.175.presumably travels 169 light.Iii act as 169 . 175. 275 ' inward explosion 220.79.201 Light. 206 immortality 5.78.88.206. 14.280 magnetic stillness 260 MAGNETIC-ELEC1'RIC UNIVERSE 218 magnetism xi.65. -opposite and sequential interchange 187 law of love 218 law of Nature 280 law of repetition.113. processes of natural 177 LAWS BASED UIPN ILLUSION 46 Learn 5.161 .25.from the sun 169 · · light.219.25. uncondi tioned 119 light-waves. sunlight we feel upon our bodies is not actual.time 69 _ male 123.44. 159. 166. Ig8.177. Like conditions seek like conditions 238 like seeks like 157 MATIER IS POWERLESS TO ATfRACf 155 matter ls the motion ofllgja 161 Matter neither attracts nor repels other matter 155 matter of space.236.227.149. 196.225. 7. 239. opposite 126. XI . necessary 10 correct the general impression Ihat the earth is a 236 magnetic 14.138.205.87.243.27 knowledge.62. 174.246.47.239.263. 176 .222.25.271.191. 26. visible and 274 inward 100.63.17.192.124.227. Mind is Light at rest 114 Mind.284. 68. 204.67.206.207.218. mirror boundary fields 279 f . 101. 160.65. 113.59. God is 218 Love .23. 226. 188. 16.228. 17. 183.86. black 53. electric opposites of 51 light waves.280 gyroscopic wave 240 gyroscopic wheel . 158.194.165.~:'.~~~ mother-light pnnclple. 25.282 illumination 27.226.269 memories 3. law of 218 love. contracted 183 mass.240 Life and death 49.94.99.267.108.J. senses do not 286 Knowing Mind is s1i11 44 knowing.40.269.281 lever 22. machines can express 56 knowledge.118. fundamental laws and principles must be based upon 46 Knowledge of the Light 36 KNOWLEDGE VERSUS TIUNKING 38 knowledge. 115.154.29. 149 male condition is one of compression 136 male principle of Creation.63. 203.31 .light of suns.43.236.78.206 inbreathing of Nature is gravitation 176 inbreathing of spheres 226 inbreathing-outbreathing 120. 163 intense inspiration 27 intense mental ecstasy 25 inte nsify one's conscious awareness 28 intensive thinking 39 interchange between anode and cathode 167 interchange between pairs of opposites 106 interchang.239.65. transient 50 lights. center of 154.72. Outwardly bound 126 light units of the elements 275 light units of the elements are all alike but are differently conditioned 275 light wave axes. Motion is for the sole purpose of manifesting 200 idea.6 mother. spectrum analysis of 273 light within a mirror-bound room 281 light years 169 LIGHT . 149.250 indivisible 19 inert gas xi.272 isotopes. 12.38. 286 ilLUSION OF ATIRACTION AND REPULSION OF MATTER 153 illusion of change 78 illusion of man himself 93 illusion of motion 13.23. Nature's 204 law.. 107.126.b~ _~u. 275 light waves.192. law of equal.154.56.226.245.156.22. Gravitation is the 149 Man and God are One 69 man believes himself 10 be thinking when he i~ only sensing 58 Man cannot acquire knowledge from booksor schools 35 Man may nOC be apart from God at any .69.259 hannonic hannonic centers 221 Hannonic explosions 221 hannonic tones 259 heal 36. 223.25.269. 278.220.273.57. 250.280 gyroscopic octave tones 240 gyroscopic principle xi. father-mother 99. 36. 114 . whole purpose of 109 life-death cycle 71..227. 221.xiii.226.48.85.147. 270 . God 's universal 66 law.24. patlemed 50. 101 L " Jesus xi.225. Light is still 160.247 . 16.58.50.98. mirrored extension. 212.193.118. 275 light waves.202. . moistu~ in theatniosptler'e 17~ 25S moon 46.63.235.286 Matter and space likewise are sex mates 127 matter as pairs of opposite conditions 286 matter gradually interchanges with space 174 Matter in violent motion simulates rest and balance 75 matter is but a record of God's knowing 173 L language 17. 228.247.31.30. 286 illusion.280 magnet. it can only be known 160 LIGHT CORPUSCLES.40.27.156. 114.251. LAWS BASED UPON 46 illusion. manifestation of power 110 manifesting the Light 15 mass 23.214.43.. 150.258.183.166. we do not stop 7 I knowledge xi. 247 " I 223 mother-tight ot.282 know no limitations 33 know the Light 7.267.23.. 35.240.235.50.190.40. 28.205. 164 knowledge comes 10 man from the cosmos 27 knowledge from books or schools 35 Knowledge is cosmic 34 knowledge lies in cause 46 knowledge of cause . 1)0 light in 163 matter. Organic 65 matter. 228 mass. 166.223..269 memories 3.64.16.69 mental ecstasy 25 mental. Organic matter generaleS purely from the desire of 65 mineral 23.57.160.267.255.247.163.250.264. 167. ALL THI!'/$}S SIMULATE 168 J. 273 language. xiii. 239 .102.266.27. 236..174.31. 204. 90 instability 17.33.275. 54.~~tion gives . 122. 118. 25.84.36.137.201.272 infonnation is not knowledge 35.94. 226.43.135. 268. 113.244. 185.246. 118. 153. ISO. 284 Light is the seed of Creati on 98 Light is the universal language 273 light messengers 48 Light of all-knowing 14.9. 203 . Curvature of 245 light waves 18. 76.178. 148 Light at rest. 132."l3Rln love 4. 273 language. pulsing waves of dual 132 light.59 inorganic 43 inside-out 127.260. man 's 113 ILLUSIONS. • Tn mirrors of action. cum .126.171. 68. 46.203 life and death are but mirrors of each other 49 life cannot live without dying 194 Life charges a body in excess of its discharge 124 life cycle 72.~~~~~i? ~~f. 166. womb of 202 66.162.225. I 202. WEIGHT CURVES 184 growth xil.240.17.32. universal 273 LAW IS ABSOLlJ1F.53.34.235 male 123.201 ' mirage 15.114. 247 light.41 . mother-light 126. sensations are mistaken for thinking and 58 knowing. spectrum analysis of 273 light within a mirror-bound room 281 light years 169 LIGHT . compressive direction of 239 GRAVITY.57.244.are all of the actions and reactions of his previous stages 265 MAN.172. spectrum of 273 I is eternal Idea 16 idea is omnipresent 65 IDEA IS STILL 53 Idea of product can never become product 39 idea.153.81.277. INSTINCf BUILDING BY GOD AND 68 . 115.248. incandescent 53. 169.39.117.234. 273.44.277. 205 life is eternal in man 49 life is immortal 196 life is not chemistry or germ of matter 36 life is not in the body 36 life is spirit 36 life principle xii. 169. 156.25.279 gravity. 163 intense inspiration 27 intense mental ecstasy 25 inte nsify one's conscious awareness 28 intensive thinking 39 interchange between anode and cathode 167 interchange between pairs of opposites 106 interchange sequentially bUIequally 21 interchange.249.193.58.69. _ ' 118.21.51.:_h h _ A1 ~ _h h h imagining 11.218. acceleration of 165. God is the fulcrum of 11S man. .241.260.13.267.156. Inwardly bound 126 light rays.221.22. Curvature of 245 light waves 18. Gravitation is the 149 Man and God are One 69 man believes himself 10 be thinking when he i~ only sensing 58 Man cannot acquire knowledge from booksor schools 35 Man may nOC be apart from God at any time 69 MAN'S INDIVIDUALITY 205 Man's power lies in giving 110 man's range of sensing 205 MAN'S TWO SUPREME ILLUSIONS 93 man. 239 . relative ability of the .157.92. 189. Iwoconditions of 156.226.180.45. 229.25. 170.258 incoming-outgoing breath 173 individuality 203.215. new xiii.236. 45.100.148.236.85.81. 170.atom to charge or discharge 273 Isotopes 266.99. Division of the whole into parts causes 85 ' ILLUSION.57.35. mortal symbols' 26 I mortality 5. 42. radioactive 268 metallic opposites ').264 maturity of carbon 264 meaning 18. 94. ALL THI!'/$}S SIMULATE 168 Lightcall-knowing was in the 101 light. geometric projection of two-way opposed 279 .12.59 knowledge. 173.62. 148. xiii.114. 53 . 263. 163.286 invisible cubes 174 invisible octaves 273 invisible octaves of finely divided matter ofspace 273 invisible spectrum . 274.106 instinct 4.168.219.98. electric waves of Iwo opposing 108 lights. expanded 183 mate xii. 148.245.27.124. 231 inward explosions.67. 136. 3.260.267. speed with which . 141.16. 106 heal 24. God dwells in 196 man .10 transmute one element into another 280 man. 89.104. plane of 280 gyroscopic xi. xii. 220.100. 162. 62. 228. 18.69 memory 23.228. 90. elements of 157.247 illusion of rest and balance 75 illusion of sequence 18 illusion of the railroad tracks 94 illusion.79.222.34. 278 gravity . 174 lights. 224. -opposite and sequential interchange 187 lawoflove 218 language 17.259.22. 33..123. 98.85. '. Motion is an 51.e sequentially bUIequally 21 intelligence 4.66. attributes of 245 matter.kflQwioJl.197.181.77.63. mother. 264 life-death cycle.115.277. father bom s die 17.162. 239.. 284 immortal 5.202.251.43. 20lj 76 mother horns the f~ ' 1 .205. 8. solar system is a 280 H 221.BEDIENCE TO THEONE 107.205. 31. 35. 113.113. 32. 190. 203 gyration .148.99. 249.286 mate.53.47. conditioned 2. Incandescent suns of white hoi 241 Light .250 magnetic poles 14.284 . 171. 219. man-desired the 103 Light of God 14.279.113. 202.245. 258 heat death 175 Heat follows as a result of contraction 187 heat from cold by compressing cold 126 Height is dynamic 283 holes are bored through spheres 251 hydrogen octave 272 hydrogen.46.189.250.76. law must be obeyed.57.78. 103 Light of all-knowing. 14.135.58.270.223.222 maturity 67. 195. simulation of Light in malter is not Light 163 light.15. God's one 109 LAWOFBALANCE 106 law of equal.268.169.249.162.123. Carbon alone expresses the idea of 264 matter.193.257.264.40. 39. 43. life-death cycles of the elements of 264 matter .241. 113. 183.127. mirrors Ofreacti~ mirrors wave fteld.44. 168.163.215.226.62.234. Man becomesa higher being with greater power as he acquires 89 known octaves which lie within the range of perception 272 Light at rest 114.7. wrongly named 266 keynote 259. '-octaves of elements of 259 matter. information is not 35. 123.127.280 MagneticLight 16. 119.29.69 memory 23. three points of still 277 Light. 176. 108.62.203 light. har 235 . 93.266. invisible octaves of finely divided 273 matter.

243 negation 17. 39.283 octave cycle ...281 . 272 . QUESTION. variation of 166 principle of Creation lOB 110. opposed 115 motion . 196. UNIVE RSAL 258 octa ve. 18.174. 193.188. outward thrust of radiative pressures 235 outward--discharging brea th of death J93 Outward-inward expl osions 221 Outwardly bou nd ligh t rays 126 outwardly bound toward the heavens . cosm ic goal of 108 oneness.34..218.238. 165.85. 275 . 240 purpose o f life 109 purpose ..227.84. Grav itation and xi.259 radii of a cone 235 radioactive death princi ple 268 . 156. 3. 184 . 167. gradu al unfoldin g-refold ing principle of 250 Nature . 237. Gravitation is tbe 227 b. universal 283 ninety degrees 234. lower 259 . 16. 20. 17.226. vo idance of 136 p us. I62 . 244 pressure. pressure.232 radiatio n. 259.272.187. 255.221. expression of 38. 90 One with the God-Mind 32 One. 155 po les. 211 om niprese nt 13. opposite 154.18. 46.35 . IS. 17.230 Negative elec tric ity is the mother -light 148 Negative Princip le 17.221 . 282 . 188. eleme nta l 287 particle 23. father-mother 188 opposites.185. 250 . zero uni verse of seemi ng mechanical 282 motion less orb it 83 motivative force. 16.283. 34. see ming 3. 226 . calmness and 25 7 pendulum. 225. 265. e lectric un iverse is the 119 negat ive weight 184 neighbor. 182.279 outward ex plosions.267. 135. potential of all 182 orbits . father-mother 188 reco ncentrate d 49 recorded thinking 11 1 record ing xii. 136. 259 pairs of unbalanced cond itions 17 pairs of unbalanced opposites 106 . 268.11 6.264. solar 187 rad iative expan sio n of vacuity 264 radiative presSU CS. Q.244.263.144. motion o f the 84 planets. 167.245 planes o f zero curvature. 260 prisms 273 projection 53. 24.194pend ulum.. 177 radiates. .. 113 One Mind 12.259. mystery of gravitation and 232 radia tion. 115 moving things move not 159 Multiplicat ion 125.. 259. 4. 164 . 223 oneness. Disinlegratio n of suns and planets by 255 Radiation..240. IS3. inside -out outside-in princip le of 25 1 Nature. 149. 243 ~Q.85. 17. 28 . 185 motion .11 9 negative principle . desi re for 63. Negative e lec tricity is the 148 MOTION CANNOT BE NElITRALIZED 128 motion in only o ne direction. 243 oppos ite condition s of com press ion and expansion 231 opposite directioned motion 18 opposi te electric pressures of compression and e xpansion 119 opposi te mate 126. one thing in this universe 44 One Thinker 12.gMrJnle. 189. 267 OCTA YE. 176. 76.38. electric 139.85. 0. cause of all 245 pressures. ETERNAL I R r 220 rada . 18. SO. 271 . 173. 205. 181.239.57.1 41 .269. ISO 21 1. 22 1. 2 18 One Light 12. 23 2 radiation.. 23. nine 264 . 287 One Living God of Love 23 One Magnetic Light of God 16. 275 .22 1.in 163. 188 radia tion xi.202 polarity 99. 239. 239.280 pole.. 2 1 o mniprese nce 2. 12 1. 78.. 135.106. goal o f 89 omniscient 7. 44. 167. 231 . 281 . ring 127. expression of powe r in waves is not 114 power . zero 153 pressure conditions 232 . 203 one with God 31. 226. 179. 278 radiation begin s. 12. 14.. 185. 93 nebulae are rushing away fro m each other 116 nebulae. 111. 240.1 74. 155.258 ninety degrees to the earth's surface 258 ninety degrees. Gravity 108 pressure . father principle multipl ies light into density and high 125 pote ntial. 225. 177 plan of the Crea tor. electrical 128 oppos ites. ISO 166 . gyroscopic 240 octave wave 17. 20. 129.1 94 pendulum. tone s of 259 musical octaves 260 musica l scale 282 musical tones 275 myste ry of "matte r appearing from space to be alternately swal lowed by space. 149. 165. I n . SO 53. 85. 202.267 QUA LITY BEGETS QUANTITIES 17 c ualitv of oneness 18 radtal extensi o ns 2 19 rad ial universe 149.. 156.86. 4. 203 . posi tive and negative 129 opposition .47 230. 283 Nine is universa l 282 nine octave cycle 264 . 201 Onenes s. myste ry of gravitation and 232 rad iatio n.22.259.244. father -mother 125 .76. elect ric uni verse of 63. 184.' . Change lies in 84 motion. sitive cell 234 positive electric princip le.48. 18. 255 orbits around the sun 255 orbits of matter in space.1 48 n Posit ive e lectricity is Ihc fe rher-hght 148 Positive Princip le 16. amplitudes represe nt maximum 27 1 motion . electric potential of 245 re-giving 110 reaction . 'J6R~ 260. 2 19.. 235. "'. 200. 164 . 90 Newton 46. .279. universe of varyi ng 274 pressures. wave of musical 260 oil 192. 200. seemi ng 3. 25 1 refo lding into one 110 refo ldment xii. mechanical principal of 219 Nature. known 272 octaves. octave wave formu la which governs all 25 8 motion.277. father-light 166. illusion of the 94 Rain falling vertical ly from a cloud falls conical ly 245 rain. t j ~ . substance is purel y 166 motio n. 23.1 74.243. they are conditions of things 135 OPPOSITES BORN EACH OTJIER 125 opposites. 255. 94. plane of equa l 184 pressures. range of 6. .99.ll jSlU ~9rttrt ooti'-'9. 275. ISO 2 11. 168.166 New Age xiii. state of 56.1 124. 239. 199.. Change is an illusio n of the sensesdue to 78 motion.260 'iatunl! 'la ture foreve r unfolds into many 110 oJ. 93. body of man must be forever 196 reciprocative process. 226. 2 19. 221. 106. 238 radi al uni verse of cone sectio ns 234 rad ian' energy 175.259. 154. 136.232. 23 1. 156. 148.245 pote ntial.277 nine .27 1. 78 . 151. wave con ditions are forever seelcing 161 opposed lights 12. 119 negative princip le. 75 motion. windi ng up process of 266 Nazarene 28. 155 opposite. 90 ~egat1ve octaves. gases are the solids 126 oxyge n and hydrogen. 181.238. 202.lower 125 . 124.37. centrifu gal f45 reaction. 47 .. 152. 27 1 recordi ng thoug ht-patterns in matte r 50 reco rdings of thought 44 red. 277. 110 oblateness. Hurt firs t thy self rather than thy 88 neutralize 128. 39. fulc rum of 172 powe r.Uft:! q uantities 17.199 polarity of Light 99 polarizatio n 202 pole of rotation 279. 121. 189 nebul ae. 162. 275 octave tone s. 44. 177 sequentially Ij j peace. Curva ture e nds at 162 planes . 275 pressure. 286 opposite poles 154. motionless 83 orbit. 198. 238 . 284 .. rest from 185 motion.. 200. 128. 118 positive weight 184 positive -negative wave parts of a wave cyc le 72 pote ntial 125. 113. opposed 136.. father princi ple of 227 Nature. spectru m of hyd rogen is preponderantly 273 reflexes 4. 161 nine 234.166.202. 116 power..204. 155 . 270 railroad tracks.238. 153 . 94 .237. 25 8.245 multip licity 2.266. wave conditions are forever seeki ng 161 opposed lights 12. Gravity lOS pressure . 173. swinging 109 . l'b fi Glu(i n. 286 negative cell 234 negative electric principle. 140 . 234 .201.". 13. 166 New Age xiii. 250. 149 1 exp ress 121. 146. minimum 27 1 motion.l. Man and God are 69 oneness of spheres and cubes 248 Oneness of !he Light lOB 201 . 238. stillness at 258 North 100. lower 259 .264.itv 11..284 prolating 223 . 166 . 182. electric universe is the 119 negative weig ht 184 neighbor . 76 motion itself is non -e xistent 78 motion picture proj ection from our sun 53 motion picture unive rse 243 Motion simu lates substance 166 MOTION SIMULATING REST 75 motion starts fro m rest and returns to rest 134 motion.156. IS.279 . '0 nature of ligh t xiii Nature record s every actio n and desire of !he body 205 . 185 motion .. . .220. 278 rad iatio n. mirrors of 2n react ions are inward explosions 220 React ions are the basis of gra vitation 220 React ions refold fonn into fonnl ess ness 220 rea lity xii. 273 perfect balance 47 perspective 46 pb«ons 164 physical sens ing 90 physic s xi piston 169. 221. SLEEP AND 7 1 pairs of opposite expressions 2. . 233.1 29. Electricity is the 57 movi ng lever 39. Man and God are 69 oneness of spheres and cubes 248 One ness of the Light 108.74. equipotential 182 plane of res' 233 plane of wave ampl itude 223 planes of the wave field are of zero curvature 277 planes of zero curvature xii.1 39.226.6.240. spira l 149. Actions are the basis of 220 radiatio n.18. 133 pairs.86..267 Opposites are not things .258.91 . press ures. 174. actions in Nature arc 220 outward ex plosive action 228 outward radial direction is South 239 outward thrust of radiation 185 .32. SO 63 . cube boundary 24 7 planet. man grad ual ly knows his 109 purposefu lness 15.211 . 265 quality 17.he 22 7 Negative e lectr icity 123 . 166 . 167. 23.27. SPIRALIN 246 nalUrC. cosmic goal o f 108 oneness. 101. 264 . 101. genero-ective 269 reaction . desire with in all matter to express 121. 128. opposed 115 motion .263. desire for 63. . 23 1. 47. . 23 7.I NDE X INDE X mother-light unfol ds from the father-l ight 126 mother-light . spect rum of 282 NATU RE.259 radii of a co ne 235 radio1\?Oti.1 68. 260 .280 poles . 168 pansof the One Wbole ldea 19. 240 . 219 . 187 principles xi." 145 mystery of "where do we go when we die" 199 mystery of gravitation and radiation 232 mystery of how the elements beco me mathe maticall y precise octave tones 275 Mystic 25. pla nets by 255 Rad iation. 65 . two-way mov ing 179 percept ion. 4 1. Hurt first thy self rathe r than thy 88 neutnl1izc 128. Oneness..s which lie wit hin the range of o One with the God-M ind 32 One.275 pressures. 219. range of 6. SEX DETERMINED BY DIRECTION OF 135 pressures. 221 .255 proton 164 . U. constant separating process in 63 Nature . disinteg ration proc ess of 25 I Nature . invariable characteristic of 263 Nature. 128 pairsofoppooites 10. pla ne of equa l 184 pressures. eq ual 184. 4. 279 North and Sout h 101.'''VI~lI th. creating-decreating -recreating things in 196 Nature. 22. 184. 154. 223 oneness . 113 pressure condition of things 136 pressure condition. 38 quan tity 39 . magnet ic 14. cal mness and 257 pendu lum. 27 I.272 o mnipotent 7. 19. sole cause of two-way 238 motioo.240. 269 radioactivity 228. swing ing 109.123. 182 oppos ites.108.1 82. 69. 260. 65.47.92. 249. repetition of 132 patte rned forms repeat their patterns seq uential ly 133 peace . 76.32. 114 power to reason objectively 43 po wer whic h lies in knowi ng 31 power.240 north magnetic pole 279 Noeth. 149 . 127. 176. oblating 279 polar 99 . 149 motion..1 23. outward th rust of 235 radiativity 123.IJ5 Multiply in8 and dividi ng pressures 2n music 40...259... All thi ngs are I II One...220. senses 78 respond Motion is an illusion 286 motion is expressed in waves 161 Motion is fo r the sole pu rpose of manifesting idea 200 motion is not in the motion but in the stillness from which it is extended 54 Motion itself is illusion 5 1. 244 pressure.44. opposi te express ions of 161 motion. SO 57. 202.163 .20. 121. element tells the story of its entire previous "incarnat ions" in othe r 273 octaves. d ividing who leness into 98 pattern of an earthquake 250 pattern . 282 music. solar 187 radiative expan sion of vacuity 264 radi ative pressures. maxi mum 27 1 motion. 167 principle.52. invisible 273 octaves. 202 . 165. 273 perfect ba lance 47 perspec tive 46 photons 164 physical sensing 90 physics xi piston 169. 166 .244.258.228. 248.. 263. Nature' s gyroscopic princip le 158 Nature's law of repe tition 204 Nature . 4. voidance of 133 orbit. UNCONSCI OUS NESS. SO 74 . 174. 110.. 118. 238 oscillati ng 4 ou tbrcathing of this universal body 176 ou tside of ourselves 28 outside. 18. dividing 277 pressures electric 119. 130. 266 .94. 193 . 164. positive and negative 167 positive and negative elements o f matter 277 positive and negative oppos ites 129 positive and negative poles 167 po.248 148 Negative Princi ple 17. l!(ecl fi¢ IlY rs UIC ll lU UICI .239. 113.2 1. 272 . 165 neutron 164.225 .219. 101.. 274 . opposed 136. minimum 271 motion .228. inward exp losive 228 reaction . conditions necessary for interc hange of 232 motion.239. 67. maxim um 27 1 motion. 165. All thing s are III One . 28 . 24 One Sti ll Ligh' 14. equipotential 248 organic 43. 279 opposed mOO 115 oo opposed pressures 136. 128. 177.156.284 realization of Oneness 28 reborn. 184. 259 power as ex pressed in waves of motio n 115 power of Light 114 power of severance 28 powerquaiityofMind 113 power to create 113. 220.247. gravity ceases and 173 Radiation expands 187.. fulcrum of the wave of musical 260 octaves. _ .23 1. 78.199. 169."'U}U'TJY·n . inward radial direction is 239 N Law In. 171. 2n.226 o mniscience 2. electrically aware of 62 purpose.2 19. principle of electric awareness 62 princip le o f equal giving 106 principle of growt h xii princi ple of love 218 principle of power 2 1 princi ple of the electric curre nt 231 principle of unity.27.m . 23. 205 .85.226. equal 122. deceleration of 166. 75 motion. 233. 148 .. BALAN CE is the 106 principle .219. 62. 13. elect ric 5 1. revolu tion around 85 orbits 151. press ure.128.275 .62. . 15.286 poten tial o f all orbits of matte in space r 182 ' pote ntial . . 248. Carbo n fulfills the 264 plane of equa l press ure 184 plane of gyration 280 plane of out earth 's equatorial region 182 plane of pressure.38 parts . dege nerative process of Nat ure is 226 radiatio n. opposite expressions of 16 1 motion.. 243 . electric universe of 63 . 168 2 i' ies 13. 58. 235 omnipotence 2. 184.. 230. 49. ISO . electric 119. 279 oblati ng planets 279 ob lating spberes 223 octave 17.89. 231 . 185.243 PRESS URES .. manifestation o f 110 POW ER. 176 proton borns the electron 176 pulsation. 240 . 271 octave extens ions of carbon 265 octave of carbo n's ag ing 269 octave of elemen tal tones 266 octave tones 240 . com pressive 144 pump 38. 188 Radi ation is known as radian t energy 175 Radiation is the female principle of Creation 149 Rad iation is the negat ive electric principle 227 Radiation is the opposite of generation 187 Radiat ion thrusts spirally o utward 226 Radiation unfolds from the seed 149 radiation. Radiation is . Heat 187. 13.206 om niscience and omnipotence. two-way moving 179 perception. 165 neutron 164.38. pressure. 13 One Whole Idea 3. earth 's 280 obla'ing 223 . 19. rest fro m 185 motion. 25 . Gravitation and xi.260. 148. SOU RCE OF 39.. 235.260 motion. 183. 25 1 outstandi ng characteristic of waves 108 outward breathing 100 Pain is a too inte nse electric current PAI N. outw ard th rust o f T' 235 rad iativity 123. 17. 27 3.234.156. equal 184.. 175. fixed lOB orbit. 237 .270. 128.248. 233. 245 . integration of matter at 25 I poles. 68 refolding xii. 114.279. d ividi ng 277 pressures. pressure co nditio ns 232.. 16. cause of all 245 pressures.258. 164 .89.. 144. octave wave formula which go verns all 258 motio n. 238.38.

.: ELECTRIC CONDmONS 230 TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC DIREcnONS 239 two points of rest 129 two supreme illusions 93 two universes 14 two-way motion 79. simulating 75. 165. 173. conc entrative and decen trative 144 thinking. -.284 stillness at ninety degrees 258 stillness of Mind· knowing 249 stillness of the fulcrum 39 stillness of the One Magnetic Light of God 16. 24. 98. basis of all octavesis the keynoseof 259 rest.. TIlEREISNO 52 separation.229. man's range of 205 SEPARATENESS.279 rest.3S relationship to the universe 35 religion xii.9~~~" I~.41i\an"l~urQ. 89. electrically balanced condition of anything is 119 shaft of a wave 250 shape. 2 18 .17.1 69.113 stillness of the Source 35 stillness.268 resistance. 118. 219.251.. 184. 2.200. 197 SOLAR ENERGY.12tS'L. tnaI'I believes himself to be thinking when he is only 58 sensing. discharging lhe 167 sun. 189.. 280 Soheres come into being by prolating 255 spheres. 161.287 Tension has not BECOME rest 140 tenuity 125. SEEMING 51 SEPARATENESS . 139. 29. 259. 70 SENSATION AND CONSCIOUSNESS 22 sensati ons are mistaken for Ihinking and knowing 58 SENSATIONS.92. 60..229. 240. 140.200 reversal 250 rllythm ofTruth 30 rhythmic balanced interchange 2. 184.229. North and 101. 130. 134 REPRODUcnVE PRINCIPLE . 90.1 7.INDEX INDEX regiving 121. 29.267.. change. Space is a div ision of solidity into 125 think powerfuJ1y from knowledge 42 think with God 23 think.154. 118. Cont inuity infers 28 1 time. 154. state of 121.220. 279 sola t's)' :sumr.267.53. 222. 148. 254. All things are 136 Sex is not a thing 119 Sex is the creative principle I 19 Sex is the division of a balanced equilibrium condition 119 sex mates 123. 7. cold cube wa ve. wave motion is expressed. cold dark 241 space. sequence and 247 time..i. 280 substance is purely motion 166 substance. to . 115. 4. 144 rest. 221.. 219. BRAIN RECORDS 57. 113. 250 static universe of cause 258 static.. 101 seed. 228.260 sound wave 259 Source of all knowledg e 35 source of every thought 32 source of inspiration 29 sources outside of ourselves 28 south 67. 2ll2.260. 237.. 117.76 rest. 113.. 199. 223.201 . oblating and prolating 223 spheres. Weight should be measured dually as 181 . 53.279 REST. 240 uncondi tioned 17.1 25.239. expanding from 156 stillness . 4. 239 two-way wave motion 17 twos must become voided in the One 134 talk with God 23.101 . Maner and space are 127 SEX OPPOSITES DO NOT NEIJIllALIZB-THEY VOID 135 SEX OPPOSITES REPRODUCE TIlROUGH SEX VOIDANCE 133 Sex opposition 136 SEX REPROD UcnVE PRINCIPLE 132 Sex tensions and strai ns inlensify the farther they are removed from rest 140 sex unbalance 118 sex . 161. inA . 37. inbreathing of 226 spheres.71 storms of earth 107 stroke.1 31. 266. 68. color 275 tones. 93.. 4. 249 sex-conditioned spirals 249 sex-interchanging 131 sexed condition is an unbalanced condition 119 sexed condition of unbalance in man 120 sexed electric universe 117.133. need for . position of 267 rest. 279 south magnetic pole 279 Sooth. 28 se verance of soul from body 28 SEX CONDmONS BORN EACH OTHER. expansion pointof 173 Rest. Sex tensions and strains intensify the farther they are removed from 140 rest. ISO . 58 sense of feeling 43. 179 'rum 1..243.1 .76. Tension hasnol BECOME 140 rest. ALL MATTER IN MOTION SEEKS 155 rest. 134 unbalance . 222. lOS. 188.~"tav rpovine oendulum 179 two negati ons 34 . 202. of mol ion. 43 symbols inform the thinker of the thought conveyed 43 sy mmetry. 284. illusion of 75 rest cannot be unbalanced SOlve by illusion 14 1 rest from motion 185 res' point 129. awareness of 23. 130. 47.90 sensed memories 23 sensed observat ions 45 senses are inadequate 285 sense. centripetal and centrifugal 246. God 's 115 stillness.65 . sun is the seed of Ihis 200 Soul xii. point of 75. 65. inadequacy of the 84.144. 19 rhythmically inlet<hanging opposiles 48 rings 2. 191. 273 spectrum of Nature 282 spectrum. 203 time dimen sion 20S time does not exist 25 Time flows two ways 281 Time is as unreal as the wave universe is unreal 28 1 T ultimate goal of all mankind 28 ultimate goal of spiritual knowing 90 unbalance.66. 146. Weight is a measure of 181 unbalanced ac tion.9 J . 85 three-dimensionaJ radial universe 219 tides 153.REFQLDING .: 133 sex less 10. 106.. 232 seed of inert gas 168 seed. 284 TWO OPPOSm.250. 98.163. 231 unbalanced equal andopposite sex maleS 132 unbalanced ligh\ 2 1 unbalanced motion 17 unchanging 17. holes are boredthrough 251 spheres. SEX 132 repulsion 153 REPULSION OF MATTER .164. 62. 13.25. 200 rest. 17 1. 260 sound wave 259 Source of all knowledge 35 source of every thought 32 source of inspiration 29 sources outside of ourselves 28 south 67. condition of 114. desire for 173 sequence 18.. 165. 106.63.170. pole of 279. OPPOSm. idea springs from a state of 200 REST. I'" . 215.270 speed with which light presumably travels 169 sphere. Instability is forever seeking to Spirit. 25 TEMPERATURE CYCLE 188 sy mou rurtoy~·'L itJ-· . 240 Socm. stop 31. 2. 188.238 J. recognizing CAU~t. 69 sleep 4.. elements of matter are miniature 280 still cos mic mind universe 14 stilllighl of Knowing 31 still magnetic Light 17. 30.149. ma. 123. incandescent 148. OPPOSm. tw o points of 129 result of sex desire 121 resurrection 48. 107 stability. expansion pointof 173 Rest. 223. fulcrum of power in 172 rest. PRINCIPLE 148. illusions of sequence and of 286 ti meless and still 13 timel ess flash of intense inspiration 27 tonal 260 tones of music 259 tones of the spectrum 275 tones. color 5 1. 161. of evacuated light 241 SUNS ARE THE SEEDS OF CREATION 201 suns become rings 127 suns' equato rs 24 1 superconscious mind 23 sword."arc limited 86. cube is born from the 223 sphere. East-West 240 spherical systems 247 spinthariscope 270 spiral apices 1:1 6 spiral bases 276 spiral forms must have intense individuality 250 SPIRAL IN NATURE 246 spiral is an incompleted sphere 248 spiral journey 275. 270. 249. 121. Motion simulates 166 sun charges the earth 124 sun is a crucible which melts all ideas into one 52 sun is reproducing it" own condit ion on the eart h 169 sun is the seed. 228 STILL TIlINGS ARE NOT STILL 76 still. 119 unconditioned Light 119 underl ying law ofC~OI!. 134. 101. SEEMING 5 1 SEPARATENESS. 43 symbols inform the thinker of the thought conveyed 43 sym metry.: ELECTRIC CONDmONS 230 TWO OPPOSITE ELECTRIC DIREcnONS 239 two points of res t 129 two supreme illusions 93 two universes 14 two-way motion 79. 98. 100. 57.~! 1 ._ . nf _ . 25. need for . OUR SUPPOSEUIX >l\I fl . North and . 205. fulcrum of power in 172 rest. 205. OUR SUPPOSEDLY FIVE 43 SENSING BINDS ALL TIlINGS SO sensing is not thinking 42 sensing must cease 31 sens ing.189.253. clockwise spiral is always a clockwise 250 Spirals and crystals have individuality 248 spirals. 220. die by the 89 symbol of Creation 83 symbol of love 218 symbols 26. 163. 240.. 272 static and dynamic equators 234 static condition is eternal 135 static condition of silence 135 static equator 136. 286 SENSES . 28. 214 two are equal halves of one 48 two conditions of matter 156. Electricity is forever winding light up into hot 124 spheres. expanded condil ion of 232 space. TIlERE IS NO 52 separatio n.40.98.144. cycle of 275 tones. deception of Ihe 136 senses. contracting loward 156 stillness. 275 tones. Evil is a product of man's 218 thinking. 197.is great 90 spiritual awareness of being 22 spiritual consciousness 35 spiritual inheritance 45 spi ritual knowing 90 spiritual QUALmES 22. 247. visible and invisible 274 spec tru m-divi ded positive-negative colors speed ofligh' 169.. 166. 206. Length and breadth are 283 stellar systems. 18 transmute one element into another 280 Trinity 99. believes himself to be thinking when he is only 58 sensing.. Isotopes are splil . man's range of 205 SEPARATENESS.83. 165.254. 127. planets nearest the . 114. 146. Concentrated 244 spheres. 218.. 146.266 tones. 14 1. 139. 229. 100. 148. 107 stability. 2. MOTION SIMULATING 75 rest. "'. 144.cannot exist without lhe other sex-conditioned 123. 76 simulation of Idea 19 simulation of power 39 simulation of stability I(JT six mirror planes of stilllight 2n sk ill 42. 223. outbreathing of 226 spherical planes. 156 sexless. Instability is forever seeking to find 106 star 46.. outward radial direction is 239 space disintegrates mat ter 127 Space is a division of solidity inlo tenuity 125 space within wave fields is curved 162 space. 22g. octave 240.71 . 249. illusm.100. III. ISO 188.fields of 124 space. 198. 173. 187. 233. 255 tragedy of today' s civilization 89 tran sform at ion 9. in eight 259 tornadoes 107.. 62 tran sformed 7. 228. . In )lS spiritual awakening.44. harmonic 259 tones.1 33. 253.279 . 148. heaven's refolding into patterned reincarnation 47 relationship xiii..116 senses are limiled 10 the perception of but one of the negations 116 senses are morion 84 SENSES DECEIVE 83 sense. plane of 233 rest. compression 177 subconscious mind 23 ~ substance 13. 164 spiritual universe of knowing 163 stability 16.. 109. 271 Rings are the "death. 284 TWO OPPOS m. cos mic dust of 131 space. 118. 114. 83.66. 208. 259.1 56. 212 space. 76. 12. 156.22. 38. one .ally oppose each other 240 South . cold of 188. ISS. mutual poineof 130 rest. 247. Soul xii.45..42. SENSES .1 96.. Gravi' y refolds toward the ) 49 seed . plane of 233 res'.275. 2TI spectrum. 174 unfolding-refolding 144.197. musical 275 tones. 196. compressionpoint of 173 rest. motio n starts from res t and return s to 134 rest. magnetic 260 stop thinking 31. 134. 146.271 sound 15..21 9. 100. 107. tv\Si. Light is 160. xili.71 thought-wa ve universe 14 three dimensional universe 46..93. cube and . 28. 245 tenuity..18.222 two directions of electric pres. SO 52. 259 space.135. 280 solar system is a gyroscopic wheel 280 solar system. _ .. 206 scientific progress 89 scientists 42 S sea of God 's magnetic Light 108 seat of sensation 57 secret x ~H.28. recognizing CAUSE in 58 spiritual awakening. 8.258. wave field 282 tones..1 36. idea spri ngs from a state of 200 REST... 22I . 239.. Two-way sex-c ondi tioned 249 spirit is still 36 Sp irit.20 1.. 126. 199. 182. 1:1 32.40. opening and closing 260 spiral.280 science xii.21 4. movements in the 171 solar system.move much faster 171 sunli ght we feel upon our bodies is not actual light from the sun 169 suns aregenerated into incandesce nce by two black riven.38. conic 234 synchronize 161 T . 18. spiral is an incompleted 248 sphere. 22. 135.271 sound 15.5. 123. 178. xiii religious teachings 1 repetition of pattern 132 reproduction 132. process of becoming a 166 sphere. 85. matter gradually interchanges with 174 specuoscope 273 spectrum anaJysis 272. Radiation unfolds from the 149 self creati ng universe 13 Self is immonal 36 Self of man 16.1 32.123.53. 106. 115. 276 spiral nebulae 149. 200.163. 173. . 281. v . 234. 7.240.~ . balance eVCl)' 108 unbalanced condition in Naturemust be balanced 127 unbalanced cond itions 17. rhythmic images within man 111 rhythm ic wave universe 14.1 09 .is grea t 90 spiritual awareness of being 22 spiritual consciousness 35 spiritual inheritance 45 spiritual knowing 90 spiritual QUALmES 22. lOtS unfolding and refolding XII.: 127 SEX CONDmONS. Tension 15.. 205. 58.243 spiral pairs. DESIRE FOR 128. 149. 183. 121.. 25 TEMPERATURE CYCLE 188 temperature ..61 ' _ rest. 235.59.141 REST.70. 283. 164 spiritual universe of knowing 163 stability 16. cold space will bore a black hole through the 189 sun.is to create 11 thinking consciously 23 thinking intensifies 38 Th inking is electric 22 thinking is not power 38 THINKfNG VERSUS SENSING 42 thinkin g. 132 Sex mates are two equal halves of one 125 sex mates. cold 170. 230. 28. of this solar system 200 sun should have burnedout long ago 187 sun's heat 188 sun's pole of rotation '1:19 sun. Reproduction of 132. 259. MOTION SIMULATING 75 rest. .. desire for 173 sequence 18.2S0 unhappi ness I (JT U UN~LDING. symbols 26. 26. 127. gcnero-active 268 rest and balance. 138. half of the cycles of spheres 251 rotaling gyroscopically 277 rotation upon its axis 8S rollIlioo. true 166. 65.201 . 156.92. universe hasno 281 silence is eternal. ILLUSION OF ATIRAcnON AND 153 resistance 86. 12.49. 73. static condition of silence 135 simulate eternal Life 48 simulating reality 164 simulating rest 75.65. 206. 200..154 time and space 49 .1 29. mutua) point of 130 rest. 222.286 Serve first thy brother 88 severance 27.76. 89 Spirit. 170 Reproduction of unbalance 132. centripetal spirals wind light waves into 246 spheres. point of 75. 72. balance has beenattained by 120 rest. 148. 22.1 34. 8.are one 223 sphere is born from the cube 223 sphere.57. 44 sensed conclusions 45 sensed existence 45. 264. motion starts from rest and returns to 134 rest.diametric. 248 spirals. 247 spheres.189. 119. ~ . 265.224.j SENSING BINDS ALL TIlINGS 50 sensing is not thinking 42 sensing must cease 31 sensi ng. 4. . 260. 121 SEXES DO NOT UNm.1 39.259. 2. 155. orbits around the 255 sun. 120.238 two-way moving pendulum 179 two-way pump 38 Two-wa y sex-conditioncd spirals 249 two-way spiral journey 276 two-way thinking 115 two-way universe 124."do not know 286 senses respond 10 motion in only one direction 78 senses... ures 136 s two equa lly unbalanced cond itions 119 two nega tions 34. conic 234 synchronize 161 Time is but one of the E:ff cts which e constitutes this universe 281 lime is naught 92 time. 140. SOURCEOF 187 solar radiation 187 soiarsystem 9.139.: 127 SEX DEFINED 119 sex desires of electric action and reaction 121 SEX DETERMINED BY DlKEmON OF PRESSURES 135 sex divided.119. .. 22. tones of the 275 spectrum.159.4 talk with God 23. 173..1 61. 222.lion.

67.153. kness 2 19 voidanceprinciple xi voidance. static 258 universeof change 77.89. continuity of the 106 universe. 287 zero c urvature xii.90. 237. 135. 66. 267. 156. 269.tnAlter.22. 145 UNIVERSAL OCTAVE 258 Universal Self 2. 27S. universe as a whole breathes 177 universe has no shape 281 universe is ageless 46. 282. 241 universal Nine is 282 . 258. 131 volume. changeand motion 2 19 Universeof Power 91 univ erse of reality 239 universeof seeming moti n does not exist o 94 universeof seeming sumtan tiality 50 universeof sensation 22 universe of sensing 14. 34.206 vibration in a wave fielddepends upon volume. 164. sex-balancing 131 voided as itoccurs. 265. 88. 12. 163 universeof length breadth andthic .universe.105. 162.155. 78.176. 144.32. 160 volumeof each succ eeding element 277. 25. 250. Feardominates the 89 world. 131 world. 152 voidance xi. 145. 195. 34. ELECfRIC AWARENESS IS 62 voidanceof one conditionmust takeplace beforerepetitioncanfollow 137 voidance of opposition 133 Voidance ofunbalance 118..33. 47 . expansion of 166 voluntary and involuntary actions 57 vortex 166. 120. still magnetic light 17 universe. balancein the 107 universe. 281. three-dimensional rad 219 ial universe zero 78. 279 uphill flow 175..1 62. 220. rate of vibra tion in a 170 wave field. 202.15 .3 I. 105. electric 235 vortex. 68. 94. shaft of a 250 .15. 223. 84.206 Weight is not a fixed propeny of mat er t 184 WEIGHT IS UNBALANCE 182 Weightof matter 182 weightof th earth 46 e universalSelf.I. water 156.275. expandi ng intogrea 167 ter volume. 277.144. 26.39.282 zero xii. 94. 118. outer bou ndary plane of the s 277 Z wave field. 2. 120. breadth andthi kness c 2 19 xenon 269 won.282. unwinding 124.173. illusion of the 93 universe. minimum moti n in the 21 1 o wave. 267. 18. action of any nature begins with 282 universe. 2. 102. 227. 17. 23. 153. Balance is thefoundation of the 106 . 163. 235. 284. 275. 104 universe of balance xi Universe of Being 211 universe of cause. 90.50. 83. 90. world xii. 50. Feardominat s the 89 e world. 144. 6.tn iNro:l'!-. 173. 45. 230. 110. 69.1 83. MAKE-BELIEVE 75 xenon 269 X W 38. 239 universe of knowing 14. 22. 114. 13. time. 282 unity. 19 1 Universal Mind 3.of.254. 176. 115. dualelectric 1 06 universe. meas called 182 ure weight nega andpositive 184 . 88.123. 119 womb of mother 202 word xi. fixed zeroof 17 rsa UNIVERSAL .235 . 28 1. 15. 219 . nat ions of the 89 world. All. 29.277. 259. 65.76. 284 . 235 universe of matter 12. 47. 243. 232.240 West andEast do notopposeeach other 240 wheel 5. 265 y yellow 279. 235 vortex. 203. 36. BIRTH OF 220 zeroof stillness. threecentering planesarecentered by 283 wave of musical octaves 260 wave pre ssure condition of 167 . energyin 283 zero.. positive-negative wave parts of a 72 wavecycles 162.1 63 universeof length.144. from zero to 230. 104. 2.43. vortex whirlpool motionof the electric . natio nsof the 89 world. • • • .264. 2 19.219.2 15 work xii. 235 universe of matter 12. 2 1. 228. radiative expansio of 264 n vacuum 286 vapor 125. 169. 287 zero. centering 283. 281 universeis controlled solely by electrical sensaton 63 i universeis dual 239. 131 world.5 3. 78. apex of a 1 66 vortex. 235 vortices 152. 157.245. BALANCE is theprincipleof 106 unive rsal body 86. imag inedrad 219 ial universe Intellig . 160.203. balance in 131 voidance. 278.173. MAGNETIC-ELEcrRIC 2 18 UNIVERSE. 89. 230 universalexpansion 177 universal language.1 34.126 . 10 1. 183.27 1. tive west 29. 126. 255 wave amplitude 129. new 26. 69. gyroscopic 240 wave.174. 145.22 2.1 31..INDEX unison 19. 169. 198. 72.. rates of vibra in 171 tion wave interchange 176 wave line which records all effects of motion 249 wave motion is expressed in eight tones 259 zero.1 66 wave conditions are forever seeking oneness 161 wavecycle.133 .1.20. 249. 166. apexof a 1 66 vortex electric 235 . 285. 278 white light. 118. 131 vortex. 279. 50 universeof balanc xi e Universe of Being 211 universe of cause. amplitude of the 166 wave. unive l stillness. 239 universe of knowing 14.266. 197 wave fieldgyroscopic principle 275 wave field tones 282 wave field. dark nessof spaceis radiated fromtwo incande scentrivers of 24 1 winding up proce of nature 266 ss woman 68. 268. 144.75.245. enceof the 113 UNIVERSE. 228. 24. definitionsof 184 weight. 157. 50 universe of matter. 108. expan sion of 166 voluntary and involuntary actions 57 vortex 166. 34.259. slow vibration in a large 170 wave fields act as mirrors I fIJ WAVE FIELDS . 162. expanumg IIIW !)u~au. planesof the 277 wave field. 283 zero. 228 wave fields. 161. 26. wave.284 zero. 177 WEIGHT C URVES GRAVITY 184 WEIGHT DEFINED 184 Weightisameasure ofuribalance 181 WEIGHT IS MAlTER OUT OF PLACE 181 universal desire forchangeand mult iplicity 63 universaldesireforoneness 63 universalequilibrium 13. 284. 89.a l volume. 17. awareness of theLight of 90. light is the 213 universal law xiii. X _ _. seeming three-dimensional 282 univ erse. 136. 181.1 52. 170. recording system of this crea ting 271 universe. 16. static 258 universe of cbange 77. 277 wave axis 129.249 . desirefor 85 V 148. 63. 137. 219 universeof matter in motion 12. 130. 225. 184. 171. 235 v F me. 182.269. new 26.23 1. 282.219 universe of illusion 46. vibratons disappear inlo i the universal 282 zero pressure condition 153 zerouniverse 78. 2 18. 283. 16.249 world xii.in motion 12. whirlpool motion of theelectric 235 vortices 152.1 • • -' ~. 127. 272 void each other 119.34. 136. 36.272.280 universalstillness 17 282 . action is 288 VOIDING PRINCWLE 282 voltage 38. 126.163 universeof transient matter in motion 35 universe of varying motio 274 n universeof varying press res 274 u universeof waves 132 universe.1 39. sum of dually refl ctedmotion thus e < expressed is 284 zero. 1.220. 264 vacuity vacuity of negative electricity 148 vacuity. 48.1 33 whirlpoolmotionof the electri vort x c e 235 white light 12. 162.279. lOS 114.219 universe of illusion 46. 15 1. 183. 15.230. 248 Weight should be measuredduallyas temperature 181 weight. rateof 170 vibrations disappearint the univ o ersal zeroof stillness 282 vital xiii.230. 243. 53. 198. 58 unity between dividedparts.78.225. 268.24 3 universeis one 19. 219.238 vibration 59.87. xii. 19. 176. fast pul inginterchang in s e extremely small 170 wave fields.

The day is now here when all men must know what Jesu s meant when He said "G O D IS LIGHT. it is all we have to deal with. Today's civilization has advanced far in knowing HOW }O deal with matter but we do not know WHAT matter is nor the WHY/iof it. magnetism. electricity. "GOD IS LIGHT. gravitation and radiation are. Nor have we even yet heard of or suspected the most important of all principles in physics. The purpose of this message is to tell what it is." For within the secret of Light is vast knowledge yet unrevealed to man. THE VOIDANCE PRINCIPLE and the mirrors and lenses of space which are the cause of illusion in all moving things . Nor do we know the structure of the elemental atoms nor the gyroscopic principle which determines that structure." and no man of that day knew what He meant. 131 1 1 12071~I~I9003I~ I~'I569211~l 1 1 1 I7I I 1 1 1~~II ~I~~I~ ]mli . Nor do we know what energy. Light is all there is.THE SECREt OF LIGH"F Jesus said. Nor do we know the purpose of the inert gases and WHAT they are. but we do not yet know what it is. WALTER RUSSELL r--------------. Nor are we aware of the fact that this is a two-way continuous universe of balance in all effects of motion and not a one-way disco tinuous universe.